Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
Page 1 of 155
5
Lowe r Lim b
P. 5 5 5
O v e rv ie w o f t h e L ow e r Lim b
T h e l ower lim b s (extr em iti es) ar e exten sion s fr om th e tru n k sp ecial ized to su pp or t b od y w eig h t, fo r loco mo tion , th e abi lity to m ove
f r om on e pl ace t o an ot her a nd m ai nt ain b alan ce.
I t is cu sto ma ry wh en d escri bi ng th e low er li mb s t o i ncl ud e reg ion s tha t ar e tran si tion al be tween the tr un k an d the fr ee lo we r
l imb s (t he m ob ile pa rt of th e l im bs exten di ng f r om th e tru n k), su ch as t he gl ute al reg ion (G. glo ut os , b utto cks). Th e low er li mb
h as six m ajor p ar ts o r re gio ns (Fig . 5. 1 ):
1. G luteal r eg ion (L. r eg io gl ute alis). Th is tran sit ion al re gio n be tween the tr un k an d fr ee l owe r lim b in clu d es tw o par ts of th e
l ow er lim b : th e ro un de d, p ro m in ent po ster ior r eg ion , th e b utto cks (L. n ates, cl un es), a nd th e later al , usu al ly l ess p r om in ent
hi p (L. coxa) or hip r eg io n (L. reg io coxa e), wh ich o ver lies th e h ip j oin t and g r eater tr och an ter of th e fem u r. Note th at the
w id th of th e hi ps in co mm on term i no log y i s a ref er en ce to on e's tr ansv erse di m ensi on s at th e l evel of th e g r eater
t ro chan ter . T he gl ute al reg ion is b ou n ded su p eri or ly b y the il iac crest, med ia lly by th e i nte rg lutea l (nat al) clef t (L. na tus,
t o b e bor n ), an d in fer io rly b y th e s kin f old (g ro ove) un d erl yin g the b utt ock, th e g lute al f ol d (L. sul cus gl ute alis). Th e g lu teal
m u scles con stitu te th e b u lk o f thi s r eg ion .
2. T hig h or femo ra l r eg io n (L. reg io f emo ri s). Th is par t/r egi on o f the fr ee low er li mb l ies bet ween t he gl ute al, ab d om in al, an d
p er in eal r egio ns p roxi m ally an d th e kn ee re gio n di stall y. It con tai ns m ost o f th e f emur (th ig h b on e), wh ich con nect s th e h ip
a nd kn ee.
P. 5 5 6
T h e tr an siti on b etwee n th e tr u nk an d fr ee l ow er lim b i s ab ru p t an ter io rly an d m edi all y. Th e b ou n dar y betw een th e thi gh and
a bd om in al re gio ns is dem ar cated b y the in gu in al li ga men t an teri or ly and t he isch io pu bi c r am us of th e hi p bon e (par t of th e
p elv ic g ir dl e o r skeleto n of th e p elv is) m ed ial ly. T he ju n ction of th ese r eg ion s i s th e in gu in al re gio n or g ro in .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 2 of 155
Fig ure 5.1. Reg io ns and b ones of lo w er li mb. T h e p elvi c g ird le, con sistin g of th e sacr um and r ig h t an d le ft hi p bon es
un it ed by th e p ub ic sym ph ysis, a ttach es th e app en di cul ar skel eton o f t he fr ee low er li mb t o th e axia l ske leton and
tra nsf er s w eig ht fr om t he axia l ske leton to the lo wer l im bs.
3. Knee (L. gen u ) or knee r eg io n (L. reg io g enu s). T hi s p art /reg ion in clu des th e p ro mi ne nces (con dy les) of th e d istal f em ur
a nd p r oxim al tib ia , the h ead of th e fi bu la, a nd th e pat ella (kn ee cap, w h ich li es a nter io r to the d istal en d of th e fem u r) as
w ell as th e j oin ts betw een th ese bo ny str uctu r es. Th e po ster io r pa rt of the k ne e (L. po pl es) i ncl ud es a w ell-d ef in ed, f atf il led h oll ow, tra nsm itt in g neu r ovascu lar stru ctu re s, call ed the p opl itea l f ossa.
4. L eg (L. cr u s) or l eg r egi on (L. r eg io cru r is). Al th ou gh l aype rson s ref er in cor r ectly to the en tir e l ow er lim b as th e le g,
t he leg i s th e par t t hat li es b etw een th e kn ee an d th e r ou n ded m ed ial an d lat eral p ro mi ne nces (m all eoli ) th at fla nk th e a nkl e
j oin t. T h e le g con tain s t he tib ia (shi n b on e) an d fi bu la (L . bu ckle) an d con n ects th e kne e an d f oot. T h e cal f (L. su r a) o f the
l eg is th e p oster ior pr om in en ce cau sed b y th e tri ceps su rae m u scle, f ro m wh ich t he calca nea l (A ch ill es) ten d on exte nd s to
r each the h eel.
5. Ankl e (L. tar su s) o r talo crur al re gi on (L. r egi o t alocr u ra lis). T hi s i ncl ud es t he n arr ow , di stal pa rt of th e l eg an d th e
m al leo li; the an kle (tal ocr ur al) joi nt is lo cated b etween the m all eoli .
6. Fo ot (L. pes) or f oo t r eg ion (L. r eg io ped is ). T h e f oot is the d istal p art of th e low er li mb co nta in in g the tar su s, m etatar su s ,
a nd p h alan g es (to e b on es). Th e sup er ior su r face is th e d or sum o f the f oo t an d th e in fer ior , g ro un d-c on tactin g su rf ace is th e
s ole or p la ntar re gi on. T he toe s ar e t he d ig its o f the f oo t. Th e gr eat toe (L. h al lu x), li ke th e thu m b, has on ly two
p h alan g es (d ig ital b on es); th e oth er d igi ts h ave th ree .
D e ve lo p m e n t of th e Lo w e r L im b
Deve lop m ent of th e low er li mb i s il lu str ated, expl ain ed , an d con tra sted wi th th at o f the u pp er li mb in Fig ur e 5. 2 . In iti all y, th e
d evel op men t of th e l owe r lim b is sim il ar to th at o f the u pp er li mb , al tho ug h occu r ri ng a bou t a w eek later . Du ri ng th e 5th week,
l ow er lim b b ud s b u lg e f ro m th e l ater al aspect of th e L2 S2 segm en ts of th e tr u nk (a br oad er ba se th an f or th e up pe r lim b s) (Fig .
5 . 2A). B oth l im bs in itia lly exten d fr om the tr un k wit h th eir d evelo pin g th u mb s a nd g re at to es d ir ected su p eri orl y a nd th e pal ms
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 3 of 155
a nd so les di rected ant eri orl y. Bo th li mb s t hen un d erg o tor sion a rou n d th eir l on g axes, b ut in o pp osite d ir ection s (Fi g. 5 . 2B D ).
T h e m ed ial r otati on an d th e p er ma ne nt pr on ati on of th e low er li mb e xpla in (1 ) h ow th e kne e, u nl ike the jo in ts su p eri or to it,
e xten ds an teri or ly a nd f lexe s p oster ior ly, a s d o t he jo in ts in f eri or to th e kn ee (e. g. , in ter ph al ang eal jo in ts o f the toe s); (2 ) h ow
t he fo ot beco mes or ien ted w ith th e gr eat toe on th e me dia l si de (Fig . 5. 2D ), wh er eas th e ha nd (i n th e an ato m ical po sitio n)
b ecom es or ien ted w ith th e thu m b on t he late ral sid e; an d (3) th e b arb er -po le patt ern o f the seg m enta l i nn er vati on of th e
s kin (d erm ato m es) of t he low er li m b (see C u tan eou s I nn er vatio n of th e Low er L im b, in th is cha pter ). T he tor sion an d
t wist in g of th e l ower l im b is still i n pr og ress at bi rth ( not e th e way ba bie s' f eet ten d to m eet sol e to sol e w h en th ey a re br ou gh t
t oge the r, l ike clap pin g ). C om ple tion of th e p ro cess co in cide s w ith th e ma steri ng o f wal kin g skill s.
L o w er L i m b I n j u r i e s
Kn ee, l eg, a nd f oot in ju r ies are th e m ost com m on l ow er lim b in j ur ies. I n ju ri es to th e hi ps ma ke u p <3 % of l ower l im b in ju r ies. I n
gen er al, m ost in ju r ies resu lt fr om acu te tr au m a d u rin g con tact sp or ts su ch as ho ckey a nd f oot bal l a nd f ro m over u se d u rin g
end u ran ce spo rts su ch as m ar ath on r aces. Ad olescen ts ar e m ost vu ln era ble to th ese i nj ur ie s b ecau se o f t he de ma nd s o f s por ts on
the ir slo wly m atu ri ng m u scu loskel etal system s. T he car tila gi no us mo del s o f the bo ne s in the d evelop in g lo wer l im bs ar e
tra nsf or me d in to b on e by end och on d ral ossi fi catio n (see B on e Devel op me nt in t he In tr od ucti on ) (Fig . 5 .2E & F). Beca use th e
pr ocess is not com p leted u n til ear ly ad ul tho od , cart ilag in ou s e pip h ysial p lates stil l e xist du ri ng th e teen ag e yea rs wh en p hysi cal
activi ty o ften p eaks an d in vol vem ent in co m peti tive spo rts is mo st co mm on . Du ri ng g ro wth spu rts, bon es actu all y g ro w faster tha n
the atta ched m u scle. Th e co mb in ed str ess o n th e ep ip h ysial pl ates resu lt in g fr om p hy sical acti vity and r ap id g ro wth m ay re sul t i n
ir rit ation an d in ju ry of th e p lat es an d d evelo pin g b on e (o steoch on dr osi s).
B on e s o f th e L ow e r L im b
T h e skel eton o f th e lo wer l im b (in fer io r ap pen di cul ar skel eton ) m ay be d ivid ed in to two f un ctio na l co m pon en ts: the pe lvic gi rd le
a nd t he bo nes of th e fr ee l ow er lim b (Fig . 5 .1 ). T he p elvic gi rd le (b on y p elvi s) is a bon y ri ng co mp osed o f the sacr u m an d ri gh t
a nd l eft h ip bo ne s jo in ed an ter ior ly at the pu b ic sy mp h ysis. I t at tach es th e fr ee l owe r lim b to th e a xial skel eton , th e sa cru m b ein g
c om mo n to th e axi al skelet on an d th e p elvi c g ir dle . Th e p elv ic g ir dl e al so ma kes u p th e ske leton of th e l ower par t o f th e tr u nk. I ts
p r otecti ve an d su pp or tive fu n ctio ns ser ve th e abd om en , pe lvis, a nd p er in eum as w ell as th e l ower lim b. Th e b on es of th e f ree
l ow er lim b ar e con tain ed w ith in an d sp ecif icall y ser ve th at p ar t o f t he li mb .
P. 5 5 7
Fig ure 5.2. D evelo pm ent of l ow er li mb . A D . T he u pp er an d low er li mb s devel op f rom lim b b ud s th at ar ise fr om th e
late ral b ody w all du r in g the 4 th an d 5 th we eks, r especti vely. Th ey th en e lon ga te, d evelop f lexu r es, an d r otate in o pp osite
di recti on s. Seg m en tal in ne rvat ion i s m ain tai ne d, th e der m atom al p atter n r efl ectin g th e el on gati on an d spir alin g o f t he lim b . E
and F. Fut ur e b on es devel op f rom car tilag e mo del s, de mo nstr ated a t th e end o f th e 6 th w eek (E ) a nd b egi n ni ng o f t he 7 th
week (F).
P. 5 5 8
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 4 of 155
A r ra n g e m e n t o f L o w e r L im b B on e s
B od y w eig h t is tr an sfer red f r om th e verte br al colu m n th ro ug h th e sa cro ili ac j oin ts (s ee C h apte r 4) to th e p elvi c g ird le an d fr om t he
p elv ic g ir dl e th r ou gh th e hi p joi nt s to th e f em ur s (L. f em or a) (Fig . 5 .3A ). To su pp or t th e erect b ipe dal p ostu re b etter , th e f em ur s
a re ob liq u e (d ir ected in f ero me dia lly) wi thi n th e th ig h s so th at w h en stan di ng the kn ees a re ad jacen t and a re pl aced d ir ectly
i n fer ior t o th e tru n k, r etu rn in g th e cen ter o f gr avity to th e ve rti cal lin es o f th e su pp or tin g leg s a nd f eet (Fi gs. 5 . 1 , 5. 3 , an d 5 .4 ).
C om p ar e th is ob liq u e p ositi on o f t he fem u r s wi th th at of qu ad ru p eds, in wh om th e f em ur s a re ver tical an d th e kn ees ar e ap ar t,
w ith the tr un k ma ss su spen d ed be tween the li mb s (Fi g. 5 . 3B ). Th e fem u rs of f ema les are sli gh tly m or e ob li qu e tha n tho se o f
m al es, r efl ectin g th e g re ater w idt h of th eir p elves. At the kn ees, th e dist al end o f each f em ur a rti cul ates w ith the pa tell a an d ti bia
o f th e cor r espo nd in g leg . Wei gh t i s tr an sfer r ed fr om th e kne e j oin t t o th e an kle joi nt by th e t ibi a. Th e fi bu la do es n ot ar ticu late
w ith the fe mu r an d
P. 5 5 9
P. 5 6 0
P. 5 6 1
d oes n ot bear o r tr ansf er w eig ht, bu t i t p ro vid es f or m u scle attach m ent an d con tr ib utes to th e f or ma tion o f th e an kle jo in t.
Fig ure 5.3. Pel vic G ir dl e and Rel ated J oints , D emo nstra ting Tr ansf er of We ig ht. A. T he w eig ht of th e u p per b od y,
tra nsm it ted cen tra lly th rou g h th e ver teb ra l co lu m n, i s d ivid ed an d d ire cted late ral ly by me an s of th e bon y ar ch for m ed b y th e
sacr um and i lia . Th ick po rti on s of th e ili a tr an sfe r the w eig ht to the f emu r s. Th e pu bi c r am i for m str u ts o r br aces tha t
he lp m ain tai n the in teg ri ty o f th e ar ch . B. T h e ar r ang em en t o f the lo wer l im b bo nes of b ip eds is com par ed to th at of
qu ad ru p eds. T he d iag on al di sposi tion of th e f em ur r ecen ter s su p por t dir ectl y in f eri or to th e tr u nk (b ody m ass) t o m ake b ipe dal
stan di ng m or e eff icien t an d to ena ble b ipe dal w alkin g , in w hi ch th e f u ll wei gh t i s b or ne alt ern atel y b y e ach li mb . I n
qu ad ru p eds, th e tru n k i s su spe nd ed b etween essen tial ly v erti cal lim b s, re qu ir in g sim u ltan eou s su p po rt fr om ea ch sid e.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 5 of 155
Fig ure 5.4. B ones of lo w er lim b. A a nd B . I nd ivi du al bo ne s an d bo ny fo rm ati on s ar e id enti fi ed. T h e f oot is in f ul l
pl ant arf lexi on . Th e hi p joi nt is di sarti cul ated (B ) to d em on stra te th e acetab u lu m of th e hi p bon e, w h ich r eceives th e h ead o f
th e f em ur .
A t the an kle, t he wei gh t bor n e b y t he tib ia is tra nsf err ed to th e t alu s. Th e talu s i s th e keyston e of a lon gi tu din al ar ch f orm ed b y
t he tar sal an d m etatar sal bo ne s of ea ch fo ot t hat d istr ibu tes th e w eig ht even ly be tween the h eel an d the f ore foo t w he n stan di ng ,
c reat in g a f lexi ble b ut stab le pla tfo rm t o su p por t the b ody.
H ip B on e
T h e m atu r e hip b o ne (L. os coxae), o nce cal led the in no mi na te (u n na med ) b on e, i s th e l ar ge, f lat p elvic bo ne fo rmed b y th e fu sio n
o f th ree pr im ar y b on es il iu m , isch iu m, an d pu bi s at t he en d of th e te ena ge year s. E ach of th e thr ee bo nes is fo rm ed f rom its
o wn p r im ary cen ter of o ssif icati on ; fi ve se con dar y c ente rs of ossi fica tion a pp ear la ter. At bi rth , th e t hr ee prim ar y b on es a re joi ne d
b y hya lin e ca rti lag e; i n ch ild re n, th ey ar e i nco mp lete ly o ssif ied (Fig . 5 .5 ). A t p ub er ty, th e th r ee b on es are stil l separ ated by a Y s hap ed tr ir ad iate car tila ge cen ter ed in th e acetab ul um , a lth ou gh t he two p art s of th e isch iop u bic r am i f u se b y th e 9th year (Fig .
5 . 5B). T he b on es b egi n to fu se b etw een 1 5 an d 1 7 year s o f age ; f usi on is com pl ete betw een 2 0 an d 2 5 year s of ag e. Li ttle or n o
t race of th e lin es of fu sio n of th e p r im ar y b on es i s visi bl e i n old er ad u lts (Fi g. 5 . 6). A lth ou g h th e b on y co mp on en ts a re ri gid ly
f u sed, t hei r na me s ar e still u sed in a du lts to descr ib e th e th ree pa rts of th e h i p bon e.
B ecau se mu ch o f the m edi al aspe ct of t he h ip bo ne s/bon y pel vis is p ri m ari ly con cern ed w ith p elvi c an d p eri nea l st ru ctu res an d
f u ncti on s (C h apte r 3) or th ei r un io n wi th th e ver teb ra l co lu m n (Ch ap ter 4 ), it is descr ib ed m or e th or ou g hl y in tho se ch ap ter s.
A spe cts o f t he h ip bo ne s con cer ne d wit h low er li mb st ru ctu res an d fu n ction s, m ai nl y in vol vin g th eir l ater al aspect s, ar e d escri bed
i n th is chap ter .
I l iu m
T h e i lium com po ses th e lar gest p art of th e hi p bon e an d con tri bu tes the su per io r par t of th e ac etabu lu m (Fi g. 5 . 5B ). Th e ili um ha s
t hi ck m ed ial po rti on s (co lu mn s) for w eig h t b ear in g an d thi n, win g -like, post ero later al po rti on s, th e a lae (L. w in gs), tha t p ro vid e
b r oad su rf aces fo r the fl esh y att ach men t of m uscl es (Fi g. 5 . 3). T h e b od y o f the il ium joi ns the p ub is an d isch iu m to fo rm t he
a cetab ul um . A nt eri or ly, th e i liu m h as stou t a nteri or sup er ior an d anteri or i nf er io r ili ac sp ines th at pr ovid e attach m ent fo r
l ig am ent s an d ten do ns of l ower l im b m uscl es (Fi g. 5 . 6). B eg in ni ng a t th e ant eri or su per io r ili ac sp in e (A SI S), t he lon g cu rv ed an d
t hi cken ed sup er ior b or der of th e al a o f the il iu m, the il iac crest , exten ds po ster ior ly, ter m in ati ng at th e p o ster ior sup er io r ili ac
s pi ne (PS IS ). Th e crest ser ves a s a pr otect ive b u mp er a nd i s an i m por tan t site of ap on eur oti c at tach men t fo r thi n, shee tl ike m uscl es an d d eep fa scia. A p ro mi ne nce on t he exter n al lip of t he cre st, th e tub er cle o f the i liac cre st (i liac tu ber cle), lies
5 6 cm po steri or to th e A SI S. T h e p oste ri or inf er ior i lia c sp ine ma rks th e su pe rio r en d of th e g re ater scia tic no tch.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 6 of 155
Fig ure 5.5. Par ts of hip b ones. A. A n an ter op oster ior r ad iog ra ph o f an in fa nt' s h ip s sh ow s th e thr ee par ts of th e
in com pl etely ossi fie d hi p bon es (ili um , i schi um , an d p ub is). B . T he ri gh t hi p bon e of a 13 -yea r-ol d dem o nstr ati ng th e Y-sh ap ed
tri ra dia te ca rti lag e ext end in g th ro ug h th e a cetab ul um , u n itin g th e thr ee pr im ar y p ar ts of t he bo ne, an d the ossi fie d epi ph yses
alo ng th e ili ac cr est an d isch ial tu ber osi ty. Th ese bo ny pa rts fu se to f or m th e on e-par t ma tur e hi p bon e of th e a du lt bet ween
th e 1 6 th an d 1 8th year s.
T h e l ater al sur fa ce of t he ala of th e ili um ha s th re e r ou gh cu r ved li nes t he po ster ior , an ter ior , an d in fer io r gl uteal lines t ha t
d em ar cate the p ro xim al attach m en ts o f t he th ree la rg e g lu teal m u scles (glu tei ). Medi ally , each al a h as a l ar ge, sm oo th d epr essio n,
t he il iac f os sa (Fi g. 5 . 6B ), th at pr ovid es pr oxim al att achm en t for t he il iac mu scle (L . ili acus ). Th e b on e for m in g th e su per io r pa rt
o f th is f ossa m ay b ecom e th in an d tr an slu cent, especi all y in old er wo m en wi th osteo po ro sis. Po steri or ly, th e med ia l a spect of th e
i liu m h as a r ou g h, e ar-sh ap ed ar ticu lar a rea cal led th e auri cular sur face (L. au ri cul a, a littl e e ar) an d an even rou g he r ili ac
t ub er os it y
P. 5 6 2
s up eri or to it fo r syn ovial an d syn de smo tic art icu lati on wi th th e r eci pr ocal su rf aces of th e sacr u m at th e sacr oi liac jo in t (see
C h ap ter 4 ).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 7 of 155
Fig ure 5.6. Rig ht hip b o ne of a dult in a na tomi cal po sitio n. In thi s p osit ion , th e a nter io r sup er ior i lia c sp in e (A SI S) an d
th e an ter ior aspect of th e pu bi s l ie in th e sa me cor on al pl an e. A. Th e lar ge h ip bo ne is con str icted in the m id dl e an d exp an ded
at its su p eri or an d in fe ri or en ds. B . T he sym ph ysia l su r face of th e pu bi s ar ticu la tes w ith t he cor re spon d in g sur fa ce o f t he
con tra later al h ip b on e. Th e aur icu la r sur fa ce o f the il iu m ar ticu late s w ith a cor resp on d in g sur fa ce of th e sacr um to f or m th e
sacr oil iac join t.
I s ch iu m
T h e i schium f or ms th e p oster oi nf er ior p ar t o f t he h ip bo ne . Th e su p eri or p art of th e bo d y of the ischium fu ses w ith the pu b is
a nd i liu m , fo rm in g th e post ero in fer ior a spect of th e acetab ul u m. T h e r amus o f the is chium j oin s t he in fer io r ra mu s o f th e p ub is
t o f or m a bar of bo ne, the ischi op ubi c r amus (Fi g. 5 . 6A ), wh ich con stitu tes the in fe ro med ia l b ou n dar y o f the ob tu ra tor fo ra men .
T h e p oster io r bor d er of th e i schi u m fo rm s t he in fer io r m arg in o f a d eep in d ent atio n call ed the g re ater scia tic no tch. Th e l ar ge,
t ri angu lar i schial sp ine a t th e in fer ior ma rg in of th i s n otch p ro vid es l iga me nto us attach m en t. Th is sh arp d em ar catio n sep ara tes
t he gr eate r sciati c n otch f ro m a m ore in f eri or, sma ller , r ou nd ed , an d smo oth -su rf aced in d enta tion , th e lesser s ciatic notch. T he
l esser sci atic no tch s er ves a s a tro chl ea or pu ll ey f or a m uscl e t hat em er ges fr om t he bo ny pe lvis he re. T h e r ou gh bon y pr oje ction
a t th e ju nct ion o f the in fe ri or en d of th e b od y o f the isch iu m an d it s r am us is the la rg e i schial tube ro sity. T he b ody' s w eig ht
r ests on th is tu ber osi ty w he n sitti ng , an d it pr ovi des th e p ro xim al, t end in ou s a ttach me nt of p oster ior thi gh m u scles.
P u b is
T h e p ubi s f or m s th e a nte rom ed ial p ar t of t he h ip bo ne , con tri bu tin g th e a nte ri or pa rt of th e a cetab ul um , and p ro vid es p ro xim al
a ttach m ent fo r m uscl es o f the m edi al th igh . T he pu b is is d ivi ded i nto a fl atten ed b ody an d two r am i, su pe ri or an d in fer io r (Fig.
5 . 6 ). Th e r am i ar e str on g yet re lativ ely lig ht skel etal stru ts (br aces) th at m ai nta in th e arch com pose d of th e sacr u m an d th e
t wo ili a, b y w hi ch axia l w eig h t i s d ivid ed an d tr ansf er red l ater all y to th e l im bs wh en sta nd in g an d to th e isch i al tub er ositi es w he n
s ittin g (Fig . 5 .3 ). Med iall y, th e sym p h ysial su rf ace of th e b od y o f the p ubi s ar ticu la tes w ith t he cor re spon d in g sur fa ce o f t he bo dy
o f th e con tr ala tera l p u bi s b y m ean s o f the p ubi c symp hysis. T he an ter osu per io r bo rd er of th e un ited b od ies an d sym ph ysis for m s
t he p ub ic cr est, wh ich pr ovid es attach m en t f or ab do mi na l m u scles. S m all p roj ectio ns at the la tera l e nd s o f t hi s cr est, th e p ub ic
t ub er cles, are im p or tan t l andm ar ks of th e in gu in al r egi on s. Th e t ub er cles p r ovid e a ttach m ent fo r th e m ai n par t of th e i ng u in al
l ig am ent an d th er eby in di rect m uscl e a ttach me nt. Th e p oster io r ma rg in o f the sup eri or r amus of th e p ub is h as a sh arp rai sed
e dg e, th e p ecten pub is, w h ich f or ms pa rt of th e p elvi c b ri m (see Ch ap ter 3 ).
O bt u r at o r Fo r am en
T h e o btur ato r fo ra men i s a lar ge ova l o r ir reg u lar ly tri ang u lar a per tu re in th e hi p bo ne. It is b ou n ded b y t he pu b is a nd i schi um
a nd t hei r ra mi . Ex cept fo r a sm al l p assag ew ay f or th e obtu r ator n er ve and v essels (the ob tu ra tor can al), the ob tu rat or fo ram en is
c losed b y th e th in , stro ng o btu r ator m em b ran e (see C h ap ter 3 ). Th e pr esen ce o f t he fo ram en mi ni mi zes b on y ma ss (w eig ht) wh il e
i ts cl osu re by th e o btu r ator m em b ran e still p ro vid es ext ensi ve su r face ar ea on b oth si des for flesh y mu scl e att achm en t.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 8 of 155
A c e ta b u lu m
T h e ace tabu lu m (L . sh all ow vin eg ar cu p) is t he lar g e cu p-sh ap ed cavi ty o r socket on th e later al asp ect o f the h ip b on e th at
a rti cul ates wit h th e h ead of t he fem u r to fo rm the h ip jo in t (Fig . 5 .6A ). All th r ee p r im ary b on es f or mi ng th e hi p bo ne con tr ibu te to
t he fo rm ati on of t he acetab u lu m. Th e m ar g in of th e acetab u lu m is in com pl ete i nf er ior ly at the aceta bu lar n otch , w hi ch m akes the
f ossa r esem ble a cup w ith a p iece of it s li p mi ssin g. T h e r ou gh dep ressi on i n th e f loo r of th e ace tabu lu m e xten din g su pe rio rl y f ro m
t he aceta bu lar n otch is t he aceta bu lar f ossa. T h e ace tabu la r no tch an d fo ssa a lso crea te a d efici t i n th e sm oo th lu n ate sur fa ce of
t he aceta bu lu m, wh ich a rti cul ates with the h ead of th e fem u r. Th e ace tabu lu m i s d iscu ssed fu r th er in r elat ion to th e hi p joi nt.
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Fo rm ed b y th e un io n of th r ee p ri m ary bo ne s (il iu m , isch iu m, and pu bi s), th e h ip b on es a re joi ne d to t he sacr um post eri or ly a nd to
each ot her a nte rio rl y (at th e p u bi c sym ph ysi s) to fo rm the pe lvic gi rd le. E ach h ip b on e is sp ecia lized to r ecei ve h alf t he wei gh t of
the u pp er b ody wh en st and in g an d all of i t p er iod ical ly d u ri ng w alki ng . T hi ck p art s of th e bo ne tr ansf er w eig ht to th e f em ur . Th in
par ts of th e b on e p ro vid e a b roa d sur fa ce f or att achm en t of po wer fu l m uscl es th at m ove the f emu r . Th e pel vic g ir dl e e nci rcle s an d
pr otects pe lvic viscer a, p ar ticu lar ly th e r epr od u ctive or gan s.
A n at o m i cal P os it io n of th e H ip B on e
S u rf aces, b or der s, an d r elati on shi ps of th e h ip b on e are de scri bed assu m in g th at the bo dy is in th e ana tom ical p ositi on (see
I n tro du ctio n). To pl ace a n isol ated h ip b on e o r bo ny pel vis in th is po sitio n, s itu ate it so th at th e:
A SI S an d th e an ter osu pe rio r asp ect o f the p ub is lie in th e sam e ver ti cal pla ne.
l
l
l
A cetab u lu m fa ces i nf ero later al ly, w ith th e acetab ul ar n otch d ir ected i nf eri or ly.
Ob tu ra tor f ora me n lie s in f ero med ia l to th e acetab u lu m.
I n ter nal asp ect of th e b od y o f the pu b is faces alm ost d ire ctly sup er ior ly (it essen tiall y f or m s a flo or on wh ich th e ur in ar y
b la dd er re sts).
T h e su pe ri or pe lvic ap ertu r e (p elvi c in le t) is m or e ver ti cal tha n ho ri zon tal; in th e an tero po steri or (A P) vi ew, t he tip o f t he
c occyx a pp ear s n ear i ts cen ter (Fig . 5 . 3).
P. 5 6 3
I nj u r i e s o f t h e H i p B o n e ( P e lv i c I n j ur ie s )
Fr actu r es o f the h ip bo ne ar e co m mo nl y r efe rr ed to as p elv ic f ra ctur es (see cl in ical cor r elati on [b lu e] b ox Pelvi c Fr actu res,
in C ha pter 3). T h e ter m h ip f ra ctur e is m ost com m on ly ap pli ed (u nf or tun ate ly) t o f ra ctur es of th e f em or al hea d, n eck, o r
tro cha nter s.
Avul sio n fr actur es o f th e h ip b on e m ay occu r du r in g spo rts th at r eq ui re su dd en accel era tion o r de celer atio n fo rces, s uch a s
spr in tin g or ki ckin g in f ootb al l, soccer , h u rd le ju mp in g , bask etbal l, an d m ar tial ar ts (Fi g. B 5 .1 ). A sm all p ar t of b on e w ith a p iece
of a tend on o r lig am en t a ttach ed is avu lsed (to rn a way). T h ese f ra ctur es occu r at a po p hys es (b on y p ro jecti on s th at lack
secon da ry ossif icati on cen ter s). Av ul sion f ra ctur es occu r wh er e m u scles are att ache d: ant eri or su per io r an d in fer ior i lia c sp in es,
isch ial tu ber osi ties, a nd i schi opu b ic ram i.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 9 of 155
Femu r
T h e femur is the lo ng est an d hea viest bo ne in th e bo dy. I t t ran sm its bo dy wei gh t f ro m th e h ip b on e to t he tib ia wh en a p erso n is
sta nd in g (Fig . 5. 4 ). I ts le ng th is ap pr oxim at ely a q ua rte r of th e p er son 's h eig h t. Th e fem u r con sists of a shaft (b od y) an d tw o
e nd s, su per ior or pr oxi m al and i nf er ior o r di stal (Fig. 5. 7 ). Th e sup er ior (p ro xim al) en d of th e f em ur co ns ists o f a h ead , n eck, an d
tw o tro cha nte rs (gr eater a nd l esser ). Th e r ou n d head o f the fem ur ma kes u p tw o th ir d s of a sp her e tha t is cover ed w ith ar tic ul ar
ca rti lag e, excep t f or a m edi all y p laced d ep ressi on or p it, the fo vea fo r the li ga ment o f the head . In ear ly l ife , th e li ga men t gi ves
p assag e t o a n ar tery su pp lyin g th e epi ph ysis of th e h ead . Th e neck o f the f emur is tra pezo id al, w ith i ts n ar ro w end su p por tin g
th e he ad an d its br oad er b ase b ein g con ti nu ou s w ith t he sh aft. I ts aver age di am eter i s th re e q ua rter s tha t of th e fem or al h ead .
T h e p ro xim al fem u r is ben t (L-sh ap ed) so tha t th e lon g axis of th e hea d an d neck pr oj ects s up ero m edi ally at an an g le t o
th at of th e obl iq uel y o ri ente d sha ft (Fi g. 5 . 7A & B). Th is obtu se ang le o f incli natio n is gr eate st (m ost ne arl y str ai gh t) a t b ir th
a nd g ra du all y d im in ish es (beco mes m or e acu te) u nti l t he ad ul t an g le is r each ed (1 1 5 1 4 0 , a vera gi ng 1 2 6 ) (Fig. 5. 7C E ).
T h e an g le i s l ess i n fem al es b ecau se o f the in cr eased w id th bet ween t he aceta bu la (a co nse qu en ce o f a w id er lesser p elvi s) a nd th e
g r eater ob li qu ity of th e s haf t. T he an gl e o f i ncl in atio n all ow s g reat er m obi lit y of th e fem u r at the h ip jo in t b ecau se it p lace s th e
h ead a nd n eck mo re p erp en dic ul ar to the acet abu lu m i n th e n eu tra l p osi tion . T he ab du ctor s an d r otat ors of th e thi gh a ttach m ain l y
to th e ape x of th e an gle (th e gr eater tr och an ter ) so th ey a re pu ll in g on a leve r (the sh or t l im b of th e L ) th at is m ore la tera lly th an
ve rti cally d ire cted. Th is p r ovid es i ncr ease d lever ag e f or th e a bd uct ors an d ro tator s of th e th ig h an d all ow s th e co nsi der ab le ma ss
o f the ab du ctor s of th e th ig h to be p laced su pe ri or to th e f em ur (i n th e g lu teal r egi on ) in stea d of late ral to it, fr eein g th e l ater al
a spect of th e fem or al sha ft to pr ovid e in crea sed ar ea f or f lesh y a ttach me nt of th e exten sor s of th e kne e. Th e an gle als o al low s th e
o bl iqu it y of th e fem u r wi thi n th e th ig h , wh ich p er m its t he kn ees to b e a dj acen t an d in f eri or to th e tr u nk, as exp lai ne d pr evio usl y.
A ll of th is is adva nta geo us fo r bip ed al wal kin g; ho weve r, i t i mp oses con sid era ble str ain o n th e n eck of th e f em ur . C on seq uen tly ,
f ra ctur es of th e f em or al neck can o ccur i n ol der p eop le as a r esu lt o f a sl ig ht stu mb le if th e neck h as b een w eaken ed b y
o steop or osis.
T h e to rsio n of th e pr oxim al l ower l im b (fe mu r ) th at occu rr ed d ur in g de velop m en t d oes no t con cl ud e w ith t he lon g axi s o f t he
su p eri or en d of th e fem u r (he ad an d neck ) p ara llel to th e t ran sver se a xis of th e i nf eri or en d (fe mo ral co nd yles). Wh en t he fem u r is
vi ewe d sup eri or ly (so th at on e is l ooki ng a lon g th e l on g axis of th e sh af t), it is app ar en t th at th e tw o axes l ie at a n an gl e (th e
to r sion angl e, or a ngl e o f d ecl inatio n), th e m ean of wh ich is 7 i n m ales an d 12 i n fem al es. Th e tor sion ang le, com bi ned
w ith t he an gl e o f i ncl in atio n, allo ws ro tator y m o vem ents of th e fem or al h ead wi th in th e o bl iqu el y p laced a cetab ul um t o co nve rt in to
f lexi on an d
P. 5 6 4
P. 5 6 5
e xten sion , ab du ctio n an d add u ction , an d r otat ion al m ovem en ts o f the th ig h.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 10 of 155
Fig ure 5.7. Rig ht f emur . A and B. T h e b on y f eatu re s of a n adu lt f emu r ar e sho wn . Fun cti on ally an d m or ph olo gi cally, the
bo ne con sists of h ig hl y m od if ied su per io r an d in fer ior end s a nd a n in ter veni ng cy lin dr ica l sh af t. Th e nu tr ien t for am en (B ) i s
dem o nstr ated en ter in g th e f em or al sha ft ne ar th e l in ea a sper a. AE . Th e f em ur is b en t so th at the lo ng a xis o f the
he ad an d ne ck li es a t an a ng le (an gl e o f i ncl in atio n) to th at o f the sh aft . When the m assive f emo ra l co nd yles r est o n a
ho ri zon tal su rf ace, th e f em u r assu mes its ob liq u e an ato mi cal po sitio n in w h ich th e ce nte r of th e r ou n d fem or al h ead li es
di rectl y su p eri or to th e i nte rcon d ylar f ossa. C E. T he an gl e o f in clin ati on d ecrea ses (b ecom es mo re acu te) with age,
resu lt in g in g rea ter str ess at a tim e wh en b on e m ass is r ed uce d. Wh en th e fem u r is view ed alo ng th e lon g axi s of th e fem or al
sha ft, so th at th e p ro xim al en d is su p eri mp osed o ver th e d ista l e nd (F), i t can be seen th at th e axi s o f the h ead an d n eck o f
th e f em ur f or ms a 12 a ng le wit h th e tr an sver se axi s o f the fe mo ral co nd yles (an gl e of t orsi on ).
W her e the n eck j oin s t he fem o ral sh af t ar e two lar g e, bl un t eleva tion s ca lled t roch an ter s (Fig . 5 . 7A , B, & F). Th e abr u pt, con ical
a nd r ou n ded l esser tr ocha nte r (G. a r u nn er ) ext end s m ed ial ly fr om th e post ero me dia l p ar t o f the ju n ction of th e n eck an d shaf t
t o g ive ten di no us attac hm en t to th e pr im ar y f lexo r of th e th ig h (th e ilio pso as). Th e gr eate r tro chanter is a lar ge, later all y p lace d
b on y ma ss th at pr oje cts su pe rio rl y an d p oster ior ly wh er e t he n eck j oin s th e fem or al sh aft , pr ovi din g att achm en t and lever ag e f or
a bd uct ors an d ro tato rs of th e th ig h . Th e si te wh ere th e n eck an d sha ft joi n is in dica ted by th e i ntert ro chanter ic l ine, a
r ou g hen ed r id ge fo rm ed b y th e attach m en t o f a p owe rf ul li ga men t (ili ofe mo ral l iga me nt), tha t r un s fr om th e gr eater tr och an ter a nd
w in d s ar ou nd the lesse r tro cha nter to co nt in ue po ster ior ly and in fer ior ly as a le ss d istin ct ri dg e, th e sp ir al li ne. A sim ila r bu t
s mo oth er an d m or e p ro mi nen t ri dg e, th e i ntert ro chanter ic cr est, j oin s t he tr och ant ers po steri or ly. T he r ou nd ed ele vatio n on th e
c rest is the q uad rate tub ercl e. In an teri or an d po ster ior vi ews (Fig. 5. 7A & B ), th e g re ater tr och an ter is in l in e w ith th e fem or al
s haf t. I n po steri or an d su per io r view s (Fig . 5 .7B & F), it over ha ng s a de ep dep r ession med ia lly, th e tro chanter ic f o ssa.
T h e shaf t o f the f emur is slig h tly bow ed (con vex) an teri or ly. T hi s con vexi ty m ay in cr ease ma rked ly, p r oceed in g later al ly a s w ell
a s an ter io rly , if th e sh af t i s w eaken ed by a loss of cal ciu m, as o ccur s i n ri ckets. Most of th e shaf t is sm oo th ly r ou n ded , p rov idi ng
f lesh y or igi n to exten sor s o f the kn ee, excep t post eri or ly w h ere a br oad , ro ug h l in e, th e l inea a spe ra, pr ovid es apo neu r otic
a ttach m ent fo r ad du ctor s o f the th ig h. T h is ve rti cal ri dg e i s esp ecial ly pr om in en t i n th e m id dl e th ir d of th e fem or al sh aft, wh ere it
h as med ial an d la tera l l ip s (m ar gi ns). Su per io rly , the la tera l l ip b len ds wi th th e b ro ad, ro ug h g luteal tube ro sity, a nd th e me dia l
l ip con ti nu es as a n arr ow , r ou gh sp ir al lin e. T he sp ir al lin e e xten ds towa rd th e lesser tr och an ter b u t th en p asses to t he an ter ior
s ur face of th e fem u r, wh ere it is con tin u ou s w ith th e in tertr och an ter ic lin e. A p ro mi ne nt in ter me dia te r id ge, the p ectineal li ne,
e xten ds fr om th e cen tral p ar t of t he lin ea asp era to th e b ase of th e l esser tr och an ter . In fer io rl y, th e l in ea a sper a divi des in to
m ed ial an d l ater al supr aco nd yla r lines, wh ich l ead to th e sp ir all y cu rve d me dia l a nd l ater al con dyl es (Fig . 5 .7B ).
T h e med ia l a nd l ater al femo r al co nd yles ma ke u p n ear ly t he en tir e i nf er ior (d istal ) en d of th e fem u r. Th e tw o con dyl es ar e on
t he sam e ho rizo nt al level w hen the bo ne is in i ts an ato m ical po sitio n, so th at if an isol ated fe mu r is p laced u pr ig h t w ith b oth
c on dyle s con tacti ng the fl oor o r tab letop , th e fem or al sh aft wi ll assu me th e sa me ob li qu e p osi tion i t o ccup ies in th e livi ng b od y
( abo ut 9 fr om v erti cal in m ale s an d sli gh tly gr eate r in f em ales). T he f emo ra l co nd yles ar ticu late w ith m en isci (cr escent ic p lat es
o f car tila ge) an d tib ial con dyl es t o f or m th e kn ee joi n t (Fig . 5 .4 ). T he m en isci an d tib ial con dyl es g li de as a u ni t a cross th e i nf er ior
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 11 of 155
a nd p oster io r asp ects o f the fe mo ral co nd yles du r in g fle xion a nd ex tensi on . Th e con vexity of th e arti cul ar su rf ace of th e co nd yles
i n crease s as it descen d s th e an teri or su rf ace, co veri ng t he in fer io r en d, an d th en asce nd s p oster io rl y. Th e con dyle s ar e se par ated
p oste ri orl y an d i nf eri or ly b y an inter co nd yla r fo ssa (in terco nd yla r no tch) bu t me rg e a nter io rl y, fo rm in g a sha llo w l on gi tud in al
d ep ressi on , th e p atel lar sur fa ce (Fig . 5 . 7), w h ich ar ticu la tes w ith th e pat ella . Th e l ater al sur f ace o f the la tera l co nd yle h as a
c entr al p roj ectio n call ed th e l ater al epi con dyl e. Th e med ia l su r face of th e med ia l co nd yle h as a lar g er an d mo re p rom i nen t me dia l
e pico nd yle, sup er ior to w hi ch an oth er el evatio n, t he ad ducto r tub ercl e, fo rm s in r elati on to a ten do n attach m en t. Th e
e pico nd yle s p rov ide p rox im al attach m en t f or th e co lla tera l l ig am ents of th e kne e jo in t.
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Th ro ug h evo lu tion a nd d evel opm en t, o ur l arg est bo ne, the fe mu r , ha s d evelo ped a b end (a ng le of in cli na tion ) a nd h as twi sted
(me dia l r ota tion and t orsi on so th at the kn ee a nd a ll joi nt s in fe ri or to it fle x p oster ior ly) to accom m od ate ou r ere ct p ostu re an d to
ena bl e b ip edal w alki ng an d r un n in g. Th e an g le of in cli nat ion a nd at tach men t of th e a bd uct ors an d ro tator s to th e gr eate r
tro cha nter allo w in crea sed lever ag e, su per io r pl acem ent of th e abd u ctor s, an d ob liq ue or ien tat ion o f the fe mu r in the th ig h.
Co mb in ed w ith th e tor sion a ng le, o bl iqu e ro tator y m o vem ents at th e h ip j oin t a re con ver ted in to m ovem en ts o f flex ion exten sio n
an d abd u ction ad du ctio n (in th e sagi ttal an d cor on al pl an es, re specti vely) as w ell as of r otati on .
P. 5 6 6
C oxa Vara an d C ox a V alga
Th e a ng le of in cli na tion b etw een th e l on g axis of th e fem or al n eck an d th e fem or al sh aft (Fig. 5. 7C E ) vari es w ith a ge, se x, an d
devel op me nt of th e f em u r (e.g . , a co ng en ital d efe ct in the ossi fica tion of th e f em ora l n eck). It ma y al so ch an g e w ith an y
path ol og ical pr oce ss th at weake ns th e n eck of th e f em ur (e .g ., rick ets). Wh en th e a ng le of in cli nat ion i s d ecre ased, the con d itio n
is co xa var a (Fig . B 5. 2A); wh en it is in cre ased, it i s co xa va lg a (Fi g. B 5. 2B). C oxa var a cau ses a m ild sh or ten in g of th e low er
lim b an d li mi ts p assive ab du ctio n of th e hi p.
D i s l o c a te d ( Sl i p p e d ) E p i p h y si s o f th e Fe m o r a l H e a d
In o lde r chi ld ren a nd a dol escen ts (1 0 1 7 year s o f a ge), t he ep iph ysis of th e fem or al h ead m ay slip aw ay fr om th e fem or al n eck
beca use of a wea kene d epi ph ysial p late . Th is in ju ry m ay b e ca use d by acu te tr au m a o r rep eti tive mi cro tra um as th at p lace
in crea sed she ari ng st ress on th e epi ph ysis, e speci ally wi th ab du ctio n an d late ral r otati on o f t he th ig h. T he ep ip hysi s o ften
disl ocate s (sli ps) slow ly an d resu lts in a p ro gr essive coxa var a. T he com m on i ni tial sym pto m of th e in ju ry is hi p di scom for t tha t
ma y b e r ef err ed to th e kn ee. R ad iog r aph ic exam in ati on of th e sup er ior e nd o f the fe mu r is u sual ly req u ir ed to con fir m a di ag no sis
of a disl ocated epip h ysis of th e h ead o f the fe mu r .
Fe m o r a l Fr a ct u r e s
De spite it s la rg e si ze an d str en gth , th e fem u r is com mo nl y f ra ctur ed . Th e type of f ract ur e su stai ne d is f re qu en tly age- an d even
sex-re lated . Th e ne ck of th e fem u r is m ost f re qu en tly fr actu red b ecau se it is th e na rr ow est a nd w eakest pa rt of th e b on e and it
lies at a m ar ked an g le to th e lin e of we igh t bea ri ng (p ul l of gr avi ty). It be com es i ncr easi ng ly vul n erab le wi th ag e, esp ecial ly in
fem al es, secon da ry to osteo por osi s. Fract ur es o f the p ro xim al fem u r occu r at sever al loca tion s; t wo exam p les a re tr ans-c ervi cal
(mi dd le of n eck) a nd i nte rtr och an ter ic (Fi g. B 5. 3 ). Th ese fr actu r es u su ally occu r as a r esu lt of in di re ct tr au m a (stu m bl in g or
stepp in g d own h ar d, as o ff a cur b or st ep). B ecau se o f th e an g le o f in clin ati on , th ese f ra ctur es are in h er entl y u n stab le a nd
imp actio n (ov err id in g of fr ag m ent s r esul tin g in f or esh or teni ng o f th e li m b) occu rs. Mu scle spa sm also con tr ib ut es to th e
sho rten in g of t he lim b . In tr acap su lar f ractu r es (o ccur r in g wit hi n th e h ip j oin t ca psu le), a re com p licate d by deg en era tion of th e
fem or al h ead ow in g to vascu lar tr au m a (see cli ni cal cor rel atio n [bl ue] bo xes Fr actu res of th e Fe mo ral N eck ( H ip
Fr actu r es ) an d Su r gi cal Hip R ep lacem en t, b oth l ater i n th is ch ap ter ).
Fr actu r e o f t he gr eate r tro cha nte r an d fem or al sh aft usu al ly resu lt fr om dir ect tra um a (di rect b low s su stain ed b y th e bo ne
resu lti ng fr om f alls or b ein g h it) an d are m ost com mo n d ur in g th e m or e active year s. Th ey fr eq uen tly occu r d ur in g m otor vehi cle
accid en ts an d sp ort s su ch as skiin g an d cli mb in g . In so me cases, a sp ir al fr actu re of th e fem or al sh aft occu rs, resu lti ng i n
for esh or ten in g as th e fr ag me nts over r ide, or th e f ra ctur e ma y b e co mm i nu ted (b ro ken in to sever al pi eces), w ith th e fr agm en ts
disp la ced in var io us di rect ion s a s a resu lt of m u scle pu ll an d d epen d in g on th e l evel of th e fr actu re. Uni on of t hi s ser iou s type of
fr actu re m ay t ake u p to a year .
Fr actu r es o f the di stal fem u r m ay be com pl icated b y separ ati on of th e con dyl es, r esul tin g in m isa lig n men t of th e a rti cul ar su rf aces
of th e kn ee joi nt , or b y h em or rh ag e f ro m th e l arg e pop li teal ar ter y th at ru n s d ir ectly on th e sur fa ce of th e bo ne, wh ich
com pr om ises th e b loo d sup p ly t o th e leg (an occu rr en ce th at sho ul d alw ays be con sid ered i n kn ee f r actu res d islo catio ns).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 12 of 155
T ib ia a n d F ib u la
T h e ti bia an d fi bu la ar e t he bo nes of th e leg (Fig s. 5 .4 and 5 . 8 ). Th e t ibi a a rti cul ates with the con d yles of th e f em ur su p eri or ly a nd
th e talu s in fer ior ly an d in so d oin g tr an smi ts th e bod y's wei gh t. T he fi bu la m ain ly fu n ction s as an attach m en t f or m us cles, b ut it is
a lso im po rta nt fo r the stab il ity of th e an kle jo in t. Th e sha fts (bo die s) of th e tib ia an d fib u la are con n ected b y a de nse in ter osseou s
m em b ran e com po sed of str on g ob liq u e f ibe rs.
T ib i a
L ocat ed on th e ant ero me dia l si de of th e l eg, nea rl y p ara llel to th e fib u la, th e tib ia (shi n bo ne ) is th e seco nd l arg est bo ne in th e
b od y. It f lar es o utw ar d at b oth end s t o p ro vid e an in crea sed ar ea f or ar ticu la tion and w eig h t tr an sfer . T he su per ior
P. 5 6 7
(p r oxim al ) en d wi den s t o f or m med ial an d l ater al co nd yles tha t ov erh an g th e sh af t m ed ial ly, la tera lly, a nd p oster io rl y, fo rm in g a
r ela tivel y f lat supe ri or ar ticula r surf ace, o r tib ial p latea u. Th is pla teau co nsi sts of t wo sm ooth a rti cul ar su rf aces (the m edi al
o ne sli gh tly con cave an d the la tera l o ne sli gh tly con vex) tha t ar ticu la te w ith t he lar ge con d yles of th e f em ur . T he ar ticu lar su r face s
a re sepa rat ed by an i nte rco ndyl ar eminence fo rm ed b y tw o inter cond ylar tub er cles (m edi al an d later al) fl an ked by r elati vely
r ou g h anterior and p o ster ior i nterc ond ylar ar eas. Th e tu b ercl es f it in to the in ter con dyl ar fo ssa b etw een th e fem or al con dyl es
(Fi g. 5 . 7B ). Th e in ter con dyla r tu ber cles an d are as p ro vid e at tach me nt fo r the m en isci an d pr in cip al lig am en ts o f the kn ee, w hi ch
h ol d th e f emu r an d ti bia to geth er , m ain tai ni ng co nta ct b etwe en th eir ar ticu la r sur fa ces. Th e an tero later al asp ect of th e l ater al
ti bi al con dyl e b ear s an antero la tera l ti bi al t ub er cle (Gerd y tub er cle) in fer ior t o th e ar ticu lar su r face (Fig . 5. 8 ), wh ich pr ovid es
th e di stal attach m en t f or a den se th icken in g of th e f ascia cov eri ng th e later al th ig h, add in g stab ili ty to th e kne e jo in t. Th e late ral
co nd yle also b ear s a fi bul ar ar ticula r facet po ster olat era lly on it s in f eri or asp ect f or th e he ad of th e f ib ul a.
Fig ur e 5. 8. Rig ht tib ia and f ib ula. T ib iof ibu la r syn desm oses, in clu din g th e den se in tero sseou s m em b ran e, ti gh tly con n ect
the tib ia an d fi bu la. Th e i nte rosse ou s m em br an e p r ovid es a dd itio na l su r face ar ea for mu scu lar a ttach me nt. T h e an ter io r tib ial
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 13 of 155
vessels tr aver se th e ope ni ng i n th e m em br an e to e nte r the an ter ior co m par tm en t of t he leg (Fig . 5 .1 0 ).
U nl ike tha t o f the fe mu r , th e shaf t o f the tib ia is tr ul y ver tica l w ith in t he leg a nd so mew h at tr ia ng u lar in cro ss secti on , ha vin g
t hr ee sur fa ces an d b or der s: m ed ial , late ral /in ter osseou s, an d p oster ior . T he anter io r bo rd er o f the tib ia is th e m ost pr om in en t
b or de r; it and the ad jacen t an teri or su rf ace are su bcu tan eou s thr ou g ho ut th eir le ng th s an d ar e co m mo nl y kn ow n as the sh in
o r shi n bo ne ; th eir per iost eal cover in g an d over lyi ng ski n is vul ne rab le to br u isin g. At the su per io r end o f th e an ter ior
b or de r, a b roa d, o bl ong tib ial tube ro sity pr ovid es dist al attach m ent f or th e p atel lar l iga men t, w h ich str etch es b etw een th e
i n fer ior m ar g in of th e pat ella an d th e ti bi al tub er osity. Th e ti bi al sha ft is th in n est at th e ju n ction o f its mi dd le an d dist al thi rd s.
T h e d istal en d of th e tib ia is sm al ler th an t he pr oxi m al e nd , fl ar in g on ly m ed ial ly; the m ed ial exp ansi on ext end s i nf er ior to th e rest
o f th e sh af t as th e med ia l ma lleo lus. T he in f eri or su rf ace of th e sh af t an d th e l ater al su rf ace o f the m ed ial m alle olu s a rti cul ate
w ith the tal us an d are cove red w ith a rti cul ar car til age (Fig . 5. 4 ). Th e inter osse ous b o rd er o f t he tib ia is sha rp w her e it give s
a ttach m ent to th e i nte rosse ou s m em br an e t hat u ni tes t he two l eg bo nes. I n fer io rly, the sh ar p bor d er is rep laced b y a g ro ove, th e
f ib ular no tch, th at
P. 5 6 8
a ccom m oda tes a nd p ro vid es f ib ro us attach m en t to th e d ista l e nd o f the fi bu la.
O n the p oster ior su r face of th e pr oxi ma l p ar t o f t he tib ial sh af t is a ro ug h di ag on al rid g e, call ed th e so leal li ne, wh ich ru n s
i n fer om edi all y to th e m ed ial b or der ; i t i s f or med i n r elati on shi p to the ap on eur ot ic o ri gin of th e so leu s m u scle app ro xim atel y o ne
t hi rd o f t he wa y d own the sh aft. Im m edi ately d istal to th e so leal li ne is an ob li qu ely di rect ed vascu lar g ro ove, w h ich lea ds to a
l ar ge nutri ent fo r amen. Fro m it, the n utr ie nt can al ru n s in f eri or ly i n th e ti bi a b efo re it op en s in to th e m ed ul lar y (m ar r ow) cavi ty.
F i b u la
T h e sl end er f ib ula lies po ster olate ral to th e t ibi a a nd i s f ir ml y at tach ed to it b y the tib io fib u lar syn de smo sis, w hi ch in clu des th e
i n tero sseou s m em b ran e (Fi g. 5 . 8 ). Un like th e co mp ar abl e b on es of th e f or ear m (ra diu s an d ul na), wh ich ar e joi ned t o en ab le
m o bil ity (pr on ati on and su pin ati on ), th e l eg is fixe d in a per m an en tly p r on ated p ositi on th at pl aces t he gr eat toe m edi all y an d
d ir ects the sol e o f the fo ot in fer ior ly, towa rd th e gr ou n d. T he fi bu la h as n o fu n ction in w eig ht bea ri ng ; i t ser ves ma in ly for m u scle
a ttach m ent , pr ovi din g d istal atta chm en t (in serti on ) f or on e mu scle an d p rox im al attach m en t (or ig in ) f or ei gh t mu scles. Th e f ib ers
o f th e ti bio fi bu lar syn d esm osis ar e ar r ang ed to r esist the r esul tin g n et d ow nw ar d pu ll on t he fi bu la.
T h e d istal en d en lar g es an d is pr ol on ged l ater all y an d in fe ri orl y as th e l ater al mall eol us . Th e m al leol i for m th e ou ter wa lls of a
r ecta ng ul ar socke t (m or tise), wh ich i s th e su p eri or com p on en t of t he an kle joi nt (Fig . 5 .4A), a nd p r ovid e a ttach me nt fo r th e
l ig am ent s th at stab iliz e th e joi nt. T h e l ater al ma lleo lu s is m or e p ro mi ne nt an d po steri or th an th e m edi al ma lleo lu s an d exten d s
a pp ro xim atel y 1 cm mo re di stall y. Th e pr oxi ma l en d of t he fi bu la con sists of an e nl arg ed head a nd sm al ler neck ; th e hea d ha s a
p oi nte d ap ex f or m ed in r elat ion sh ip to a t end in ou s a ttach m ent. Th e h ead a rti cul ates with the fi bu la r facet on t he po ster olat eral ,
i n fer ior a spect of th e later al tib ial con d yle. T h e shaf t o f the fi bu la is twi sted an d m ark ed by th e si tes o f mu scu lar at tach me nts.
L ike th e sh af t o f the tib ia , it is tr ia ng u lar in cro ss secti on , ha vin g th ree bo rd er s (an ter ior , in ter osseo us, and poste ri or) an d th ree
s ur face s (m ed ial, post eri or, and later al).
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Our se con d lar gest bo ne , th e ti bia , is a ver tica l co lu m n bea ri ng th e wei gh t o f all su per io r to it. T he slen de r fib u la do es n ot bea r
wei gh t b u t, alo ng w ith t he in ter osseou s me mb ra ne th at bin d s it to th e ti bi a, is accessor y to t he tib ia in p ro vid in g an ad di tion al
sur fa ce ar ea fo r fle shy m uscl e at tach me nt an d in f or mi ng th e socket of th e ankl e j oin t. T hr ou g h evol uti on an d d evelo pm en t, th e
two b on es h ave beco me p erm an en tly pr on ated t o a ccom mo dat e b ip edal ism .
P. 5 6 9
T i b i a l F r a c t ur e s
Th e ti bi al sha ft is n ar ro west at th e j un ctio n of it s m id dle an d in fe ri or th ir ds, w hi ch is th e m ost fr eq uen t site of fr actu r e.
Unf or tu na tely, th is ar ea of th e b on e a lso ha s th e p oo rest bl ood su p ply . Becau se its an teri or su rf ace is sub cut ane ou s, th e ti bia l
sha ft is th e m ost co m mo n site fo r a co mp ou n d fr actu re (Fig . B5 . 4A ). C om po un d tib ia l f ra ctur es ma y al so r esu lt fr om d ir ect tra um a
(e.g . , a b u mp er f ractu r e ca use d wh en a car b um p er stri kes t he leg ). Fra ctur e of th e ti bi a th r ou gh th e nu tr ien t cana l
pr edi spo ses th e pati en t to n on -un io n of th e bon e fr ag men ts res ul tin g fr om d am ag e to th e n u tr ien t ar ter y.
Tr an sverse str ess (march ) f ract ur es o f the in f eri or th ir d of th e ti bi a (Fig . B 5. 4B) ar e com m on i n pe opl e w h o ta ke l on g hi kes b efo re
the y ar e con diti on ed fo r th is a ctivit y. Th e st rai n m ay f ra ctur e the an ter ior cort ex o f t he tib ia. I n di rect vio len ce a pp lied t o th e tib ial
sha ft wh en th e b on e tur n s w ith th e foo t f ixed d u rin g a fa ll ma y p ro du ce a f ract ur e (e .g ., wh en a per son i s ta ckled in foo tba ll). I n
add iti on , sever e to rsi on d ur in g skii ng m ay pr od u ce a di ago na l f r actu re (Fig. B5 .4C ) o f the tib ial sh af t at th e j un cti on of th e m idd le
an d in fer ior t hi rd s as wel l as a fr actu r e o f t he fi bu la. Di ago na l f ra ctur es are of ten asso ciate d with lim b sh or ten in g cau sed by
over ri di ng o f t he fr actu r ed en ds. Fr equ en tly du r in g skiin g , a f ra ctur e resu lt s f rom a h ig h -speed f or war d f all, wh ich an g les the leg
over th e ri gid ski b oot , pr od uci ng a bo ot-to p fr actu re (Fig . B5 . 4D ).
Becau se of its exten sive su bcu tan eou s locat ion , th e a nte rio r tib ia is accessib le fo r obt ain in g pi eces o f bo ne fo r gr aft in g in ch ild r en;
it is a lso used a s a site fo r in tra me du lla ry in fu sio n in d eh ydr ated /sh ocked ch ild r en.
Fr a ct u r e s I n v o l v in g t h e E p i p h y s i a l P l a te s
Th e p ri m ary ossi fica tion c ente r for t he su per ior end o f the tib ia ap pea rs sho rtl y a fter b ir th an d jo in s th e s haf t o f the ti bia d ur in g
ado lescen ce (usu al ly a t 1 6 18 year s of a ge). T ib ial fr actu r es i n chi ld ren are m or e ser io us if th ey i n volve th e ep ip h ysial pl ates
beca use con tin u ed no rm al g ro wth o f the b on e m ay be jeo par di zed . Th e t ibi al tu ber osit y u sua lly fo rm s b y in fer ior b on e gr ow th fr om
the su per io r epi ph ysia l cen ter a t ap p rox im ately 1 0 year s o f age, bu t a sep ar ate c ente r for t he tib ial tu b ero sity ma y ap pea r at
app r oxim atel y 1 2 yea rs of ag e. Disr up tio n of th e e pip h ysial p late at the tib ia l tu b ero sity ma y cau se in fl am ma tion o f the tu be rosi ty
an d chr on ic recu r ri ng p ain du ri ng a dol escen ce (Osg o od -Schlatt er di sease), especi all y in you ng a thl etes.
Fi b ul a r F r a c tu r e s
Fi bu lar fr actu res com m on ly occu r 2 6 cm pr oxi m al to t he di stal en d of th e l ater al ma lleo lu s an d ar e ofte n associ ated w ith
fr actu re d isl ocati on s of th e an kle join t, w h ich ar e co m bin ed w ith ti bi al fr actu res (Fig . B5 . 4F). Wh en a p erso n slip s a nd th e fo ot
is f or ced in to an exce ssively in ver ted p ositi on , th e an kle li gam en ts tear , fo rci bly til tin g th e ta lu s ag ain st the lat era l m al leol us an d
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 14 of 155
s hea rin g it of f (Fig. B5 .4G). Fr actu res of th e l ater al an d m edia l m al leo li are r elati vely com m on in soccer an d b asketb all p layer s.
Fi bu lar f r actu res can b e p ain f ul ow in g to di sru pte d mu scle atta chm en ts; wal kin g is c om pr om ised b ecau se o f th e b on e's rol e i n
a nkl e st abi lity.
B on e Graft s
I f a par t of a m aj or b on e i s d estr oyed b y in j ur y o r di sease, th e lim b b ecom es u sel ess. R epl acem ent of th e aff ected seg m en t b y a
b on e tra nsp lan t ma y avo id am p uta tion . T he fi bu la is a co mm o n sou rce of b on e f or g ra ftin g . Ev en af ter a segm en t o f sha ft has b een
r em ove d, w alki ng , r un n in g, a nd j um p in g can b e n or m al. Fr ee va scul ari zed fi bu la s h ave been used t o r estor e skeleta l i nt egr ity to
u p per a nd l owe r lim b s in wh ich co ng en ital b on e d efec ts exi st an d to r epl ace se gm en ts o f bon e afte r tra um a or exci sion o f a
m al ig na nt tu mo r (Fig. B5 .5 ). T he r em ain in g pa rts of th e f ib ul a u su all y d o no t r ege ner ate be cause th e p er ioste um and n u tr ien t
a rte ry are g ene ral ly rem ove d wit h the p iece of bo ne so th at t he gr af t w ill r em ain a live an d gr ow w hen tra nsp lan ted to an oth er si te.
S ecu re d in its n ew site, th e fi bu lar se gm en t r estor es the b loo d sup pl y of t he bo ne to wh ich it i s n ow att ache d. H eali ng p r oceed s as
i f a f r actu re ha d occu rr ed at each o f its e nd s.
A wa ren ess of th e l ocati on of th e nu tr ien t for am en i n the f ibu la is im p ort ant w hen p er fo rm in g fr ee vascu lar ized f ib ul ar tr an sfer s.
B ecau se the n ut rie nt fo ram en is l ocated i n th e m id dl e t hi rd of th e fi bu la in m ost cases, t hi s seg m ent of th e bon e is used f or
t ran sp lan tin g wh en t he gr af t m u st i ncl ud e a b loo d sup pl y to th e ma rr ow cavi ty as we ll as to th e com pa ct b on e o f t he su rf ace ( via
t he pe rio steu m ).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 15 of 155
P. 5 7 0
B on e s o f t h e F o ot
T h e b on es o f the fo ot in clu de th e tar su s, m etatar su s, an d phal ang es. T he re ar e 7 ta rsal b on es, 5 m etat arsa l b on es, an d 1 4
p h alan g es (Fig s. 5 .1 , 5 . 4, and 5 . 9 ). Alt ho ug h kn owl edg e of th e ch ar acter isti cs of i nd ivi du al bo nes is ne cessar y f or an
u n der stan d in g of th e str u ctur e of th e f oot , it is i mp or tan t t o stu d y th e skeleto n of th e foo t as a wh ole an d to id ent ify its pr in cip al
b on y l an dm ar ks i n th e l ivin g fo ot (see S ur fa ce A na tom y o f the B on es of th e Foot, later i n th is c hap ter ).
T ar su s
T h e tar sus (post eri or or p ro xim al fo ot; hi nd fo ot) con sists o f seven b on es (Fi g. 5 . 9A & B): talu s, cal can eu s, cub oi d, n avicu la r, a nd
th r ee cun eif or m s. Onl y o ne bo ne, the tal us, a rti cul ates wit h th e le g bon es.
T h e tal us (L . an kle, a nkl e b on e) h as a b od y, n eck, an d h ead (Fig . 5 .9C ). The sup er ior su r face, o r tr ochlea of the talus, i s
g r ipp ed b y th e two m all eoli (Fig . 5 .4 ) and r ecei ves th e wei gh t o f the b ody fr om the tib ia . It tra nsm it s th at wei gh t i n tu rn , d ivid in g
i t b etw een th e ca lcan eu s, on w hi ch th e ta lar b od y r ests, a nd th e for ef oot, via an osseo lig am en tou s h am m ock' tha t r eceiv es
th e ro un d ed an d an tero me dia lly di rect ed tala r he ad. Th e h am m ock (spr in g lig am en t) i s su spe nd ed acr oss a g ap b etwee n the tal ar
sh el f (a b rac ket-lik e la ter al pr oject ion o f the cal cane us) an d the n avicu la r bon e, w h ich li es a nte rio rl y (Fig . 5 .9B & D). T h e ta lu s is
th e on ly tar sal bon e tha t h as no m u scul ar or te nd in ou s at tach men ts. Mo st of i ts su r face is cover ed wi th ar ticu la r cart ilag e. T he
ta lar b od y b ear s th e tro chl ea su p eri or ly a nd n ar ro ws in to a p os teri or p r ocess th at featu r es a g ro ove fo r the tend on of the
f lex or hal lucis long us (Fi g. 5 . 9D ), f lan ked b y a pr om in en t l ater al tuber cle an d a less pr om in en t me di al tub er cle (Fig . 5. 9A).
T h e cal caneus (h eel b on e) i s th e lar gest an d str on gest bo ne in t he fo ot (Fi g. 5 . 9). When stan din g , th e cal can eus tr an smi ts th e
m aj or ity of th e b od y's w eig h t f ro m th e ta lu s to th e g ro un d . Th e ant eri or tw o th ir d s of th e calcan eu s's sup er ior su r face ar ticu lat es
w ith t he talu s an d its a nte ri or su rf ace a rti cul ates wit h th e cu bo id . Th e l ater al sur f ace o f the cal cane us ha s an obl iq ue ri dg e (Fi g.
5 . 9C ), th e fi bula r tro chlea, tha t an ch or s a ten do n pu ll ey f or th e ever tor s of th e foo t (m u scles th at m ov e th e sole of th e f oot aw ay
f ro m th e m ed ian pla ne). On th e m ed ial sid e, th e t alar shel f (L. su sten tacu lu m ta li), t he sh elf-l ike sup p ort of th e talu s, p ro jects
f ro m th e su p eri or b or der o f the m edi al sur fa ce o f the calca ne us an d par tici pat es in sup po rti ng t he tal ar he ad (Fig . 5. 9 B & D ). T he
p oster io r pa rt of th e ca lcan eu s h as a m assiv e, wei gh t-b ear in g pr om in en ce, th e ca lcaneal tub ero sity (L. tub er cal can ei), w hi ch
h as med ial , later al , an d anter ior tub er cles. Onl y th e m ed ial tu b ercl e co nta cts th e gr ou nd d u ri ng sta nd in g.
T h e navic ul ar (L . lit tle shi p) is a f latten ed , bo at-sh ap ed bo ne loca ted be tween the tal ar h ead po ster ior ly an d the th re e cu n eifo rm s
a nte rio rl y (Fig . 5 .9 ). T he m edi al sur f ace o f the n avicu la r pr oje cts in f eri or ly t o f or m th e navi cular tub er osi ty,
P. 5 7 1
a n im po rta nt site fo r ten do n attach m en t b ecau se t he m edi al bor d er of th e f oo t d oes no t r est o n th e g ro un d , as does th e l ater al
b or der . I nst ead, it f or m s a lon g itu di nal ar ch o f t he fo ot, w hi ch m ust be su pp or ted cen tr ally. If th is tub er osity is too p rom i nen t, i t
m ay pr ess aga in st th e me dia l p ar t o f the sh oe and cause fo ot pai n.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 16 of 155
Fig ure 5.9. B ones of r ig ht fo ot. AD . Th e seven b on es o f the tar su s m ake u p the p oster ior h al f of th e f oot (h in df oot). T h e
talu s and ca lcan eu s o ccup y th e po steri or tw o t hi rd s of t he h in df oot, a nd th e cub oi d; na vicu lar ; an d m ed ial, later al, and
in ter me dia te cu n eif or ms occu py th e an ter io r th ird . On ly the tal us ar ticu late s w ith th e leg b on es. Th e met atar sus con n ects th e
tar sus po ster ior ly wit h the p ha lan ges an ter ior ly. T og eth er, t he m etatar su s an d p ha lan ges m ake up th e an teri or h alf o f the fo ot
(fo ref oot). Site s of m u scle attach m en t ar e sho wn i n pa rts A, B, a nd D . Pr oxi ma l a ttach m ents ar e sh ow n in s alm on co lor an d
di stal attach m en ts i n bl ue.
T h e cub oi d, a pp ro xim atel y cu bi cal in sh ap e, is th e m ost late ral b on e i n th e d istal r ow of th e tar sus (Fig. 5. 9 A & C ). An ter io r to the
t ub er os ity o f the cub oid o n th e l ater al an d in fer ior sur fa ces of t he bo ne is a g r oo ve f or the tendo n o f the fi bul ari s l ong us
m uscle.
T h e th r ee cu n eif or ms (Fig . 5. 9A, C , & D) ar e th e m edia l ( 1st), i n term ed iate (2 nd ), an d la tera l (3 r d). T h e med ia l cunei fo rm is the
l ar gest bo ne , an d the inter med ia te cuneif or m is th e sm alle st. Ea ch cu nei for m (L . cu ne us, w ed ge sha ped ) ar ticu la tes w ith t he
n avi cul ar p oster ior ly an d th e b ase of its app r opr ia te m etat arsa l a nte rio rl y. Th e later al cuneif or m a lso ar ticu lates wi th th e cu b oid .
P. 5 7 2
M et ata rs u s
T h e meta tar sus (an ter io r or d istal fo ot, f or efo ot) co nsi sts o f five m etata rsal s th at ar e n u mb er ed fr om t he m edi al sid e of th e fo ot
( Fi g. 5 . 9A ). I n the ar ticu la ted skelet on of th e foo t (Fig s. 5 . 1, 5 . 4 , an d 5. 9 ), th e ta rsom eta tar sal joi nts fo rm an ob liq u e
t arso metata rsa l l ine joi ni ng th e mi dp oin ts of th e m ed ial an d sh or ter lat era l b or der s of th e f oot; th us th e m etat arsa ls a nd
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 17 of 155
p h alan g es a re loca ted in th e an teri or h alf (f or efo ot) a nd th e tar sals ar e in the p oster ior h al f (hi nd fo ot) (Fi g. 5 . 9A i nset & B).
T h e 1st metatar sal is sh ort er an d stou ter th an th e oth ers . Th e 2nd meta tar sal is t he lon g est. E ach m etata rsal h as a b ase
p r oxim al ly, a sh aft, a nd a h ead d istal ly (Fi g. 5 . 9C ). T he ba se o f each m etata rsal i s th e l ar ger , pr oxi m al end . Th e ba ses of t he
m et atar sals art icu late wi th th e cu n eif or m an d cub oi d bon es, a nd th e he ads ar ticu late wi th th e p r oxim al p hal an ges. T h e b ases of
t he 1 st an d 5 th m etata rsal s h ave lar g e tu be ro sities th at p r ovid e f or te nd on at tach men t; th e tub er osit y of the 5th metatar sal
p r oject s la tera lly over th e cub oi d. On t he pl an tar su rf ace of th e h ead o f the 1 st m eta tarsa l a re pr om in en t m ed ial an d la ter al
s esam oid b on es (n ot sh own ); the y ar e emb ed ded i n th e ten d on s p assin g al on g the pl an tar su rf ace (see B on es o f the Foot in
t he fo llo win g secti on on Su rf ace An atom y).
P h al an g es
T h e 1 4 p h ala ng es ar e as fo llo ws: the 1 st d ig it (gr eat toe) ha s 2 p h alan ge s (p ro xim al an d dis tal); the oth er f ou r di gi ts h ave 3
p h alan g es ea ch: pr oxi ma l, m id dl e, an d di stal (Fig. 5. 9A & C ). E ach p halanx h as a b ase (pr oxi ma lly), a shaf t, an d a he ad
( dista lly). Th e p h alan ge s of th e 1st d igi t a re sho rt, br oad , an d str on g. T he m id dle an d d istal ph al an ges of th e 5 th d ig it m ay b e
f u sed in el der ly pe opl e.
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Th e m an y bon es of th e f oot f orm a f u ncti on al un it th at allo ws wei gh t to b e d istr ib u ted to a w id e p latf or m to m ain tai n bal an ce w he n
stan din g , en abl e co nf or m ation an d adj ustm en t to terr ain var iatio ns, and per fo rm sh ock ab sor pti on . Th ey also tr ansf er w eig ht fr om
the h eel to the f ore foo t as r equ ir ed in w alki n g and r u nn in g .
P. 5 7 3
P. 5 7 4
P. 5 7 5
P. 5 7 6
P. 5 7 7
Su r f a c e A na t o m y o f t he L o w e r L im b B o ne s
Bon y lan dm ar ks are h elp fu l du ri ng p h ysical exa mi na tion s a nd su r ger y b ecau se the y can b e used t o ev alu ate no rm al d evelo pm en t,
dete ct an d assess fr actu r es an d d islo catio ns, a nd l ocate str uctu r es su ch as n erves an d bl ood ve ssels.
P e lv i c G ir d l e a nd Fe m ur
When you r ha nd s a re on yo ur h ip s, th ey rest on yo ur i lia c cr ests, th e cur ved su pe rio r bo rd er s of th e alae or w in gs of th e ili a
(sin gu lar = i liu m ) (Fig . S A5 .1A ). Th e a nte ri or th ir d of th e cr ests is e asily p alp ated b ecau se th e crest s ar e su b cuta neo us (Fig .
SA 5. 1 C & D ). T he po ster ior tw o thi rd s o f the cr ests a re m ore d iff icu lt to pal pa te b ecau se t hey ar e u su all y cove red w ith f at. T he
ili ac cr est end s a nte rio rl y at th e r ou n ded a nteri or sup er ior i lia c sp ine, w hi ch is easy to pal pate b y tr acin g th e ilia c cr est
an tero in fer ior ly. Th e A SI S is o fte n visib le in th in in div idu al s. In o bese p eop le t hese sp in es ar e cover ed wi th fa t an d m ay be
dif fi cul t to l ocate; ho weve r, th ey ar e ea sier to pa lp ate w h en th e p er son is sitti ng a nd th e m uscl es at tach ed to them ar e r elaxe d.
Th e i lia c tub ercl e , 5 6 cm p oster io r to t he AS IS , m ark s th e w id est p oi nt of th e ili ac cr est. T o p alp ate th e i liac tu ber cle , pl ace
you r th um b on the AS IS an d m ove you r f in ger s p oster io rl y al on g the exter n al lip o f the il iac crest (Fig . SA 5. 1B). Th e i liac tu ber cle
lies at the le vel of th e sp in ou s p ro cess o f L5 ver teb ra .
Ap pr oxim at ely a h an d' s w idth in fer ior to t he u mb il icu s, the b od ies an d sup eri or r ami of the pub ic bo nes m ay be p alp ated (Fig .
SA 5. 1 C). P alp atio n of th e pu bi c tu be rcle s w as d iscu ssed in C h ap ter 2 . Th e i lia c cr est e nd s p oster io rl y at th e sh ar p poster ior
super io r il iac s pi ne (Fig . SA 5 .1 D ), wh ich m ay be diff icu lt to pal pa te; h ow ever , its po sitio n is easy t o l ocate be cause it li es at th e
bot tom o f a ski n di mp le, a pp ro xim atel y 4 cm later al to th e m id li ne (see Ch ap ter 4 ). Th e di mp le exists be cause th e s kin an d
un d erl yin g fasci a a ttach to th e P SI S. T he ski n d imp les ar e u sefu l lan d ma rks wh en p alp ati ng th e are a o f t he sacr oil iac joi nts in
sear ch of ed em a (sw ell in g) or lo cal tend er ne ss. Th ese dim p les also in d icate th e ter m in ati on of th e ili ac cr ests fr om w hi ch bo ne
ma rr ow an d p ieces of bo ne fo r gr af ts can be ob tain ed (e. g. , to r epa ir a fr actu red t ibi a).
Th e i schial tube ro sity is easily p alp ated in the in fe ri or pa rt of th e b u ttock wh en th e thi gh i s f lexed (Fi g. S A5 . 1E ). T he bu tto ck
cover s an d ob scu res th e tu b ero sity wh en th e thi gh i s exte nd ed (Fig . SA 5. 1D). Th e g lutea l f ol d (sulcus) co in cide s wi th th e
in fer ior bor d er of th e g lu teu s m axi m us an d in dica tes t he sepa rat ion o f the b utto ck f ro m th e th ig h .
Th e cen ter o f th e f emor al head ca n be pa lpa ted de ep to a p oin t ap pr oxim ate ly a th u mb 's br ead th in fe rio r to th e m id po in t o f t he
in gu in al li gam en t (Fi g. S A5 . 1C ). T he sh aft of th e f emu r is co ver ed wit h m uscl es an d is n ot u su all y p alp ab le. On ly th e su pe rio r an d
in fer ior end s o f the f emu r ar e pal pab le. Th e l ater ally p laced g r eater tr ochante r pr oje cts su pe rio r to th e ju n ctio n of th e sh af t w ith
the fe mo ra l n eck an d can b e p alp ated on the la tera l si de of th e thi gh a pp ro xim ately 1 0 cm i nf eri or to th e i lia c cr est (Fi g. S A5 . 1B ).
Th e g re ater tr och an ter f orm s a p r om in ence an ter ior t o th e ho llo w on th e later al sid e o f the b utto ck. The pr om in en ces o f the
gr eater t roch an ter s a re no rm al ly resp on sib le for t he wi dth o f the ad u lt p elvi s. Th e po steri or ed ge of th e gr eater tr och an ter i s
rel ative ly u n cover ed an d m ost easil y p alp ated w hen the li mb i s n ot wei gh t bear in g . Th e ant eri or an d late ral p ar ts of th e tro ch ant er
are n ot easy t o p alp ate be cause th ey are cover ed b y f ascia an d m uscl e. Be cau se it li es cl ose to t he skin , th e g r eater tr och an ter
cau ses d iscom f ort w hen you li e o n you r sid e o n a har d su rf ace. I n th e a nat om ical p ositi on , a l in e j oin in g th e t ips of th e gr eater
tro cha nter s no rm all y p asses thr ou g h th e p ub ic tu ber cles an d th e cen ter o f the fe mo ral h ead s. Th e lesser tr o chanter is
in dist in ctly pal pab le su per ior to t he late ral en d of th e gl utea l f ol d.
Th e f emo ral co ndyl es ar e sub cu tan eou s an d easi ly pal pat ed wh en th e knee is fl exed or e xten ded (Fig . SA 5 .1F). At th e ce nte r of
the la tera l a spect of each con dyl e is a pr om in en t ep ico nd yle t hat is easi ly p alp ab le. T he p atell ar su rf ace of th e f em ur i s w her e the
pa tella sli des du r in g fl exion and e xten sion o f the leg a t th e kne e j oin t. T he late ral an d m ed ial m arg in s o f th e p atell ar su rf ace can
be pa lpa ted wh en th e leg is fl exed . Th e a dd ucto r tub er cle, a sm al l p ro m in ence of b on e, m ay be fel t at th e su p eri or p art of th e
me dia l f em or al con dyl e b y p u shi ng yo ur t hu m b in fer io rly al on g the m edi al sid e of t he th ig h un til i t en cou n ter s th e t ub ercl e.
T i b i a a nd Fi b ul a
Th e ti bi al tuber o sity, an o val eleva tion on th e a nte rio r su rf ace o f th e ti bia , is easil y p alp ated ap pr oxi ma tely 5 cm d istal to th e
apex of th e pat ella . Th e su b cuta neo us, fla t anter o med ial surf ace of the ti bi a i s al so easy t o p alp ate. Th e ski n cover in g th is
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 18 of 155
s ur face is fr eel y m ovab le. Th e ti bi al cond yles can b e p alp ated an ter io rl y at th e si des of th e p atel lar l iga me nt, especi all y w hen the
k nee is fl exed. Th e hea d of the f ib ula is pr om in en t at th e l evel of th e sup er ior p ar t of t he tib ial tu be rosi ty b ecau se the kn ob -like
h ea d is su b cuta neo us at the p oster ola tera l a spect of th e knee . Th e ne ck o f t he fi bul a ca n be pa lpa ted ju st dist al to t he late ral
s ide of th e hea d. Doi ng so m ay evoke a mi ld ly u n pl easan t se nsa tion b ecau se of th e p re sence of a n erve p assin g th ere.
T h e med ia l ma lleo lus, th e pr om in en ce o n th e m ed ial sid e of th e an kl e, is also su bcu tan eou s a nd p r om in ent (Fig . SA 5. 1G & H).
N ote th at its i nf er ior en d is b lu nt an d do es n ot exten d as far d ista lly as th e late ral m all eol us. T he m ed ial m all eolu s l ies
a pp ro xim atel y 1 . 25 c m pr oxi ma l to th e level of th e tip o f t he late ral m al leol us. On ly th e d ista l q u art er of th e sh af t o f the fi bu la is
p al pab le. Fee l yo ur l ater al mall eol us, no tin g th at i t i s su bcu tan eo us an d tha t i ts in f eri or en d is sha rp (Fig . SA 5 .1 G & I). Note th at
t he tip o f the la tera l m al leol us exten d s f arth er d ista lly an d mo re po ster ior ly tha n do es th e tip of t he m edi al ma lleo lu s.
B o n e s o f th e Fo o t
T h e tal ar head i s p alp ab le ant ero med ia l to th e pr oxim al p ar t of t he late ral m all eol us wh en th e foo t i s in ver ted an d an ter ior t o th e
m ed ial m al leol us wh en th e foo t i s ever ted (Fig . S A5 .1G). E ver sion o f the f oot m akes t he tala r he ad m ore p ro mi nen t as i t m ove s
a way fr om the n avicu lar . T he h ead occu p ies t he spa ce b etw een th e ta lar sh elf a nd th e na vicu lar tu b ero sity. I f th e tal ar h ead is
d if fi cul t to p alp ate, d ra w a l in e f ro m th e ti p of th e m ed ial m all eolu s to the n avicu lar tub er osity; th e ta lar h ead l ies d eep to th e
c ente r of th is l in e. Wh en th e foo t is p lan tar fle xed, t he su per ior sur face of th e bo dy of th e ta lu s can be pal pat ed on th e ant eri or
a spect of th e an kle, an ter io r to t he in fe rio r en d of th e ti bi a.
T h e w eig ht- bear in g med ial tub er cle o f the cal caneus o n th e p lan tar su r face of th e foo t i s b ro ad an d lar ge (Fig . SA 5. 1J), b ut
o fte n it is n ot pa lp abl e b ecau se o f the ove rly in g skin an d su bcu tan eou s tissu e. Th e tala r shelf is th e o nl y p art of th e me dia l
a spect of th e calcan eu s th at m ay b e pal pat ed as a sm all p ro mi ne nce ap pr oxim at ely a f in ger 's br ead th d istal to th e ti p of th e m ed ial
m al leo lu s. Th e e nti re lat eral su r face of th e calcan eu s i s su bcu tan eou s. T he f ib ul ar tr ochle a, a sma ll later al exte nsi on of th e
c alcan eu s, m ay b e detec tabl e as a sma ll tu ber cle on th e later al asp ect o f th e cal can eus, ant ero in fer ior t o th e tip o f t he late ral
m al leo lu s.
U sua lly, p alp ati on of bon y p r om in en ces on the p lan tar su rf ace of the f oot is di ff icu lt becau se of th e t hi ck ski n, f ascia , an d pad s o f
f at. T h e m ed ial an d late ral ses amoi d bo nes i nf er ior to th e hea d of th e 1 st me tatar sal can b e f elt to slid e wh en th e g r eat t oe i s
m o ved pa ssively. Th e hea ds of the m etatar sal s can b e pal pat ed by pl acin g th e th u m b on th eir p lan tar su r face s an d th e i nd ex
f in g er on th eir dor sal su rf aces. I f call osi ties (callu ses), t hi ckeni ng s of th e ker ati n layer of th e ep id erm i s, ar e p rese nt, t he
m et atar sal hea ds are d iff icu lt to pal pa te.
T h e tub er osi ty of the 5th metatar sal f or ms a pr om in en t l and m ar k on the la tera l a spect of th e f oo t (Fig . SA 5 .1 I & J), wh ich ca n
e asily b e p alp ated at th e m i dp oin t o f th e la ter al bor de r of th e f oot . Th e s ha fts of the me tatar sals and p ha lang es can be f elt on
t he do rsu m o f the fo ot betw een th e exten sor ten d on s. Th e cub o id can be fel t on the la tera l a spect of th e foo t, po ster ior to th e
b ase of th e 5th met atar sal. T he med ia l cuneif or m can b e p alp ated b etw een th e tu b ero sity of th e n avi cul ar an d th e b ase of th e
1 st m etatar sal (Fig . SA 5. 1H). T h e head o f the 1st metatar sal fo rm s a p ro m in ence on t he m edi al aspe ct of th e fo ot. T he
t ub er os ity o f the navicul ar is easil y seen an d pal pate d on th e m ed ial asp ect of th e f oot (Fig . SA 5 .1H), in fer oan ter ior t o th e tip
o f th e m ed ial m all eolu s. T he cu boi d an d cun ei for m s ar e dif fi cul t to i den tif y i nd ivi du all y b y p alp ati on .
C a l c a n e a l F r a c tu r e s
A h ar d fa ll on to the h eel, f ro m a lad der for e xam ple , ma y f ra ctur e the calca neu s in to sever al pie ces, pr od uci ng a com m inu ted
f r actu re (Fig. B5 .6A ). A calcan eal f ra ctur e is u su all y d isab lin g b ecau se i t d isr up ts the su btal ar (tal ocal cane al) joi nt, w h ere th e
t alu s a rti cul ates w ith the calca ne us.
F r a c t u r e s o f t h e T a la r N e c k
Fr actu r es of th e tala r ne ck (Fig . B5 . 6B ) m ay occu r d ur in g sever e d or sif lexi on of th e an kle (e.g . , wh en a pe rson is p r essin g
e xtre mel y h ar d on th e br ake ped al of a veh icle d ur in g a hea d-on coll ision ). I n som e cases, th e bod y of th e ta lu s d isloc ates
p oste ri orl y.
F r a c t u r e s o f t h e M e ta t a r s a l s
Met atar sal fr actu re s occu r w hen a h eavy ob ject fal ls on th e f oo t, fo r exam pl e o r wh en it is ru n o ver by a hea vy o bje ct su ch as a
m et al wh eel (Fig. B5 .6C ). Metata rsal f ract ur es a re also co mm on in d ance rs, esp ecia lly fem al e b all et dan cer s w ho u se t he dem i p oi nte tech n iq ue. Th e d an cer' s f ract ur e u su all y o ccur s w he n th e d an cer lose s b alan ce, p u ttin g th e f ul l b od y w eig h t on the
m et atar sal an d fr actu ri ng th e bo ne. Fat igu e fr actu re s of th e me tatar sals m ay r esu lt fr om p ro lon g ed wal kin g. Th ese f ra ctu res,
u su all y tr an sver se, r esul t f ro m r epea ted str ess on the m etata rsal s.
W hen the fo ot is su d den ly an d viol en tly in verte d, th e tub er osit y of th e 5t h me tatar sal m ay b e avul sed b y th e t end on o f the
f ib u lar is b r evis mu scle . Avu lsi on fr actu r es o f the 5 th m etatar sal tu be rosi ty (Fi g. B 5. 6C ) ar e co mm o n in b asketb all an d ten n is
p la yers. Par t of th e tu ber osit y is pu ll ed of f, p ro du cin g p ain an d ed em a a t th e base of th e 5th me tatar sal.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 19 of 155
O s T r ig o n u m
Du r in g ossif icati on of th e talu s, th e secon da ry ossif icati on cen ter , wh i ch beco me s th e l ater al tu ber cle of th e t alu s, occasi on all y
f ail s to u n ite with the b ody of th e talu s. T hi s f ailu r e m ay be caused b y ap pl ied str ess ( for cefu l p lan tar fle xion ) d u ri ng th e ear ly
t een s. Occasio nal ly, a p artl y o r even f ul ly ossif ied cen ter m ay fr actu re an d p rog r ess to n on -un io n. Ei the r even t m ay resu l t in a
b on e (accessor y o ssicle ) kn ow n as a n os tri go num, wh ich occu rs in 1 4 25 % of ad u lts, m or e co m mo nl y b ila tera lly (Fig . B5 . 7). I t
h as an i ncr eased p r evalen ce am on g soccer p layer s and b al let dan cer s. Pati en ts w ith an os tr ig on u m m ay b e symp tom at ic o r pai n
f r ee. R adi on ucl id e b on e sca nn in g, wh ich p ro vid es p hy siolo gi cal as w ell as an atom ica l ev ide nce, is u sef ul in dist in gu ish in g
s ymp tom ati c an d asym p tom ati c ossi cles. (L aw son , 19 9 4 )
F r a c t u r e o f th e Se s a m o id B o ne s
T h e sesa mo id b on es of t he gr eat toe in th e ten do n of th e f lexo r ha llu cis lon g us bea r th e w eig ht of th e bod y, esp ecial ly du r in g the
l atter p ar t o f the stan ce ph ase of wa lkin g (see Postu r e an d Gait , in th is ch apte r). T he sesam o ids de velop b ef ore b ir th an d
b eg in to ossi fy du r in g late ch ild ho od . Fr actu r e o f the sesam oi ds m ay r esu lt fr om a cr ush in g in ju r y (e. g ., w he n a h eav y ob ject fa lls
o n th e g r eat t oe).
P. 5 7 8
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 20 of 155
F a sc ia , Ve s se ls, a n d Cu t a n e o u s N e rv e s of th e Lo w e r Lim b
S u b cu t a n e ou s Tis su e a n d F a sc ia
T h e sub cutaneo us tissue (sup erf ici al fasci a) l ies dee p to t he skin (Fi g. 5 . 10 ) and co nsi sts o f loo se co nn ectiv e ti ssue th at
c on tain s a var iab le amou n t of f at, cu tan eou s ner ves, su p erf icia l v ein s (g rea t an d sm all sap h en ou s vei ns and the ir tr ibu tar ie s),
l ym ph ati c vessel s, an d lym ph no des. T h e su bcu tan eo us tissu e o f th e h ip an d th ig h is con tin u ou s wi th th at of th e i nf er ior p ar t of th e
a nte ro later al ab dom i nal w all an d b utto ck. At th e kn ee, the su bcu tan eou s t issu e l oses i ts f at an d ble nd s w ith th e dee p fasci a, bu t
f at is aga in p resen t di stal to the kn ee i n th e su b cuta neo us tissu e of th e l eg.
T h e d eep f ascia of t he low er li m b is esp ecia lly str on g, i nvest in g the li mb l ike an el astic stocki ng (Fig . 5 .1 0A & B ). Th e dee p fasci a
l im its ou twa rd exp an sion of con tr actin g m uscl es, m akin g m u scul ar con tr actio n m ore ef fici en t i n com pr essin g vei ns to pu sh b loo d
t owa rd th e hea rt. T h e d eep fa scia of th e th ig h is call ed fa scia lata (L. lata, br oad ). It is con tin u es i nf eri or to th e k nee as the d eep
f asci a of t he leg .
T h e f ascia lat a at tach es to /is co nt in uo us wit h:
T h e i ng ui na l l ig am ent , pu bi c ar ch , bo dy of p ub is, a nd p ub ic tu ber cle su per ior ly; th e m em b ran ou s layer o f sub cu tan eou s ti ssue
( Scar pa fa scia) of th e i nf er ior ab d om in al wal l a lso attach es to the fa scia lata ap pr oxi ma tely a f in ger 's br ead th in f eri or to th e
i n gu in al lig am en t.
T h e sacr u m , coccyx, sac rot ub ero us li gam en t, an d isch ia l t ub er osity po steri or ly.
T h e f ascia lat a i s su bsta nti al beca use it en closes th e l arg e thi gh m u scles, e speci ally la tera lly wh er e i t is th icken ed an d
s tren g the ned b y a dd itio na l r ei nf or cin g lon gi tu din al f ibe rs to for m th e ili otib ia l tr act (Fig. 5. 1 0B ). Th is b roa d ban d of f ib ers is the
c on join t ap one ur osi s of th e ten sor of f ascia lat a an d g lu teu s m axim u s m u scles. Th e i lio tib ial tr act ex tend s f r om th e ilia c tu b ercl e to
t he an ter olat era l ti bi al tub er cle.
T h e th ig h m u scles a re sep ara ted in to th ree com p artm en ts an ter io r, m ed ial , an d post eri or . Th e w all s of t hese com p art men ts ar e
f or m ed by th e f ascia la ta an d th r ee f ascia l i nte rm u scul ar sep ta t hat ar ise fr om i ts d eep asp ect an d attach to th e lin ea asp era of th e
f em u r (Fi g. 5 . 1 0D ). T he late ral inte rmuscula r sep tum is esp ecial ly st ron g ; th e oth er two sep ta ar e r elati vely wea k. Th e later al
i n term u scu lar sep tu m exten d s d eepl y f ro m th e i lio tib ial tr act to th e later al li p of th e l in ea a sper a and l ater al su pr acon dy lar li ne of
t he fe mu r . Th is septu m o ff ers a welco m e in ter n erv ou s p lan e to su r geo ns ne edi ng w id e exp osu re of th e fem u r.
T h e sa pheno us op eni ng in th e f ascia la ta (Fi g. 5 . 10A ) is a gap o r hi atu s in the f ascia lata in f eri or to th e m ed ial p art of th e
i n gu in al lig am en t, ap pr oxi ma tely 4 cm in f ero later al to th e p u bic tu ber cle. Th e sap h en ou s op en in g is usu all y a pp rox im ately 3 .7 5 cm
i n len g th an d 2 .5 cm in b rea dth , an d its lo ng ax is i s ver tica l. I ts m ed ial m ar gin is sm oo th b ut its sup er ior , la tera l, an d in f eri or
m ar g in s f orm a sh ar p cr escen tic e dg e, th e f alci fo rm mar gi n. Th is m arg in i s j oin ed at its me dia l m ar g in b y f ibr of atty tissu e, th e
c ri br if or m f ascia (L. cri br u m, a si eve). Th is sieve -like fa scia is a lo cali zed m em br an ou s la yer of su bcu tan eou s tissu e th at sp read s
o ver th e sa ph en ou s o pen in g, closi ng i t. Th is layer of spo ng y co nn ecti ve ti ssu e is pi er ced by nu m er ou s op en in gs (th us its na me ) fo r
t he pa ssage of ef fer en t l ym ph ati c vessel s f ro m th e su pe rf icia l i ng u in al lym ph n od es and b y the g reat sap he no us vein a nd i ts
t ri bu tar ies. A fter p assi ng th r ou gh th e sap hen ou s ope ni ng an d cr ib ri for m f ascia, the gr eat sap he no us
P. 5 7 9
P. 5 8 0
v ein en ter s th e fem or al vei n (Figs. 5. 1 0A a nd 5 . 11A) . Th e l ym ph atic vessel s en ter th e deep i ng u in al lym ph no des.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 21 of 155
Fig ure 5.10. Fasci a, inter muscular sep ta, a nd f asci al comp ar tments o f low e r limb . A. Th e ant eri or skin and
sub cu tan eou s ti ssue h ave been rem ove d to revea l t he de ep fasci a o f the th ig h (fa scia lata) an d leg (cr u ral f ascia). B . T he
fasci a l ata is rei nf or ced late ral ly with lon gi tu din al f ibe rs to for m th e ili otib ial tr act, w hi ch al so ser ves as a n ap on eur osi s f or
th e g lu teu s m axim u s a nd te nso r of fa scia lata m uscl es. C a nd D. T he fa scial com p art men ts of th e t hi gh an d le g, co nta in in g
m uscl es sh ar in g com m on f un ctio ns an d in ne rvat ion , ar e d em on str ated in tran sver se section s.
T h e d eep f ascia o f the leg , th e c rur al fasci a (L. cr us, leg ), attach es to the an ter ior a nd m ed ial b or der s o f the tib ia, wh ere it is
c on tin uo us wi th its perio steu m. Th e d eep f ascia of th e l eg is thi ck i n th e p ro xim al pa rt of th e a nte rio r asp ect o f the leg , w her e it
f or m s p art of th e pr oxi ma l a ttach me nts of th e un de rly in g mu scle s. Alt ho ug h th in ne r di stally , the d eep fa scia of th e l eg for m s
t hi cken ed ban d s b oth su pe ri or an d an ter ior to th e ank le j oin t, th e extenso r re tinacula (Fig . 5 .1 0A). Anter io r an d poster ior
i nter muscular sep ta pass fr om the d eep su rf ace o f the la tera l d eep f ascia of th e leg an d atta ch to the cor r espo nd in g m arg in s o f
t he fi bu la. Th e i nte rosse ou s m em br an e a nd th e in ter mu scu lar se pta di vid e th e leg in to th re e com p ar tm ents: an ter ior (d or sif lexor ),
l ater al (fi bu lar ), an d p oster ior (p la nta rf lexor ) (Fi g. 5 . 10C ). Th e m uscl es in the p oster ior co m par tm en t ar e sub di vid ed in to
s up erf ici al and deep p ar ts b y th e tra nsverse inter muscula r sept um.
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Th e l owe r lim b is in vested b y su b cut ane ou s tissu e an d deep f asci a. Th e for m er in su lates, stor es f at, an d p rov ide s p assag e f or
cuta neo us n erve s an d su per fi cial vessel s (l ymp h atics an d vein s). Th e dee p fasci a o f the th ig h (fasci a l ata) an d leg (cr ur al f ascia)
(1) su rr ou nd t he th ig h an d leg , resp ecti vely, l im itin g ou tw ar d bu lg in g of m uscl es a nd f acil itati ng ve no us ret ur n in deep ve in s; (2 )
sepa rate m us cles w ith sim ilar fu nct ion s a nd i nn er vatio n in to com pa rtm en ts, an d (3 ) su r rou n d in di vid ua l m u scles, a llo win g th em to
act i nd ep end en tly. Mo dif icat ion s o f the d eep fa scia in clu de op eni ng s t hat al low th e p assag e of n eur ova scul ar str uctu r es (e. g ., t he
saph en ou s o pen in g ) an d th icken in g s th at reta in ten d on s clo se to th e joi nts th ey a ct on (reti na cul a).
V e n o u s Dr a in a g e o f th e L ow e r L im b
T h e l ower lim b h as su p erf icia l a nd d eep vei ns; th e su p erf icia l ve in s ar e i n th e su b cuta neo us tissu e, a nd th e deep v ein s ar e deep to
( ben eath ) t he de ep fasci a a nd a ccom pan y all m ajo r art eri es. Su p erf icia l a nd d eep vei ns h ave va lves, w h ich ar e m o re nu m er ou s in
d eep ve in s.
S u p erfi ci al V ei n s of t h e L ow er L im b
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 22 of 155
T h e tw o ma jor su p erf icia l ve in s in the lo wer l im b ar e th e gr eat an d sma ll saph en ou s ve in s (Fig . 5 .1 1 A & B ). Most of th eir
t ri bu tar ies are u nn am ed .
T h e g r eat sa pheno us vein is for m ed b y th e u n ion of th e d or sal vei n of the g r eat toe an d the d or sal venous ar ch of th e foo t.
T h e g re at sa ph en ou s vei n:
P asses post eri or to th e m ed ial con d yle of th e f em ur (a bou t a h an d 's b rea dth poste ri or to th e m ed ial bo rd er of t he pa tella )
( Fi g. 5 . 12 in set).
T h e g rea t sap h en ou s vei n ha s 1 0 12 v alves, w h ich ar e m o re nu m er ou s in the le g tha n in th e thi gh . T hese val ves ar e usu al ly
l ocate d ju st i nf eri or to th e p er for ati ng ve in s (Fig . 5 .1 1A). T he p erf or atin g vei ns also h ave valves. Veno us val ves ar e cusp s (f lap s)
o f en dot hel iu m wi th cu p-l ike valvu lar si nu ses th at f il l f ro m ab ove. Wh en th ey ar e f ul l, th e valve cu sps occlu de th e l um en of th e
v ein , th ere by pr even tin g re flu x of bl ood d ista lly, m aki ng f lo w un id ir ectio nal . Th e valvu la r me chan ism also b rea ks th e co lu m n of
b lo od in t he sap hen ou s vein i nto sh or ter seg m ent s, red u cin g back pr essu r e. Bo th eff ects ma ke i t ea sier f or th e m u scu loven ou s
p u m p to o ver com e th e for ce of gr avi ty to r etu rn t he bl ood to th e hea rt.
A s i t a scend s i n th e l eg an d thi gh , th e gr eat saph en ou s ve in r eceives n um er ou s tr ib u tari es a nd co mm u n icates in sev eral l ocati on s
w ith the sm all sap h eno us vein . T ri bu tar ies fr om th e me dia l a nd p oster io r aspe cts o f t he th ig h fr equ en tly u ni te to f or m an
a ccesso ry sap he nous vei n (Fig . 5 .1 1B). Wh en p r esen t, th is ve in b ecom es t he m ain co mm u n icati on b etwee n the g rea t an d th e
s mal l saph en ou s ve in s. Also , fa ir ly l ar ge vessels, t he late ral a nd anter io r cutaneo us veins, ari se f ro m n etwo rks of vei ns in th e
i n fer ior p ar t o f the th ig h an d en ter th e g re at sa ph en ou s vei n sup er ior ly, j u st b efo re it ent ers th e f em or al vein . Nea r its
t erm in ati on , th e g re at sa ph en ou s vei n also r eceives th e su p erf icia l ci rcu m fl ex i lia c, sup er fici al epi ga stri c, an d exter na l p u den da l
v ein s (Fig . 5 .1 1A).
T h e sma ll sap he nous vei n ar ises on th e late ral sid e of th e f oot fr om the u ni on of th e do r sal vein o f the li ttle toe wit h th e
d or sal ven ou s a rch (Fig . 5 .1 1 B). Th e sm al l sa ph en ou s vei n:
A scen ds po ster ior to th e l ater al m alle olu s a s a con tin u atio n of th e l ater al ma rg in al vein .
A lth ou g h m any tr ib uta rie s ar e recei ved by th e sa ph en ou s vei ns, thei r di am eter s r em ain r em ar kabl y u n if orm as th ey ascen d th e
l im b. Th is is p ossi ble b ecau se th e blo od r eceived b y the sap he no us vein s i s co nti nu ou sly sh un ted f ro m th ese su p erf ici al vein s i n
t he su bcu tan eou s t issu e to th e d eep ve in s b y m ean s o f ma ny pe rf or atin g vein s.
T h e p er fo ra ting veins pen etr ate th e d eep f ascia close to th eir o ri gin fr om th e sup er fici al vein s a nd co nta in val ves th at all ow
b lo od to fl ow on ly fr om t he su per fi cial vein s to t he de ep vein s. Th e per f ora tin g vein s p ass th rou g h th e d eep f ascia at an ob liq u e
a ng le so tha t w he n mu scl es con tr act an d the pr essu r e
P. 5 8 1
P. 5 8 2
P. 5 8 3
i n crease s in sid e the d eep fasci a, th e per fo rat in g vein s ar e com pr essed . C om pr essio n of th e p er for ati ng ve in s al so p re vent s b loo d
f r om f low in g fr om th e dee p to t he su per fi cial vein s. T hi s p atter n of ve no us bl ood f low fr om su p erf ici al to d eep is im po rtan t for
p r ope r ven ou s r etu rn f ro m th e l owe r lim b b ecau se i t en ab les m uscu lar con tract ion s to p ro pel b loo d tow ard th e he art ag ain st t he
p u ll of g rav ity (m u scu loven ou s pu m p; see t he In tr od ucti on ).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 23 of 155
Fig ure 5.11. V eins o f lo we r limb . Th e vein s a re su bd ivid ed in to su per fi cial (A and B ) a nd d eep (C and E) gr ou ps. T h e
sup er fi cial vein s, u su ally u na ccom pan ie d, co ur se w ith in the su bcu tan eou s t issu e; th e deep v ein s ar e in tern al to th e d eep
fasci a a nd u su all y acco mp an y a rter ie s. A, i nset. Th e pr oxi ma l e nd s o f t he fe mo ral an d g rea t sap h eno us vein s are op en ed an d
spr ead ap ar t to sh ow th e valves. Alth ou g h dep icte d as si ng le vein s i n p arts C a nd E , th e d eep vei ns u sual ly occu r as d u pli cate
or m u ltip le accom p an yin g vein s. D . Mul tip le p er fo rati ng v ein s p ier ce th e dee p fasci a to sh u nt bl ood f ro m th e su p erf icia l v ein s
(e. g. , th e g re at sa ph en ou s vei n) to the d eep vein s (e.g . , the p oster ior t ibi al an d fib u lar ve in s).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 24 of 155
Fig ure 5.12. Super f icia l vei ns and lymp hati cs o f l ow er l imb . A. Th e g re at sa ph en ou s vei n ascen ds th e m ed ial asp ect o f
th e li m b, p assin g an ter ior t o th e m edi al ma lleo lu s an d ap pr oxi ma tely a h an d' s b rea dth p oste rio r to th e p atell a (k nee cap )
(inset). T h e su pe rf icial l ymp h atic vessels fr om the m edi al foo t, an ter om ed ial leg , an d th ig h con ver ge tow ard a nd acco m pan y
th e g rea t sap h eno us vein , d ra in in g in to the in fe ri or (ver tical ) g ro up o f sup er fici al in gu in al lym p h no des. B. S up er fic ial
lym ph ati c vesse ls o f the la tera l f oo t an d p oster ola tera l l eg accom p an y th e lesser sap h eno us vein an d dr ain i ni tial ly in to t he
po pli teal lym p h n ode s, wh ich l ie deep t o th e po pli teal fa scia. T he ef fer en t vesse ls f ro m th ese no des joi n oth er d eep
lym ph ati cs, wh ich accom pa ny th e f em or al vessels to dr ain i nt o th e dee p in gu in al lym p h no des. C. Lym p h fr om t he su per fi cial
an d deep i ng u in al lym ph no des tra verse s th e e xter nal an d com m on i lia c n od es b efo re en ter in g the la tera l a ort ic l ym ph n od es
an d the lu m ba r lym ph ati c tr u nk.
D eep V ein s of th e L ow er L im b
T h e d eep vei ns accom p an y al l th e m ajor a rte rie s (L . ven ae co m itan tes) and thei r br an ch es. In stea d of occu rr in g as a si ng le vein in
t he li mb s (a lth ou gh th ey ar e f req u en tly i llu str ated a s on e an d are of ten r efer r ed to as a sin g le vein ), th e d eep vei ns usu al ly occu r
a s p air ed , fr equ en tly in ter con ne ctin g vein s t hat fl an k th e art ery th ey acc om pan y (Fi g. 5 . 1 1C & E ). Th ey are con tai ned w ith in the
v ascul ar sh eath w ith t he ar ter y, wh ose pu lsa tion s a lso he lp com p ress an d mo ve b lo od in t he vein s.
A lth ou g h th e d or sal veno us ar ch dr ai ns pr im ar ily via th e sup erf ici al saph en ou s ve in s, per fo ra tin g vein s p en etr ate the de ep fasci a,
f or m in g an d con tin ua lly su pp lyin g an a nte rio r tib ial vei n in th e an teri or le g. M edi al an d later al p lantar vei ns f ro m th e p lan tar
a spect of th e foo t f or m th e p o steri or ti bi al an d fib ula r ve ins p oste rio r to the m ed ial an d late ral m all eol i (Fig . 5 . 11C E). A ll
t hr ee deep v ein s f ro m th e l eg flo w in to the p op li teal vein p oster io r to the kn ee, w hi ch be com es th e femo r al ve in i n th e th ig h.
V ein s accom pa nyi ng t he per f ora tin g ar teri es o f the d eep ar tery of th e thi gh dr ain b lo od fr om t he th ig h mu scl es an d ter m in ate in
t he d eep vein of the thi gh (L. ven a pr of un d a f em or is), w hi ch joi ns th e te rm in al p ort ion o f the fe mo ral vei n . Th e f em or al vein
p asses de ep to the in g ui nal l iga me nt to beco me th e e xter nal i liac vein of th e tr u nk.
B ecau se of th e ef fec t of g ra vity, b lo od fl ow is slow er wh en a p erso n stan ds qu ie tly. Du ri ng ex erci se, bl ood r ecei ved fr om t he
s up erf ici al vein s b y th e dee p vein s i s p ro pel led b y m u scul ar con tr actio n to the fe mo ral an d th en th e exter na l i lia c vei ns. Fl ow in
t he re verse d ir ection aw ay fr om th e hea rt or f ro m th e d eep to th e su p erf icia l ve in s is p r even ted if th e veno us valv es ar e
c om pete nt (cap abl e o f p er fo rm in g th eir f un cti on ). Th e d eep vei ns ar e m or e var iab le a nd a na stom ose mu ch m or e fr equ en tly th an
t he ar ter ies t hey accom p an y. Bo th su per fi cial an d d eep vein s ca n be li gate d wit h im pu n ity if n ecessar y.
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Th e ve in s of th e low er li mb i ncl ud e bot h sup er fi cial (in th e sub cu tan eou s ti ssue ) an d de ep (in ter na l to th e deep f ascia ) vei ns. T h e
sup er fici al gr eat an d lesser sa ph en ou s vei ns m ain ly dr ain the in teg um en t or skin and , via m an y p er for ati ng ve in s, con tin u ou sly
shu n tin g bl ood to th e deep ve in s acco mp an yin g th e a rter ies. Dee p vein s a re sub ject to m uscl e co mp r ession (mu scu love no us pu m p)
to a id ven ou s r etu r n. A ll lo wer l im b vein s h ave val ves to ove rco me th e ef fe cts of g r avity.
V a r i c o s e V e i n s , T hr o m b o s i s, a n d T h r o m b o p h l e b i t is
Fr eq ue ntl y, th e g re at sa ph en ou s vei n an d its tri bu tar ies beco me var ico se (d il ated so th at t he cu sps of th eir val ves d o no t cl ose).
Var icose vei ns ar e co mm on in th e p oste rom ed ial p ar ts of th e low er li mb and m ay cau se con side rab le di scomfo rt (Fig. B5 .8 ).
Var ico se vei ns fo rm w h en th e va lves tha t u su ally p reven t bl ood f low f ro m th e d eep vei ns th rou g h th e p er for ati ng vei ns to th e
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 25 of 155
s up erf ici al vein s ar e in com pet ent . When the val ves w ith in t he gr eat sap hen ou s vein i tself ar e in com pete nt, the pu ll o f gr avity on
t he u ni nte rr up ted co lu mn o f bl ood r esu lts in a hi gh er in tr alu m in al pr essu re , wh ich a lso exacer ba tes va ri cositi es. As a r esu lt, t he
s up erf ici al vein s b ecom e tor tuo us an d di lated .
T h e vei ns of th e low er li mb a re sub ject to venous thro mb osis (b loo d clotti ng ) a fter a b on e f ra ctur e. V enous stasis (stag n atio n)
i s a n im po rta nt cau se o f thr om b us fo rm ati on . Ven ou s st asis can b e cau sed b y:
I n com pet ent , loo se f ascia th at f ail s to r esist m uscl e exp an sion , d im in ish in g th e e ffe ctiven ess of th e m u scul oven ou s p u mp .
E xter n al pr essu re on t he vein s fr om b edd in g du r in g a p r olo ng ed h ospi tal stay or f ro m a t igh t cast o r ba nd ag e.
V en ou s i nf lam m atio n wi th th ro mb u s f or ma tion (thr o mbo phl eb itis) m ay d evel op ar ou nd th e vein . A th ro m bu s th at br eaks fr ee
f r om a low er li m b vein an d tr avel s to th e l un g s con sti tute s a pul monar y thr omb o embo li sm (o bstr u ction o f a p u lm on ary ar ter y).
A l ar ge em bol us m ay o bstr u ct a m ain p u lm on ar y ar ter y a nd cau se dea th (see Ch ap ter 1 ).
S a p he n o u s V e i n G r a f t s
T h e g re at sa ph en ou s vei n is com mo nl y u sed f or cor on ar y ar ter ial b ypa sses b ecau se (1 ) it is r ead ily accessi bl e, (2 ) su ff icien t
d ista nce occu r s b etwee n th e tr ib ut ari es an d th e per fo rat in g vein s so th at usa ble len g ths can b e h ar vested , an d (3 ) i ts w all con tai ns
a h ig he r per cen tag e of m u scu lar an d el astic fi ber s th an d o oth er su per fi cial vei ns. S ap he no us vein g r afts ar e u sed to by pass
o bstr u ction s in b loo d vessels (e. g. , in a n in tra cor on ary th ro mb u s; see C hap ter 1 ). Wh en p ar t of th e gr eat sap hen ou s vein i s
r em ove d for a b ypass, the vein is r ever sed so th at the val ves d o no t ob str uct bl ood f lo w i n th e g ra ft. B ecau se ther e are so m an y
o th er leg vei ns, rem ov al of th e g rea t sap h eno us vein rar el y p ro du ces a sig n ifi can t p ro bl em in th e low er li m b or ser iou sly af fects
c ircu la tion , p ro vid ed th e d eep vein s are in tact. In f act, r em oval of th is vein ma y f acil itate th e su p erf icia l to d eep d rai na ge pa ttern
t o ta ke a dvan tag e of th e m u scul oven ou s p u mp .
S a p he n o u s C ut d o w n a n d S a p he n o u s N e r v e I n j ur y
E ven wh en it is no t vi sib le i n in fa nts, in ob ese peo ple , or in pati en ts i n sho ck w ho se ve in s ar e co lla psed , th e g re at sa ph en ou s vei n
c an alw ays be loca ted by m akin g a skin i nci sion a nte rio r to th e m ed ial m all eolu s (Fi g. 5 . 11A ). Th is pr oced ur e, ca lled a sap henou s
c utd o w n, is u sed to in ser t a can n ul a f or p ro lon g ed adm in i strat ion o f blo od , pl asm a exp an de rs, el ectr olyte s, or d ru gs. Th e
s aph en ou s n er ve a ccom pan ie s th e g r eat s aph en ou s vei n an ter ior to th e me dia l m al leol us . Sh ou ld th is ne rve be cu t d ur in g a
s aph en ou s cu td own or cau gh t by a l ig atu re du r in g closu r e of a su rg ical w ou nd , th e pati en t m ay com pl ain o f pai n or n u mb n ess
a lon g th e m ed ial b or der o f the f oot.
P. 5 8 4
L y m p h a t ic D ra in a g e of th e Lo w e r L im b
T h e lo wer l im b h as su pe rf icia l a nd d eep lym p ha tic vessels. T h e sup er fic ial lymp hatic vessels con ver ge on a nd acco m pan y the
sa ph en ou s vei ns an d th eir tr ib uta ri es (Fig . 5 .1 2A). T h e ly mp h atic vessels accom p an yin g the g rea t sap h eno us vein end i n th e
ve rti cal gr ou p of sup erf ici al ingui nal l ymp h nod es. Most lym p h fr om th ese n ode s p asses d ir ectly to th e ex ter na l i lia c lymp h
no de s , loca ted alo ng t he exter n al ili ac vei n; bu t lym ph ma y al so p ass to the d eep ing uinal lymp h no des. Th ese n od es lie u nd er
th e dee p fasci a o n th e m ed ial asp ect o f the f emo ra l ve in . Th e l ym ph atic vessel s acco mp an yin g th e sm al l s aph en ou s vei n en ter th e
p o pl iteal lymp h no des , wh ich su r ro un d th e p op lite al vein i n th e f at o f the p opl itea l f ossa (Fig . 5. 1 2B ). T he d eep lymp hatic
ves sels fr om th e leg acco m pan y deep ve in s an d en ter th e pop li teal lym ph no des. Mo st l ymp h f rom th ese n od es a scend s t hr ou gh
d eep l ymp h atic vessels to th e d eep in g ui nal l ymp h n od es. Ly mp h f rom the d eep n ode s p asses t o th e exter na l a nd co mm o n ili ac
l ym ph n od es a nd i s th en r eceive d by th e lumb ar l ymphati c tr unks (Fi g. 5 . 12C ).
T he B o t to m L i n e
Mo st l ymp h f rom th e lo wer l im b dr ai ns via lym p hat ics th at fo llo w the su per fi cial vei ns to the su per f icial in g ui na l n od es. S om e
l ym ph ati cs f ollo w dee p vein s to d eep in gu in al n od es. L ymp h d rai na ge fr om t he low er li m b then passe s d eep to th e exte rn al an d
c om mo n ili ac n od es of th e tr u nk.
E nl a r g e d I n g ui n a l L ym p h N o d e s
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 26 of 155
L ym ph no des en lar ge wh en d isea sed. Ab r asio ns an d mino r sep sis, ca used b y path og en ic mi cro org an ism s or th eir to xin s i n the
b lo od or o the r tissu es, m ay pr od uce sli gh t en l arg em en t of t he su per fi cial in gu in al ly mp h n od es (l ym phad eno pat hy) in o the rw ise
h ea lth y p eop le. B ecau se t hese en lar ge d no des ar e lo cated i n th e su bcu tan eo us tissu e, th ey are easy to pal pa te i n he alth y p eop le.
T h ose wh o a re u naw ar e o f thi s m ay be con cer ned w h en th ey f eel th ese n od es beca use th ey a ssum e the y h ave a ser io us ge ni tal
d isea se, fo r exam p le. Wh en in g ui na l l ym ph n od es a re en lar ged , th eir e nti re fi eld of d r ain ag e the tr un k in fer io r to the u mb il icu s,
i n clu din g th e p er in eu m, as w ell as the en tir e l ow er lim b sho ul d be exam in ed to d eter mi ne th e ca use of th ei r enl ar gem en t. I n
f em ale p atien ts, th e po ssibi lity of m etast asis of can cer fr om the u ter us sho ul d also b e co nsi der ed b ecau se som e lym p hat ic
d r ain ag e f ro m th e u ter in e f u nd us m ay f lo w alon g lym p ha tics accom pa nyi ng t he ro un d li ga men t of th e u ter u s th ro ug h th e in gu in al
c ana l t o r each th e sup er fi cial in gu in al ly mp h n od es (see C ha pter 3 )
P. 5 8 5
C u t a n e o u s I n n e r v a tio n o f t h e Lo w e r Lim b
C u tan eou s n er ves i n th e su b cuta neo us tissu e sup pl y th e skin o f the lo wer l im b (Tab le 5 .1 ). Th ese n erve s, excep t f or som e pr oxi ma l
u n iseg m enta l n er ves ari sin g fr om th e T1 2 or L1 sp in al n erves, are b ran ch es o f the lu m ba r an d sacra l p lexu ses (see Ch ap ters 3 an d
4 ). T he ar eas of skin su p pl ied b y th e i nd ivi du al sp in al ner ves, i ncl ud in g th ose con tri bu tin g to th e p lexu ses, a re call ed
d er mato mes. T he de rm ato ma l (seg m en tal) pat tern of skin i nn er vati on is re tain ed th ro ug h ou t l ife bu t is disto rt ed by lim b
l en gth en in g an d the tor sio n of th e l im b th at o ccu rs du ri ng d evel opm en t (Fig. 5 . 1 3). A lth ou g h sim pl if ied in to di stin ct z on es in
d er ma tom e m ap s, ad jace nt de rm ato mes over la p, exce pt at t he axi al line, th e lin e of ju n ction of de rm ato mes su pp lied f r om
d isco nti nu ou s spin al le vels. Der ma tom es L1 L5 exten d as a ser ies of b and s f r om th e p oste ri or m id lin e o f th e tr u nk in to the
l im bs, p assi ng l ater ally an d in fe rio rl y ar ou n d th e li m b to i ts a nte rio r an d m edia l a spects , ref lecti ng t he m edi al ro tatio n th at o ccur s
d evel opm en tal ly. Der ma tom es S 1 an d S2 pass in fe rio rl y d ow n th e p oster ior aspect of th e lim b , sepa rat in g nea r the an kle to pa ss to
th e late ral an d m ed ial m arg in s o f the f oot. T h e cu tan eou s n er ves of th e l ower lim b ar e i llu str ated an d th eir o ri gi n (in clu di ng
co ntr ib u tin g spi na l n er ves), cou r se, an d di stri bu tio n ar e l isted i n Tab le 5 .1 .
Fig ur e 5. 13. De rma tomes of lo w er li mb. T h e d erm at om al or seg me nta l p atter n o f d istr ib u tion o f sen sory n erv e f ibe rs
per sists des pite th e m er g in g of spi na l n er ves i n p lexu s f or ma tion d u ri ng d evel opm en t. T wo di ff ere nt de rm ato me m aps ar e
com m on ly u sed . A and B . Th e der m atom e pat tern of th e l ower l im b accor d in g to Fo erste r (19 3 3 ) is pr ef err ed b y m an y b ecau se
of its cor rel atio n wi th cli ni cal fin d in gs. C and D. Th e d er ma tom e p atter n of t he low er li m b accor di ng to K eeg an an d Garr ett
(19 4 8 ) is pr ef err ed b y ot her s f or i ts ae sthet ic u n if orm i ty an d ob vio us cor re latio n wi th d evelop m en t. Al tho ug h d epi cted as
dist in ct zo nes, adj acen t d er ma tom es o verl ap con sid er abl y, excep t a lon g th e ax ial lin e.
P. 5 8 6
Tab le 5.1. Cutaneo us Ner ves o f the L ow er L i mb
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 27 of 155
Il ioi ng ui na l
sp inal ne rves )
T 1 2 an teri or r am us
Co urs e
D istr ib utio n in L o we r Li mb
La tera l cu tan eo us br an ch
su pp lies skin o f hi p reg io n
La tera l cu tan eo us br an ch
su pp lies su per ola tera l q u adr an t
b ran ch es
of b utt ock
L u mb ar p lexu s (L 1 ;
Pas ses th r ou gh i ng ui na l ca na l;
o ccasion al ly T1 2)
d ivid es i nt o f em or al an d scrot al or
la bia l b r anch es
L u mb ar p lexu s
(L 1 L2 )
f emo ra l b ra nch es
L u mb ar p lexu s (L 1 ;
o ccasion al ly T1 2)
L u mb ar p lexu s
(L 2 L3 )
Su pp li es ski n on a nter io r an d
late ral asp ects of th ig h
L u mb ar p lexu s vi a
f em or al ner ve
Su pp ly skin o f an teri or an d
m edi al aspect s of th ig h
(L 2 L4 )
m u scle
Cu tan eo us br an ch
L u mb ar p lexu s vi a
Ski n of m id dl e p ar t of m ed ial
of ob tu rat or n erve
th igh
Poste rio r
cut ane ou s n erv e
of th ig h
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 28 of 155
f ascia lata
L u mb ar p lexu s vi a
f em or al ner ve
(L 3 L4 )
fo ot
sar tor iu s te nd on
Su pe rf icial f ib ul ar
C om m on f ib ul ar
C ou rses th ro ug h la tera l
ne rve
n er ve (L 4 S1 )
f ascia
De ep fi bu lar n er ve
Su ra l n er ve
C om m on f ib ul ar
n er ve (L 5 )
2 nd to es
T ib ial an d com m on
f ib ul ar n erve s
(S 1 S2 )
T ib ial n erve
ne rve
(L 4 L5 )
of f ir st l ayer
T ib ial n erve
(S 1 S2 )
T ib ial an d su ral
n er ves (S 1 S2 )
Ski n of h eel
L 1 L3 p oster io r
ne rves
r am i
Medi al clu ni al
ne rves
S 1 S3 p oster ior
r am i
ne rves
n er ve o f thi gh
(S 2 S3 )
P. 5 8 7
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Th e cu tan eou s in ne rvati on o f the lo wer l im b ref lects bo th th e o ri gi nal seg m en tal in ner vati on o f t he skin v ia separ ate spi na l n er ves
in it s d erm ato ma l p atte rn a nd th e resu lt of p lexu s f or m atio n in th e dist ri bu tion of m ul tiseg m enta l p erip her al n erv es. Most
in ner vati on o f t he th ig h is s up pl ied b y la ter al and p oste rio r cu tan eou s n er ves o f t he th ig h an d an teri or cu tan eou s b r anch es of th e
fem or al n erve , the n am es o f wh ich d escr ibe th eir d istr ib ut ion . Th e latt er br an che s al so su p ply m ost of th e m ed ial asp ect of th e
thi gh . T he in n erva tion o f the le g and d or su m of th e foo t i s su pp lie d by saph en ou s (a nte rom ed ial l eg), su r al (pos tero later al leg ),
an d fib u lar n er ves (an ter ol ater al leg an d d orsu m o f foo t). Th e pl an tar asp ect (so le) of th e f oot is sup p lied b y ca lcan eal b ran ch es o f
the tib ia l a nd su r al ner ves (hee l r eg ion ) a nd th e m edi al and l ater al pl an tar n erve s; th e a rea s of d istr ib ut ion o f the la tter ar e
dem ar cated b y a li ne b isectin g th e 4th toe.
Re g i o n a l A n e s th e ti c Ne r ve B lo ck s o f t he L o w e r L im b s
Th e i lio hyp og astr ic a nd i lio in gu in al n erve s can b e blo cked by in je ctin g an an esth etic ag ent 4 6 cm p oster io r to the AS IS , alo ng
the la tera l a spect of th e exter nal l ip of th e ilia c cr est (see C h apte r 2). Th is is w he re th ese n er ves p er fo rate th e t ran sver se
abd om in al (L . tra nsver su s ab d om in is) m u scle. Th e f em or al ner ve (L2 L 4) can b e b lock ed 2 cm in f eri or to th e i ng u in al lig am en t,
app r oxim atel y a fi ng er 's b r eadt h later al to th e f em or al art ery. Par esthesia (tin g lin g , bu r ni ng , tickl in g) ra dia tes to th e kne e an d
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 29 of 155
P o st u re a n d Ga it
T h e lo wer l im bs fu n ction pr im ar ily in sta nd in g an d wa lkin g. Typ icall y th e actio ns of th e low er lim b m u scles ar e d escri bed a s if th e
m u scle wer e actin g in i sola tion , w hi ch ra rel y o ccur s. In thi s b ook, in clu din g th e com me nts in th e tab les, th e ro le o f each m u scle (or
o f the f un ctio na l g ro up o f wh ich i t i s a m emb er ) i s d escri bed i n typ ical activ ities, especi all y stan d in g an d wal kin g. I t i s i mp or tan t to
b e fam il iar w ith l owe r lim b m ovem en ts and co nce ntr ic an d eccen tri c con tr acti on s of m u scles, a s d escri bed i n th e I nt rod u ction , an d
to h ave a basi c u nd er stan di ng o f the pr oce sses of st and in g an d wa lkin g .
S ta n d in g a t Ea se
Wh en a p erso n is stan din g at ease wi th th e f eet slig h tly apa rt an d ro tated la tera lly so the toe s p oin t o ut war d, on ly a f ew of th e
b ack an d low er li mb m u scles ar e acti ve (Fi g. 5 . 14 ). T he m ech an ical ar ran g em ent of th e joi nts an d m uscl es a re such tha t a
m in im u m o f m u scu lar act ivity is req u ir ed to keep fr om fal lin g . In th e stan d-ea sy p ositi on , th e h ip a nd kn ee joi nt s ar e e xten ded an d
a re in th ei r mo st sta ble p ositi on s (m axi ma l co nta ct o f a rti cul ar su rf aces for w eig h t tr an sfer , w ith su pp or tin g li gam en ts tau t). Th e
a nkl e j oin t is l ess sta ble th an th e hi p an d knee jo in ts, an d th e l in e o f g r avity fa lls betw een th e two li m bs ju st an ter io r to the axi s
o f ro tatio n of th e a nkl e j oin ts. C on seq uen tly , a te nd en cy to f all fo rw ar d (for wa rd sw ay) m u st be cou nte red p er iod ical ly by bil ater al
co ntr acti on of ca lf muscl es (p lan tar f lexio n). T h e sp re ad an d spl ay o f the fe et i ncr ease late ral stab il ity. H ow ever, wh en la tera l sw ay
o ccur s, it is cou n tere d by the h ip ab du ctor s (actin g th ro ug h th e i lio tib ial tr act); f ib ul ar col later al li gam en t of th e kn ee joi nt ; an d
th e ever tor m u scles of on e si de acti ng w ith th e th igh add u ctor s, tib ial col later al li gam en t, an d in ver tor m u scles of th e con tral ater al
si de.
Fig ur e 5. 14. Relax ed stand ing . A. Th e r elat ion sh ip of th e lin e of gr avi ty to th e t ran sver se r ot ation al axe s of th e pel vis and
low er li mb i n th e r ela xed stan di ng (sta nd -easy) po sitio n is dem on str ated . On ly m i no r po stur al ad ju stm ent s, ma in ly by the
exten sor s of t he ba ck an d th e p lan tar f lexor s o f an kle, ar e nec essary to m ain tai n thi s p osit ion b ecau se the li gam en ts of th e h ip
an d knee ar e b ein g ti gh tly stre tche d to p r ovid e p assi ve su pp or t. B . A bi ped al pl atfo rm is f or m ed by th e f eet du ri ng r ela xed
stan din g . Th e wei gh t o f the b ody is sym me tri cally di str ibu ted a rou n d th e cen ter o f gr avity , wh ich f all s in the p oster ior th i rd of
a m ed ian p la ne bet ween t he sli gh tly par ted a nd l ater ally r otated f eet, a nte rio r to th e r otati on al axes of th e a nkl e j oin ts.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 30 of 155
P. 5 8 9
W a lkin g : Th e G a it C y cle
L o como tio n is a com ple x f un ctio n. Th e m ove me nts of th e l ow er lim b s d ur in g w alkin g on a l evel sur f ace m ay be d ivid ed in to
a lter n atin g swi ng a nd sta nce ph ase s (Ta bl e 5 . 2). T h e g ait cycle con sists of on e cy cle o f swi ng an d stan ce by on e l im b. Th e sta nce
p hase b egi ns wi th heel stri ke, w he n th e h eel str ikes the g rou n d an d beg in s to a ssum e th e b ody 's f ul l weig h t (l oad in g resp on se),
a nd e nd s w ith p ush o ff f ro m th e f or efo ot a resu lt of p lan tar fl exio n. T he sw ing p hase be gin s after pu sh of f wh en th e toes leave
t he gr ou n d an d end s w h en th e h eel str ikes th e g ro un d . Th e sw in g p hase occu p ies app ro xim atel y 4 0 % o f th e w alki ng cycl e an d th e
s tan ce p ha se, 6 0% . Th e stan ce p ha se of w alk in g is l on ger th an the swi ng p h ase becau se it beg in s a nd en d s w ith r elat ively sh or t
p er iod s (e ach 1 0% o f t he cycle) of d ou bl e su pp or t (b oth feet ar e co nta ctin g th e g ro un d) as the w eig ht is tra nsf err ed f ro m on e si de
t o th e oth er , wi th a m o re exten de d per iod of sin gl e su pp or t (on ly o ne fo ot on th e gr ou nd b ear in g all b od y w eig ht) in b etw een as
t he con tr alate ral li m b swin g s f or war d. I n r un n in g, t her e is n o pe rio d of d ou ble su pp or t; co nseq u en tly, th e tim e a nd p er centa ge of
t he ga it cycle rep re sent ed by th e stan ce ph ase ar e r edu ced .
W alkin g is a rem ar kab ly eff icien t activi ty t akin g ad van tage of g ra vity an d mo me ntu m so th at a m in im u m o f p h ysical exer tio n is
r eq ui re d. Most en erg y is u sed (1 ) i n th e ecce ntr ic con tr action of th e d or sif lexor s d u ri ng th e beg in n in g (load in g ) p hase of sta nce as
t he h eel is l ow ered t o th e gr ou n d fol low in g he el stri ke an d (2 ) es peci ally at the en d of stan ce as t he pl an tar flex ors con cen tri call y
c on tract , pu sh in g the fo re foo t (m etat arsa ls a nd p ha lan ge s) d own to p r odu ce pu sh of f, thu s p r ovid in g m ost of th e p ro pu lsi ve f or ce.
Du r in g the las t p art of th e stan ce p h ase (p u sh of f), th e toes flex to gr ip t he gr ou n d an d aug m en t th e pu sh of f in itia ted fr om the
b al l o f the fo ot (sole u nd er lyin g th e h ead s o f the m ed ial two m etat arsa ls). Th e lon g f lexor s a nd i nt rin sic m uscl es o f the f oot
s tabi lize th e f or efo ot and t oes so th at th e ef fect of p lan tar fl exio n at the an kle an d fl exion of th e to es i s m axim i zed.
T h e sw in g ph ase also in vol ves flexi on o f the h ip so th at th e lim b acce ler ates faster tha n the f orw ar d m ovem en t o f t he bo dy.
I n itia lly, t he kn ee f lexe s al mo st si mu lta neo usl y, ow in g to mo m entu m (w ith ou t expen d itu re of en er gy), fol low ed by d orsi fl exion
( lif tin g th e f or efoo t u p ) at th e an kl e jo in t. Th e latte r two m ovem en ts hav e th e eff ect o f sho rten in g th e fr ee l im b so tha t it w ill clea r
t he gr ou n d as i t sw in gs fo rw ar d; by mi dsw in g, kn ee exten sio n is add ed to th e f lexi on an d m om en tu m of th e t hi gh to r eali ze
a nte ri or swi ng f u lly. T h e exte nso rs of th e h ip a nd f lexo rs of th e kn ee con tr act ecce ntr ica lly at the en d of sw in g to d ecel erat e th e
f or wa rd m ovem en t, w hi le exten sor s o f t he kn ee (q u adr icep s) co nt ract as nec essary to exten d th e l eg fo r th e d esir ed len g th of
s tri de an d to p osi tion the fo ot (pr esen t th e he el) f or h eel str ike. C on tr actio n of th e knee exten so rs is m ai nt ain ed th ro ug h h eel
s tri ke i nto th e load in g ph ase to ab sorb sho ck an d keep th e kne e f ro m bu ckli n g un til it r each es f ul l exten sion . B ecau se th e
u n su pp or ted sid e o f the h ip ten ds to dr op d ur in g th e swin g p hase (w hi ch wo ul d neg ate th e ef fect of l im b sho rte ni ng ), ab du ctor
m u scles on t he su pp ort ed sid e co ntr act stro ng ly du r in g the sin g le sup po rt pa rt of th e st ance p has e, pu ll in g on th e fixe d fem u r to
r esi st th e tilti ng a nd ke ep the p elvis leve l. T hese sam e mu scle s al so r ota te (ad van ce) the con tr alat eral si de of th e p elvi s f or war d,
c on cur re nt wi th th e sw in g of its fr ee lim b .
O f co ur se, a ll the se act ion s a lter na te f ro m sid e to si de wi th each ste p. T he exten sor s of th e h ip n or m ally m ake on ly m i no r
c on tri bu tion s to level wa lkin g . Pr im ar ily, th e hi p is passi vely exten de d by mo m entu m d u ri ng sta nce, except wh en a cceler ati ng o r
w alk in g fast, and b ecom es in cre asin gl y act ive with in crea se in slop e (st eepn ess) du r in g wal kin g up h ill or u p stai rs. C on cen tr ic h ip
f lexi on an d kn ee exten sion are u sed du r in g th e sw in g ph ase of leve l w alki ng a nd so ar e no t w eig ht-b ear in g acti on s; h ow ever, the y
a re ef fected b y b od y w eig h t w hen the ir eccen tr ic co nt racti on i s n ecessar y f or d eceler ati on or wal kin g dow n hi ll or d own stair s
S tab ili zatio n an d re sili ence ar e i mp or tan t du ri ng l ocom ot ion . Th e in ver tor s an d ever tor s o f the fo ot are p ri nci pal stab il izer s of t he
f oo t d ur in g th e st ance p hase . Th eir l on g ten do ns, p lu s th ose of th e fl exor s of th e di gi ts, also h elp su pp or t t he ar che s of th e foo t
d u ri ng th e stan ce p h ase, assi stin g th e i ntr in sic m uscl es of t he sole .
Ab s e nc e o f P l a n ta r f l e x i o n in W a l k i n g
If th e m u scles of th e calf ar e p ar alyze d or th e ca lcan eal ten do n is ru p tur ed , a m u ch le ss ef fecti ve a nd ef fi cien t p u sh of f (fr om th e
mi df oot) can sti ll be acco mp li shed b y t he actio ns of th e glu teu s ma xim us an d h am stri ng s i n exten di ng t he th ig h at t he h ip jo in t
an d the qu ad r icep s in e xten din g th e knee . Beca use pu sh o ff fr om the f ore foo t i s n ot possi bl e (i n fact , the an kle wi ll be p assivel y
dor sif lexe d as th e bod y's wei gh t mo ves a nter io r to the fo ot), th ose atte mp tin g to wa lk i n th e a bsen ce of pl an tarf lexi on o ften r ota te
the fo ot as f ar la tera lly (exter n ally ) as po ssibl e d u rin g th e stan ce p ha se to d isab le passi ve d or sif lexi on an d all ow a mo re ef fecti ve
pu sh of f th rou g h h ip an d kn ee ext ensi on exe rted a t th e mi df oot.
T h ig h a n d G lu te a l Re gio n
I n evo lu tion , th e deve lop me nt of a pr om in en t g lu teal r eg ion i s clo sely associ ated w ith th e assum p tion of bi ped al ism an d an e rect
p ostu r e. Th e pr om in en t g lu teal r egi on i s u ni qu e to h u m an s. Modi fica tion of th e sh ap e o f the fe mu r n ecessar y f or b ip eda l w alki ng
a nd r u nn in g (sp ecif icall y th e ben di ng of th e b on e, cr eatin g th e ang le of i ncl in ation an d the tr och an ters, as d iscu ssed ear li er
i n th is chap ter ) a llow s t he su per ior pla cem ent of th e abd u ctor s of th e th igh in to t he gl ute al reg io n. T he r em ain in g th igh mu scle s
a re or ga ni zed in to thr ee com pa rtm en ts by in ter mu scu lar sep ta th at p ass deep ly bet ween t he m uscl e g ro up s f r om th e i n ner su r face
o f th e f ascia lata to th e l in ea asper a of th e f em ur (Fi g. 5 . 10D ). Th e
P. 5 9 0
P. 5 9 1
c om par tm en ts ar e anteri or or e xten sor , me dia l o r addu ctor , an d po ster ior o r flex or, so n am ed o n the b asis of th eir l ocatio n or
a ction at th e kn ee j oin t. Gen er ally , the an ter ior g r ou p is i nn er vated b y t he fem o ral n er ve, th e m ed ial g ro up b y th e ob tur ato r
n er ve, an d th e post eri or gr ou p b y th e tib ial po rti on o f t he sciat ic n er ve. A lth ou gh th e com pa rtm en ts v ary in a bsol ut e an d r elati ve
s ize dep en din g on level , the an ter ior com par tm en t i s la rg est o ver all an d in clu des th e f em ur .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
S TA NC E
PH AS E
Page 31 of 155
Phase o f Gai t
Me chanical Go als
L ow er f or ef oo t to gr o und
A nk le d or sif lexo rs
(ecc entr ic con tr action )
T ib iali s anter io r
H ip exte nso rs
Pr eser ve l on git ud in al ar ch
of f oot
L on g ten do ns of f oot
Accep t w eig ht
K n ee ex tens ors
Quad ri cep s
A nk le p la nta rf lexor s
L oa di ng
r esp onse (fl at
f oot)
E xamp les
H ip ab du cto rs
Pr eser ve l on git ud in al ar ch
of f oot
L on g ten do ns of f oot
M id stance
K n ee ex tens ors
Qu ad rice ps
A nk le p la nta rf lexor s
(ecc entr ic an d
g astr ocn em iu s)
H ip ab du cto rs
Pr eser ve l on git ud in al ar ch
of f oot
L on g ten do ns of f oot
T ermi nal
stance (h eel
of f)
Stab ili ze p elvi s
A nk le p la nta rf lexor s
H ip ab du cto rs
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Pr eser ve ar ch es o f foo t; f ix
fo ref oot
Page 32 of 155
L on g ten do ns of f oot
S WIN G
Preswing (toe
PH AS E
of f)
Pr eser ve ar ch es o f foo t; f ix
L on g ten do ns of f oot
Fl exo r of hip
( concentr ic
fo ref oot
I ni tial sw ing
co ntra ctio n)
Clea r fo ot
T ib iali s anter io r
M id swing
Clea r fo ot
T ib iali s anter io r
T ermi nal
Deceler ate th ig h
sw ing
co ntr acti on )
h am str in gs
H am stri ng s
co ntr acti on )
Po sitio n f oo t
Ex tend knee to p la ce f oo t
(co ntro l s tri de) ; p r ep are
Knee extenso rs
Qu ad rice ps
fo r conta ct
T o faci lita te co nti n ui ty an d f ollo w an ap pr oa ch com m on ly u sed i n di ssectio n cou rses, the an ter ior a nd m ed ial th ig h is add r essed
i n itial ly, f oll owe d by con tin u ou s exam i nat ion o f the p oster ior a spect of th e p r oxim al li m b: glu tea l r eg ion , p oster ior t hi gh , an d
p op li teal fo ssa
A n t e rio r T h ig h Mu sc le s
T h e l arg e anteri or co mp artm ent of the thig h con tai ns th e anter io r thig h muscle s, th e f lexo rs of th e h ip a nd ext enso rs of th e
kn ee (Fig . 5. 1 5 ). For atta chm en ts, n er ve su pp ly, and m ai n acti on s of th ese m uscl es, see Tab le 5. 3 . Th e an teri or th ig h m usc les
i n clu de the p ectin eu s, ili op soas, sa rto riu s, an d q ua dr icep s f em or is. 1 Th e m aj or m us cles o f th e anter ior com par tm en t te nd to
a tro ph y (d im in ish ) rap id ly wi th di sease, an d p hysi cal th era py is o ften nece ssary to re stor e str en gth , to ne, and sy mm etr y with the
o pp osi te l im b afte r im m obi liza tion of th e th ig h or l eg.
P ec t in eu s
T h e p ectine us is a f lat q uad r ang u lar m u scle loca ted in th e an teri or p ar t of th e sup er om edi al asp ect o f the th ig h. I t o fte n app ear s
t o b e com pose d of two l ayer s, sup er fici al an d dee p, an d th ese are g ene ral ly in ner vated b y two di ff ere nt n erves . Becau se of th e
d u al ne rve su pp ly a nd th e m uscl e's a ction s (the p ectin eu s ad du cts an d fle xes th e thi gh a nd a ssists i n m edi al ro tatio n of th e t hi gh ),
i t i s act ual ly a tr an siti on al mu scle b etwee n th e an ter ior and t he m edi al com par tm en ts.
I l io ps o a s
T h e i lio ps oas is the ch ief f lexor o f th e th ig h, the m ost po wer fu l of th e h ip f lexo rs wi th th e l on gest ra ng e. A lth ou gh i t i s on e of th e
b od y's mo st p ow erf u l m u scles, i t i s r elat ively h idd en , wi th m ost of its m ass l ocated i n th e p oster io r wal l o f th e ab do m en an d
g r eater p elvi s. Its br oa d later al pa rt, the il iacus, an d it s lo ng m ed ial p ar t, th e p soa s maj or , ar ise fr om th e ili ac f ossa an d lu m bar
v erte br ae, r espe ctivel y (T abl e 5 . 3C ). T hu s i t i s th e on ly m u scle attach ed to th e verte br al colu m n , pel vis, an d f em ur . It is in a
u n iq ue p ositi on n ot on ly to p r odu ce mo vem en t b ut to stab ili ze (f ixat e). Ho wever , it can a lso per p etua te a nd ev en con tr ibu te to
d ef or mi ty a nd d isab ili ty w h en it is ma lfo rm ed (esp ecia lly if it is sho rte ned f or va rio us r eason s), d ysfu n ction al, or d iseased .
C on cen tr ic con tract ion o f the il iop soas typ icall y m ove s th e f re e l im b, p ro du cin g fl exio n at the h ip to li ft the li mb a nd i ni tiate its
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 33 of 155
f or wa rd sw in g du r in g wal kin g (i. e., du ri ng th e pr esw in g and i ni tial sw in g ph ases, a s th e opp osi te l im b accep ts w eig ht; Ta ble 5 .2 )
o r to eleva te th e lim b d ur in g
P. 5 9 2
c lim bi ng . H owe ver, i t i s al so ca pab le of m ovi ng th e tru n k. B ilate ral co ntr acti on in iti ates fle xion o f th e tr u nk at the h ip on t he fi xed
t hi gh as wh en (in cor r ectly) do in g sit-u ps an d in cr eases th e lu m ba r cur vatu r e o f the ver teb ral col um n . I t i s acti ve d u rin g
w alk in g dow n hi ll, i ts ecce ntr ic con tra ction resi stin g accele rat ion . Th e ili op soas is a lso a p ostu r al mu scle , active du r in g stan di ng i n
m ai nt ain in g n orm al l um b ar lor d osis (an d in di rectl y th e com pen sato ry th or acic kyph osi s; see C hap ter 4 ) a nd r esist in g
h yp er exten sion o f th e h ip j oin t (Fi g. 5 . 14 ). Un il ater al wea kness or sp asti city m ay b e a fa ctor in the de velop m en t of sco lio sis.
Fig ure 5.15. Muscl es o f anter ior thi gh. A. Th e sur f ace a nat om y o f t he an ter ior th ig h m u scles is sh ow n . In B C, ski n,
sub cu tan eou s ti ssue , an d deep f ascia h ave been rem ov ed to expo se th e an teri or th ig h m uscl es, th e l ayer s o f w h ich ar e
dem o nstr ated b y r em ovi ng th e m uscl es seq u ent iall y, fr om sup erf ici al (B-r ig ht sid e) t o d eep (C-l eft sid e).
S art o ri u s
T h e sa rto ri us, th e tai lor 's mu scle (L . sar tu s, pat ched o r rep ai red ), is lon g an d r ibb on -li ke. It p asses o bl iqu el y (la ter al to
m ed ial ) acr oss th e su p ero ant eri or p art of th e thi gh (Fi g. 5 . 15 ; Tab le 5. 3D). Th e sa rto riu s lies su per fi cial ly i nsi de th e an ter io r
c om par tm en t, wi thi n its ow n re lati vely dist in ct f ascial sh eath . T hi s m u scle d escen d s in f eri orl y a s f ar as t he sid e o f the kn ee. T he
s arto ri us, t he lon g est m u scle in th e bo dy, a cts acr oss two jo in ts. I t f lexes th e h ip j oin t a nd p ar ticip ates in f lexi on of t he kn ee j oin t.
I t also we akly abd u cts th e thi gh a nd l ater all y r otate s it. Th e a ction s o f bo th sar tor iu s m u scles br in g th e lo wer l im bs in to th e cr ossl egg ed si ttin g po sitio n. N on e o f th e acti on s o f the sar tor iu s i s str on g; th eref or e, it is m ain ly a syn er gi st, acti ng w ith o the r thi gh
m u scles th at pr odu ce th ese m ov eme nts.
Q u ad ri ce ps F em or is
T h e q uad ri cep s f emor is (L. f ou r -hea ded f em or al mu scle ) fo rm s the m ain bu lk of th e an ter io r th igh mu scles an d col lective ly
c on stitu tes t he lar g est an d on e of th e m os t p owe rf ul m u scles in th e b od y. I t m ay be th ree tim es stro ng er th an i ts an tag on isti c
m u scle gr ou p , th e h am str in gs. I t co vers alm o st al l t he an ter ior asp ect an d sid es of t he fem u r. Th e q u adr icep s f em or is (qu ad rice ps)
c on sists o f fou r p ar ts: (1 ) r ectu s f em or is, (2 ) va stus lat era lis, (3 ) vastu s in ter m edi us, and (4 ) vastu s m ed ial is. C oll ectivel y, th e
q u adr ice ps is a tw o-jo in t m u scle capa ble of p ro du cin g acti on at bo th th e h ip a nd th e kn ee. Th e two m ajo r com po nen ts of th e
q u adr ice ps (rectu s fem or is an d vasti) ar e d iscu ssed sep ara tely late r in th is cha pter .
T h e q ua dr icep s i s th e gr eat exten sor of th e leg . C on centr ic con tr actio n of th e q u adr icep s t o ext end t he kn ee a gai nst gr avi ty i s
i m por tan t du ri ng r isi ng f r om sit tin g or sq uat tin g, d u ri ng cl im bi ng an d w alki ng u p stai rs, a nd f or accel era tion and
P. 5 9 3
p r oject ion (r u nn in g an d ju m pi ng ). I n level w alki ng , it beco m es act ive du ri ng th e ter mi na tion of th e sw in g ph ase, p r epar in g th e
k nee to accep t w eig h t (T abl e 5 . 2). I t is p r im ari ly resp on sib le for abso rb in g th e j arr in g sh ock of he el stri ke, an d its activi ty
c on tin ues as the we igh t is assum ed d u ri ng th e ear ly st ance p ha se (lo ad in g resp on se). I t al so fu ncti on s m u ch of th e tim e a s a
f ixa tor d ur in g be nt-kn ee spo rts, such a s ski in g and t enn is, and co nt ract s eccen tr ical ly d u ri ng d ow nh il l w alki ng a nd d escen di ng
s tair s.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
M us cle
Pecti neu s
Pr ox imal Attachment
S u per ior r am u s o f p u bi s
(A & B )
Page 34 of 155
D ista l Attachme nt
Inner vati on a
Pectin eal l in e of
Fem or al ne rve (L 2,
Ad d ucts an d fl exes
L 3); m ay r ecei ve a
b ran ch f ro m ob tu rato r
th ig h; assists wi th
m edi al ro tatio n of
n erv e
th ig h
Psoas
major
S id es o f T1 2 L 5 ver teb ra e
a nd d iscs betw een th em ;
Psoas
m in or
Il iacu s
S id es o f T1 2 L 1 ver teb ra e
a nd i nte rver teb ra l d isc
Mai n Actio n
A nter io r ra mi of
lu m ba r ne rves (L 1,
fl exin g th ig h at hi p
jo in t an d in stab iliz in g
th is joi nt b
L 2, L3 )
Pectin eal l in e,
ili ope ctin eal
A nter io r ra mi of
lu m ba r ne rves (L1 ,
em in ence via
ili ope ctin eal ar ch
L 2)
Ten do n of p soas
ma jor , lesse r
Fem or al ne rve (L 2,
L 3)
Sar tor iu s
Su per io r par t of
(A & D )
a nd su p eri or pa rt of n otch
i nf er ior to it
me dia l su r face of
tib ia
L 3)
Th e spi nal co rd seg m ent al in ner vati on is in d icated (e. g ., L 1 , L2 , L 3 m ean s th at th e n er ves su p ply in g the p soas
m ajor a re de riv ed fr om th e fi rst th ree lu m bar se gm en ts o f the sp in al cord ). N um b ers in b old fa ce (L 1, L 2) in d icate th e
m ain seg m en tal in ner vati on . Dam age to on e o r m or e of th e list ed spi nal co rd seg m ent s or t o th e mo tor n er ve r oo ts ar isi ng
fr om th em resu lts in p ar alysi s of t he m uscl es co ncer n ed.
T he pso as m aj or is also a po stu ral m u scle tha t h elp s co ntr ol th e devi atio n of th e t ru nk an d is active d ur in g stan di ng .
T he fo ur a ction s of th e sar tor iu s (L. sar tor , tai lor ) p r odu ce th e on ce com m on cr oss-le gg ed sitti ng p osit ion u sed b y ta ilo rs,
he nce th e n am e.
T h e ten d on s of t he fo ur p ar ts o f the q uad r icep s u ni te i n th e d ista l p or tion of th e th ig h to fo rm a si ng le, st ron g , br oad q uad r icep s
t endo n (T abl e 5 . 3E ). T he p atell ar li game nt (L. lig am en tum pa tella e), attach ed to th e tib ial tu ber osi ty (Fig . 5 .1 5B), is th e
c on tin ua tion o f the q uad r icep s ten d on in wh ich th e pate lla is em bed de d. T he pa tell a i s th u s th e l ar gest sesamoi d bon e in th e bod y.
T h e m ed ial an d lat eral va sti m u scles also at tach in d epen d ent ly to th e pat ella an d fo rm apo neu r oses, th e med ial an d late ral
p ate llar r eti nacula, w hi ch r ein for ce th e jo in t ca psu le of th e kn ee on e ach sid e o f the p atell a en ro ute to attach m en t to th e
a nte ri or bo rd er of th e tib ial p latea u. T h e r etin acu la also p lay a r ol e i n keep in g the p atell a a lig ne d over th e pate llar a rti cul ar
s ur face of th e fem u r.
T h e p atel la pr ovi des a b on y su r face th at is a ble to wi th stan d the com p ressi on p laced o n th e q ua dr icep s te nd on
P. 5 9 4
d u ri ng kn eel in g an d the f rict ion o ccur r in g wh en th e k nee is fl exed an d exten de d du ri ng r u nn in g . Th e pate lla also p ro vid es
a dd iti on al lever ag e f or th e q u adr icep s i n pl acin g th e t end on m or e an teri or ly, f art her f ro m th e j oin t's axi s, cau sin g it to a pp ro ach
t he tib ia fr om a p ositi on o f g r eater m ech an ical ad van tag e. Th e in fer io rly d ire cted ap ex o f the pa tell a i nd icate s th e l evel of th e joi nt
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 35 of 155
Musc le
Pr o ximal Attachment
D ista l Attachme nt
Inner vatio n a
Ma in Actio n
Qua dr icep s
fem or is (fi g.
E H )
Rect us
fem or is
Vastu s
later al is
Fe mo ral
ner ve (L2 ,
E xten d leg a t
kn ee joi n t; r ectu s
su pe rio r to
ac et abu lu m
L3, L 4)
f em or is a lso
ste adi es h ip j oin t
a nd h elp s
i lio psoa s f lex
th ig h
li ne a asp er a o f fem u r
Vastu s
m edi alis
an d m ed ial lip o f
li ne a asp er a o f fem u r
Vastu s
in ter me diu s
a Th e
spi nal co rd seg m ent al in ner vati on is in d icated (e. g ., L 1 , L2 , L 3 m ean s th at th e n er ves su p ply in g the
qu ad ri ceps fem or is ar e d er ived f rom th e f ir st th r ee l um b ar seg men ts of th e sp in al cor d). Nu mb er s i n bo ldf ace (L3, L 4)
in di cate the m ain se gm en tal in n erva tion . Dam ag e to on e or m or e o f the li sted spi na l co rd se gm en ts o r to the m otor n er ve
ro ots ari sin g fr om th em resu lts in p ar alysi s of th e m uscl es co ncer n ed.
T estin g th e qu ad rice ps is p er for m ed w ith th e p er son i n th e su pi ne p ositi on w ith th e knee p artl y f lexed . T he pe rson exten ds th e
k nee ag ain st resi stan ce. Dur in g th e te st, con tr actio n of th e r ectu s f em or is sh ou ld b e obse rvab le an d pa lpa bl e if t he m uscl e i s
a ctin g n orm al ly, i nd icati ng t hat its n erve su pp ly is in tact.
R ec t u s F em o ri s
T h e r ectus f emo ri s r eceive d its nam e be cause it r un s st rai gh t d ow n th e th ig h (L . re ctus, strai gh t). B ecau se o f its attach m ent s to
t he h ip bo ne an d tib ia, the r ectu s fe mo ri s cr osses two jo in ts; h en ce i t i s cap ab le of fl exin g th e th ig h at th e h ip j oin t and e xten din g
t he leg a t th e knee jo in t. Th e rect us fem or is is the on ly pa rt of th e q u adr ice ps tha t cr osses the h ip jo in t, an d as a h ip f lexo r it acts
w ith and l ike th e i liop soa s d ur in g th e p re swin g an d in iti al swi ng p ha ses o f wal kin g (Tab le 5. 2 ). Th e abi lit y of th e rect us fem or is to
e xten d the kn ee is co mp r om ised d ur in g h ip f lexio n, b u t i t d oes con tri bu te to the exten sio n fo rce du r in g the to e of f ph ase, wh en th e
t hi gh i s exte nd ed. It is p ar ticu lar ly ef fici en t in mo vem ent s com b in in g kn ee ext ensi on an d h ip f lexio n fr om a p ositi on o f hi p
h yp er exten sion a nd kn ee fl exion , a s in t he pr ep ar ator y p osit ion f or ki ckin g a so ccer ba ll. T h e r ectu s f em ori s, th e ki ckin g
m u scle, is suscep tib le to in ju ry an d avu lsio n fr om the an ter ior i nf er ior i liac spi ne d ur in g kicki ng . A lo ss of f u ncti on of t he re ctus
f em or is ma y r edu ce th igh flex ion str en gt h by as m u ch as 1 7% (Mar khe de an d Sten er , 1 98 1 ).
P. 5 9 5
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 36 of 155
V as tu s M u sc le s
T h e n am es of th e th r ee l arg e vastus muscl es (va sti) in dica te th ei r pos itio n ar ou nd th e fem or al sh aft (Fig . 5. 1 5 ; Ta bl e 5 . 3-I I):
V astus late ral is, th e lar ges t com p on en t of th e qu ad ri ceps, l ies on th e later al sid e o f th e th ig h.
V astus inter med ius lies dee p to the r ectus fe mo ri s, betw een th e vastu s m ed ial is a nd th e vastu s l ater ali s.
Fig ure 5.16. Supr ap atel lar b ursa and ar ticul ar muscle of knee . A and B. T h e l arg e su p ra patel lar b u rsa, no rmall y a
po ten tial spa ce ex tend in g b etwee n the q ua dr icep s an d th e f em u r, i s d epi cted as if in jecte d with latex. C. In t hi s d eep
di ssection of th e kn ee re gio n, the pr oj ected ou tl in e of t he fem u r is in di cated b y a re d br oken l in e an d th e exten t o f the
sup r apa tella r bu r sa i s in d icated b y a b lu e b ro ken li ne. A C . Th e arti cu lar m u scle of th e kn ee is sh ow n as exten di n g fr om th e
di stal fem u r to attach to t he bu r sa. Th is m uscl e b len d s w ith th e deep a spect of th e v astu s in ter m edi us.
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Th e l arg e an teri or com p art me nt of th e t hi gh i ncl ud es t he fl exor s o f t he h ip an d exten sor s o f the kn ee, w ith m ost m uscl es
in ner vate d by the f emo ra l n er ve. T he qu ad ri ceps fe mo ri s acco un ts for m ost of th e ma ss of t hi s com p art me nt. I t sur ro un d s th e
fem u r on th r ee si des an d ha s a com m on ten d on of a ttach me nt to th e ti bia , wh ich i ncl ud es the p atell a a s a sesam oid b on e. Maj or
mu scle s of th is com p artm en t atr oph y rap id ly wit h di sease or d isu se, re qu ir in g ph ysica l th er ap y to r etain or r estor e f un cti on .
Hi p a n d T hi g h C o n t us i o n s
Sp or ts b ro adca sters an d tra in ers re fer to a hi p po in ter, wh ich i s a con tu sion o f the il iac crest th at usu al ly o ccur s at i ts
an teri or p art (e. g. , wher e the sar tor iu s a ttach es to th e ASI S). This i s o ne of th e mo st co mm on in ju ri es to the h ip r eg ion , u su ally
occu rr in g in a ssociat ion w ith co lli sion sp or ts, su ch as the var io us fo rm s o f foo tba ll, i ce h ocke y, an d voll eyba ll. Co ntusio ns cau se
ble edi ng f ro m r up tu red ca pil lar ies an d in fil tr ation of bl ood i nto th e mu scle s, ten don s, a nd o ther soft tissu es. T he ter m h ip p oin ter
ma y al so r ef er to avu lsio n of b on y m u scle attach m en ts, fo r exam pl e, of th e sart ori us or r ectu s f em or is t o th e an teri or il iac spi nes,
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 37 of 155
o f th e h am str in gs fr om th e isch iu m (see clin ica l co rr ela tion [b lu e] box Ha mstr in g I nj ur ies, in th is cha pter ), or of th e
i lio pso as f ro m th e l esser tr och an ter of th e fem u r). H ow ever , th ese i nj ur ies sh ou ld be cal led avu lsi on f ract ur es.
A n oth er ter m com m on ly use d is ch ar ley ho rse , wh ich m ay r efer e ith er to th e cr am pi ng o f an in di vid ua l t hi gh m u scle beca use
o f isch em ia or to con tu sion and r u ptu r e o f blo od vessel s su ff icie nt en ou gh t o f or m a hem at om a. Th e in ju ry is usu al ly the
c on sequ en ce o f tear in g of fi ber s o f the r ectu s f emo ri s; so met im es th e qu ad ri ceps ten do n is a lso pa rti ally tor n . Th e mo st co mm on
s ite of a t hi gh h em ato ma is in th e qu ad ri ceps. A ch ar ley h orse is associ ated w ith l ocali zed pa in an d /or m uscl e sti ff ne ss an d
c om mo nl y f oll ows di re ct tr au ma (e. g ., a stick sla sh in h ockey or a tackl e i n fo otba ll).
P so a s A b sc e s s
T h e p soas m ajor ari ses i n th e ab do m en fr om t he in ter ver tebr al di scs, th e si des of th e T 1 2 L 5 ver teb ra e, an d the ir tr an sverse
p r ocesses. T h e m ed ial ar cua te l iga me nt of th e dia ph ra gm a rch es obl iq uel y o ver th e p ro xim al pa rt of th e p soa s m ajo r (see C h ap ter
2 ). T h e tr an sver salis fa scia on th e i nt ern al ab do mi na l w all is con tin u ou s w ith th e pso as f ascia, wh ere it fo rm s a f ascia l co veri ng f or
t he pso as m aj or th at accom p an ies t he m uscl e i nto th e ant eri or r egi on of th e th igh .
T h ere is a r esu rg en ce o f tu ber cul osis (TB ) i n Af ri ca, Asi a, an d else wh er e. A ret rop er iton eal p yog enic (p us-f or mi ng ) i nf ectio n in t he
a bd om en or gr eater p elvi s, ch ara cteri stical ly occu rr in g in a ssociati on w ith T B of th e ve rteb r al colu m n, o r secon d ary to re gio na l
e nte rit is o f the il eu m (Cr oh n d isease ), ma y r esu lt in th e f or m atio n of a psoa s ab scess. Wh en th e absce ss p asses b etw een th e psoa s
a nd i ts f ascia to th e i ng u in al and p r oxim al th ig h re gio ns, sever e p ain m ay be r efer r ed to the h ip , th igh , o r knee jo in t.
C on seq u entl y, a pso as ab scess sho ul d alw ays b e con side red w he n ede ma occu r s in the p rox im al par t of th e th ig h . Su ch an a bscess
m ay b e p alp ated o r obse rved i n th e i ng u in al reg ion , j ust in fe rio r or su pe ri or to th e in g ui na l l ig am ent , an d ma y b e m ista ken f or an
i n dir ect in gu in al h ern ia or a f emo ra l h er n ia, an enl arg em en t o f the in g ui nal l ymp h n od es, or a sap he no us var ix (s ee cl in ical
c orr ela tion [blu e] bo x Sa ph en ou s V ari x, in thi s ch ap ter). Th e l ater al bo rd er of th e psoa s is com m on ly visib le in r ad iog ra ph s
o f th e ab do m en; an o bscu red p soa s sh ado w m ay b e a n in di catio n of ab do mi na l p ath ol ogy.
P a r a l ys i s o f th e Qu a d r i ce p s
A p er son w ith a pa ral yzed q ua dr icep s can n ot exten d th e le g aga in st r esista nce an d usu al ly pr esses o n th e d ista l en d of t he th igh
d u ri ng w alki ng t o p re vent in ad ver ten t f lexio n of th e knee jo in t. Weakn ess of th e va stus m edi ali s or v astu s la tera lis, r esu lti ng f ro m
a rth r itis or tr au m a to th e kne e j oin t, f or exam p le, can resu lt in a bn or m al pate llar m o vem ent an d loss of j oin t st abi lity.
C h o n d r o m a la c i a P a te l l a e
C ho ndr o malac ia p atel lae (r un n er' s kn ee) is a com m on k nee p rob lem for ma rath on ru n ner s. S uch o ver stressi ng o f the kn ee can
a lso occu r in r u nn in g sp or ts su ch as bask etba ll. T he sor en ess a nd ac hi ng ar ou n d or d eep to th e p atel la r esu lts fr om q u adr ice ps
i mbal an ce. C hon d ro ma lacia p atell ae ma y r esu lt f r om a bl ow to th e p atell a o r extr em e f lexi on of th e kne e (e. g ., d u rin g sq ua ttin g
w h en po wer l if tin g).
P a te l l a r Fr a ct u r e s
A d ir ect blo w to the p atell a m ay fr actu r e it in two or m or e fr agm en ts. T ran sver se pate llar f r actu res m ay r esu lt fr om a bl ow to th e
k nee or su d den co nt racti on o f the qu ad r icep s (e. g. , w hen on e sl ips an d attem p ts to p reve nt a backw ar d fal l). T he pr oxi ma l
f r agm en t is p u lled su p eri or ly w ith t he qu ad ri ceps ten do n, and t he di stal fr ag me nt re ma in s wi th th e p atel lar l ig am ent.
A b n o r m a l O s s if i c a ti o n o f t he P a t e ll a
T h e p atel la is ca rti lag in ou s at bi rth . I t b ecom es ossif ied d u ri ng th e 3r d 6th year s, fr equ en tly fr om mo re th an on e ossif icati on
c ente r. A lth ou gh thes e cen ter s u su all y coa lesce an d for m a sin gl e b on e, th ey ma y r em ain se par ate on o ne or b oth si des, g ivi ng r ise
t o a b ip ar tite or tr ip ar tite p ate lla (Fig . B5 . 9). A n u nw ar y o bser ver m ig h t in ter pr et th is co nd iti on on a r ad iog ra ph o r CT as a
p atel lar f ra ctur e. Ossi fica tion abn or m ali ties are n ear ly alw ays b ila tera l; t her ef or e, di agn ost ic i ma ges sho ul d be exam in ed f ro m bo th
s ides . If th e def ects a re bi later al , the ab n orm al itie s ar e l ikel y o ssifi catio n abn or m ali ties.
P a te l l a r T e n d o n R e f le x
T ap pi ng th e pate llar lig am en t w ith a re fle x h am m er no rm al ly elici ts th e pa tella r ref lex (kn ee jer k). Th is m yotati c (d eep ten d on )
r ef lex is rou ti nel y test ed du r in g a p hy sical exam in ati on b y h avi ng th e per son si t w ith l egs da ng lin g . A fi rm st rik e on the li gam en t
w ith a r efl ex h am m er u su ally cau ses t he leg to exte nd . I f t he re fle x is n orm al , a han d on the p erso n' s q uad r icep s sh ou ld f eel the
m u scle con tr act. T hi s ten do n r efle x test s th e i nt egr ity of th e f em or al ne rve an d th e L 2 L 4 sp in al cor d segm en ts. T app in g th e
l ig am ent acti vates muscl e sp in dl es in the q uad r icep s; af fer en t i m pu lses fr om th e spi nd les tra vel in th e fem or al n erve to th e
L 2 L4 segm en ts o f the sp in al cor d. Fr om h er e, eff er en t im p ul ses a re tra nsm i tted via m otor fib er s in the fe mo ral n er ve to th e
q u adr ice ps, r esu ltin g in a j erk-l ike con tra ction of th e m u scle an d exten sion o f th e le g at th e kn ee j oin t. D im in u tion or ab sen ce of
t he pa tell ar ten do n ref lex m ay r esu lt fr om a ny lesi on th at in ter ru pts th e i nn er vati on of th e qu ad ri ceps (e.g . , per ip h era l n er ve
d isea se).
P. 5 9 7
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 38 of 155
M e d ia l T h ig h Mu s cle s
T h e m ed ial th ig h m uscl es, col lectiv ely calle d the ad d ucto r g ro up, a re in th e m edi al com par tm en t o f the th ig h, i nn er vated
p r im ar ily by th e o btu ra tor n er ve (Fig s. 5 .1 5 a nd 5 . 17 ). T he ad du ctor gr ou p of th ig h m uscl es con si sts of th e ad du ctor l on gu s,
a dd uct or b revi s, ad ductor m ag nu s, g ra cili s, an d ob tur ato r externu s. I n ge ner al, the y atta ch pr oxi ma lly to th e an ter oi nf eri or
e xter ior o f t he bo ny p elvis (pu b ic b on e, i schi opu b ic r am u s, an d isch ial tu be ro sity) a nd a dj acen t ob tu ra tor m em br an e a nd d istal ly to
t he li nea asp er a o f t he fem u r (Ta bl e 5 . 4A ). Al l a dd ucto r m uscl es, excep t t he ha mstr in g p art of t he ad du ctor m ag n us p lu s
p ar t o f the p ectin eu s ar e su pp li ed by th e ob tu ra tor n er ve (L 2 L4 ). Th e pecti ne us is sup pl ied b y th e fem or al n erve (L 2 L 4 ),
a nd t he ha ms tri ng p ar t of t he ad du ctor m ag n us is su p pl ied b y th e tib ial pa rt of th e sci atic n erve (L 4). T h e d etail s o f t hei r
a ttach m ent s, ne rve sup p ly, an d acti on s of th e m uscl es ar e pr ovid ed in Tab le 5. 4 . Wh ile col lectiv ely these m u scles are th e
a dd uct ors of th e thi gh , th e action s of som e of th ese m u scles ar e m or e com ple x.
A d d u ct o r Lo n g u s
T h e ad d uctor l ong us is a lar ge, fan -sh aped m u scle an d is the m ost an teri or ly pla ced of th e a dd ucto r gr ou p . Th is tri an gu lar l on g
a dd uct or ar ises by a st ron g ten d on f ro m th e an ter io r aspec t of th e bo dy of th e p u bis ju st in fer ior t o th e pu b ic tu b ercl e (a pex of
t ri ang le) an d exp and s t o a ttach to th e l in ea asper a of th e f em ur (base of tr ian g le); in so do in g it cover s th e an teri or asp ects of th e
a dd uct or b revi s an d m id dl e of th e ad du ctor m ag nu s.
A d d u ct o r B r ev is
T h e ad d uctor b r evis, o r sho rt ad du ctor , li es d eep to th e p ectin eu s a nd a dd ucto r lon g us wh er e i t ar ises fr om the b ody an d in fer io r
r am u s o f the pu b is. I t w id ens as it p asses di stall y to att ach to th e u pp er mo st p ar t o f the li nea asp er a. As th e o btu ra tor n er ve
e me rg es f ro m th e o btu r ator can al to en ter th e me dia l co mp ar tm en t of th e th igh , i t sp lits in to an an ter io r an d a p oster io r div ision ,
t he two d ivi sion s p assin g an ter ior and p oste rio r to th e ad du cto r br evis. T h is u n iq ue re lati on shi p is u sef ul in id enti fyi ng th e m uscl e
i n d issectio n an d in an ato m ical cr oss sect ion s.
A d d u ct o r M ag n u s
T h e ad d uctor ma gnus is th e lar ge st (m ost po wer fu l) an d m ost p oste rio r m uscl e i n th e ad du cto r gr ou p. T h is l arg e add u ctor is a
c om posi te, tr ian g ul ar m uscl e w ith a th ick, m ed ial m ar gi n th at h as an ad du cto r par t and a h am stri n g p ar t. T he two p ar ts d iff er in
t hei r attach m en ts, n erve su pp ly, a nd m ai n actio ns (Ta ble 5 .4 ). T he ad du ctor p ar t f an s o ut wi del y f or ap on eu rot ic d ista l a ttach me nt
a lon g th e e nti re len g th of th e l in ea aspe ra of th e f em u r, ext end in g in fe rio rl y o nto th e med ia l su p raco nd yla r ri dg e. Th e ham str in g
p ar t h as a t end in ou s d ista l a ttach m ent to th e ad du cto r tub er cle.
P. 5 9 8
Fig ure 5.17. Femo ral tr iang le. A. T he b ou nd ar ies and co nt ents of th e fem or al tr ian gl e ar e sho wn . Ob serve th e str u ctu res
th at b ou n d the tr ian gl e: th e in gu in al li gam en t sup er ior ly, th e add u ctor lo ng u s m ed ial ly, an d th e sa rto riu s later al ly. S up eri or ly,
th e f em ora l n er ve and v essels ent er th e b ase of th e tr ian g le; in fer ior ly, they exi t f rom its ape x. B. I n th is dee per d issecti on ,
sectio ns ha ve b een r em oved f ro m th e sa rto ri us an d the f emo ra l ve ssels and n er ve. Ob serv e th e mu scles fo rm in g th e flo or of
th e f em ora l t ria ng le: th e i liop soa s la tera lly an d the p ectin eu s m ed ial ly. Of th e n eu r ovascu lar st ru ctu res at the ap ex o f the
fem or al tr ian gl e, th e t wo an ter ior vesse ls (f em or al ar tery an d vein ) and t he two n er ves en ter t he ad du ctor ca nal (an ter io r to
add u ctor l on gu s), an d th e tw o post eri or vessel s (d eep ar ter y an d vei n of th ig h) pa ss d eep (po ster ior ) to th e add u ctor lo ng u s.
G ra ci lis
T h e g r acili s (L . sle nd er) is a l on g, st rap -li ke m u scle an d is th e m ost m ed ial m u scle of th e th ig h . It is the m ost sup er fi cial of th e
a dd uct or g rou p an d th e w eakest m em ber . I t i s th e o nl y o ne of th e gr ou p to cros s th e kn ee jo in t as wel l as th e hi p joi nt, joi ni ng
w ith two oth er tw o-jo in t m u scles fr om t he oth er tw o com par tm en ts (th e sart ori u s an d sem iten d in osu s m u scles. T hu s the th ree
m u scles ar e i nn er vated b y th r ee dif fer en t n er ves). T he y h ave a co mm on ten din ou s in serti on , th e p es anser inus (L . g oose's fo ot),
i n to th e up p er pa rt of th e m ed ial su rf ace of th e ti bi a. Th e gr acil is is a syn er gist in a dd uct in g the th ig h, f lexi ng t he kn ee, an d
r ot atin g th e l eg me dia lly wh en th e kn ee i s f lexed . It acts wi th the o ther p es anse rin u s m u scles to ad d stabi lity to th e m ed ial
a spect of th e exten ded k nee, mu ch as th e g lu teu s m axi mu s an d tens or of th e fasci a l ata do via th e i lio tib ial tr act o n th e l ater al
s ide.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 39 of 155
O bt u r at o r Ext er n u s
T h e o btur ato r exter nus i s a fl at, r elati vely sm all, fan -sh aped m u scle th at is d eep ly pla ced in th e sup er om edi al par t of th e th ig h .
I t exten ds fr om th e exter n al sur fac e of th e ob tur ato r me mb r ane an d su rr ou n din g b on e o f t he pe lvis to the p oster ior a spect of th e
g r eater tr och an ter , pa ssin g di rectl y u n der th e acetab u lu m an d n eck o f t he fem u r .
A c ti on s of th e A dd u c t or M u sc le G r ou p
Fr om t he an atom ic al posi tion , th e ma in acti on o f t he ad du ctor m u scle gr ou p is to pu ll th e th ig h m ed iall y, tow ar d or p ast t he
m ed ian pl ane . Th re e ad du cto rs (lon gu s, b re vis, an d m ag nu s) a re u sed in al l m o vem ent s in w h ich th e thi gh s a re ad du cted (e. g. ,
p r essed tog eth er wh en r id in g a ho rse). Th ey a re use d to st abi lize th e sta nce wh en st and in g on both feet, to co rr ect later al sw ay o f
t he tr un k, or wh en th er e is a sid e-to-sid e shi ft of th e su r face on w h ich on e is st and in g (r ockin g a bo at, stan d in g on a bal an ce
b oa rd ). Th ey are al so u sed i n kickin g w ith th e me dia l si de of th e foo t i n soccer an d in swim m in g . Fin ally, they con tr ib ute to fl exio n
o f th e exte nd ed th ig h an d exten sion of th e f lexed t hi gh w he n ru n ni ng o r ag ain st r esist ance .
T h e ad d ucto rs as a g ro up co nsti tut e a lar g e m u scle ma ss. Alt ho ug h th ey a re im po rt ant in m an y activi ties, i t h as bee n sho wn th at a
r ed uct ion o f as m u ch as 70 % in t hei r fu n ction w il l r esu lt in o nl y a slig h t to m od era te i mp ai rm en t o f hi p fu nct ion (Mar kh ede an d
S ten er , 19 8 1 ).
T estin g of t he m edi al thi gh m u scles is per fo rm ed w hi le the p erso n is lyin g su pi ne wi th th e kn ee str aig ht. Th e p er son ad du cts the
t hi gh a gai nst re sistan ce, an d if th e ad du ctor s ar e no rm al , th e p ro xim al en ds of th e g ra cili s an d ad du ctor l on gu s ca n easil y b e
p al pate d.
P. 5 9 9
T ab le 5. 4. Muscle s o f the Med ia l T hig h: Ad ducto rs of the Thig h
Muscl e a
Pr ox imal
Attachment
Addu ctor
lon g us (E &
B ody of p ub is
in f eri or to pu b ic
G)
cr est
Di stal Attachment
Mi dd le th ird o f lin ea
asper a of fe mu r
I nnervat ion b
Obt ur ato r ner ve, b ra nch
of an ter io r div isio n (L2 ,
M ain Acti on
A dd ucts th ig h
L 3, L4 )
Addu ctor
B ody an d in fer io r
Pectin eal l in e an d
A dd ucts th ig h; to
br evis (F &
G)
r am us of p ub is
pr oxim al p ar t of l in ea
asper a of fe mu r
Addu ctor
m agn u s (C ,
A dd ucto r pa rt:
in f eri or r am us of
Ad du ctor p ar t: g lu teal
tub er osity, lin ea aspe ra,
A dd ucts th ig h
A dd ucto r pa rt: fl exes
D, & G)
p ub is, r am u s of
is ch iu m
br an ch es o f post eri or
di visi on
th ig h
H am stri ng s p ar t:
H am stri ng s p ar t:
isch ia l t ub ero sity
exte nd s th ig h
B ody an d in fer io r
r am us of p ub is
A dd ucts th ig h; fl exes
le g; hel ps ro tate it
m ed iall y
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Obtu rator
exter nu s
Mar gi ns of ob tu rat or
f ora me n an d
Page 40 of 155
ob tu ra tor m em br an e
a C oll ectivel y,
lon g us ar e d eri ved fr om the secon d to f ou rth l um b ar seg me nts of th e spin al cor d ). Nu m ber s i n bo ld face ( L 3) in d icate th e
m ain seg m en tal in ner vati on . Dam age to on e o r m or e of th e list ed spi nal co rd seg m ent s or t o th e mo tor n er ve r oo ts ar isi ng
fr om th em resu lts in p ar alysi s of t he m uscl es co ncer n ed.
P. 6 0 0
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Th e m u scles of th e m edial co mp ar tm ent of th e thi gh a ttach p ro xim all y to th e ant ero in fer ior b on y pel vis a nd d ista lly to the li nea
aspe ra of th e f em u r. T he y ar e a dd uct ors of th e thi gh , in n er vated p ri mar il y b y th e ob tur ato r ne rve. U se o f t hese m u scles a s p ri me
mo ver s is re lativ ely lim ite d.
A d d u ct o r H iat u s
T h e ad d uctor hia tus is an o pen in g or g ap b etwe en th e ap on eu ro tic dist al attach m en t of th e ad du ctor p ar t of t he ad du ctor m ag nu s
a nd t he ten di no us di stal attach m en t o f the h am stri ng p ar t. Th e add u ctor h iatu s tra nsm its th e f em or al art ery an d vein f ro m th e
a dd uct or can al in th e th igh to t he po pl iteal f ossa post eri or to th e kn ee (Tab le 5 .4 ). T he op en in g is l ocated j u st la tera l a nd su p eri or
t o th e ad du ctor tu b ercl e o f the fe mu r .
T r a n s p l a n ta t i o n o f t h e G r a c i li s
Becau se th e g ra cilis is a r ela tivel y w eak mem b er of th e add u ctor g ro up o f mu scles, it can be r em oved w ith ou t n oti ceab le l oss of its
actio ns on th e leg . Hen ce, su r geo ns of ten tr an spla nt th e g ra cili s, or p art of i t, wi th its n erve an d bl ood ve ssels t o r ep lace a
dam ag ed m u scle i n th e h an d, for e xam pl e. Once th e m u scle is tra nsp lan ted , it soo n pr od uces g ood d ig ital fl exio n an d exten sion .
Fr eed f ro m its di stal attach m en t, th e m u scle h as al so been r el ocated a nd r epo siti on ed to crea te a r epla cem ent f or a no n-f un cti on al
exter na l a nal sp hi nc ter.
G r o in P u ll
Sp or ts b ro adca sters re fer to a pu ll ed gr oin or g roi n in ju r y. Th ese ter ms m ean th at a st rai n, stretch in g , an d pr ob abl y
som e te ari ng o f the p rox im al attach m en ts of t he an ter om edi al thi gh m u scles h as o ccur r ed. T he in ju r y u su ally in vol ves t he fl exor
an d add u ctor th ig h m uscl es. Th e pr oxim al at tach me nts of th ese mu scle s ar e i n th e i ng u in al reg ion (gr oin ), th e ju nct ion o f the
thi gh a nd tr u nk . Gr oi n pu ll s u su ally occu r in spor ts tha t r equ ir e qu ick star ts su ch as sh ort -dist ance r acin g (e. g. , a 60 -m sp r in t),
base steal in g in b aseb all , an d qu ick star ts i n bask etbal l.
I nj u r y to t h e A d d u c to r L o n g u s
Mu scle str ain s o f th e ad du cto r lon gu s ma y occu r i n ho rseb ack ri der s a nd p ro du ce pai n (ri der 's str ain ). Ossif icati on som eti m es
occu rs in th e ten don s of th ese m u scles beca use th e h or seb ack r id er s acti vely ad du ct th ei r thi gh s to ke ep fr om f all in g fr om th ei r
an im als. T he ar eas of th e o ssifi ed ten do ns ar e so met im es ca lled r id ers' b on es.
N e u ro v a s cu la r S tr u ct u re s a n d R e la t ion sh ip s in th e A n t e ro m e d ia l Th ig h
F em o ral T ri an g le
T h e f em or al tri ang le, a su bf asci al space, is a tr ian gu la r lan d ma rk usef u l i n di ssectio n an d in u n der stan di ng r el ation sh ip s i n the
g r oin . (Fig s. 5 .1 5A & B , an d 5. 1 7 , 5. 1 8 an d 5 .1 9 ). In livi ng p eop le it app ear s a s a tr ian gu lar dep res sion i nf er ior to th e i n gu in al
l ig am ent w hen the th ig h is flex ed, a bd ucte d, an d la ter ally r otated . (Fig . 5 .1 5A) Th e f em or al tri an gle is bo un d ed:
l
l
S u per io rly b y th e i ng u in al lig am en t (th e th icken ed in fe rio r m arg in o f the exte rn al ob liq u e ap on eu ro sis) t hat fo rm s the b ase o f
t he fem o ral tr ian g le.
Med ia lly by th e ad du cto r lon g us.
L ater al ly b y the sar tor iu s; th e ape x is wh er e t he late ral b or der o f the sar tor iu s cr osses th e m ed ial b or der o f the ad du ctor
l on gu s.
T h e m u scul ar fl oor o f th e f em ora l t ria ng le is for m ed by th e i lio pso as l ater ally an d th e p ectin eu s m ed ial ly. T he r oof of th e fem or al
t ri ang le is for m ed b y th e f ascia la ta a nd cr ib ri fo rm f ascia , sub cu tan eou s ti ssue , an d skin .
Dee p to t he in gu in al li gam en t, th e subi nguina l sp ace (cr eated as th e i ng ui na l l ig am ent sp ans th e g ap b etwe en th e tw o bon y
p r om in en ces to w hi ch it is a ttach ed, the AS IS a nd p ub li c tu be rcl e) is an i mp or tan t p assag eway co nn ecti ng th e
t ru n k/abd om in op elvi c cav ity t o th e low er li mb . T he in gu in al li ga men t actu all y ser ves as a fl exor r etin acu lu m , r etain in g str uct ur es
t hat p ass a nter io r to the h ip jo in t a gai nst th e j oin t du ri ng f lexi on of t he th igh . T he p assag eway po ster ior to th e lig am en t is di vid ed
i n to tw o com pa rtm en ts, or lacu na e, by a thi cken in g of th e i lio psoa s f ascia, the il iop ecti neal arch (Fig . 5. 1 9) , wh ich p asses
b etw een th e deep su r face of th e in gu in al li gam en t a nd th e ili op ub ic em in ence (Fig . 5 .6B). Late ral to th e a rch i s th e mu scu lar
l acu na , th rou g h wh ich the il iop soas mu scl e an d f emo ra l n er ve p ass fr om th e gr eater pelv is i nto th e an teri or th ig h; m edi al to the
a rch , th e vascu lar la cun a all ows pa ssage of th e ma jor va scul ar str uctu r es (ve in s, art ery, and l ym ph atics) b etween the g rea ter
p elv is a nd th e fem or al tr ian gl e o f the an ter ior t hi gh . As th ey en ter t he fem o ral tr ian g le, th e nam es of th e vessels cha ng e f r om
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 41 of 155
Fem o ral vei n an d its pr oxim al tr ib u tari es (e. g ., t he gr eat sap he no us an d deep f em or al vein s).
Fig ure 5.18. D issecti on o f femo r al s he ath in femo r al tr ia ng l e. Th e falc ifo rm m ar g in of th e saph en ou s o pen in g in the
fasci a l ata is cut an d ref lect ed. N ote th at th e fem or al n erv e is exter n al an d later al to th e f em or al shea th, w h erea s th e fem or al
ar tery an d vein occu py the sh eath .
Fig ure 5.19. Structur e a nd contents o f fem or al sheath. Th is di ssectio n is of th e su p eri or en d of th e a nte rio r asp ect o f the
ri gh t t hi gh . No te th e com pa rtm en ts with in the fe mo ra l sh eath . T he p rox im al end (a bd om in al op en in g) of th e f em or al cana l i s
th e f em ora l r in g .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 42 of 155
P. 6 0 2
T h e f em or al tri ang le is bi sected b y th e f em or al ar tery an d vein , w hi ch pa ss to an d fr om the ad du ctor ca na l i nf er ior ly at i ts a pex
( Fi g. 5 . 17A ). Th e a dd uct or can al is an in tr am uscu la r passa gew ay by wh ich th e m ajor n eu r ovascu lar b u nd le of th e thi gh tr aver ses
i ts m i dd le thi rd (Fig s. 5 .1 7B an d 5 .2 0 ).
F em o ral N er v e
T h e f emor al ner ve (L 2 L4 ) i s th e lar gest br an ch of t he lu m bar p lex us. T he n erv e or ig in ates in th e ab dom en w ith in the pso as
m aj or an d d escen ds po stero later al ly t hr ou gh the pe lvis to app r oxim atel y th e m idp oi nt of th e i ng u in al lig am en t (Fig s. 5 . 17A, 5. 1 8
a nd 5 . 1 9). I t t hen passes d eep to thi s l iga me nt an d en ters th e f em or al tri an gle , later al to th e f em or al vessels. A fte r ent eri ng th e
t ri ang le, the fe mo ral n er ve d ivi des in to sever al br an ches to th e an ter io r thi gh m u scles. It also sen ds ar ticu lar b r anch es to the h ip
a nd kn ee jo in ts an d p ro vide s sever al cu tan eou s b ra nch es to the an ter om edi al sid e o f the th ig h (Tab le 5 .1 ). T he ter mi na l cu tan eo us
b r an ch of th e f em or al ner ve, t he sap henous ne rve, d escen d s th ro ug h th e fem or al tr ian gl e, lat eral to th e fem or al sh eath
c on tain in g th e f em or al vessels (Fig. 5. 1 7B a nd 5 . 19 ). T he sap he no us ne rve accom p an ies the fe mo ral ar ter y a nd ve in th ro ug h th e
a dd uct or can al an d beco m es su pe rf icial b y p assin g b etwe en th e sar tor iu s and t he gr aci lis wh en th e fem or al vessels tr aver se th e
a dd uct or h iatu s a t th e di stal end o f th e can al . It ru n s an ter oi nf eri or ly to su p pl y th e skin an d fa scia on th e ant ero me dia l a spects of
t he kn ee, le g, an d f oot.
F em o ral S h e at h
T h e f emor al sheath is a f un n el-sh ap ed fa scial tu be of var yin g len g th (u sua lly 3 4 cm ) th at passes d eep to the in g ui na l
l ig am ent , lin in g th e v ascul ar la cun a of th e su b in gu in al spa ce. It ter mi n ates i nf er ior ly by bl en din g w ith th e adven ti tia of th e f em or al
v essels. T he sh eath en cl oses p r oxim al p art s of th e fem or al vessel s an d cr eates the f emo ra l ca nal m ed ial to th em (Fig s. 5 .1 8 an d
5 . 1 9). T h e sh eath is f or m ed by an in f eri or p rol on ga tion o f tra nsver sal is a nd i lio psoa s f ascia fr om t he ab dom en /g rea ter pe lvis (see
C h ap ter 2 ). Th e fem oral sh eath d oes no t en clo se th e fem or al n erve b ecau se i t p asses thr ou gh the m usc ul ar lacu n a. Wh en a lon g
f em or al she ath occu r s (w he n it exten ds far th er d istal ly), its m edi al wal l is p ier ced b y th e gr eat saph en ou s ve in an d lym p ha tic
v essels (Fi g. 5 . 1 8). T h e f em ora l s hea th all ows th e f em or al art ery an d vein to g lid e deep t o th e in gu in al li gam en t du ri ng m ov eme nts
o f th e h ip j oin t.
T h e f em or al shea th is sub di vid ed in ter na lly in to thr ee com pa rtm en ts by vert ical sep ta o f extra per ito ne al con necti ve t issu e th at
e xten d fr om th e abd om en a lon g th e f em or al vessels (Fig. 5. 1 9). Th e co mp ar tm ent s of th e fem or al sh eath ar e th e:
T h e f emor al canal is th e sm al lest of th e th r ee com par tm en ts. It is sh ort (ap pr oxi ma tely 1. 2 5 cm ) a nd co ni cal and l ies betw een
t he m edi al edg e o f th e f em ora l sh eat h an d the f emo ra l ve in . Th e f em or al can al (Fi g. 5 . 1 9):
l
l
Fig ure 5.20. Add ucto r canal in med ia l p ar t o f m id dl e thir d of thi gh. A. Or ien tatio n dr aw in g sho wi ng th e can al
fo rm ed b etwee n th e th r ee th ig h m u scles and t he level o f the secti on sh own in p art B . B. T hi s tr an sver se sect ion o f the
th igh sho ws the m uscl es b ou n din g th e add u ctor can al an d its ne ur ovascu la r con ten ts.
C on tai ns lo ose con necti ve t issu e, fa t, a f ew lym p ha tic vessels, a nd so met im es a d eep in gu in al lym p h n ode (C loq u et n od e).
T h e b ase of th e f em or al cana l, f orm ed b y t he sm all (ap pr oxi ma tely 1 cm w id e) p ro xim al op eni ng a t i ts ab do mi n al end , is th e o val
f emo ra l r ing . Th is op en in g is cl osed b y ext rap er iton eal f atty tissu e th at fo rm s the tr an sverse ly o ri ent ed femo r al s eptum (Fig .
5 . 1 8). T h e ab d om in al sur fa ce o f t he sep tum is co ver ed by par ie tal per ito neu m (se e C h apte r 2). T h e f em or al septu m i s p ier ced by
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 43 of 155
L ater al ly, th e verti cal sept um b etw een th e fem or al can al an d the f emo ra l ve in .
P oster io rly, the su per io r ram u s o f the p ub is cover ed by th e p ecti neu s and i ts f ascia .
F em o ral A rt er y
Deta ils con cer ni ng th e or igi n, cou rse, a nd d istr ib u tion o f the ar ter ies of th e th ig h ar e descr ib ed in T abl e 5 . 5 .
T h e f emor al ar ter y, th e co nti nu ati on of t he exter n al ilia c ar ter y d ista l to th e in gu in al li gam en t, is th e ch ief a rter y to t he lo wer
l im b (Fig s. 5. 1 7 , 5. 1 8 , 5. 1 9 an d 5 .2 0 ). It en ter s th e fem or al tr ian gl e d eep to th e m id p oin t o f th e in g ui na l l ig am ent (m id way
b etw een th e ASI S an d th e p ub ic tu ber cle), l ater al to th e f em ora l ve in (Fig . 5 .2 0A). I ts p u lsati on s ar e pal pab le wi thi n th e tr ia ng le
b ecau se of its re lati vely sup er fici al po sitio n dee p (post eri or ) to th e f ascia lat a, wh er e i t l ies and d escen d s on the ad jacen t bor d ers
o f th e il iop soas an d pe ctin eus th at ma ke u p th e f loo r of th e t ria ng le. T h e su pe rf icia l ep ig astr ic arte ry, su p erf ici al (and so m etim es
t he de ep) cir cum f lex ili ac ar ter ies, a nd t he su per fi cial an d dee p exter na l p u den da l a rte rie s ar ise fr om t he an ter ior asp ect of th e
p r oxim al p art of th e fem or al ar ter y.
T h e d eep ar ter y o f the thig h (L. ar ter ia pr of un da f em ori s) i s th e l ar gest br an ch of th e fem or al ar ter y an d th e chi ef art ery to the
t hi gh . It ar ises fr om t he late ral o r post eri or sid e o f th e f em ora l a rter y in th e f em or al tri an gl e. In t he m id dle th ir d of th e th i gh ,
w h ere it is sepa rate d fr om th e fem or al ar ter y an d vei n by th e ad d ucto r lon g us (Figs. 5. 1 7B a nd 5 . 20B ), it gi ves o ff pe rf or atin g
a rte rie s th at wr ap ar ou nd t he po ster ior asp ect of th e f em ur . T he pe rf or atin g ar ter ies su p pl y m u scles of all th r ee f ascial
c om par tm en ts (ad d ucto r m agn u s, ha mst ri ng s, an d vastu s l ater ali s).
T h e ci rcu m fle x f em ora l a rter ies en cir cle the u pp er mo st sh af t o f t he fem u r an d an astom o se w ith ea ch oth er an d oth er ar ter ies,
s up pl yin g the th ig h m uscl es a nd th e sup er ior (p ro xim al) en d of th e f em u r. T he med ial cir cumf lex femo r al a rte ry is e speci ally
i m por tan t beca use it sup p lies m ost o f the b loo d to t he h ead an d th e n eck of th e f em ur vi a i ts b r anch es, th e po ster io r re tinacular
a rte ri es. Th e reti na cul ar ar ter ies are of ten to rn w he n th e f em ora l n eck is fr actu red o r th e h ip j oin t is d isl ocated . Th e later al
c ir cumf le x f emor al ar ter y, less abl e to su pp ly th e f em or al hea d and n eck as it p asses late ral ly acro ss th e thi ckest p ar t o f the
j oin t cap sul e of th e hi p joi nt , m ain ly sup pl ies mu scle s on the lat era l si de of th e t hi gh .
O bt u r at o r Ar te ry
T h e o btu ra tor ar ter y h elp s the de ep ar tery of th e thi gh su p pl y t h e a dd uct or m uscl es vi a a nte rio r an d po steri or b ran ch es, w hi ch
a na stom ose (Tab le 5 .5 ). T he po ster ior b ra nch g ive s of f an acet abu lar br an ch th at su p pli es t he he ad of th e f em u r.
P a lp a t io n, C o m p r e s s i o n , a nd C a nn u l a ti o n o f th e F em o r a l A r te r y
Th e i ni tial p art of th e fem or al ar ter y, pr oxi ma l t o th e br an chi ng o f th e d eep ar ter y of t he th igh , i s su per f icial in po sitio n, m aki ng i t
especi all y acce ssibl e a nd u sef ul fo r a nu m ber o f clin ica l p r oced ur es. S om e vas cul ar su rg eon s r efe r to thi s p art of th e fem or al
art ery as t he com m on f em or al arte ry an d to its co nt in uat ion d ista lly as t he su per fi cial fem o ral ar ter y. Th is ter m in olo gy is n ot
reco mm en d ed by th e Fed era tive In ter na tion al C om m ittee on A n atom ical T erm i no log y an d is n ot used i n th is b oo k b ecau se th ese
term s m ay cau se m isu nd er stan din g . An ter ior t o th e in iti al par t o f the f emo ra l a rter y are th e ski n, sub cu tan eou s ti ssue, sup er fici al
in gu in al lym p h no des, sup er fici al cir cum f lex ili ac ar ter y, cr ib rif or m f ascia, a nd th e an teri or p ar t of th e fem or al sh eath (Fig s. 5 . 10 ,
5. 1 2, and 5. 1 8).
With th e per son l yin g in th e sup in e posi tion , th e fem or al p ul se is pa lp ated m id way be tween the AS IS an d th e pu bi c sym p hysi s (Fig .
B5 .1 0A & B ). B y p lacin g th e tip of th e litt le f in ge r (of th e r ig ht h an d wh en d eali ng w ith t he ri gh t side ) on the AS IS an d th e tip of
the th u mb o n th e p ub ic tu ber cle, t he fem o ral p ul se can be pa lpa ted wi th th e m id p alm j ust in fe rio r to th e m id po in t o f t he in gu in al
lig am en t b y p re ssin g fir m ly. N or ma lly th e p ul se i s str on g; h owe ver, i f th e com m on o r exter n al ili ac ar ter ies ar e p ar tiall y o cclu ded ,
the p ul se m ay be di m in ish ed.
Co mp r ession o f th e f em ora l a rter y ma y al so b e accom pl ish ed at thi s si te b y p r essin g di rectl y p oster io rl y ag ain st the su per io r pu bi c
ram u s, p soas ma jor , an d fem o ral h ead (Fig . B 5. 1 0C ). C om pr essi on at th is p oi nt wi ll red u ce b loo d fl ow th ro ug h th e f em or al art ery
an d its b r anch es, su ch a s th e d eep ar ter y o f the th ig h.
Th e f em or al art ery m ay b e cann u late d ju st i nf eri or to th e m i dp oin t of th e in g ui na l l ig am ent . In l eft car dia l (ca rd iac) an gi ogr ap hy, a
lon g, slen der cath eter is in ser ted in to the ar ter y an d p assed u p th e exte rn al il iac arte ry, co m mo n ili ac a rter y, an d ao rta to th e l eft
ven tri cle o f th e h ear t (see C ha pter 1).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 44 of 155
T h is sa me ap pr oach via the f emo ra l a rter y ma y b e u sed to visu al ize the cor on ar y ar ter ies in co ro nar y arte ri ogr ap hy.
L a c e r a t io n o f t h e F e m o r a l A r t e r y
T h e su pe rf icia l p osi tion o f the f emo ra l a rter y in th e f em or al tri an gle al so m ake s it vu ln era bl e to tr au ma tic in ju ry, e speci ally
l acer atio n. Com m on ly, bot h the f emo ra l a rter y and v ein ar e lacer ated i n an ter ior th ig h w ou nd s b ecau se t hey li e clo se t oget her . I n
s om e case s, an ar ter iove no us shu n t o ccur s a s a re sul t of co m mu n icati on b etwe en th e i nj ur ed vessel s. Wh en it is nece ssary to
l ig ate the fe mo ral ar ter y, an asto mo sis of br an ch es of t he fem o ral ar ter y w ith o the r art eri es th at cro ss th e hi p joi nt, ma y su pp ly
b lo od to th e l ower lim b . How ever , th e cr u ciate an astom o sis, con sisti ng o f a f ou r-w ay com m on m eeti ng o f t he m edi al an d later al
c ircu m fl ex f em or al art eri es w ith th e in fer io r glu tea l a rter y sup er ior ly an d the fi rst p erf or atin g ar ter y in f eri or ly p oste rio r to th e
f em u r, o ccur s l ess co mm o nl y th an i ts f req u ent d escri pti on in textb ooks an d dep icti on in atlases im p lies.
R e p l a ce d o r A cc e s s o r y O b t u r a to r Ar te r y
A n en lar g ed pu b ic b ra nch of th e i nf eri or ep ig astr ic a rter y eith er take s th e p lace of th e ob tur ato r art ery (re pla ced ob tur ato r ar tery)
o r jo in s it as an accesso ry ob tur ato r ar tery in a pp ro xim atel y 2 0 % o f peo ple . Th is art ery ru n s cl ose to o r acr oss t he fem or al r in g to
r each the ob tu rat or fo ra men and wou ld b e cl osel y r elate d to t he n eck o f a f em ora l h er n ia. C on seq uen tl y, th is a rter y cou ld be
i n volved i n a stra ng ul ated f em ora l h er n ia. S ur g eon s p laci ng sta ple s d ur in g en do scopi c r epa ir of b oth i ng u in al an d fem or al h ern ia s
m u st also be vig il ant con cer n in g the po ssib le pr esen ce o f thi s com m on arte ria l v ari an t.
P. 6 0 4
P. 6 0 5
P. 6 0 6
F em or al V ei n
T h e f em ora l ve in is th e co nti nu ati on of t he po pl iteal vei n pr oxi ma l t o th e add u ctor h iatu s. A s i t asce nd s th r ou gh th e add u ctor
ca nal , th e f em or al vein l ies post ero later al an d th en po ster ior to th e fem or al ar ter y (Fig s. 5 .1 7A & B an d 5 .1 9 ). T he fem o ral vei n
e nter s the fe mo ral sh eath later al to th e f em ora l ca na l a nd en d s p oster ior to th e in gu in al li gam en t, w he re it beco me s th e e xter nal
i lia c vei n. I n th e i nf er ior p ar t o f the fe mo ral tr ian g le, th e fem or al vein rece ives the de ep vein o f the th ig h, the g reat sap he no us
ve in , an d oth er tr ib uta rie s. Th e d eep vei n of th e thi gh , f orm ed b y t he u ni on of th r ee o r fo ur p er for ati ng vei ns , ent ers th e f em ora l
ve in ap pr oxi ma tely 8 cm i nf eri or to th e i ng u in al lig am en t an d ap pr oxi m ately 5 cm i nf er ior to th e t erm in ati on o f t he gr eat
sa ph en ou s vei n.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Ar ter y
Femo ra l
Or ig in
Page 45 of 155
Cour se
D istr ib ution
De ep ar tery
of th ig h
li gam en t
mu scle , win d in g ar ou nd f em ur t o
sup pl y m u scles in m ed ial, post eri or ,
an d later al pa rt of an ter ior
com par tm en ts
Medi al
cir cum f lex
fem or al
ar ter y
Lat era l
cir cum f lex
fem or al
ar ter y
br an ch wi nd s a rou n d fem u r ;
descen d in gb ra nch j oin s gen icu la r
per iar ticu la r an astom osi s
Obtu rator
accesso ry or r ep laced
ob tu rat or ar ter y f ro m
th e i nf er ior ep ig astr ic
ar ter y
tub er osity
P o t e nt i a ll y L e t ha l M i s n o m e r
Cl in ical staf f, so me vascu la r lab or ator ies, a nd ev en som e text a nd r ef eren ce bo oks u se th e ter m su per f icial f em ora l v ein
wh en r efer r in g to the fe mo ral vei n be for e it i s j oin ed b y th e accom pa nyi ng ve in s of th e dee p arte ry of th e t hi gh (d eep f emo ra l
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 46 of 155
v ein s). So me p rim ar y care p hysi cian s m ay n ot h ave b een tau g ht an d/o r ma y n ot re alize th at the so-ca lled su p erf icia l f em or al vein
i s a ctua lly a d eep vei n an d th at a cute th ro mb osi s of th i s vessel is po ten tial ly lif e th r eatenin g. Th e a dje ctive sup er fici al sho ul d no t
b e used b ecau se it im pl ies t hat th is vein i s a su per fi cial vein . Most p ul mo na ry em bol i ori gi na te i n dee p vein s, n ot i n su per fi cial
v ein s. Th e ri sk of emb oli sm can b e gr eatly r edu ced b y an tic oag ul ant tr eatm en t. Th e use of i mp r ecise lan guag e h er e cr eat es th e
p ossi bi lity th at a n acu te t hr om bo sis of th is t ru ly deep v essel cou ld b e ove rl ooked a s an a cute cli ni cal issu e, an d a lif e-th rea ten in g
s itu atio n crea ted. An atom ica l t erm in ol og y u sed in cl in ical r epo rts m ust be accu r ate to a void p ossib le li fe-th r eaten in g situ ati on s.
S a p he n o u s V a r ix
A l ocal ized d ila tion o f the ter m in al par t of th e g re at sa ph en ou s vei n, ca lled a sap heno us var ix (L. d il ated vei n), m ay cau se e dem a
i n th e f em or al tri an gle . A saph en ou s va ri x m ay be con fu sed w ith o ther gr oin sw ell in gs such as a p soas abscess (see clin ica l
c orr ela tion [blu e] bo x Pso as A bscess, in th is cha pter ); ho wever , a var ix sh ou ld be con sid ered w h en var icose vei ns are
p r esen t i n oth er p arts of th e low er lim b .
L o c a t io n o f t h e F e m o r a l V e i n
T h e f em or al vein i s n ot usu al ly p alp ab le bu t i ts p osi tion ca n be lo cated in f eri or to th e i ng ui n al l ig am ent b y f eeli ng th e pu lsat ion s o f
t he fe mo ral ar ter y, w hi ch is im me dia tely later al to th e ve in . In th in peo ple , th e f em ora l v ein m ay be close to th e su r face an d m ay
b e mi staken f or th e gr eat sap hen ou s v ein . It is im po rta nt th ere for e to kn ow t hat th e f em or al vein h as no tr ib ut ari es a t th is level ,
e xcept fo r th e g rea t sap h en ou s vei n th at j oin s i t a pp ro xim ately 3 cm i n fer ior t o th e in gu in al li gam en t. I n var icose vein ope rat ion s,
i t i s o bvio usl y i mp or tan t t o i den tif y t he gr eat sap hen ou s vein co rr ectly an d n ot t ie o ff th e fem or al vein by mi stake.
C a n n u la t i o n o f th e Fe m o r a l V e i n
T o secu re bl ood sam p les an d take pr essu re re cord in g s f rom the ch am ber s of th e r ig ht sid e o f the h ear t an d /or f rom the p ul mo na ry
a rte ry an d to p er fo rm r ig h t car di ac a ng iog r aph y, a lo ng , slen d er cath eter i s in ser ted in to th e f em or al vein a s it pa sses th r ou gh t he
f em or al tri an gl e. Un der f lu or oscop ic con tr ol, th e cath eter is pa ssed su per ior ly th ro ug h th e e xtern al an d com m on i lia c vei ns in to the
i n fer ior ve na cava an d ri gh t atri u m of th e h ear t. Fem or al ven ou s p u nctu r e m ay also b e u sed f or th e a dm in istr ati on of f lu id s.
F e m o r a l He r ni a
T h e f em or al rin g is a weak ar ea in th e a nte ri or ab do mi na l w all th at no rm al ly i s o f a si ze su ff icie nt to ad mi t th e tip of th e litt le
f in g er. T h e f em ora l r in g is th e u su al or igi na tin g site of a fem or al h ern ia , a p r otr usi on of a bd om in al viscer a (ofte n a l oop o f sma ll
i n testin e) t hr ou gh the fe mo ral r in g in to th e f em ora l c ana l. A fe mo ral h er ni a a pp ear s as a m ass, ofte n ten der , in the fe mo ral
t ri ang le, in fer ola tera l t o th e pu bi c tu b ercl e (Fig . B 5. 1 1). Th e h er ni a i s b ou nd ed b y th e fem or al vein later all y a nd th e lacu n ar
l ig am ent m ed iall y. Th e her n ial sac com pr esses th e con ten ts of th e f em or al can al (loose con n ective tissu e, f at, a nd l ymp h atics) an d
d iste nd s th e wal l of th e can al . In iti all y, th e h er ni a i s sm all b ecau se i t i s con tai ne d with in the can al; bu t it can en lar ge b y p assin g
i n fer ior ly th ro ug h th e sa ph en ou s op en in g in to the su bcu tan eou s tissu e o f the th ig h. Fem o ral h er ni as ar e mo re com m on i n fem al es.
S tr an gu lati on of a f emo ra l h er ni a m ay occu r b ecau se o f the sh arp , r ig id bo un d ar ies o f the f emo ra l r in g , par ticu la rl y th e con cave
m ar g in of th e lacu n ar li gam en t. S tra ng ul atio n of a fem o ral h er ni a i nter f eres wi th th e b lo od su pp ly t o th e he rn iat ed in testin e. T hi s
v ascul ar im p air m ent m ay result in d eath of th e ti ssues.
P. 6 0 7
A d d u ct o r Can al
T h e ad d uctor canal (su b sarto ri al can al; Hu nt er can al) is a lo ng (a pp ro xim atel y 1 5 cm ), n ar row p assag ewa y i n th e m id dl e th ir d of
th e th igh . I t ex tend s fr om th e apex of th e fem or al tr ian gl e, wh er e t he sar tor iu s cr osses over th e add u ctor l on gu s, to th e addu cto r
h ia tus in th e ten do n of th e a dd ucto r m agn u s (Fig . 5 .2 0 ). Th e ad du ctor can al p ro vid es an i n term u scu lar p assag e f or th e f em or al
a rter y and v ein , th e sap h eno us n erve , an d the n erv e to vastu s me dia lis, d eli veri ng t he fe mo ral vesse ls to th e pop li teal fo ssa w h ere
th ey be com e th e pop li teal vessel s.
T h e ad du cto r cana l i s b ou n ded :
Med ial ly by the sar tor iu s, w hi ch over lie s th e g r oove be tween the ab ove mu scl es, fo rm in g th e r oo f of th e can al .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 47 of 155
I n th e in fer ior t hi rd to h alf o f the can al, a to ug h su bsar tor ia l o r vastoa dd uct or fa scia span s betw een th e add u ctor lo ng u s an d th e
v astu s m ed iali s m u scles, f or mi ng t he an ter ior w all of th e can al deep t o th e sar tor iu s. Beca use th is f ascia h as a d isti nct sup er ior
m ar g in , no vices di ssectin g in t hi s ar ea com m on ly a ssum e wh en th ey see th e fem or al vessel s p ass d eep to th is fasci a t hat th ey are
t rave rsi ng th e add u ctor h iatu s. T he ad du ctor h ia tus , ho wever , is lo cated at a mo re in fer io r level , ju st p r oxim al to th e m ed ial
s up ra con dyla r ri dg e. Th is h iatu s i s a ga p betw een th e ap on eur oti c ad du cto r an d the ten di no us h am stri ngs a ttach me nts of th e
a dd uct or m agn u s.
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Th e p ri m ary n eur ova scul ar bu n dl e o f the th ig h, l ike th at o f the ar m , is pla ced on th e me dia l si de of th e lim b fo r pr ote ction . I n th e
up pe r thi rd o f the th ig h, t he bu n dl e i s m ost sup er fi cial as it e nter s deep to th e in gu in al li gam en t. T hi s r elati vely su per fi cial
posi tio n is i m por tan t for cl in ical p ro cedu r es. Al tho ug h th ey are essen tia lly ad jacen t, th e fem or al n erve tr aver ses th e mu scu lar
lacu n ae o f the su bi ng ui na l s pace, wh ere as th e fem or al vessel s tr aver se t he vascu lar l acu na e w ith in th e fem or al sh eath . Th e
fem or al vessel s b isect the f emo ra l tr ia ng le, w h ere th e p ri m ary vessel s of th e th igh , th e deep a rter y an d vein o f t he th ig h, a rise
an d term in ate , resp ecti vely. T he f emo ra l n er ve p er se ter mi na tes w ith in t he tr ian gl e. Ho wever , tw o of its br an che s, a m o tor
br an ch (n erve to vastu s m ed ial is) and se nso ry br an ch (sap he no us ne rve), a re pa rt of th e n eu r ovascu lar b u nd le th at t rave rses th e
add u ctor can al in t he m id dle th ir d of th e th ig h . Th e vascu lar str u ctur es the n pass th ro ug h th e a dd uct or h iatu s, b ecom in g po pl iteal
in n am e a nd l ocati on in the di stal th ig h/p oster io r kne e r egi on .
Fig ure 5.21. Gl ute al reg io nb utto cks ar ea. Th e in ter glu tea l cl eft sep ara tes th e bu ttock s (r igh t an d lef t g lu teal r egi on s or
pr om in en ces). T he gl ute al fol d (sul cus) m ar ks th e low er lim i t of th e bu tto ck an d th e u p per l im it of th e th ig h .
G lu t eal L ig am en t s
T h e p ar ts of t he bo ny pe lvis h ip b on es, sacr u m, and c occyx ar e b ou n d tog eth er by den se lig am en ts (Fi g. 5 . 22 ). T he
s acro tub ero us a nd sa cro sp inous lig aments con ver t th e sciati c n otch es in th e h ip b on es in to t he gr eate r an d lesser sci atic
f or am in a. T he g rea ter scia tic f or amen is the pa ssage way fo r stru ctu re s en ter in g or le avin g th e p elvi s (e. g. , sci atic ne rve),
w h ere as th e lesser s ciatic fo r amen i s th e passag ew ay f or str u ctur es ent eri ng o r leavi ng t he pe rin eu m (e. g ., p u den d al ner ve). I t
i s h elp fu l to th in k of t he gr eate r sciati c f ora me n as t he do or th ro ug h w hi ch all lo wer l im b ar ter ies a nd n er ves l eave th e
p elv is a nd en ter t he gl ute al reg ion . T he p ir ifo rm is (Tab le 5 .6 ) also en ters th e g lu teal r egi on th r ou gh th e gr eater sciatic fo ra men
a nd a lm ost fil ls it.
G lu t e a l Mu s cle s
T h e g lu teal m us cles (Fi g. 5 . 23A , C, & D ) sh ar e a com m on co mp ar tm en t b ut ar e o rg an ized i nto tw o l ayer s, su per fi cial an d de ep:
T h e su pe rf icia l l ayer con sist s of th e thr ee lar ge g lu tei (ma xim u s, me diu s, an d m in im u s) an d th e ten sor of th e fasci a l ata.
T h ese m u scles all h ave pr oxi ma l a ttach me nts to th e p oster ola tera l (e xter nal ) su r face an d m arg in s o f the al a o f t he il iu m an d
a re m ain ly exten sor s, ab du ctor s, an d m edi al ro tator s o f th e th ig h.
T h e d eep la yer con sists of sm all er m uscl es (p ir if orm i s, ob tur ato r in tern u s, exter n us ge me lli, an d qu adr atu s fem or is) cover ed
b y the in fe ri or h alf of th e gl uteu s ma xim u s. Th ey a ll ha ve d ista l a ttach me nts on o r adj acen t t o th e in ter tro chan ter ic cre st of
t he fem u r . Th ese mu scle s ar e l ater al ro tator s of th e th ig h b ut th ey al so stabi lize th e h ip join t, w or kin g wi th th e str on g
l ig am ent s of th e hi p joi nt to stead y t he fem o ral h ead in the acet abu lu m .
Fo r the att achm en ts, i nn er vatio n, and m ai n acti on s of th ese m uscl es, see Tab le 5 .6 .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 48 of 155
G lu t eu s M a xim u s
T h e g luteus maxim us is th e m ost su per fi cial g lu teal m uscl e. It is th e la rg est, h eavi est, an d m ost coar sely fi ber ed m uscl e o f the
b od y. T he gl ute us m axim u s cov ers all of th e oth er g lu teal m uscl es (Fig s. 5 .2 3A & C and 5 . 2 4A ) exce pt for the an ter osu per io r thi rd
o f th e g lu teu s m ed iu s. Th e i schi al tu ber osit y can be fel t on deep p al pati on th r ou gh th e in fer ior par t o f th e m u scle, j ust su per ior to
t he m edi al par t of th e g lu teal f old . Wh en th e th ig h is fl exed , the in f eri or bo rd er of t he gl ute us m axim u s m oves su per ior ly, leavi ng
t he isch ial tu b ero sity sub cu tan eou s. Yo u do n ot sit on you r g lu teu s m axim u s; y ou sit on th e fat ty f ib rou s tissu e a nd th e isch ial
b u rsa th at lie be tween the isch ial tu b ero sity an d the skin .
Fig ure 5.22. L ig aments o f pe lvic gi rd le. Th e sac rot ub ero us an d sacr osp in ou s li gam en ts pass fr om t he isch ial tu b ero sity an d
isch ial sp in e, r especti vely, t o th e sid e o f the sacr um an d coccyx. T hese li gam en ts con vert th e g r eater an d le sser sciati c
no tch es in to f ora mi na . Th e gr eater sci atic fo ram en i s th e doo rw ay of th e tr u e p elvi s; th e lesser sci atic for am en , th e e ntr an ce
to the p eri neu m .
P. 6 0 9
Ta bl e 5. 6. M uscles of G luteal Reg ion: Abd ucto rs and Rotato r s o f the Thig h
Muscl e
D istal Attachment
Inner vatio n a
M ain Acti on
Glu teu s
Mo st f ib ers en d in
m axim u s (A
& C)
poste ri or gl ut eal
lin e; d or sal su rf ace
(L 5, S1, S2)
of sacr um and
coccyx;
sacro tub er ou s
lig am en t
tub er osity
si ttin g p ositi on
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 49 of 155
Glu teu s
m edi us (A,
Exte rn al su rf ace o f
iliu m b etw een
C, & E )
ant eri or an d
poste ri or gl ut eal
femu r
A bd u ct an d m ed ial ly
r ota te t hi gh ; kee p pel vis
l evel wh en i psi later al li mb
i s w eig ht b eari n g and
lin es
Glu teu s
Exte rn al su rf ace o f
m in im us
(A D )
i ts sw in g ph ase
glu tea l l in es
Ten sor o f
An ter ior su pe ri or
fasci a l ata
(J)
ilia c sp in e; a nter io r
par t o f ili ac cr est
attach es to l ater al
con dyl e of t ibi a
Pir if or mi s
(F & G)
Su per io r bo rd er of
gr eater t roch an ter o f
sacro tub er ou s
lig am en t
femu r
Pelvi c su rf ace of
obtu r ator m em b ra ne
and su r ro un d in g
bon es
fossa ) of f em ur b
Obtu rator
in ter nu s (H )
Su pe rio r
an d in fer ior
gem el li (H)
tub er osity
fossa ) of f em ur
N er ve to ob tu ra tor
i nte rn u s (L 5, S1)
Qua dr atu s
N er ve to q ua dr atu s
fem or is (I)
f em or is (L 5 , S1 )
st eadi es f em or al he ad in
a cetab ul um
to it
Th e spi nal co rd seg m ent al in ner vati on is in d icated (e. g ., S 1, S2 m ea ns tha t th e ner ves sup p lyin g th e p ir if or mi s ar e
der ive d fr om th e fir st two sacr al segm en ts of th e sp in al cor d). N u mb er s in bol df ace (S1 ) in di cate the m ain se gm en tal
in ne rvat ion . Dam age to on e or m or e o f t he li sted spi na l co rd seg m en ts or to t he m otor n er ve roo ts a risi ng f r om th em
resu lt s in par aly sis o f the m uscl es co nce rn ed .
b T he ge mel li m uscl es b len d w ith th e tend on o f the ob tu ra tor in ter n us as i t a ttach es to th e gr eater tr och an ter o f the fe mu r .
c
T her e are six lat eral r otat ors of th e thi gh : p ir if or mi s, ob tur ato r in ter nu s, su pe rio r an d in fer io r gem el li, q u adr atu s f em or is,
an d obt ur ator exter nu s. T hese m us cles a lso stab ili ze th e hi p joi nt.
P. 6 1 0
T h e g lu teu s m axi mu s slop es i nf er olate ral ly at a 4 5 an gl e f ro m th e p elvi s to th e b u ttock. T he f iber s of th e su pe ri or an d lar ge r
p ar t o f the g lu teu s m axim u s a nd su p erf icia l f ib ers of th e in fer ior par t i nse rt in to the il ioti bi al tract (Fig . 5 .2 3A, C , & D). S om e deep
f ib er s of th e in fer io r par t of th e m u scle (ro ug hl y th e dee p ant eri or an d in fer io r qu ar ter ) att ach to th e g lu teal tu ber osi ty o f the
f em ur. T he in f eri or g lu teal ne rve an d vessels en ter th e d eep su r face of th e glu teu s m ax im us at its cente r. I t i s su pp li ed by bo th
t he in fe rio r an d sup er ior g lu teal ar ter ies. I n th e s up eri or p ar t of i ts co ur se, th e sciatic n erve p asses d eep to th e glu teu s ma xim us
( Fi g. 5 . 24A ).
T h e m ai n actio ns of th e g lu teu s m ax im us ar e ext ensi on an d la tera l r ota tion of th e th ig h . When the g lu teu s m axim u s i s f ixed
p r oxim al ly, th e mu scle exten d s th e tru n k on the lo wer l im b. A lth ou g h it is t he str on gest exten sor o f the h ip, it acts m ost ly w h en
f or ce i s n ecessar y (rap id m ove me nt or m ovem en t aga in st r esista nce) an d fu n ction s pr im ar ily be tween the fl exed an d stan d in g
( strai gh t) posi tion s of th e th ig h , as w h en r isin g fr om the sitti ng p osi tion , str aig h ten in g fr om th e ben d in g posi tio n, w alki ng u p hi ll
a nd u p stai rs, a nd r u nn in g . It is used on ly b r iefl y d u rin g casu al w alkin g an d u sua lly n ot a t al l wh en stan d in g mo tion le ss. Par alysi s
o f th e g lu teu s m axim u s d oes n ot s eri ou sly a ff ect w alki ng o n leve l g ro un d . Ver if y th is by p lacin g you r h an d on yo ur b u ttock wh en
w alk in g slow ly. T he gl u teus m axim u s co ntr acts on ly br ief ly du ri ng t he ear lie st p art of th e stan ce p h ase (f ro m h eel str ike t o w h en
t he fo ot is f lat on t he gr ou n d, to r esist fu r the r fle xion a s w eig ht is assu med b y the pa rti all y f lexed l im b) (Tab le 5 .2 ). I f you cli m b
s tair s an d p ut you r h an d on yo ur b u ttock, yo u wi ll feel th e glu teu s ma xim us con tr act st ron g ly.
B ecau se the il ioti bi al trac t cr osses the kn ee and a ttach es to th e an tero later al tib ia l tu b ercl e (Fig . 5 . 23C & D; Ta ble 5 .6 ),
P. 6 1 1
t he gl ut eus m axim u s an d ten sor o f the f ascia lata to geth er ar e also ab le to a ssist in m akin g th e exten ded kn ee stab le, b u t th ey are
n ot u sua lly call ed on to d o so d u rin g n or m al stan din g . Beca use th e i lio tib ial tr act a ttach es to th e fem u r via th e l ater al
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 50 of 155
i n term u scu lar sep tu m, it d oes n ot h ave th e f r eedo m n ecessar y to p ro du ce m ot ion a t th e knee .
Fig ure 5.23. Muscl es o f gl ut eal reg io n and p ost eri or co mpa rtme nt of thig h. Su p erf ici al and d eep d issecti on s o f t he
gl ute al reg ion (A) an d th e p oster io r com par tm en t o f the th ig h (B) ar e d em on str ated . Also sh ow n ar e su pe rf icia l (C) an d dee p
(D) view s o f the la tera l m u scu lof ib rou s com pl ex f or me d by the ten sor o f the fa scia lata an d gl ut eus m axim u s m u scles an d
th eir sh ar ed apo ne ur oti c ten d on , the il ioti bi al tra ct. Th e ilio tib ial tr act is co nti nu ou s (po steri or ly a nd d eep ly) with the d ense
late ral in ter m uscu la r sept um , b y w hi ch th e tr act is attach ed to th e l in ea a sper a of th e f em ur .
T estin g th e glu teu s ma xim us is per fo rm ed w he n th e p erso n is pr on e w ith t he lo wer l im b stra igh t. T he p erso n tig ht ens th e b u ttock
a nd e xten ds the h ip jo in t as th e ex am in er ob serve s an d pa lp ates t he gl ut eus m axim u s.
G lu t eal B u r s ae
G luteal b ursa e (L . p ur ses) se par ate th e g lu teu s m axi mu s fr om ad ja cent str uctu r es (Fi g. 5 . 25 ). B ur sae ar e m em br an ou s sa cs li ne d
b y a syn ovi al m emb r ane con tai ni ng a cap ill ar y la yer of sl ipp er y f lu id r esem bl in g egg w hi te. B ur sae ar e lo cated i n ar eas su b ject to
f r ictio n (e. g. , wh er e t he ili oti bia l tr act cro sses t he gr eate r tro cha nter ); thei r pu r po se is to re du ce f r ictio n an d per m it fr ee
m o vem ent . Usu ally th ree b ur sae are asso ciated w ith t he gl ut eus m axim u s:
1. T h e tr ocha nte ri c b ursa sep ara tes su p eri or f ibe rs of th e g lu teu s m axi mu s fr om th e gr eater tr och an ter . Th e tro cha nte ric bu r sa
i s co mm on ly th e l ar gest of th e b u rsa e f or med i n r elati on to b ony p rom i nen ces an d is p r esen t at bi rth . Oth er su ch b ur sae
a pp ear to f orm as a r esu lt o f pos tna tal mo vem en t.
2. T h e i schial bur sa sepa rat es th e in fer ior par t o f the g lu teu s m axim u s f ro m th e i schi al tu ber osit y; it is of ten ab sen t.
3. T h e g luteo fe mor al bur sa sepa rate s th e i lio tib ial tr act f r om th e sup eri or p ar t of th e pr oxi ma l a ttach me nt of th e vastu s
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 51 of 155
P. 6 1 2
G lu t eu s M e di u s an d G lu t eu s M in i m u s
T h e sm al ler g lu teal m uscl es, g luteus me di us an d g luteus mi nimus, ar e fan sh ap ed , an d thei r fi ber s co nv erg e i n th e sam e
m an n er tow ar d essen tial ly the sam e targ et (Figs. 5. 2 3A , 5 .2 4A, 5 . 2 5, a nd 5 . 26D ). Th ey sha re th e sa me acti on s an d n erve su pp ly
( Tab le 5. 6 ) an d ar e sup pl ied b y th e sam e b loo d vessel, t he su perior glu tea l a rter y. T he gl ut eus m in im us and m ost of th e g lu teu s
m ed iu s l ie deep to th e gl ute us m axim u s on the exter n al sur fa ce o f the il iu m. Th e g lu teu s m ed iu s an d m in im u s ab du ct th e th ig h an d
r ot ate i t m ed ial ly (Fi g. 5 . 26 ; Tab le 5. 2 ).
T estin g th e glu teu s med iu s a nd m in i mu s i s p er for m ed wh il e th e per son i s p ro ne wi th th e l eg fl exed to a ri gh t a ng le. T he p erso n
a bd uct s th e t hi gh a gai nst re sistan ce. T he gl ut eus m edi us can b e p alp ated i nf er ior to th e ili ac cr est, p oster io r to the ten sor o f the
f asci a l ata, w hi ch is also con tr actin g d ur in g ab du ctio n of th e th ig h .
T en s o r of th e F as ci a L at a
T h e tenso r of the fasc ia l ata (L. te nso r fasci ae l atae) is a f u sifo rm mu scle ap pr oxi ma tely 15 cm lon g th at is encl osed b etwe en
t wo laye rs of fa scia lata (Fig . 5. 1 7B). I ts a ttach me nts, i n ner vati on an d acti on ar e pr ovid ed in Tab le 5. 6 . Th e ten sor an d th e
s up erf ici al and ant eri or pa rt of th e glu teu s m ax im us sh are a com mo n d istal atta chm en t t o th e an tero late ral ti bia l co nd yle via th e
i lio tib ial tr act, w hi ch acts as
P. 6 1 3
P. 6 1 4
P. 6 1 5
a lo ng apo neu r osis fo r the m u scles. H owe ver, u n lik e th e glu teu s ma xim us, the ten sor i s ser ved b y th e su p eri or g lu teal
n eu r ovascu lar bu nd le. Desp ite its gl ut eal in ne rvat ion a nd sh ar ed attac hm en t, th e t enso r of th e f ascia la ta i s p ri ma ri ly a f lexor of
t he th ig h beca use of it s an ter ior locati on ; h ow ever , it gen er all y d oes no t act in d epen d ent ly. To p ro du ce flex ion , th e te nso r of th e
f asci a l ata a cts i n con cer t w ith th e ili opso as a nd r ectu s f em or is. Wh en th e i lio pso as i s p ara lyzed , th e te nso r of th e f ascia la ta
u n de rg oes hyp er tro ph y i n an at tem pt to com pen sate . It also w ork s in c on ju ncti on w ith o ther abd uc tor /med ia l r ota tor m uscl es
( glu teu s m ed iu s a nd m in im u s) (Fi g. 5 . 26 ). I t l ies too far ant eri orl y to b e a str on g ab du ctor an d th u s p ro bab ly con tri bu tes pr im ar ily
a s a syn erg ist or f ixato r.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 52 of 155
Fig ure 5.24. D issecti on o f gl uteal reg io n and a bd uctor s a nd ro tator s of thig h. A. In th is de ep di ssection , th e
ne ur ovascu la r stru ctu r es of t he gl ute al reg io n an d pr oxim al p oster io r thi gh a re re vealed . Most of th e g lu teu s m axi m us an d
m edi us are r em oved , an d segm en ts of th e h am str in gs are exci sed. E xcep t f or th e sup er ior g lu teal ar ter y a nd n er ve, th e
ne ur ovascu la r stru ctu r es su pp lyi ng o r tra versi ng the gl ut eal reg io n an d po steri or th ig h em er ge fr om th e pel vis via the g rea ter
sciati c f or am en in fer io r to the p ir ifo rm is; h oweve r, ex cepti on s occu r (Fig . 5 .2 8 ). Th e sciati c n er ve r u ns dee p (an teri or ) to an d
is pr otected b y the over lyi ng g lu teu s m ax im us in iti ally an d th en th e b icep s f em or is. B . Th is di ssectio n sho ws som e o f the
late ral r otato rs of th e t hi gh : th e pi rif or m is (d ista l t end in ou s a ttach me nt on ly), t he exter n al and i nt ern al ob tu rat ors (ar isin g
fr om o pp osite sid es of th e o btu ra tor m em br an e), an d th e g em ell i mu scles. Note th at the com p on ent s of th e tri ceps coxa e
sha re a com mo n atta chm en t ad jacen t to tha t of th e ob tur ato r exter nu s in to th e t roch an ter ic foss a.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 53 of 155
Fig ure 5.25. Gl ute al mus cles and bur sae. T h ree bu r sae (tro chan ter ic, g lu teo fem or al, and i schi al) usu al ly separ ate th e
gl ute us ma xim u s f rom un d erl yin g bo ny pr om in en ces, al low in g fr ee mu scu lar co nt racti on o r ten don mo vem ent . Th e b u rsa of th e
ob tur ato r in ter nu s a llo ws t he ten do n of th e o btu r ator i nt ern u s to g lid e f re ely over th e lesser sci atic no tch of th e hi p bon e,
wh ich t he m uscl e u ses as a tr och lea (pu ll ey), ch an gin g it s d ir ection of pu ll b y m or e tha n 90 b ef ore th e g em ell i m u scles
beco m e att ache d to i t.
Fig ure 5.26. Actio n of ab d uctor s/m edi al ro tato rs of thig h w hen w al king . AC. Th e ro le o f the ab du ctor s (glu teu s
m edi us an d mi ni m us, te nso r of fa scia lata) is dem on str ated . Wh en th e w eig h t is on b oth feet (A), th e p elvi s is even ly
sup p ort ed an d doe s n ot sag. When the we igh t is b or n e b y o ne li mb (B ), th e mu scles on t he su pp ort ed sid e f ix the p elvis so
th at i t d oes no t sag t o th e un su pp or ted sid e. K eep in g the p elvis leve l en ab les th e n on -we igh t-b ear in g lim b to cle ar th e g ro un d
as i t i s b ro ug ht f orw ar d du r in g the swi n g ph ase. Wh en th e ri gh t a bd ucto rs ar e p ar alyzed (C), owi ng t o a lesi on o f t he ri gh t
sup er ior g lu teal n er ve, fi xatio n by th ese mu scle s is lost an d th e p elvi s ti lts to t he un su pp or ted le ft side (p ositi ve
Tr en del enb u rg si gn ). Th e ne t ef fect is th at th e lim b b ecom es to o lon g f or th e h ip h eig h t, r equ ir in g a com pen sato ry lim p
to pr even t th e fo ot f r om h itti ng th e gr ou n d du ri ng sw in g ph ase . DF. T h e r ole of th e ro tator s o f the th ig h is dem on str ated .
In t he late ral (D ) a nd su pe ri or (E) view s, n ote tha t m ost ab du ctor s th e te nso r of th e f ascia la ta, g lu teus m in im u s, an d mo st
(th e an ter io r fib er s) of th e gl ute us m edi us l ie a nt eri or to th e l ever pr ovi ded b y the axi s of th e he ad, n eck, a nd g re ater
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 54 of 155
tro cha nte r of th e f em ur t o r ota te th e thi gh a ro un d th e ve rti cal axis tra versi ng t he fem o ral h ead . Th e sup er ior vi ew of th e r ig h t
hi p joi nt (E) in clu d es th e sup er ior p ub ic ra mu s, ace tabu lu m , an d il iac crest; th e i nf er ior p ar t of t he ili um ha s b een r em oved to
rev eal the h ead an d n eck o f the f emu r . Th e lin es of pu ll of t he ro tator s of th e h ip ar e in dica ted by ar ro ws, d em on str atin g th e
an tago ni stic rel atio nsh ip r esu lti ng f ro m th eir p osit ion s r ela tive to the lev er an d the cen ter of r ota tion (fu lcr um ). T he m edi al
ro tator s p u ll th e g rea ter tr och an ter an ter ior ly an d the la tera l r ota tor s p ul l t he tr och ant er po steri or ly, r esu ltin g in rot atio n of
th e th ig h ar ou nd t he ver tical axi s. No te th at all of t hese m uscl es a lso pu ll th e h ead and n eck of th e f em u r me dia lly in to the
acetab u lu m, stren g the ni ng th e joi nt. In w alki ng (F), t he sam e m u scles th at act u n ila tera lly du r in g the stan ce ph ase (pl ant ed
lim b ) to keep t he pel vis level vi a ab du cti on can si m ul tan eou sly pr od uce m edi al ro tatio n at the h ip jo in t, ad van cin g the
op posi te u n su pp or ted sid e o f the pe lvis (au gm en tin g ad van cem ent of th e fr ee l im b). Th e l ater al ro tator s o f the ad van cin g
(fr ee) lim b act du r in g the sw in g ph ase to keep th e f oot pa ral lel to th e d ir ectio n (lin e) of ad van cem ent .
T h e ten sor of th e f ascia lat a al so tense s th e f ascia la ta a nd i lio tib ial tr act, th er eby h elp in g sup po rt th e f em ur o n th e ti bi a w he n
s tan din g . Beca use th e i lio tibi al tr act i s att ache d to t he fem u r via th e later al in ter mu scu lar s eptu m , th e te nso r pr od uces li ttle if an y
m o vem ent of th e leg (Fig . 5 .2 3D). How ever , wh en th e kn ee i s f ul ly e xten ded , it con tr ibu tes to (in crea ses) th e exten di ng f or ce,
a dd in g stab ili ty. Wh en th e kn ee is fle xed by oth er m u scles, th e ten sor can syn er gi stical ly aug m en t f lexi on an d lat eral r otat ion o f
t he leg .
T h e ab d ucto rs/m ed ial r otato rs of th e h ip j oin t pl ay an essen tial r ole du r in g loco mo tion , a dvan cin g an d p reven ti ng th e sagg in g of
t he u nsu p por ted si de of th e p elvi s d ur in g w alkin g , as illu str ated a nd exp la in ed in Fig u re 5. 2 6 . Th e su p po rti ve an d acti on -pr od uci ng
f u ncti on s o f the ab du ctor s/m edi al ro tator s d ep end s o n n or ma l:
P ir if or m i s
T h e n ar ro w, p ear -sha ped p ir if or mis (L. pi ru m, a p ear ) i s lo cated p ar tly on th e p oste rio r wa ll of th e l esser pe lvis an d par tly
p oste ri or to th e h ip j oin t (Fi gs. 5 . 23A , 5. 2 4 A, an d 5 .2 5 ; T ab le 5 . 6 ). Th e p ir if or mi s l eaves the pe lvis th ro ug h th e g re ater scia tic
f or am en , alm ost f illi ng i t, to r each its atta chm en t t o th e sup er ior b or de r of th e g re ater tr och an ter. Becau se of its key po sitio n in
t he bu tto ck, th e p ir if orm i s is th e l and m ar k of th e gl ute al reg ion . T he p iri fo rm is pr ovi des th e key to un d erst and in g r elati on shi ps in
t he gl ut eal reg io n beca use it de term in es th e n am es o f th e b loo d vessels an d ner ves:
O bt u r at o r In t er n u s a n d G em ell i
T h e o btur ato r inter nus an d th e s up er io r an d inf eri or g emel li (L. g em in us , sma ll twi n) fo rm a tr ici pita l (t hr ee-h ead ed) m uscl e,
t he tr icep s coxa e (tr icep s o f th e h ip ), wh ich o ccu pies th e g ap b etwe en th e p ir ifo rm is an d th e q u adr atu s f em or is (Fi gs. 5 . 23A an d
5 . 2 4A & B; Tab le 5 .6 ). T he com m on ten d on of t hese m uscl es l ies ho ri zon tall y in the b utto ck a s it pa sses to th e gr eater tr och an ter
o f th e f em ur .
T h e o btu ra tor in ter n us is loca ted pa rtl y in the p elvis, w h ere it cover s mo st of t he late ral w all of th e lesser p elvi s (Fig . 5 .2 4B; Tab le
5 . 6 ). It lea ves th e pel vis t hr ou gh the lesse r sciati c f ora me n, m ake s a ri gh t-an gl e tu r n (Fig . 5 .2 6E), b ecom es ten di no us, a nd
r ecei ves th e di stal attach m en ts o f the ge me lli be for e attach in g to th e m ed ial su rf ace of th e g re ater tr och an ter (tr och an teri c f ossa).
T h e sm al l g em ell i a re na rr ow , tri an gu lar extra pel vic rei nf or cem ents of th e obt ur ator in tern u s. Al th oug h th e in fer ior gem ell us
r ecei ves se par ate in ne rvat ion f ro m th e n er ve to t he qu ad ra tus fem o ris, it is m or e rea listi c to con sid er th ese thr ee m uscl es as a
u n it (i. e. , as th e tri ceps coxa e) b ecau se th ey ar e i ncap ab le of in de pen d ent acti on . Th e b ur sa o f the o btur ato r inter nus all ow s
f r ee m ove me nt of th e m u scle over t he po ster ior b or der o f the isch iu m , w her e the bo rd er f or ms th e l esser sciat ic n otch and the
t ro chl ea o ver wh ich the ten do n gl id es as it tu rn s (Fi g. 5 . 25 ).
Q u ad ra tu s Fe m o ri s
T h e q uad ra tus fe mor is is a sh or t, f lat qu ad ran g ul ar m uscl e l ocated i nf er ior to th e obt ur ato r in tern u s a nd g em elli (Fig s. 5 .2 3A an d
5 . 2 5). T r ue to its na me, the q uad r atu s f emo ri s is a recta ng u lar m u scle; it is a str on g later al r otato r of th e t hi gh .
O bt u r at o r Ext er n u s
B ased o n its loca tion (p oste rio r to th e p ectin eu s an d th e sup er ior en d s of th e add u ctor m u scles) an d its i nn er vati on (ob tu ra tor
n er ve), th e ob tur ato r exter nu s was descr ib ed ear li er in th is ch apte r with the m ed ial th igh mu scle s (T abl e 5 . 4). H ow ever , it
f u ncti on s as a later al r otato r of th e th ig h , an d its dis tal attach m en t is visi bl e on ly d ur in g di ssectio n of th e g lu teal r egi on (Fig .
5 . 2 4B ) o r hi p joi nt. Th us it is me nti on ed ag ain i n th is co nte xt. It li es d eep in the pr oxi m al thi gh , w ith it s ten do n pa ssin g dee p to
t he qu ad ra tus fe mo ri s on the wa y to its atta chm en t t o th e tro cha nte ri c fo ssa o f th e f em ur (Fig . 5 .2 4A). Th e o btu r ator exte rn u s,
w ith oth er sh ort m u scles a ro un d th e h ip j oin t, sta bi lizes th e h ead o f the fe mu r in the aceta bu lu m (Fig . 5 .2 6E) . It is mo st ef fect ive
a s a late ral r otat or of th e thi gh w h en th e h ip j oin t is f lexed .
T h e B o t to m L i n e
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 55 of 155
B ecau se the f emu r i s b ent at th e an g le o f in clin ati on , th e r ela tively tr an sverse lev er fo rm ed b y th e pr oxim al f em ur a llow s su p eri or
p la ceme nt of th e abd u ctor s of th e thi gh a nd p r ovid es m ech an ical ad van tag e f or th e deep er m ed ial an d lat eral r otat ors of th e thi gh .
T h is i s cr iti cal for b ip ed al locom o tion . T hu s, d espi te th ei r desi gn ati ons , the ab du ctor s/m ed ial ro tator s (the su per fi cial g lu teal
m u scles) ar e m ost acti ve d u ri ng th e stan ce p ha se w he n th ey si mu lta neo usl y el evate an d ad van ce th e con tral ater al u nsu pp or ted
s ide of th e pel vis d u ri ng a mb u lati on . Th e l ater al ro tator s (d eep g lu teal m u scles) of th e u n sup po rted si de r otate th e f ree li m b
d u ri ng th e swi ng p ha se so th at the f oot rem ai ns p ara llel to th e l in e o f adva ncem en t.
I sc h i a l B ur si t is
R ecu r ren t mi cro trau m a resu lt in g fr om r epe ated str ess (e .g ., as f ro m cycli ng , r owi ng , or o the r activi ties in volv in g rep etiti ve h ip
e xten sion w h ile seated ) m ay over w hel m th e i schi al bu r sa's a bi lity to di ssipa te a pp lied st ress. T h e r ecu rr en t tr au m a r esu lts in
i n fla mm ati on of t he bu r sa (i schial b ur si tis). I schi al bu r sitis is a f ri ctio n b ur si tis r esu lti ng f ro m excessi ve f ri ction betw een th e
i sch ial bu r sae a nd t he isch ial tu be ro sities. Loca lized p ai n occu rs over t he bu r sa, an d th e p ain in crease s w ith m ovem en t of th e
g lu teu s m ax im us. C al cifi catio n m ay o ccur in th e b u rsa wi th ch ro ni c b ur siti s. Beca use th e i schi al tu ber osit ies b ear t he bo dy wei gh t
d u ri ng si ttin g, the se p ressu r e p oin ts m ay l ead to pr essu re sor es in d ebi lita ted peo pl e, pa rti cul arl y p ar apl egi c p er son s wi th p oor
n u rsi n g care.
T r o c h a n te r i c B u r s i ti s
I n fla mm at ion o f the tr och an teri c b u rsae, or tr ochanter ic bur siti s, m ay r esu lt fr om r ep etiti ve a ction s su ch a s cli mb in g stai rs wh il e
c arr yin g h eavy obj ects or r un n in g on a steep ly elevat ed tre adm il l. T hese m ovem en ts in volve th e g lu teu s m axi mu s an d mo ve th e
s up eri or ten d in ou s f ibe rs rep eate dly ba ck an d f or th over th e bu r sae o f the g rea ter tr och ant er. T ro cha nte ri c b ur siti s cau ses deep
d if fu se pai n in th e later al th ig h r egio n. Th is type of f ri ction b u rsi tis i s ch ar acter ized b y p oi nt ten de rn ess o ver th e g r eat t roch an ter ;
h ow ever , th e p ain rad ia tes al on g th e i liot ibi al tra ct th at exten ds fr om the il iac tub er cle to the tib ia (Fig s. 5. 2 3C an d 5. 2 6D ). T hi s
t hi cken in g of th e f ascia lat a r eceive s ten d in ou s r ein fo rcem en ts fr om th e tenso r of th e fasci a l ata and t he gl ute us m axim u s. Th e
p ai n fr om a n in fl am ed tro cha nte ric bu r sa, u sua lly lo calize d ju st p oster io r to t he gr eate r tro cha nte r, i s g ene ral ly elici ted by
m an u all y r esisti ng a bd uct ion a nd l ater al ro tatio n of th e th ig h w hi le the p erso n is lyin g on t he u naf fe cted sid e.
P. 6 1 6
P o st e rio r T h ig h Mu s cle s
T h e att achm en ts, i nn er vatio n, and a ction s of th e p oster io r thi gh m u scles ar e p ro vid ed in T abl e 5 . 7 . Th re e of th e fo ur m u scles in
th e po steri or asp ect of th e th ig h ar e ha mstri ngs (Fig . 5. 2 7A & B ): (1 ) sem i tend in osu s, (2 ) se mi me mb ra no sus, and (3 ) bi ceps
f em or is (l on g h ead). Th e h am str in gs sha re com m on f eatu re s:
T h e lo ng h ead o f th e b icep s m eets all th ese con di tion s, b ut th e sh or t h ea d of th e b icep s, th e f ou rth mu scle of th e po steri or
co mp ar tm en t, fai ls to m ee t an y of th em. Th e h am str in gs re ceived th eir nam e bec ause it is com m on to tie h am s (p or k th ig h s) u p for
cu r in g an d/or smo kin g wi th a h oo k a rou n d th ese m u scle ten do ns. T h is a lso expl ain s t he exp ressi on h am stri ng in g th e en em y
b y sl ash in g th ese te nd on s l ater al and m ed ial to th e knee s.
T h e tw o a ction s of th e h am str in gs can no t b e p er for m ed m axim al ly a t th e sam e ti me : f ul l f lexi on of th e kn ee r eq ui res so mu ch
sh or ten in g of th e ham str in g s th at the y can n ot pr ovid e the ad di tion al con tr actio n th at w ou ld b e n ecessa ry for sim ul tan eou s f ul l
e xten sion o f the th ig h; sim il arl y, fu ll exte nsi on of th e hi p sho rte ns th e h am str in gs so t hey can no t f u rth er con tr act to act f ul ly on
th e kn ee. Wh en th e th ig h s an d le gs are fi xed , the h am stri ng s ca n h elp exten d th e tru n k at th e h ip j oin t. T he y ar e active in th ig h
e xten sion u n der a ll situ ati on s excep t f u ll fl exion of th e kn ee, i ncl ud in g m ain ten an ce o f the r elaxed s tan din g p ostu re (stan di n g at
e ase). A pe rso n wit h par al yzed h am stri ng s te nd s to f all fo rw ar d beca use th e g lu teu s m axi mu s mu scles can n ot m ai nt ain th e
n ecessa ry m uscl e to ne to stan d stra ig ht.
T h e h am str in gs are th e h ip e xten sors in vol ved in w alki ng o n fl at g r ou nd , wh en t he gl ute us m axim u s d em on stra tes m in im al acti vity.
H ow ever , rat her t han pr od uci ng e ith er h ip exten sio n or kn ee fle xion p er se du r in g no rm al w alkin g , th e h am str in gs dem on str ate
m ost acti vity wh en th ey are eccen tr ical ly co nt ract in g, r esisti ng (d ecel erat in g) hi p fle xion a nd kn ee exten sio n du r in g term i nal sw in g
(b etw een m id swi ng an d h eel str ike) (Tab le 5. 2 ).
T h e le ng th of th e ha mst rin g s var ies, bu t t hi s is u sual ly a m att er of con d itio ni ng . In som e p eop le, t hey ar e n ot lon g en ou g h to allo w
th em to t ou ch th eir toe s w hen the kn ees a re exten d ed. R ou tin e stre tch exer cise can le ng th en th ese m u scles an d ten do ns.
T o test t he h am stri ng s th e per son f lexe s th e l eg ag ain st r esist anc e. Nor m all y, th ese m u scles e speci ally th eir te nd on s o n each
si de of th e pop li teal fo ssa sho ul d be pr om i nen t as th ey ben d th e knee .
S e m it en d i n o su s
A s i ts n am e in dica tes, th e se mitend inos us m u scle i s sem i tend in ou s. T hi s m u scle has a fu sif orm bel ly tha t is u sua lly in ter ru pt ed
b y a ten d in ou s in ter secti on an d a lon g, cord -li ke te nd on th at be gin s app ro xim atel y tw o thi rd s o f the wa y d ow n the th ig h. Di stall y,
th e ten do n attach es to the m edi al sur fa ce o f the su per io r par t of th e ti bia as pa rt of th e p es anse ri nu s
P. 6 1 7
f or m ation in con ju n ctio n wi th th e ten d in ou s i nser tio ns of th e sarto ri us an d gr acil is (discu ssed ea rl ier in thi s ch ap ter).
Tab le 5.7. M us cles o f the Po ster io r Thig h: E xtenso rs of the Hi p, Fl exo rs of the Knee
M us cle a
P ro xima l
Attachment
Inner vatio n b
M ain Acti on
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 56 of 155
Me dia l su r face of
sup er ior p ar t o f tibi a
S1 , S 2)
m ed iall y w he n kne e
is fl exed ; wh en t hi gh
Poster io r par t of
me dia l co nd yle of
an d leg a re fl exed ,
th ese mu scle s can
exte nd tr u nk
Bi ceps fem or is
Flexe s leg a nd
tu ber osi ty
Sh or t hea d: lin ea
h ead : co m mo n fi bu lar
d ivi sion o f sciati c n er ve
exte nd s th ig h (e. g. ,
w hen start in g to
(L 5, S1, S2 )
w alk)
of f em ur
a C oll ectivel y
b
S e m i m em br an o s u s
T h e sem imemb r anosus is a b ro ad m uscl e th at is also ap tly na med b ecau se of th e f latt ened mem b ra no us fo rm o f its pr oxim al
a ttach m ent to th e i schi al tub er osity (Fig . 5 .2 7A). T he ten do n of th e semi m em br an osu s f orm s ar oun d th e mi dd le of th e th ig h an d
d escen d s to th e p oster io r par t of th e m ed ial tib ia l co nd yle. Its ten don div ide s d istall y i nto th r ee p ar ts: (1 ) a d ir ect a ttach m ent to
t he po ster ior as pect of th e m ed ial ti bia l co nd yle , (2) a par t t hat b len ds wi th th e p op lite al fasci a, an d (3 ) a ref lecte d par t tha t
r ei nf or ces th e in terc on dyla r par t of th e j oin t capsu le of th e knee as th e o bl iq ue p op li teal lig ament (Fig s. 5. 2 3B a nd 5 . 60 ).
W hen the kn ee i s f lexed to 9 0 , the ten do ns of th e me dia l h am str in gs or sem i- m uscl es (se mi ten din osu s and
s emi m emb r ano sus ) p ass to th e med ial si de of th e t ibi a; i n th is p osi tion , co ntr acti on of th e me dia l h am str in gs (an d of syn er gist s
i n clu din g th e g r acili s, sar tor iu s, an d po pl iteu s) p ro du ces a l im ited am o un t (abo ut 1 0 ) of m edi al rot atio n of th e ti bi a a t th e knee .
T h e tw o me dia l h am str in gs ar e n ot as a ctive as t he lat eral h am str in g, th e bi ceps fem or is, wh ich is th e w or kho rse of
e xten sion a t th e hi p (Ham il l and K n ut zen, 19 9 5).
P. 6 1 8
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 57 of 155
Fig ure 5.27. Muscl es and f asci al co mp ar tments o f thi gh. A. T he gl u teus m axim u s h as been ref lecte d to r evea l th e sciati c
ne rve en ter in g the pr oxi m al thi gh a nd th e attach m en ts o f t he h am stri ng s. Th e level of th e sectio ns sh own i n p arts B an d C i s
indi cated. B. A n an ato mi cal tra nsve rse sectio n th rou g h th e m id dl e th ig h , 1 0 1 5 cm in fer ior t o th e in gu in al li gam en t. C. T h e
th ree com p artm en ts of th e th ig h ar e sho wn . No te th at each h as its own ner ve sup pl y a nd f un cti on al gr ou p(s) of m uscl es. D .
Th is tra nsver se MRI of t he ri gh t thi gh i nd icat es th e mu scle s of ea ch com pa rtm en t. (C ou rt esy o f Dr . W. K uch ar czyk, C h air o f
Medi cal Im ag in g, Facu lty of Med icin e, U ni versi ty o f Tor on to an d Cl in ical Dir ector o f the Tr i-H osp ital R eson an ce C en tr e,
Tor on to, Onta ri o, C an ada. )
P. 6 1 9
B ic ep s F em o ri s
A s i ts n am e in dic ates, th e f u sifo rm bi cep s fe mor is ha s tw o h ea ds: a l on g hea d and a sh or t h ead (Fi g. 5 . 23A & B). I n th e i nf eri or
p ar t o f the th ig h, the lo ng h ead b ecom es ten di nou s an d is j oin ed b y th e sho rt h ead. Th e r ou n ded co mm on ten don attach es to t he
h ea d of th e f ib ul a an d can e asily b e seen an d felt as it passe s th e kn ee, especi all y w hen the kn ee i s f lexed a gai nst r esistan ce (see
S ur f ace A n atom y o f th e Glu teal R egi on an d T hi gh , in thi s ch ap ter ). Th e l ong head o f the b icep s f emo ri s cr osses an d
p r ovid es p r otecti on f or th e sci atic ne rve af ter it desce nd s f ro m th e g lu teal r egi on i nto th e p oste ri or asp ect o f the th ig h (Fig . 5. 2 7) .
W hen the sciat ic n er ve d ivi des in to its ter mi na l b ra nch es, th e later al b ran ch (co mm on fib u lar n er ve) co nt in ues th is r ela tion sh ip ,
r u nn in g w ith th e bi ceps ten don .
T h e sho rt head o f the bi cep s f emor is ar ises fr om th e later al li p of th e i nf er ior th ir d of th e lin ea asp era an d su pr acon dy lar r id ge
o f th e f em ur . Wh ere as th e ha mstr in g s h ave a co mm o n ne rve sup p ly f ro m th e t ibi al di visio n of th e sci atic n erve , the sh or t h ead o f
t he bi ceps is in ne rvat ed by th e f ib ul ar di visio n (Ta ble 5 .7 ). B ecau se e ach of th e two h eads of th e bice ps fem or is ha s a di ff eren t
n er ve sup pl y, a wou n d in th e post eri or th ig h wi th n erve in ju r y m ay pa ral yze o ne h ead an d n ot the oth er .
W hen the kn ee i s f lexed to 9 0 , the ten do ns of th e later al h am stri ng (b icep s) a s w ell as the il ioti bia l t ract p ass to th e later al sid e
o f th e ti bia . In t hi s p ositi on , con tra ction of th e b icep s an d ten sor of th e f ascia lata p ro du ces a bo ut 4 0 l ater al ro tatio n of th e tib ia
a t th e kne e. Ro tati on of th e fle xed kn ee i s esp ecial ly im po rtan t in sn ow ski in g.
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Alth ou g h th ey h ave on ly ab ou t tw o t hi rd s th e stren g th of th e gluteu s ma xim us, the h am stri ng s a re th e m ai n exten sor s o f t he h ip
used i n n or ma l w alki ng . T hey ar e tw o-j oin t m u scles, and t hei r con cen tri c con tr actio n pr od u ces ei the r exten sion of th e h ip o r
fle xion o f the kn ee. H owe ver, in wa lkin g th ey are m ost active in e ccent rica lly con tr actin g to dece ler ate hi p fle xion a nd kn ee
exten sion du ri ng t erm in al sw in g. T he h am stri ng s a lso ro tate the fl exed kn ee. I f re sistan ce t o h ip e xten sion i s in cr eased , or m or e
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 58 of 155
v igo ro us exten sio n is req u ire d, th e glu teu s ma xim us is call ed in to actio n.
H a m st r i n g I n ju r i e s
H am str in g stra in s (p ul led an d /or tor n h am str in gs) are com m on i n in di vid ua ls w ho r u n an d/or kick h ar d (e. g. , in ru n ni ng , ju m pi ng ,
a nd q u ick-star t spor ts such a s b aseb all, baske tbal l, f ootb all , an d soccer ). Th e viol en t m u scul ar exer tio n req u ir ed to excel in th ese
s por ts ma y tea r par t of th e p ro xim al ten di no us attach m en ts o f the h am stri ng s to th e isch ial tu ber osi ty. Ha mst ri ng str ain s are tw ice
a s com m on as q ua dr icep s str ai ns (Leva nd ow ski and Di fio ri , 19 9 4 ).
U sua lly th igh stra in s ar e a ccom pan ie d by con tu sion a nd tea ri ng o f mu scle fi ber s, r esu ltin g in ru ptu r e o f the b lood vessels sup pl yin g
t he m uscl es. Th e resu lt ant h em atom a is con tain ed b y th e den se stockin g -like fa scia lata. Tear in g of h am str in g fib er s is of ten so
p ai nf ul w he n the ath le te m ove s or st retch es the le g tha t h e o r she f alls an d wr ith es in p ain . Th ese in ju r ies o ften resu lt fr om
i n adeq u ate war m in g up b efo re p racti ce o r com pe titio n. Avu lsio n of th e i schi al tu ber osit y (see cli ni cal corr el ation [blu e] bo x
I n ju ri es of t he Hi p Bon e (Pelvi c I nj u rie s), in th is ch apt er) at the pr oxi m al attach m ent of th e bi ceps fem or is an d
s emi ten di no sus ( hu r dle r's in ju r y ) m ay res ul t f rom fo rcib le fl exio n of th e h ip w ith t he kn ee ex tend ed (e. g. , ki ckin g a
f oo tbal l).
C lu n i al (S u p erfi ci al G lu t ea l) N er v es
T h e ski n of th e g lu teal r egi on is r ich ly i nn er vated b y super io r, mid dl e, an d inf eri or cl uni al ne rves (L. clu ne s, bu ttocks) . Th ese
su p erf icia l n er ves sup pl y th e skin o ver th e i liac cre st, bet ween the po ster ior su p eri or il iac spin es an d over th e ili ac tu b ercl es.
C on seq ue ntl y, th ese n er ves are vu ln era bl e to in ju r y w he n bo ne is taken f ro m th e i liu m f or g raf tin g .
D eep G lu t eal N er v es
T h e d eep gl ut eal ne rves ar e th e sup er ior a nd i nf eri or g lu teal n erve s, sciati c n er ve, n erve to qu ad ra tus fe mo ri s, po steri or cu tan eou s
n er ve o f th e th ig h, ner ve to obt ur ator in tern u s, an d pu d end al n erve (Fig . 5 .2 4 A; Tab le 5. 8 , fi gu r e). Al l o f the se n er ves a re
b r anch es of th e sa cral p lexu s a nd l eave the p elvis th ro ug h th e g r eater sci atic for am en . E xcept f or th e su p eri or g lu teal ne rve, they
a ll em erg e i nf er ior t o th e pi rif or m is.
S u p eri or G lu t eal N er v e
T h e sup er ior g lutea l ner ve ru n s la tera lly be tween the gl u teus m edi us an d m in im us wi th th e d eep b ran ch o f the su per io r gl utea l
a rter y. I t d ivi des in to a su p eri or b ran ch th at sup p lies th e g lu teu s m ed iu s an d an i nf er ior b ra nch tha t con ti nu es to p ass betw een th e
g lu teu s m ed iu s an d th e glu teu s mi ni mu s to sup pl y b oth m u scles an d the ten sor o f the fa scia lata .
Nerve
Or ig in
Co urse
D is tri butio n
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 59 of 155
Cl un ia l
Su per io r
As later al
L1 L 3 spi na l
ne rves
Midd le
As later al
cut ane ou s b ran ch es
E me rg es f ro m in fe ri or bo rd er of g lu teu s
ne rve of th ig h
(an teri or r am i of
Sacr al pl exu s
(an teri or an d
po steri or d ivisi on s
of an ter ior r am i of
L4 S3 spi nal
ne rves)
Poste rio r
cut ane ou s
Sacr al pl exu s
(an teri or an d
ne rve of
th igh
po steri or d ivisi on s
of an ter ior r am i of
S1 S3 spin al
of po ster ior r am i of
S1 S3 spin al
ne rves
Inferio r
S2 S3 spin al
ne rves)
Sci atic
ne rves)
Su pe rio r
Sacr al pl exu s
gl ute al
L4 S1 spi nal
ne rves)
Sacr al pl exu s
(po steri or d ivisi on s
of an ter ior r am i of
L5 S2 spi nal
Infe rio r
gl ute al
ne rves)
Ner ve to
Sacr al pl exu s
qu ad ra tus
fem or is
L4 S1 spi nal
ne rves)
S ci at ic N er ve
T h e sci atic nerve is th e la rg est n er ve in th e b od y a nd i s th e con tin ua tion o f the m ain par t o f th e sacr al p lexu s. Th e ram i con ver ge
a t th e in fer io r bor d er of th e p ir if or mi s to f orm the scia tic ner ve, a th ick, f latt ened ban d ap pr oxi ma tely 2 cm w ide . Th e sci atic n erve
i s th e mo st l ater al stru ctu r e em er gi ng th r ou gh t he gr eate r sciati c f or ame n in fer io r to the p iri fo rm is. Med ial to it ar e t he in fer io r
g lu teal n er ve a nd ves sels, th e in tern al p ud en dal vesse ls, an d th e p u den da l n er ve. T he sciat ic n er ve ru ns in fe rol ater all y u n der co ver
o f th e g lu teu s m axim u s, m id way b etwee n the g rea ter tr och ant er an d isch ial tu be rosi ty. Th e ne rve re sts o n the isch iu m a nd th en
p asses po ster ior to th e obtu r ator i nt ern u s, qu ad ra tus fe mo ri s, an d add u ctor m ag nu s m u scles. Th e sci atic ne rve is so l ar ge tha t i t
r ecei ves a n am ed br an ch of th e in fer io r gl utea l a rter y, th e ar tery to the scia tic ner ve (L. a rter ia com ita ns n ervi isch ia di ci).
T h e sci atic ne rve sup p lies n o str u ctu res in th e glu tea l r eg ion . I t su pp li es th e pos teri or th ig h m uscl es, all l eg an d foo t m u scles, a nd
t he skin o f m ost o f the leg and t he fo ot. I t al so sup pl ies the ar ticu lar br an ches to all jo in ts o f the lo wer l im b.
T h e sci atic ne rve is rea lly two n erv es, th e ti bi al ner ve, d er ived f rom an teri or (p rea xial ) d ivisi on s of th e an teri or r am i, an d th e
c om mo n fi bu lar n er ve, d eri ved f rom po steri or (p ostaxi al) div isio ns of th e a nter io r ra mi , wh ich a re lo osely bo un d tog eth er in the
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 60 of 155
s ame con n ective tissu e she ath (Fig . 5 .2 8A). P ero ne is Greek fo r th e f ib ul a; b ecau se o f the clo se r ela tion sh ip of th e ne rve to the
f ib u lar n eck, it s n am e h as bee n cha ng ed in ter n ation al ly fr om com m on per on eal to com m on f ib ul ar. T h e ti bia l a nd co mm o n fi bu lar
n er ves usu al ly se par ate ap pr oxim ate ly h al fw ay o r m ore d own the th ig h (Fig. 5. 3 3); h owe ver, i n ap pr oxi ma tely 12 % of p eop le, th e
n er ves separ ate as the y le ave the pe lvis (Fig. 5. 2 8B ). I n th ese ca ses, th e ti bia l n er ve passes in fe rio r to th e p ir ifo rm is, and t he
c om mo n fi bu lar n er ve pie rces th is m u scle or p asses sup er ior to it (Fig . 5 .2 8C).
N e rv e to Q u ad rat u s F em or is
T h e ner ve to the quad r atus f emo ri s le aves t he pe lvis an teri or to th e sci atic n erve an d ob tu rato r in ter nu s and p asses over t he
p oste ri or su rf ace o f th e h ip j oin t. I t su pp li es an arti cu lar b ran ch to th is joi nt an d in n erva tes t he in fer io r gem el lu s an d q uad r atu s
f em oris.
P o st er io r Cu t an eou s N e rv e of th e T h ig h
T h e p os teri or cutaneo us ner ve o f the thig h su p pli es m or e skin th an a ny oth er cu tan eou s n er ve. I ts f ib ers fr om the an ter ior
d ivi sion s of S2 a nd S 3 su pp ly the skin of th e p er in eum . S om e o f th e f ibe rs fr om th e po steri or d ivisi on s of t he an ter ior r am i of S1
a nd S 2 su pp ly th e ski n of th e i nf er ior p ar t of t he bu tto ck (vi a th e in fer ior clu ni al ner ves); oth er s con tin u e i nf er ior ly in b ra nch es
t hat su pp ly th e ski n of th e p oster io r th igh and p r oxim al p art of th e leg . Un like m ost ner ves bea ri ng th e na me cu tan eou s, th e m ai n
p ar t o f thi s n er ve l ies deep t o th e dee p fasci a (f ascia lat a), wi th on ly its ter mi na l b r anch es pen etr ati ng th e sub cu tan eou s ti ssue fo r
d istr ib u tion to t he skin .
P u d en d a l N er v e
T h e p ude ndal ner ve i s th e mo st m ed ial str uct ur e t o ex it t he pe lvis th rou g h th e g rea ter scia tic f or am en in f eri or to th e p ir if orm i s
m u scle. It descen d s p oster ol ater al to t he sacr osp in ou s li gam en t and ente rs the p eri neu m t hr ou gh the lesse r sciati c f ora me n to
s up pl y str u ctur es in th e p er in eu m (see Ch ap ter 3 ); i t su pp li es n o stru ctu re s in the g lu teal reg io n or p oster ior thi gh .
N e rv e to O b t u r at or I n t er n u s
T h e ner ve to the ob tura tor inte rnus ari ses f ro m th e an ter io r di visio ns of th e a nte rio r ra mi o f the L5 S 2 n erves an d pa ral lel s
t he cou r se of th e pu d end al n erve . As it p asses ar ou nd th e ba se of t he isch ial sp in e, it su pp lies th e su p eri or g eme llu s. Af ter
e nte rin g th e per in eu m via th e l esser scia tic for am en , it sup p lies th e o btu ra tor in ter n us m uscl e.
I nj u r y to t h e S u p e r i o r G l ut e a l N e r v e
In ju ry to th e su p eri or g lu teal ne rve re sul ts i n a ch ar acter isti c m oto r loss, resu lti ng i n a disa bl in g glu teu s m ed iu s l im p, to
com pen sate fo r wea ken ed abd u ction of th e th ig h b y th e glu teu s med iu s a nd m in im u s, an d /or a glu tea l g ait , a co mp en sator y list of
the b ody to th e w eaken ed g lu teal sid e. Th is com p ensa tion pla ces th e cent er of g ravi ty o ver th e su p por ting l ower l im b. Me dia l
ro tatio n of th e th ig h i s al so sev erel y i mp air ed . Wh en a per son i s asked to st and o n on e l eg, the g lu teus m edi us an d m in im us
no rm al ly co ntr act as soon a s th e co nt ral ater al fo ot l eaves th e f loo r, p re vent in g tip pin g of th e pel vis to t he u nsu p por ted si de (Fig.
B5 .1 2A). When a p ers on wh o h as su ff er ed a l esio n of th e su p eri or g lu teal n erve is asked to stan d on on e le g, th e pel vis on th e
un su pp or ted sid e d escen ds (Fig . B5 . 12B ), in di catin g th at the gl ut eus m edi us an d m in im us on th e sup po rt ed sid e ar e weak or n on fu nct ion al. Th is o bser vati on i s r efer r ed to clin ical ly as a p osi tive T r endel enbur g test. Ot her ca use s of th is sig n in clu de f ractu r e
of th e g re ater tr och an ter (th e d ista l a ttach me nt of g lu teu s m ed iu s) an d di sloca tion of th e h ip j oin t.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 61 of 155
Fig ure 5.28. Rela tionshi p of scia tic ner ve to p ir if or mis. A. T h e scia tic ner ve usu al ly e mer g es f ro m th e g re ater scia tic
fo ram en i nf er ior to th e pir if or m is. B . In 1 2 . 2% of 6 4 0 li mb s st ud ied , th e sci atic ne rve di vid ed bef or e e xitin g th e gr eater
sciati c f or am en, the com m on f ib ul ar di visio n (yell ow ) p assed th ro ug h th e p ir if or mi s. C. I n 0. 5 % of cases, th e com m on f ibu la r
di visio n pa ssed sup er ior to th e mu scle , wh er e i t is esp ecial ly v ul ner ab le to in ju ry du r in g in tra glu tea l i nj ectio ns.
W hen the pe lvis desce nd s o n th e u n sup po rted side , the lo wer l im b beco m es, in ef fe ct, too lo ng an d d oes no t cl ear th e g r ou nd w he n
t he fo ot is b r oug h t f or war d in t he swi ng p h ase o f wal kin g. T o com pen sate , the in d ivid u al lean s a way fr om t he u nsu p por ted si de,
r ai sin g the p elvis to all ow ad equ ate r oom f or th e foo t to cl ear th e g ro un d as it swi ng s f or war d. Th is resu lts in a ch ar acter istic
w ad dli ng or g lu teal ga it. Oth er w ays to com p en sate is to l ift th e f oot h ig her a s it is br ou g ht fo rw ard , r esu ltin g in t he soc alled s tepp ag e g ait, o r to swi ng th e foo t o utw ar d (later al ly), th e so-call ed swi ng -ou t g ai t. Th ese sam e g aits ar e a dop ted to
c om pen sate fo r th e f ootdro p th at r esu lts fr om co mm o n fib u lar n er ve p ar alysi s (see cli ni cal cor rel atio n [bl ue] bo x I nj ur y t o th e
C om m on Fi bu lar N er ve a nd Foo tdr op , in t hi s ch ap ter), wh ich al so m ak es th e lim b too l on g.
A n e s th e t ic B l o c k o f t he S ci a t i c N e r v e
S en satio n con veyed b y th e sciati c n er ve ca n be bl ocked b y th e in jecti on of a n an esth etic age nt a f ew cen tim eter s in fer ior t o th e
m i dp oin t of th e l in e j oin in g th e P SIS a nd th e sup er ior b or der of th e g rea ter tr och an ter. Par esth esia ra dia tes to th e foo t b ecau se o f
a ne sthesi a o f th e p lan tar n er ves, w hi ch are ter m in al br an che s of th e tib ial n erv e d eri ved fr om the scia tic n er ve.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 62 of 155
I nj u r y t o t he S c ia t i c N e r v e
A p ain in th e bu ttock m ay r esu lt fr om co mp r ession of th e sci atic ner ve by th e p ir ifo rm is m uscl e (p ir if or mis synd ro me).
I n di vidu al s i nvo lved in spor ts tha t r eq ui re excessive u se o f the g lu teal m uscl es (e. g ., i ce ska ters, cyclists, and r ock cli mb er s) an d
w om en a re m ore li kely to deve lop th is syn dr om e. I n app r oxim ate ly 5 0 % of cases, t he case hi stor ies in dica te t rau m a t o th e bu tto ck
a ssocia ted wi th h yper tr oph y an d spasm of th e p ir if orm i s. In th e ap pr oxim ate ly 1 2 % of p eopl e i n wh om the com m on f ib ul ar d ivisi on
o f th e scia tic ner ve passe s th ro ug h th e pir if or m is (Fig . 5 . 28B), thi s m u scle ma y co mp re ss th e n er ve.
C om p lete secti on of th e sciati c n er ve i s u nco mm o n. Wh en t hi s occu r s, th e le g is u sel ess b ecau se e xten sion o f the h ip is im pa ir ed,
a s i s fl exio n of th e l eg. All an kle an d fo ot mo vem ent s ar e a lso lost . In com p lete sectio n of th e sci atic ne rve (e.g. , from stab
w ou n ds) ma y al so in volve th e i nf er ior g lu teal an d/o r th e p oster io r fem or al cu tan eou s n er ves. R ecover y f r om a sciati c l esion i s sl ow
a nd u su all y i nco mp lete .
W ith r espe ct to th e sci atic n erve, the b utto ck h as a si de of saf ety (its l ater al sid e) a nd a sid e o f dan g er (its m edi al side ). Wou nd s
o r su rg ery on t he m edi al sid e of th e bu tto ck ar e l iab le to in ju re th e sci atic ne rve an d its br an che s to th e h am str in gs
( semi ten di no sus, se mi me mb ra no sus, and b icep s f em or is) on th e p oste rio r asp ect o f the th ig h. P ara lysis of th ese mu scl es r esu lts i n
i m pai rm en t o f th igh exten sion a nd l eg fl exion .
I nt r a g lu t e a l I n j e ct i o n s
T h e g lu teal r egi on is a com mo n site fo r in tr am uscu lar in jectio n of d ru g s. Glu teal in tra mu scu lar i nj ectio ns pe netr ate th e ski n,
f asci a, an d m uscl es. Th e glu tea l r eg ion i s a fa vor abl e i nj ection site beca use th e m u scles ar e th ick an d lar ge ; con seq ue ntl y, th ey
p r ovid e a su bst ant ial vol um e for a bso rp tion of in jecte d sub stan ces b y in tram u scu lar vei ns. It is im por tan t to be awa re of th e
e xten t o f t he gl ut eal reg io n an d the saf e r eg ion f or g ivin g in j ection s. S om e p eop le re stri ct th e are a o f t he bu tto ck to th e m o st
p r om in en t p art , wh ich m ay be d an ger ou s b ecau se t he sciat ic n er ve l ies deep t o th is ar ea (Fi g. B 5 .1 3A).
I n jecti on s in to th e b u ttock ar e saf e o nl y i n th e su pe rol ater al qu ad ra nt of th e b u ttock or su pe rio r to a l in e ex tend in g f rom the PS IS
t o th e sup er ior b or de r of th e g re ater tr och an ter (ap pr oxi ma ting th e su per io r bo rd er of th e glu teu s ma xim us). In tr am uscu lar
i n jectio ns can al so be gi ven saf ely in to the an ter ola tera l p ar t o f the th ig h, w h ere th e n eed le en ters th e te nso r of th e f ascia lat a
( Fi g. 5 . 23C ) a s it exten d s d istal ly f r om th e i lia c cr est a nd A SI S. T he in d ex f in ger is p lace d on th e A SI S, a nd th e fi ng er s ar e sp r ead
p oste ri orl y al on g th e i liac cre st u n til th e tu b ercl e o f t he cre st i s fe lt b y the m id dle f in ger (Fig . B 5. 1 3B ). A n in tra glu tea l i nj ectio n
c an be m ad e saf ely in th e tri an gu lar a rea b etwee n th e f in ger s (j ust an ter ior t o th e pr oxi ma l j oin t of th e m id dl e f in ge r) beca use it is
s up eri or to th e sci atic n erve . Co mp li catio ns of im p ro per te chn iq ue in clu d e n er ve i nj ur y, h em atom a, and a bscess fo rm ati on .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 63 of 155
T he B o t to m L i n e
B ecau se it over lies th e m aj or d oor way (th e g r eater sci atic for am en ) b y w h ich d eri vative s of th e sacr al ple xus exit th e b on y p elvi s,
t he gl ut eal reg io n in clu des a disp r opo rti on ate nu m be r of n erves of al l sizes, b oth m ot or an d sen sor y. Fort un atel y, m ost are p laced
i n th e i nf er om edi al qu ad ran t; th us pr op erl y ad m in ister ed in tr am u scul ar in jecti on s av oid th ese stru ctu r es. Beca use th e sci atic n erve
i n clu des fib er s f ro m th e L 4 S3 sp in al ne rves, it i s af fe cted by th e m ost com m on n er ve co m pr ession synd r om es (e. g .,
r ad icu lop ath ies of th e L4 a nd L 5 sp in al ner ve ro ots; s ee C h apte r 4). Even tho ug h occu r ri ng o utsi de th e l owe r lim b p er se, th ese
s ynd ro m es r esu lt i n sciat ica p ain th at r adi ates dow n th e l ow er lim b al on g the cou r se o f the n erve an d its ter m in al br an ches. Pain
e xper ien ced i n th e lo wer l im b m ay n ot n ecessar ily ar ise fr om a p rob lem in th e lim b !
P. 6 2 2
P. 6 2 3
P. 6 2 4
A r ter ie s of th e G l u t eal Re gi on an d Po st er io r Th ig h
T h e ar ter ies of th e g lu teal r egi on ar ise, dir ectl y or in dir ectl y, fr om t he in ter na l i liac ar ter ies, b ut th e p atte rn s o f ori gi n of th e
a rter ies ar e va ri abl e (Fig . 5 .2 4 A; Tab le 5 .9 ). T he m ajo r br an che s of th e in ter nal i liac ar tery th at sup pl y o r tra verse th e g lu teal
r eg ion a re th e (1 ) su p eri or g lu teal ar ter y, (2 ) in fe ri or gl ut eal art ery, and (3 ) in ter nal p ud en da l a rter y. A fter b ir th , th e p oster io r
co mp ar tm en t of th e th igh has n o m aj or ar ter y ex clu sive to t he com p artm en t; it recei ves b lo od fr om mu lti pl e so ur ces: i nf er ior
g lu teal , m edi al cir cum fl ex f em or al, p er for ati ng , an d p opl iteal ar ter ies.
S u p eri or G lu t eal Ar t er y
T h e sup er ior g lutea l a rter y is th e lar ge st b ran ch o f the in ter n al ilia c ar ter y a nd p asses post eri or ly b etw een th e lu mb osacr al tr un k
a nd th e S1 n er ve. T he su per ior glu tea l ar ter y l eaves th e p elvi s th ro ug h th e gr eater sci atic fo ram en , su pe rio r to th e p ir ifo rm is, and
d ivi des im m edi ately in to su per fi cial an d de ep br an che s. Th e su p erf ici al br an ch sup p lies th e g lu teu s m axi mu s a nd ski n over the
p r oxim al atta chm en t of th is m u scle; th e d eep b ran ch su pp li es th e gl uteu s me diu s, g lu teu s m in im u s, an d ten sor of t he fa scia lata.
T h e su per io r gl ute al arte ry an astom ose s wi th th e i nf er ior g lu teal an d m ed ial cir cum f lex fem or al ar ter ies.
I n t er n al Pu de n d al Ar t ery
T h e inte rnal p udend al ar ter y ar ises fr om th e in ter nal i liac ar ter y an d li es an ter io r to the in fe ri or gl ut eal art ery. Its cou rse
p ar all els t ha t of th e pu d end al n erve, ent eri ng th e gl ute al r eg ion thr ou gh the g rea ter sciati c f or am en in fe ri or to th e p ir ifo rm is. Th e
i nte rn al pu d en dal ar ter y l eaves the g lu teal reg io n im m edi ately b y cr ossin g th e i sch ial spi ne /sacro spi no us lig am en t an d en ter s th e
p er in eum th rou g h th e l esser sciat ic f or am en . Li ke th e pu de nd al ne rve, it su p pl ies t he skin , exte rn al ge ni talia , an d mu scl es in the
p er in eal re gio n. It doe s n ot sup pl y an y stru ctu r es in the g lu teal re gio n or p oster io r thi gh .
P er for at in g Ar t eri es
T h ere ar e u su ally f our p erf or ati ng art eri es o f the d eep ar ter y o f the thig h, th ree ar isin g in the an ter ior co mp ar tm en t an d th e
f ou rt h bei ng t he ter mi na l b r anch of th e d eep ar ter y i tself . Th e per fo rat in g arte rie s ar e lar ge vessels, un u sua l i n th e l im bs for thei r
tr an sver se, in ter com partm en tal cou r se. S ur geo ns op er atin g in the po steri or com p ar tme nt ar e ca ref ul to iden tif y th em t o av oid
i na dver ten t i nj u ry. T he y p erf or ate the ap on eu ro tic p or tio n of th e d ista l a ttach m ent of th e add u ctor m ag nu s t o en ter t he po ster ior
co mp ar tm en t. With in t he po steri or co mp ar tm ent, the y typ ical ly give r ise to m u scu lar b ra nch es to t he h am stri ng s a nd an asto m otic
b r anch es th at a scend o r desce nd to u n ite with tho se a risi n g sup eri or ly or in fe rio rl y f ro m th e o the r per fo rat in g art eri es or the
i nf er ior g lu teal an d p opl iteal ar ter y. A con tin u ou s a nast om otic ch ain th u s exte nd s f ro m th e g lu teal to p opl itea l r eg ion s, w hi ch gi ves
r ise to ad dit ion al br an ch es to m u scles a nd t o th e sciati c n er ve. Af ter g ivin g of f th eir p oster ior com par tm en t b ra nch es, th e
p er for ati ng a rter ies pi er ce th e later al in ter m uscu lar septu m to en ter th e an teri or com p ar tme nt, wh ere th ey sup pl y th e vastu s
l ater ali s m u scle.
P. 6 2 5
Tab le 5.9. Ar teri es o f the Gl uteal Reg ion and Post eri or T hi gh
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Arter y a
Page 64 of 155
Cour se
Di stri buti on
Su pe rio r
gl ute al
p ir if orm i s; d ivid es i n to su p erf icia l a nd d eep b ra nch es; ana stom oses
w ith i nf er ior g lu teal an d m edi al cir cum f lex art eri es (n ot sh own i n
gl u teus m axim u s
Deep b ran ch : r u ns betw een
f ig ur e)
gl u teus m edi us an d m in im us an d
su pp lie s th em an d ten sor o f
fa scia lata
Infe rio r
gl ute al
o f thi gh , in vol vin g fi rst pe rf ora tin g ar tery of d eep f emo ra l a nd m ed ial
a nd l ater al cir cum fl ex a rte rie s (n ot sho wn i n fi gu re )
h am stri ng s
f or am en
In ter na l
pu d end al
Per forati ng
Al l o f th ese ar ter ies ar ise fr om th e in tern al il iac ar tery (see Tab le 5 .5 f or a n an teri or vi ew).
V ein s o f t h e G l u te al Reg i on an d P o st er io r Th i g h
T h e g lu teal vein s are tr ib uta ri es of t he in ter na l i lia c vei ns th at d ra in b loo d fr om th e gl utea l r eg ion . T he sup eri or and i nfer io r
g l ute al ve ins a ccom pan y the cor r espo nd in g ar teri es th r ou gh t he gr eate r sciati c f or am en, su p eri or an d in f eri or to th e p ir ifo rm is ,
r esp ective ly (Fi g. 5 . 29A ). Th ey co m mu n icate wi th tr ib uta ri es of t he fem o ral vei n, t her eb y p ro vid in g alter n ate rou tes fo r th e r etu rn
o f bl ood f ro m th e l ower lim b if th e fem or al vein is o cclu ded o r h as to b e l iga ted. Th e i nternal p ude nd al veins accom p an y th e
i n tern al p ud en dal ar ter ies an d joi n to for m a sin g le v ein th at en ters th e i nte rn al ili ac v ein . Th ese vein s d r ain b loo d fr om th e
e xter nal g en ital ia or pu d en du m (L . pu de re, t o b e a sha me d). Pe rf or atin g vein s accom pa ny th e ar ter ies of th e sa me n am e to d ra in
b lo od fr om the p oster ior co m par tm en t of th e th igh in to the de ep vein o f the th ig h. Th e p er for ati ng vei ns, like th e a rter ies, usu all y
a lso com m un ica te i nf er ior ly wit h the p opl itea l ve in an d su per io rly wi th th e i nf er ior g lu teal vei n.
L y m p h a ti c Dr ai n ag e o f t h e G lu tea l R eg io n an d T h ig h
L ym ph fr om th e deep t issu es o f t he bu tto cks f oll ows th e g lu teal vessel s to th e s up eri or an d in f eri or g luteal lymp h no des an d
f r om th em to th e in tern al , exter n al, an d com m on i lia c lymp h no de s (Fig . 5 .2 9 A) an d fr om th em t o th e later al
P. 626
a or tic lumb ar (cava l/l ymph) nod es. L ym ph fr om th e sup er fici al tissu es o f the g lu teal re gio n en ter s th e su p erf ici al in gu in al
l ym ph n od es, w hi ch also r eceive lym p h fr om the th ig h. A ll th e su p erf icia l i ng u in al no des sen d eff er ent lym p ha tic v essels to the
e xter nal i liac lym p h no des.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 65 of 155
Fig ure 5.29. L ymphati c d r ainag e o f gl uteal reg io n and thi gh. A. L ymp h f rom th e d eep tissu es of th e g lu teal r egi on en ter s
th e p elvi s al on g the gl ut eal vein s, d rai ni ng t o th e sup er ior a nd i nf er ior g lu teal lym p h n ode s; f rom th em, it p asses to th e il iac
an d later al lu m ba r (caval/a or tic) l ym ph n od es. B . Ly mp h fr om sup er fici al tissu es o f th e g lu teal r egi on p asses i ni tial ly to th e
sup er fi cial in gu in al n od es, wh ich also re ceive lym ph fr om th e thi gh . L ym ph f ro m all th e sup er fici al in gu in al n ode s p asses v ia
eff er ent lym p h vessel s to th e ext ern al an d com m on i liac an d ri gh t and l eft lu m ba r (caval/a or tic) l ym ph n od es, d rai n in g via
lu m bar l ym ph atic tr un ks to t he ch yle cister n.
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Ar ter ies a nd ve in s ser vin g th e g lu teal r egi on an d th e p r oxim al p art of th e post eri or com p art me nt of th e t hi gh ar e br an che s an d
tri bu tar ies of th e i nte rn al il iac arte ry an d vein th at pa ss to an d fr om the r egi on via th e gr eater sci atic fo ram en . A ll bu t t he
sup er ior g lu teal vessel s exi t th e fo ram en i nf er ior to th e pir if or m is m u scle. A lth ou g h the p ud en dal vesse ls f oll ow th e sa me r ou te,
the y tr aver se t he gl ute al reg io n on ly br ief ly e n ro ute to an d fr om t he pe rin eu m vi a th e lesser sci atic fo ram en . T he po ster ior
com par tm en t o f the th ig h do es n ot h ave a m ajo r ar tery cou r sin g thr ou g h it wit h pr im ar y r esp on sibi lit y f or th e co mp ar tm en t.
Rat her , b ran ch es a re sen t f ro m sever al ar ter ies i n oth er co mp ar tm ent s to su pp ly it.
I n ter m s o f the vascu lar sup pl y to th e l ow er lim b as a wh ole, the m ajo ri ty o f t he ar ter ial bl ood co mi ng t o th e lim b an d m ost of th e
v eno us bl ood a nd l ymp h exi tin g fr om i t p ass alon g th e mo re pr otect ed an tero m edi al aspect of th e lim b . Flexor aspect s ar e
g en er ally b etter p ro tected th an ar e exten sor asp ects, th e latte r bei ng exp osed a nd t her ef ore vu ln er abl e i n th e f lexed , de fen sive
p osi tion.
P. 6 2 7
P. 6 2 8
P. 6 2 9
P. 6 3 0
P. 6 3 1
Su r f a c e A na t o m y o f t he G l u t ea l R e g i o n a n d T h i g h
Th e ski n of th e glu tea l r eg ion i s u su ally th ick an d cou rse, e speci ally in m en , w he reas th e ski n of th e thi gh i s r elat ively th in an d
loo sely attach ed to th e u n der lyi ng su b cuta neo us tissu e. A l in e j oin in g th e h ig h est p oin ts of th e i lia c cr ests (Fi g. S A5 . 2A ) cr osses
the L 4 L 5 in ter ver tebr al (I V) disc an d is a u sef ul la nd m ark wh en a lu m ba r pu n ctur e is p er fo rm ed (see Ch ap ter 4 ), in d icati ng th e
mi dd le of th e l um b ar ciste rn (Fig . S A5 .2A D). T h e i nte rg lutea l cl eft, b eg in ni ng i nf er ior to th e apex of th e sacru m , is th e d eep
gr oove b etwee n th e b utt ocks. I t exte nd s a s f ar sup er ior ly as the S3 or S4 segm en t. T he coccyx is pal pab le in t he su per ior p ar t o f
the in ter gl ut eal clef t. Th e po ster io r s up er io r ili ac sp ine s ar e l ocate d at th e po steri or extr em iti es o f the il iac crests an d m ay b e
dif fi cul t to p alp ate; ho weve r, th ei r posi tio n can al ways be lo cated at th e b otto m of th e per m ane nt skin d im p les app ro xim atel y 3 . 75
cm fr om mi dli n e (Fig . SA 5 .2B). A l in e j oin in g th ese di mp les, o ften mo re visi bl e in wom en t han in m en , pa sses th r ou gh th e S2
spin ou s pr ocess, i nd icat in g the lev el o f th e lo west li mi t o f the du r al sac o r lu m bar ci ster n, t he m idd le of th e sacro ili ac j oin ts, a nd
the b ifu r catio n of th e co m mo n ili ac a rter ie s.
Th e l ocati on of o nl y tw o of th e g lu teal m uscl es ca n be ob ser ved. T h e g lu teu s m axim u s co ver in g mo st str u ctur es in th e glu tea l
reg io n can b e f elt to con tra ct w hen strai gh ten in g u p fr om b en di ng o ver. T h e i nf eri or ed ge of th is lar ge m u scle is l ocated j ust
sup er ior to th e gl ut eal fo ld , wh ich co nta in s a var iab le am ou nt of su bcu tan eo us fat (Fig . SA 5. 2A & C ). T he gl ut eal fol d di sapp ear s
wh en th e h ip join t is flex ed. T he d egr ee of pr om in en ce of th e g lu teal fo ld ch an ges in ce rtai n ab no rm al con d itio ns, su ch a s atr op hy
of th e g lu teu s m axi mu s. A n im ag in ar y li ne d raw n fr om the coccyx to th e i schi al tub er osity in d icates th e in f eri or ed ge of th e
glu teu s ma xim us (Fig . SA 5. 2B). A n oth er lin e dr aw n fr om th e PSI S to a p oi nt sli gh tly sup er ior t o th e gr eater tro chan ter i nd ica tes
the su per io r edg e of th is m u scle.
Th e g lutea l sul cus, th e ski n crea se i nf er ior to th e glu teal f old , d elin eate s th e bu ttock fr om t he po ster ior asp ect of th e th ig h (Fig .
SA 5. 2 A & C ). Wh en th e th ig h is exten d ed as i n th e f ig ur es, th e ischia l tub er osi ty is cover ed b y th e in fer ior p ar t o f the g lu teu s
ma xim us; h owe ver, the tu ber osi ty i s easy to pa lpa te w h en th e th ig h is fl exed b ecau se th e glu teu s ma xim us sli ps sup er ior ly off th e
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 66 of 155
t ub er osity, wh ich is th en su bcu tan eou s. Feel th e isch ial tu ber osi ty as you b en d to sit. T he su per io r par t of th e g lu teu s m ed iu s can
b e pal pat ed betw een th e sup er ior p ar t o f the g lu teu s m axim u s a nd th e ili ac cr est (Fi g. S A5 . 2E & F). T he gl ut eus m edi us of on e
b u ttock can b e f elt wh en al l the b ody we igh t shi fts on to the ip sil ater al lim b (th e o ne on the sam e side ).
T h e g r eater tr ochante r , th e mo st l ater al bo ny po in t i n th e g lu teal r egi on , ma y b e f elt on th e later al asp ect of th e h ip , esp ecial ly
i ts i nf er ior p ar t (Fig . S A5 .2A C). I t i s ea sier to p alp ate wh en you passi vely abd u ct yo ur l owe r lim b to r elax th e g lu teu s m ed iu s
a nd m i ni mu s. T he top o f the tr och an ter li es ap pr oxi ma tely a h an d 's b re adth in fer ior to t he tu ber cle of th e i lia c cr est. T he
p r om in en ce of t he tr och ant er in cre ases w he n a d isl ocated h ip ca use s atr op hy of th e glu tea l m u scles an d di spla cem ent of th e
t ro chan ter . A li ne dr aw n fr om the AS IS to th e isch ial tu ber osi ty (N l aton l in e), p assin g over t he late ral asp ect of th e h ip r eg ion ,
n or m all y p asses over o r nea r th e to p of th e g rea ter tr och an ter (Fig . SA 5. 2D). Th e tr och an ter can be fel t su pe ri or to th is l in e i n a
p er son w ith a d isloca ted h ip or a fr actu r ed fem o ral n eck. T he les ser tro chanter i s p alp abl e w ith d if fi cul ty f ro m th e p oster io r
a spect wh en t he th igh is e xten ded an d r otat ed me dia lly.
T h e sci atic ner ve, t he m ost im por tan t stru ctu re in f eri or to th e p ir if orm i s, is r ep rese nte d by a l in e th at exten d s fr om a p oin t m idw ay
b etw een th e gr eater tr och an ter an d th e isch ial tu ber osi ty (Fig . S A5 .2G) d ow n th e m id d le o f the p oster ior a spect of th e thi gh (Fi g.
S A5 . 2H). T he leve l o f the b ifu r catio n of th e sci atic ne rve in to th e ti bia l a nd co mm o n fi bu lar n er ves v ari es. Th e sepa rati on u su all y
o ccu rs in th e i nf er ior t hi rd of th e th igh , b ut th e d ivi sion of th e sci atic ner ve m ay o ccur a s it pa sses th r ou gh t he sciati c f or am en.
T h e ti bi al n er ve bise cts th e pop li teal fo ssa, an d th e co mm on fib u lar n er ve f oll ow s th e b icep s f em or is, w hi ch cover s i t. Th e sciati c
n er ve stret ches wh en th e th igh is f lexed and t he kn ee i s exte nd ed, and it r ela xes w h en th e th ig h is exten d ed an d the kn ee i s
f lexe d.
T h e hams tri ng s can b e f elt as a g rou p as th ey a rise f rom th e isch ia l t ub er osity an d exten d alo ng t he late ral an d p oster ior a spects
o f th e th ig h (Fig . SA 5. 2E) . Th e i lio tib ial tr act, th e fib r ou s b and t hat r ein fo rces th e f ascia lat a l ater ally, can b e ob ser ved on th e
l ater al asp ect o f the th ig h as i t p asses to the la tera l t ibi al con dyl e. Wh ile sitti ng d ow n wi th you r lo wer l im b exten de d, r aise you r
h eel o ff th e f loo r an d feel th e an teri or b or der o f the il ioti bia l t ract p assin g a f in ge r's br ead th p oster io r to t he lat eral b or der o f the
p atel la (Fig. SA 5. 2E & F). N ote th at th e ili otib ial tr act is pr om in en t an d tau t wh en th e hee l i s r aised a nd i nd isti nct wh en th e he el is
l ow ered . T he ten do ns of th e h am str in gs can b e o bser ved an d p alp ated at th e b or der s of th e p op litea l f ossa (Fig . SA 5. 2 I & J). T h e
b i ceps fe mor is t endo n is on th e late ral sid e of th e f ossa. T h e m ost late ral ten d on on the m edi al sid e w he n the kn ee is f lexe d
a gai nst r esistan ce is the semi memb rano sus tend on. Wh i le si ttin g on a ch air w ith you r kne e f lexed , pr ess you r h eel aga in st th e
l eg of th e cha ir an d fee l yo ur b icep s fem or is ten don later all y a nd tr ace it to the h ead of th e fib u la. A lso fee l th e na rr ow an d m or e
p r om in en t semi tend inosus tendo n m ed ial ly, w hi ch pu ll s aw ay fr om th e sem im em br an osu s ten d on th at attach es to t he
s up ero m edi al par t o f th e ti bia .
I n f air ly mu scu lar i nd ivi du als, som e o f the bu lk y an ter ior thi gh m u scles can b e o bser ved . Th e pr om in en t m u scles are th e
q uad r icep s a nd sa rto ri us, wh er eas later al ly th e ten sor of th e fasci a l ata is pal pab le as is th e ili otib ial tr act to wh ich th is m uscl e
a ttach es (Fi g. S A5 . 2F). T hr ee of th e f ou r pa rts of th e q u adr ice ps are visi bl e or can be ap pr oxi ma ted (Fig . SA 5. 2J & K); th e f ou rth
p ar t (v astu s in ter m edi us) is deep a nd a lm ost hi dd en by th e o th er m uscl es an d can n ot be pal pa ted. (Fi g. S A5 . 2K & L). Th e r ectus
f emo ri s m ay be easi ly obse rved a s a ri dg e p assin g d own the th ig h wh en th e low er li mb i s r aised f r om th e flo or wh il e si ttin g.
O bser ve t he lar g e b ul ges fo rm ed b y th e vastu s l ater alis an d m edi alis at the kn ee (Fi g. S A5 . 2J). Th e p atel lar l ig ament i s ea sily
o bser ved , esp ecial ly i n th in p eop le, a s a th ick b an d ru n n in g fr om th e pate lla to th e ti bia l t ub er osity. Y ou ca n also p alp ate the
i nfr ap atel lar f at p ad s, th e m asse s of l oose fa tty ti ssue on e ach sid e o f th e p atell ar li gam en t.
O n the m ed ial asp ect o f the in fe ri or pa rt of th e t hi gh , th e g r acil is a nd sa rto ri us mu scl es f or m a w ell -m arke d pr om in en ce, wh ich is
s epar ated b y a d epr essio n fr om the la rg e b ul ge fo rm ed b y th e vastus me di alis (Fig . SA 5. 2K). De ep in th is dep r essed ar ea, th e
l ar ge tend on o f the ad d uctor mag nus ca n be pa lp ated as it passe s to its attach m en t to th e add u ctor tu be rcle of th e fem u r.
Mea sur em en ts o f the lo wer l im b ar e take n to dete ct sh or ten in g (e. g. , re sul tin g fr om a f emo ra l f ra ctur e). T o ma ke su ch
m ea sur em en ts, com p are th e a ff ected li mb w ith t he cor resp on d in g lim b . Rea l l im b sh ort eni ng i s d etected b y c om par in g th e
m ea sur em en ts f ro m th e A SI S to the di stal tip o f the m edi al m alle olu s o n bo th sid es. To d eter m in e if t he sh ort eni ng i s i n the th ig h,
t he m easu rem en t is t aken f ro m th e to p of th e A SI S to t he di stal ed ge of th e l ater al fem or al con d yle on b oth sid es. K eep in mi nd
t hat sm all d if fer en ces b etwe en th e tw o side s such as a di ff ere nce of 1 . 25 cm in to tal len gt h of th e l im b m ay be n or ma l.
T h e p ro xim al two th ir ds of a li ne dr aw n fr om t he m idp oi nt of th e in gu in al lig am en t t o th e ad ducto r tuber cle w hen the th ig h is
f lexe d, ab d ucte d, an d r otate d later all y r ep resen ts th e cou r se o f the fe mo ra l a rter y (Fi g. S A5 . 2L ). Th e pr oxi ma l th ir d of th e lin e
r ep res ents th is arte ry as i t p asses thr ou g h th e f em ora l t ria ng le, w h ere as th e mi dd le th ird r ep rese nts th e ar ter y w h ile it is in th e
a dd uct or can al. Ap pr oxim ate ly 3 . 7 5 cm al on g thi s li n e d istal to th e i ng u in al lig am en t, th e d eep ar ter y o f the th ig h ar ises f r om th e
f em or al ar tery . Th e f em or al vein i s
Med ia l to th e fem or al ar ter y at th e b ase of th e f em or al tri ang le (in d icated b y i ng u in al lig am en t).
T h e f emor al tr iang le, i n th e su p ero an teri or asp ect of th e th ig h , is n ot a pr om in en t su r face fe atu re in m ost pe opl e. Wh en som e
p eop le sit cro ss-leg ged , th e sarto ri us an d ad du ctor l on gu s sta nd o ut, del in eatin g th e f em or al tri an gle . Th e su r face an ato my of th e
f em or al tri an gl e is cli ni cally im p or tan t b ecau se o f its con tent s. Th e f em or al ar tery can b e f elt pu ls atin g ju st i nf er ior a t th e
m i din g ui na l p oi nt. W hen y ou p alp ate the fe mo ral p ul se, th e f em or al vein i s j ust m edi al, th e fem or al n erv e is a fin g er' s b rea dth
l ater al, and t he fem o ral h ead is ju st post eri or . Th e f em or al art ery ru n s a 5 -cm su per fi cial cou r se th r ou gh t he fem o ral tr ian g le
b ef or e it is cover ed b y th e sart ori us in t he ad du ctor can al .
T h e g rea t sap h en ou s vei n en ters th e th ig h p oster ior t o th e m edi al fem or al con dyl e a nd p asses sup er ior ly alo ng a li ne fr om t he
a dd uct or tu ber cle to th e sa pheno us op eni ng . T he cen tra l p oi nt of th is op eni ng , w her e the g rea t sap h eno us vein ente rs the
f em or al vein , is lo cated 3 .7 5 cm in fer ior and 3 . 7 5 cm la tera l t o th e pu bi c tu b ercl e.
P. 6 3 2
P o p lit e a l F os s a
T h e p op li teal fo ssa is a m ostl y f at-fi lle d com par tm en t o f the lo wer l im b. S up er fi ciall y, wh en th e kn ee i s f lexed , th e p op lite al fossa
i s evi den t as a d iam on d-sh ap ed d epr essio n po steri or to th e kn ee jo in t, bo un d su per io rl y b y th e div erg in g h am stri ng s an d i nf eri or ly
b y t he con ver gi ng h ead s o f the ga stro cne mi us an d pl ant ari s (Fig . 5 .3 0 ). Th e size of th is gap b etw een m u scles i s m isl ead in g,
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 67 of 155
h ow ever , in term s of th e act ual si ze a nd ext ent of th e pop li teal fo ssa. Deep ly, it is m uch l ar ger th an t he su per fi cial de pr essio n
i n dica tes b ecau se t he h eads of th e gastr ocn em iu s f or m in g the in f eri or b ou nd ar y su per f icial ly for m a r oof ove r the in f eri or h alf of
t he de ep par t. Wh en th e kne e i s exten d ed, t he fa t w ith in th e fossa p ro tru de s th r oug h th e gap b etw een m u scles, p ro du cin g a
r ou n ded e levati on f lan ked b y sh all ow lo ng itu d in al gr ooves over lyi ng t he h am stri ng te nd on s. In disse ction , if t he h eads of th e
g astr ocn em iu s a re sepa rat ed an d retr acte d (Fi g. 5 . 31 ), a m u ch lar ger space is rev ealed .
S u per fi cial ly, th e p op lit eal fossa is b ou nd :
S u per om ed ial ly b y t he sem im em br an osu s, la tera l to w hi ch is th e sem ite nd in osu s (su p ero me dia l b or de r).
Fig ure 5.30. Super f icia l p op li teal re gi on. A. Nu m ber s on th e su r face an ato my re fer to str u ctur es ide nti fie d in p art B .
Th e d ia mo nd -sh aped g ap i n th e r oof o f the po pl iteal f ossa, f or me d by the ove rl yin g mu scle s, is ou tlin ed . B. S u per fi cial
di ssection of th e p op lite al reg ion sho win g th e mu scles th at cover m ost of th e p op lit eal fo ssa. Th e me dia l su r al cuta ne ou s
ne rve an d th e su ra l co m mu n icati ng b r anch of th e co mm on fib u lar n er ve u n ite at vari ou s l evels to for m th e sur al n erve . In
th is sp ecim en , th e u n io n occu rs in fer io r to the leve l o f thi s d issecti on . C om par e thi s w ith th e hi gh u n ion with in the
po pli teal fo ssa i n th e sp ecim en sh ow n in Fi gu r e 5 . 31 .
P. 6 3 3
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 68 of 155
Fig ure 5.31. Ex po sure of p op li teal fo ssa and nerve s of f oss a. Th e two h eads of th e gastr ocn em iu s mu scle h ave been
sepa rat ed an d are b ein g ret racte d. T he scia tic n er ve separ ates in to its com po ne nts at the ap ex o f the p opl itea l f ossa (or
hi gh er ; Fig . 5 .2 8B). T h e co mm on fib u lar n er ve co ur ses alon g th e m ed ial b or der o f the b icep s f emo ri s. Al l t he m otor
br an che s ar isi ng f ro m th e ti bi al ner ve, ex cept on e, ar ise fr om t he late ral si de; con sequ en tly, in su rg er y it is saf er to
di ssect o n th e m ed ial sid e. T he leve l a t w hi ch th e m ed ial an d late ral su ra l n er ves me rg e to f or m th e su ra l
ne rve o ccur r in g hi gh h er e is qu ite var iab le; it m ay eve n occu r at the le vel of th e an kle .
I n fer ol ater ally an d in fer om ed ial ly by the la tera l a nd m ed ial h ead s of th e ga stro cnem iu s, r esp ectivel y (i nf ero late ral an d
i n fer om edi al bo rd er s).
D eep ly, t he su per ior bou n da rie s ar e f or m ed by th e d iver gi ng med ial an d l ater al sup ra con dyl ar lin es of th e f em ur . T he in fe rio r
b ou n dar y is f or m ed by th e so leal li ne of th e tib ia (Fi g. 5 . 4B ). T hese b ou nd ar ies su r ro un d a rel ativ ely lar ge di am on d-sh ap ed fl oor
( ant eri or wa ll), f or m ed by th e p op li teal surf ace of th e f em u r sup er ior ly, th e po steri or cap su le of th e kn ee joi nt cen tra lly, and t he
p op li teus fa scia cover in g th e p op liteu s mu scle in f eri orl y (Fig . 5 . 60 ).
T h e co nten ts of th e p op lit eal fossa (Fig s. 5 .3 0B, 5 . 3 1, a nd 5 . 32 ) in clu de th e:
T er mi na tion of th e sm al l sa ph en ou s vei n.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 69 of 155
Fig ure 5.32. D eep d issecti on o f po p litea l f ossa . Th e pop li teal ar tery r un s o n th e f loo r of th e f ossa, for m ed by th e
po pli teal su rf ace of th e f em ur , th e j oin t capsu le of th e kn ee, an d th e p op liteu s fasci a. Th e fl oor o f t he fo ssa, wh ich
exten ds su per ior ly to th e d iver gi ng su p ra con dyla r lin es of th e f em ur a nd i nf er ior ly to the sol eal lin e of (su per io r
attach m en t o f t he sol eus to) th e ti bia , is mu ch l arg er th an th e gap b etw een th e o ver lyin g m us cles (o ut lin ed in Fi gu re
5. 3 0 A), of ten m ist aken as re pr esen tin g th e ext ent of th e fossa . Nu m ber s r ef er to the su rf ace an atom y s how n in Fi gu r e
5. 3 0 A.
F a sc ia of th e P o p lite a l F o ss a
T h e su bcu tan eo us tissu e over lyin g th e p op lit eal fos sa (Fig . 5 .1 0B) con tain s the sm all sap h eno us vein (un less it h as p en etra ted th e
d eep f ascia at a m o re in fer io r level ), an d thr ee cu tan eou s n er ves: th e ter mi na l b ra nch (es) of th e p oster io r cut ane ou s n erv e of th e
t hi gh an d th e me dia l a nd l ater al sur al cu tan eou s n er ves. Th e dee p po pl iteal f ascia is a stro ng sh eet of d eep fa scia, co nti nu ou s
s up eri or ly with the fa scia lata an d in fe rio rl y w ith th e deep fasci a o f t he leg . Th e po pli teal fa scia for m s a p rot ective cover in g fo r
n eu r ovascu lar stru ctu res pa ssin g fr om th e th igh thr ou g h the p opl itea l f ossa to th e le g and a r elat ively lo ose b u t f un cti on al
r eta in in g r eti nacu l um for t he h am stri ng te nd on s. Ofte n it is p ier ced b y th e sm all sap hen ou s vein . Wh en th e l eg exten ds, the
f at wi thi n th e f ossa is rel ativel y co mp r essed as t he po pl iteal f ascia be com es ta ut, a nd th e sem im em br an osu s m ove s la tera lly,
p r ovid in g fu r the r pr otecti on to th e con tent s of th e po pli teal fo ssa. T he con ten ts, m ost im po rta nt th e p op litea l a rte ry an d lym ph
n od es, a re m ost e asily pa lp ated wi th th e k nee in se mi fle xion . B ecau se o f the de ep fasci al ro of an d osseo fib r ous fl oor , th e pop li teal
f ossa is a r el ativel y co nf in ed spa ce. Man y d isor de rs pr od uce swe lli ng o f t he fo ssa, m akin g kn ee exten sion pai nf ul .
N e u ro v a s cu la r S tr u ct u re s a n d R e la t ion sh ip s in th e P o p lit e a l F os s a
A ll im p or tan t n eu ro vascu lar str u ctur es tha t p ass f r om th e t hi gh to th e leg d o so b y tr aver sin g th e p op lit eal fossa .
P. 6 3 5
P ro gr essin g fr om sup er fici al to deep (p oster io r to an teri or ) w ith in th e fossa , as i n di ssectio n, t he n erve s ar e e nco un ter ed fi rst,
t hen the vei ns. T he ar ter ies lie de epest , dir ectl y o n the su rf ace of th e f em ur , j oin t ca psu le, a nd p op lite al fasci a f or mi ng t he fl oor o f
t he fo ssa.
N e rv es i n t h e Po p lit ea l F o ss a
T h e sci atic ner ve usu al ly end s a t th e sup er ior an g le of th e p op lite al fossa b y d ivid in g in to th e ti bia l a nd co mm o n fi bu lar n er ves
( Fi gs. 5 . 30B , 5 .3 1 an d 5 .3 2 ). Th e tib ial ner ve i s th e m ed ial , lar g er ter mi na l b r anch of th e sci atic ne rve de riv ed fr om an ter io r
( pr eaxia l) d ivi sion s o f the an ter ior ram i of th e L4 S3 spin al n erv es. Th e tib ial n erve is th e m ost su per fi cial of th e thr ee m ain
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 70 of 155
c entr al com p on ent s of th e po pli teal fo ssa (i .e ., n er ve, vei n, a nd a rter y); ho wever , it is stil l i n a deep a nd p ro tected p ositi on . Th e
t ibi al ne rve bi sects t he fo ssa a s it pa sses f ro m its su per ior to i ts i nf er ior an g le. Wh il e i n th e f ossa, th e tib ial n erve g ives br an ches
t o th e sole us, g astr ocn em iu s, pl an tar is, an d po pl iteu s m u scles. T h e med ia l sur al cutaneo us ner ve is also d er ived f rom th e ti bia l
n er ve in th e p op li teal fo ssa an d is jo in ed by th e sur al communi cating b ra nch of th e c om mo n fi bu lar n er ve at a h ig hl y var ia ble
l evel to fo rm t he su ral n er ve. Th is n erve su pp lies th e l ater al sid e o f t he leg a nd an kl e.
T h e co mmon fib ula r ne rve is the la tera l, sm all er ter m in al br an ch of th e sci atic n erve d eri ved fr om p oste rio r (po staxia l) d ivi sion s
o f th e an ter io r ram i of th e L4 S2 spin al n er ves. It b egi ns at t he su per ior ang le of th e pop li teal fo ssa an d f oll ows clo sely the
m ed ial b or der o f th e b icep s f em ori s an d it s ten d on al on g the su per ol ater al bou n da ry of th e p op lite al fossa . Th e co m mo n fi bu lar
n er ve leaves th e f ossa by pa ssin g sup er fici al to the la tera l h ead o f th e g astr ocn em iu s an d th en p asses o ver th e p oster io r asp ect o f
t he h ead of th e fib u la. T he com m on f ib ul ar n erve w in ds aro un d th e fib u lar n eck and d ivi des in to its term i nal b ra nch es.
T h e m ost in fe rio r br an ch es of t he po ster ior cu tan eou s ner ve of th e th ig h su pp ly th e ski n tha t o verl ies the p opl iteal f ossa. T h e
n er ve tra verses m ost of th e l eng th o f t he po ster ior co mp ar tm ent of th e thi gh d eep to th e fasci a l ata; on ly i ts te rm in al b ran ch es
e nte r the su bcu tan eou s tissu e a s cu tan eou s n er ves p er se.
B lo od V es sel s in th e P op l it eal F os s a
T h e p op li teal ar ter y, the con tin u atio n of th e fem or al ar ter y (Fig . 5 .3 2 ), be gin s wh en th e l atter p asses th rou g h th e ad d ucto r
h i atu s. Th e p op lit eal art ery pa sses i nf ero later al ly t hr ou gh the fo ssa a nd e nd s at th e i nf er ior b or der of th e p op liteu s by di vidi ng i n to
t he an ter ior a nd p oster io r tib ial ar ter ies. T he de epest (m ost an teri or ) str uct ur e i n th e f ossa, the po pl iteal ar ter y, r un s i n clo se
p r oxim it y to th e j oin t capsu le of th e kne e as it spa ns the in ter con dy lar f ossa. Five g eni cul ar b ran ch es o f the p opl itea l a rter y sup pl y
t he cap sul e an d l iga men ts of th e kn ee jo in t. Th e gen icu lar arte ri es ar e the sup eri or l ater al, sup er ior me di al, mi dd le, i nfer io r
l ater al, and i nfer io r med ial g enicular a rte ri es (Fig . 5 .3 3 ). Th ey pa rti cipa te i n th e f or ma tion of th e p eri ar ticu lar g enicul ar
a nastom osis , a n etw or k of v essels sur r oun d in g th e kn ee tha t p ro vid es co llate ral ci rcu lati on cap ab le of m ain tai ni ng b loo d sup p ly t o
t he leg d u ri ng f ul l k nee fl exio n, w h ich m ay kin k th e po pli teal ar ter y. Oth er con tri bu tor s to t hi s im p or tan t an asto mo sis are th e:
Fig ure 5.33. Geni cular anast omo sis. T he m an y ar ter ies m akin g u p the pe ri arti cul ar an asto mo sis a ro un d th e kn ee pr ovi de
an im p or tan t co llat eral ci rcu lati on f or b ypas sin g the po pl iteal ar ter y w h en th e kn ee ha s b een m ain tai ne d too lon g in a f ul ly
fl exed po sitio n or w he n th e vesse ls a re na rr ow ed or occl ud ed .
A n teri or ti bia l r ecu rr en t b r an ch of th e a nter io r tib ial ar ter y, in fe rol ater all y.
Mu scu lar b ra nch es of th e p op lite al art ery sup p ly t he h am stri ng , ga stro cne mi us, so leu s, an d p lan tar is m u scles. Th e su p eri or
m u scu lar b ra nch es of th e p op lite al arte ry ha ve cl in ical ly i mp or tan t ana stom oses wi th th e ter m in al pa rt of th e d eep f em or al and
g lu teal ar ter ies.
T h e p op li teal vein beg in s a t th e dista l b or de r of th e p op lite us as a con ti nu ati on of th e po steri or tib ia l ve in (Fig . 5 .3 2 ).
T h ro ug ho ut its cou r se, th e vei n li es clo se t o th e po pli teal ar ter y, lyi ng su pe rf icia l to i t an d in t he same f ib ro us sh eath . Th e
p op li teal vein i s i ni tial ly p oster om ed ial to th e a rter y an d later al to th e ti bia l n er ve. Mor e sup er ior ly, th e po pli teal vein lies
p oste ri or to th e ar ter y, b etwee n thi s ves sel a nd th e over lyi ng ti bi al ner ve. S up er ior ly, t he po pl iteal vei n, w h ich h as severa l v alves,
b ecom es th e f em or al vein as it tr aver ses th e add u ctor h iatu s. T he sm all sap h eno us vein p asses fr om the po ster ior a spect of th e
l ater al m alle olu s t o th e po pli teal fo ssa, w her e it p ier ces th e d eep po pl iteal f ascia an d en ters th e p op lite al vein .
P. 6 3 6
P o p li t e a l A b s c e s se s a n d T u m o r s
Becau se th e d eep p opl iteal f ascia is stro ng a nd l im its expa nsi on , pa in fr om an ab scess o r tu mo r in th e pop li teal fo ssa i s u su ally
sever e. Pop li teal ab scesses te nd to sp rea d sup er ior ly an d in fer ior ly be cause of th e tou gh n ess o f the p opl itea l f ascia . A pop li teal
cyst (B aker cyst), a sap h en ou s var ix, a nd a n an eur ysm o f the p opl iteal ar ter y sh ou ld b e con side red i n th e d if fer en tial d iag no sis o f
ma sses w ith in th is spa ce (see cli ni cal cor rel atio n [bl ue] bo xes P opl itea l C ysts, S ap hen ou s V ar ix, a nd Po pl iteal
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 71 of 155
L y m p h N od es i n t h e Po p lit ea l F o ss a
T h e sup er fici al po p litea l l ymph no d es a re usu al ly sma ll an d lie in th e sub cu tan eou s ti ssue . A lym ph n od e lies at the ter m in atio n
o f the sm all sap h eno us vein and r ecei ves l ym ph f ro m th e l ymp h atic vessels th at accom pa ny th is v ein (Fig . 5 .1 2B). T h e d eep
p o pl iteal lymp h no des su rr ou n d the vessel s an d r eceive lym p h fr om t he jo in t cap su le of th e kn ee an d the lym p ha tic vessels tha t
a ccom pan y the d eep vein s of th e l eg. T he lym p h atic vessels fr om t he po pl iteal lym p h n od es f oll ow th e f em ora l v essels to the de ep
i ng u in al lym ph n od es.
T he B o t to m L i n e
T h e p op litea l f ossa is a f at-f ill ed an d rel ative ly co nf in ed com p ar tme nt po ster ior to th e knee th at is t rave rsed b y a ll ne ur ovascu la r
s tru ctu res pa ssin g betw een t he th igh an d the leg . T he sciati c n er ve b if ur cates at the ap ex of th e f ossa, w ith th e com m on f ibu la r
n er ve passi ng l ater all y al on g the b icep s ten d on . Th e t ibi al ne rve, p op lit eal vein , an d p opl iteal ar ter y b isect th e f ossa i n th at
o rd er , fr om su p erf ici al (post eri or) to dee p (an teri or ). Geni cul ar b ran ch es o f the p opl iteal ar ter y f or m a per ia rti cul ar ge ni cul ar
a na stom osis ar ou nd t he kn ee, p rov idi ng co lla tera l ci rcu la tion t o m ai nta in b loo d flo w in al l p osi tion s of th e kn ee.
Leg
T h e b on es o f the leg (ti bi a a nd f ib ul a) th at con n ect th e kne e an d an kle, an d the th ree f ascial com p ar tme nts (an ter ior , lat eral , an d
p oster io r com pa rtm en ts of th e le g ), f or me d by the an ter ior and p oste rio r in ter mu scu lar se pta, the in ter osseo us m emb r ane , an d the
tw o leg b on es to w hi ch th ey a ttach , wer e disc ussed a t th e beg in ni ng o f th is ch ap ter an d ar e i llu str ated i n cro ss-sectio n in Fig u re
5 . 34 . I t w as poi nt ed ou t th at th e m u scles of each co m par tm en t sh ar e co mm o n fu n ction s a nd i nn er vati ons .
P. 6 3 7
C o m p a r tm e nt I n f e ct i o n s a n d S y nd r o m e s i n th e L e g
T h e f ascial co mp ar tm ent s of th e lim b s ar e gen er ally clo sed spa ces, en di ng p ro xim all y an d d istal ly at th e joi nts. In fl am ma tion s
w ith in the an ter ior a nd p oster io r com pa rtm en ts sp r ead ch ief ly i n a dist al dir ecti on . Su pp u rat ion (f or m ation of pu s) fr om p ur u len t
( pu s-fo rm in g) in fe ction s i n th e l ater al com pa rtm en t o f th e le g, h ow ever , can asce nd p ro xim all y i nto th e pop li teal fo ssa.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 72 of 155
Fig ure 5.34. Comp ar tments of leg at mid cal f level in tr ansver se anatom ical sectio n. A. Th e a nte rio r (do rsi fle xor or
exten sor ) co mp ar tm ent con tai ns fo ur m u scles (th e f ib ul ari s ter tiu s lies in fer io r to the le vel of th is sec tion ). T he late ral
(fi bu lar ) co mp ar tm en t con tai ns tw o eve rto r mu scl es. Th e poste ri or (pl an tar fle xor or f lexo r) com pa rtm en t, con tai ni ng se ven
m uscl es, is sub di vid ed by an i ntr aco mp ar tm enta l t ran sver se i n term u scu lar sep tu m in to a su p erf ici al gr ou p of th ree (tw o o f
wh ich a re com m on ly tend in ou s/ap on eu ro tic a t th is level ) an d a de ep gr ou p of f ou r. T he p opl iteu s (p ar t o f the d eep gr ou p ) li es
sup er ior t o th e level of th i s secti on . B. Ove rvi ew of com p artm en ts of leg . C. MR I of th e l eg. A bb r eviati on s ar e def in ed in th e
lab els fo r par ts A an d B.
T r aum a to m uscl es an d /or vessel s i n the com p ar tme nts m ay p r odu ce hem o rr ha ge, e dem a, a nd i nf lam m ati on of th e mu scle s.
B ecau se the sep ta and d eep f ascia of th e leg f orm i ng th e bou n da ri es of th e leg co mp ar tm ent s ar e st ron g , th e i ncr eased vo lu me
c on sequ en t to an y of th ese p r ocesses in crea ses i ntr acom p ar tme nta l p r essur e. Wi th ar teri al bl eedi ng , th e pr essu re m ay r each l evels
h i gh en ou g h to com pr ess st ru ctu res sig ni fi can tly i n th e co mp ar tm en t(s) con cer n ed. S tr uctu r es d istal to th e com pr essed ar ea ma y
b ecom e isch em ic an d per m ane ntl y i nj ur ed (e. g. , l oss o f mo tor f un ctio n in m u scles wh ose bl ood su p pl y an d/ or in n erva tion i s
a ff ected ). Th ese con dit ion s, in w h ich in cr eased p re ssur e i n a con fin ed an ato m ical spa ce ad ver sely aff ects the cir cu lati on an d
t hr eaten s the f un ctio n an d viab ili ty o f tissu e w ith in or di stall y, con stitu te comp ar tment synd r ome s. Lo ss of d ista l p u lses i s an
o bvi ou s si gn o f a rte ria l co m pr ession , as is a l ow eri ng o f the tem p erat ur e o f tissu es d ista l t o th e com pr essio n. A f asci oto my
( in cision of th e o verl yin g fas cia or a septu m ) m ay be p erf or me d to r el ieve the p ressu r e i n th e com p ar tme nt(s) con cer ned .
P. 6 3 8
A n t e rio r C om p a r tm e n t of t h e Le g
T h e anter io r comp ar tment, o r do rsif lexo r (extensor ) co mp ar tm en t, is locat ed an teri or to th e i nte ro sseou s m em br an e, b etwe en
th e late ral su rf ace of th e ti bi al sha ft an d the m edi al sur fa ce o f the fi bu la r shaf t, an d an ter ior to t he in ter mu scu lar se ptu m th at
co nn ects th em . Th e a nte rio r com pa rtm en t is b ou n ded an ter io rl y b y th e deep f ascia of th e leg an d ski n. T he d eep fa scia of th e l eg
o verl yin g th e a nter io r com pa rtm en t i s d en se su pe ri orl y, p rovi di ng p ar t o f the pr oxi m al attach m en t of th e m uscl e im m ed iatel y d eep
to i t. With u n yiel di ng str u ctur es on th r ee si des (th e tw o bon es an d the in ter osseo us m emb r an e) an d a den se fasci a o n th e
r em ain in g sid e, th e rel ative ly sm al l ant eri or com p art men t is especi ally con f in ed an d the ref or e m ost su scepti bl e to com p ar tme nt
syn d ro me s. In fer io rl y, two b an d-li ke t hi ckeni n gs of th e f ascia fo rm reti na cul a th at bi nd t he ten do ns of th e a nte rio r com pa rtm en t
m u scles bef or e a nd a fter th ey cro ss th e an kle joi nt, p r even tin g th em fr om bow str in gin g an ter io rly d ur in g do rsi fle xion o f the jo in t
(Fi g. 5 . 35 ):
1. T h e sup er ior e xtensor r eti naculum i s a str on g, b ro ad ba nd o f deep f ascia , pa ssin g fr om th e fib u la to the tib ia, pr oxim al to
th e m alle oli.
2. T h e inf er ior e xtenso r reti naculum, a Y-sh ap ed ba nd o f deep f ascia , attach es later al ly to th e an tero sup er ior su r face of th e
ca lcan eu s. It fo rm s a str on g lo op ar ou nd th e ten do ns of th e f ib ul ar is te rti us an d the exte nso r dig ito ru m l on gu s m u scles.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 73 of 155
M u sc les of th e A n te ri or C om p art m en t
T h e f ou r m uscl es i n the an ter ior com par tm en t ar e the ti bia lis an teri or , exten sor d ig itor u m lo ng u s, exten sor h all uci s l on gu s, an d
f ib u lar is t erti us (Fig . 5. 3 4A & B ; Ta bl e 5 .1 0 ). T hese m uscl es p ass an d in sert an ter ior to th e tra nsver sely or ien ted a xis o f the an kle
( talocr u ra l) j oin t and , th er efo re, a re do rsi fle xor s of th e an kle joi nt, e levati ng t he fo ref oot an d d epr essin g th e h eel . Th e l on g
e xten sor s al so p ass alon g an d atta ch to the d or sal aspect of th e di git s an d ar e th u s ext enso rs (eleva tor s) of t he toes.
A lth ou g h it is a r elat ively wea k an d sh or t m ov eme nt o nl y ab ou t a q ua rte r the str en gth o f pla nta rf lexi on (So der b erg , 1 98 6 ), w ith
a r an ge of ab ou t 2 0 f rom ne utr al d or sif lexi on is activ ely used i n th e sw in g ph ase of w alki ng , wh en co ncen tr ic con tra ction
k eeps th e f or efo ot e levate d to cl ear th e gr ou nd a s th e f r ee l im b swi ng s f or war d, and i m me dia tely afte r in th e stan ce p ha se, as
e ccent ric con tr actio n con tr ols the lo wer in g of th e for ef oot to the fl oor f ol low in g hee l st rik e (T abl e 5 . 2). Th e l atter i s im p or tan t to a
s mo oth g ait an d is im por tan t to decel era tion (br akin g) r elati ve to r un n in g an d wal kin g do wn h ill . Du r in g stan di ng , th e d or sif lexor s
r ef lexi vely pu ll th e l eg (an d th us th e cen ter o f gr avity) an ter iorly on th e fixe d foo t w he n th e b od y star ts to l ean (th e cen ter of
g r avity be gin s to sh if t too far ) p oste ri orl y. Wh en de scend in g a slop e, esp ecial ly if th e su r face is loo se (sa nd , gr avel o r sno w),
d or sif lexi on is u sed to d ig i n on e's he els.
T ib i ali s An t er io r
T h e ti bi alis anter io r (TA ), th e m ost m edi al an d sup er fici al do rsif lexo r, is a slen d er m uscl e th at li es ag ain st th e la tera l su r face of
t he tib ia (Fig s. 5. 3 4 an d 5 .3 6 ). Th e lon g ten do n of th e TA be gin s ha lfw ay dow n th e l eg an d desc end s a lon g th e an ter io r sur fa ce o f
t he tib ia. Th e ten d on passes with in its own syno vial sh eath d eep to th e su p eri or an d in fe rio r exten sor r eti nacula (Fig . 5 .3 5 ) to it s
a ttach m ent on t he m edi al sid e of th e fo ot. I n so doi ng , it s ten do n is loca ted fa rth est fr om th e axis of th e a nkl e j oin t, g ivin g it th e
m o st m ech an ical ad van tag e an d m akin g i t th e st ro ng est d or sif lexo r. A lth ou gh ant ago ni sts at th e a nkl e j oin t, th e TA an d th e ti bi alis
p oste ri or (fr om the po ster ior co mp ar tm ent ) b oth cr oss the su bta lar an d tr an sverse tar sal jo in ts to att ach to th e m ed ial b ord er o f
t he fo ot and t hu s a ct syn er gi stical ly t o i nve rt th e f oot.
T o test the TA , th e i nd ivi du al is asked to stan d on t he h eels or d orsi fl ex th e foo t a gai nst re sistan ce; if n orm al , its ten do n can b e
s een an d pa lpa ted.
E xt en s o r Di gi t or u m Lo n g u s
T h e ex tensor d ig ito rum lo ng us (EDL ) is th e m ost la tera l o f the an ter ior l eg m uscl es (Fig s. 5 . 34 , 5 . 35 a nd 5 . 36 ). A sm al l p ar t o f
t he pr oxi m al attach m ent of th e mu scl e is to th e l ater al tib ial con dyl e; h ow ever , m ost of it attach es to the m edi al sur f ace o f the
f ib u la and t he su per ior par t o f the an ter ior sur face of th e in ter osseou s mem b ra ne (Ta ble 5 .1 0A). T h e m u scle beco me s ten di no us
s up eri or to th e a nkl e, fo rm in g f ou r ten do ns tha t at tach to th e p h alan g es of t he late ral f ou r toes. A co mm on syno vial sh eath
s ur ro un d s th e fou r ten d on s of th e EDL (p lu s th at of th e f ib ul ar is te rti us) as t hey di ver ge on th e dor su m of th e foo t a nd p ass to
t hei r di stal attach m en ts (Fig . 5 . 35B).
P. 6 3 9
P. 6 4 0
P. 6 4 1
P. 6 4 2
E ach tend on f or m s a m em br an ou s exten sor expa nsi on (d orsa l a po neu r osis) over th e do rsu m of th e pr oxi ma l p h alan x of th e to e,
w h ich d ivid es in to t wo late ral b an ds an d on e cen tr al ban d (Fig . 5 .3 5A). T h e cen tr al ban d in ser ts i nt o th e base of th e m idd le
p h alan x, a nd th e later al sli ps con ver ge to in sert in to th e b ase of th e d istal p ha lan x.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 74 of 155
Fig ure 5.35. D issecti ons o f fo ot. T h ese d issecti on s d em on stra te th e con tin u ation of th e an ter io r an d later al leg m u scles in to
th e f oot. T h e th in n er po rti on s o f t he de ep fasci a o f the le g have b een r em oved , leavi n g the th icker p or tio ns tha t m ake u p the
exten sor an d f ib ul ar re tin acu la, w hi ch re tain th e ten do ns as t hey cr oss th e an kle. A. T he vessel s an d n erv es ar e cut sh ort . At
th e an kle , the vessel s an d th e deep f ib ul ar n erv e li e m id wa y b etwe en th e m al leol i a nd b etw een th e t end on s o f the lo ng
do rsi flex ors of th e toes. B . Syn ov ial sh eath s su rr ou n d th e ten d on s as th ey p ass ben eath the r etin acu la of th e a nkl e.
Tab le 5.10. Muscl es o f the Anter ior a nd La tera l Co mp artm ents o f the L eg
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
M uscle a
Page 75 of 155
Pr o ximal Attachment
I n ne rv ati on b
Mai n Actio n
An ter ior
com pa rtm en t
Tib ia lis
an teri or (1 )
Deep fi bu la r
su rf aces of m edi al
cu ne ifo rm and b ase of
n erve (L 4, L5 )
an d in ver ts f oot
Ext enso r
di git oru m l on gu s
( 2)
Mid dl e an d d istal
Deep fi bu la r
E xten ds later al f ou r
n erve (L 5, S 1 )
d igi ts an d
d orsi fl exes a nkl e
i nter osse ou s m em br an e
Deep fi bu la r
Ext enso r
su r face of f ibu la an d
i nter osse ou s m em br an e
of d ista l p h alan x o f
g rea t to e (h all ux)
n erve (L 5, S 1 )
Fi bu la ris
ter tiu s (4 )
I nf er ior th ir d of a nter io r
su r face of f ibu la an d
Deep fi bu la r
n erve (L 5, S 1 )
i nter osse ou s m em br an e
in ver sion of fo ot
Lat era l
com pa rtm en t
Su p erf ici al
E vert s f oot an d
lon g us (5 )
Fi bu la ris
fi bu la r ner ve
(L 5, S1, S 2 )
we ak ly
p lan tar fle xes an kl e
Fi bu la ris b revi s
( 6)
Su p erf ici al
fi bu la r ner ve
E vert s f oot an d
we ak ly
sid e of ba se of 5 th
m etata rsal
(L 5, S1, S 2 )
a
b
Nu m ber s ref er to th e f ig ur e, p ar ts A an d B.
T he spi na l co rd se gm en tal in ne rvat ion i s i nd icate d (e.g . , L4 , L5 m ean s th at the n er ves su pp lyi ng th e tib ial is
an teri or ar e der ived f ro m th e f ou rt h an d fif th l um b ar seg men ts of th e sp in al cor d). Nu mb er s in bol df ace (L4 ) in di cate the
m ain seg m en tal in ner vati on . Dam age to on e o r m or e of th e list ed spi nal co rd seg m ent s or t o th e mo tor n er ve r oo ts ar isi ng
fr om th em resu lts in p ar alysi s of t he m uscl es co ncer n ed.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 76 of 155
Fig ure 5.36. D issecti ons o f anter io r and later al comp ar tments of leg . A. Th i s d issectio n sh ows th e m u scles of th e
an tero late ral le g and dor su m of th e foo t. Th e com m on fi bu la r ner ve, co ur sin g su bcu tan eou sly acr oss the lat era l a spect of th e
he ad an d ne ck of th e fi bu la, i s th e mo st co mm on ly in ju r ed pe rip h era l n er ve. B . In thi s d eepe r di ssection of th e an ter io r
com pa rtm en t, th e mu scles an d in fe rio r exten sor r etin acu lu m a re ret ract ed to disp lay th e a rter ie s an d n erve s.
T o test the E DL , th e l ater al fo ur to es a re do rsif lexe d aga in st r esista nce; if acti ng nor m all y, th e te nd on s can be seen an d p alp ated .
F i b u lar is T er ti u s
T h e f ib ular is terti us (FT ) is a separ ated p ar t o f the E DL , w hi ch sh ares its syn ovia l sh eath (Fi gs. 5 . 3 5 an d 5. 3 6 ). Pr oxim al ly, th e
a ttach m ent s an d fl esh y p art s of th e EDL an d FT ar e co nti nu ou s; how ever , d istal ly, th e FT ten d on is sep ara te a nd at tach es to th e
5 th m et atar sal, n ot to a p h alan x (Tab le 5. 1 0F). Alth ou g h th e FT d oes co nt rib u te (w eakl y) to d orsi fl exion , i t al so a cts at th e
s ub tala r an d tran sver se tars al join ts, co nt rib u tin g to pr on atio n (ever sio n) of th e f oot . It m ay p lay a speci al pr op rio cept ive rol e i n
s ensi ng su d den i nv ersi on an d th en con tr actin g r efl exivel y to p ro tect th e an ter ior ti bi ofi bu lar l ig am ent , the m ost com m on ly s pr ain ed
l ig am ent of th e bo dy. T he FT is no t al ways pr esen t.
E xt en s o r Ha llu cis L o n g u s
T h e ex tensor hal lucis lo ng us (EH L) is a th in mu scle th at lies dee ply b etween the T A a nd th e EDL at its su per ior attach m ent to
t he m id dle h alf of t he fi bu la an d in ter osseou s mem b ra ne. Th e E HL r ise s to th e su r face in th e di stal th ird o f th e le g, p assin g d eep to
t he exten sor r eti nacu la (Fig s. 5 .3 5 a nd 5 . 36 ). I t co ur ses dist ally alo ng t he cre st of t he do rsu m o f t he fo ot to t he gr eat toe.
T o test the E HL , th e g rea t to e i s d ors ifl exed ag ain st resi stan ce; i f n or m al, its e nti re ten do n can b e see n an d pal pa ted.
N e rv e of th e A n t eri or C om p art m en t
T h e d eep f ib ular ner ve is th e ne rve of th e a nte ri or com p artm en t (Fi gs. 5 . 3 4A an d 5 . 36B; Ta ble 5 .1 1 ). I t is on e of th e tw o
t erm in al b ran ch es o f th e com m on f ib u lar n er ve, ar isin g b etwee n the f ibu la ri s lo ng u s m u scle and t he n eck o f t he fi bu la. Aft er its
e ntr y in to t he an ter ior co mp ar tm ent , the d eep fi bu lar ner ve accom pa ni es th e an teri or ti bia l a rter y, f ir st b etw een th e T A an d the
E DL an d th en be tween the TA a nd th e EH L. It the n exits th e co mpar tm ent , con tin ui ng a cro ss th e ankl e j oin t to sup pl y i ntr in sic
m u scles an d a sma ll are a o f t he skin o f th e f oot. A l esion of th is n er ve resu lts in a n in ab ilit y to dorsi fl ex (f ootd r op).
A r te ry i n t h e An t er io r Co m p ar t m en t
T h e ante ri or tib ia l ar ter y su p pli es st ru ctu res in th e an teri or com p ar tm ent (Fig s. 5. 3 4A and 5 . 3 8B ;, Ta ble 5 .1 2 ). Th e sm alle r
t erm in al b ran ch o f the p opl iteal ar ter y, th e a nt eri or tib ial ar ter y, b egi ns at the in fe rio r bo rd er of th e po pli teu s m u scle (i. e., a s th e
p op li teal ar tery pa sses d eep to th e t end in ou s a rch o f the sol eus) an d im m edi atel y p asses a nte ri orl y th r ou gh a g ap in th e sup er ior
p ar t o f the in ter osseo us m em br an e to d escen d on th e a nte ri or su rf ace of th is m em b ran e betw een th e TA an d th e E DL m uscl es. At
t he an kle joi nt , mi dw ay betw een th e ma lleo li, t he an ter ior ti bi al art ery cha ng es nam es, becom i ng th e do rsal ar ter y o f the fo ot (L.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 77 of 155
Ner ve
Sap h eno us
Or ig in
Fem or al ner ve
Co urse
Di str ib ut ion in L eg
Su ra l
Su p pl ies sk in on poste ri or an d
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Tib ia l
Page 78 of 155
fi bu la r ner ves
leg a nd kn ee jo in t
Co mm o n
fi bular
Su p pl ies sk in on later al pa rt of
h ead of fi bu la an d the n wi nd s ar ou n d ne ck of f ib ul a
d eep to f ibu l ari s lo ng u s, wh er e i t d ivid es in to deep
Su pe rf icial
C om mon
Su p pl ies f ib u lar is l on gu s a nd
fi bular
fi bu la r ner ve
su b cut ane ou s
d orsu m o f foo t
De ep
C om mon
fi bular
fi bu la r ner ve
P. 6 4 4
Tab le 5.12. Arte ri es o f the L eg
Ar ter y
Pop lit eal
Or ig in
Cour se
C on tin u atio n of
f em or al arte ry at
ad d ucto r hi atu s i n
at l ow er bo rd er of p op liteu s mu scle b y
div idi ng i nt o a nter io r an d po steri or tib ia l
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
ad d ucto r m agn u s
An ter ior
P opl iteal
tib ial
Page 79 of 155
art eri es
kn ee
Do ra l a rter y
C on tin u atio n of
Muscl es o n do rsu m o f f oo t;
of fo ot (L.
do rsal is
ped is )
Poste rio r
tib ial
P opl iteal
Fibu la r
P oster ior ti bi al
pe rf or atin g br an ch es su pp ly
late ral co mp ar tm ent of l eg
L a t e ra l C om p a rtm e n t o f t h e L e g
T h e l ater al comp ar tment o r ever tor com p ar tme nt, i s th e sma llest (n ar row est) of th e l eg com pa rtm en ts, b ou nd ed b y th e later al
s ur face of th e fi bu la, t he an ter ior an d p oster ior in term u scu lar sep ta, a nd th e deep f ascia of th e leg (Fig . 5 .3 4A & B ; T ab le 5 . 1 0).
T h e co mp ar tm ent en ds in fer io rl y at th e sup er io r fib ula r reti naculum, w hi ch spa ns bet ween t he di stal tip o f the fi bu la an d th e
c alcan eu s (Fig . 5 .3 6A). H er e th e ten don s of th e tw o mu scle s of th e late ral com p ar tme nt en ter a com m on syn ovia l sh ea th to
a ccom m oda te th ei r passa ge bet ween t he su per ior fib u lar r etin acu lu m an d th e later al
P. 6 4 5
m al leo lu s, usi ng t he latt er as a tr och lea as the y cr oss the an kle jo in t.
M u sc les in t h e La te ral C om pa rt m en t
T h e l ater al com par tm en t co nta in s th e fib u lar is lon gu s and b r evis mu scle s. Th ese mu scle s h ave the ir fl esh y b elli es i n th e l ater al
c om par tm en t b ut ar e t end in ou s a s th ey exit the com p ar tme nt wi thi n th e co mm on syno vial sh eath d eep to th e sup er ior f ib ul ar
r eti na cul um . B oth m u scles are ever tor s of th e f oot, e levati ng t he lat eral m ar gi n of th e foo t. Develo pm en tall y, th e f ib ul ari s m u scles
a re po staxia l m u scles, recei vin g in n erva tion f r om th e p oste rio r di visio ns of th e spin al n er ves, wh ich con tri bu te to t he sciati c n er ve.
H ow ever , beca use th e f ib ul ar is l on gu s a nd b re vis p ass po steri or to th e tr an sver se a xis o f th e an kle (tal ocr ur al) jo in t, th ey
c on tri bu te t o p lan tar fl exio n at the an kle u n lik e th e posta xial m u scles of th e an ter io r com par tm en t (i ncl ud in g th e f ib ul ar is
t erti us), wh ich ar e do rsif lexo rs.
A s e verto rs, the fi bu lar is m uscl es a ct at th e su b talar a nd tr an sver se ta rsa l j oin ts. Fr om th e neu tr al po sitio n, on ly a f ew deg re es of
e versi on ar e poss ibl e. In pr actice , the p ri ma ry fu n ction o f the ever tor s of th e f oot is no t to el evate the la tera l m ar g in of th e foo t
( the com m on d escr ipt ion o f evers ion ) b u t to d epr ess o r fi x th e med ia l m ar gi n of th e foo t i n sup p ort of th e toe off p h ase o f wal kin g
a nd , esp ecial ly, r u nn in g an d to resi st i na dver ten t o r excessi ve i nver sio n of th e f oo t (th e posi tion in w hi ch th e an kle is m ost
v ul ner ab le to in ju ry). Wh en st and in g (an d pa rti cul ar ly w h en ba lan cin g on o ne fo ot), th e fib u lar is mu scle s con tr act to r esis t m ed ial
s way (to recen ter a li n e of g r avity, w h ich h as sh if ted m ed iall y) b y p u lli ng l ater all y on the leg w h ile de pr essin g th e m ed ial m ar gin
o f th e f oot.
T o test the fi bu lar is lon g us an d br evis, the fo ot is e verte d stro ng ly aga in st r esista nce ; if act in g no rm al ly, th e m u scle ten do ns can
b e seen an d p alp ated in f eri or to th e l ater al ma lleo lu s.
F i b u lar is L o n g u s
T h e f ib ular is long us (FL ) i s th e lon ge r and mo re su per fi cial of th e two fi bu lar is m uscl es, ar isin g m u ch m ore su per io rl y on the
s haf t o f th e f ibu la (Fig s. 5 .3 4 an d 5 . 36A;, Tab le 5. 1 0 ). Th e n ar r ow FL exten ds fr om t he h ead of th e fib u la to t he sole of th e fo ot.
I ts ten don can be p alp ated an d ob ser ved pr oxi ma l a nd p oster io r to the la tera l m al leol us. Di stal to the su per io r fi bu lar r eti nacu lu m ,
t he com m on sh eath shar ed b y th e fib u lar m u scles spl its to e xten d thr ou g h sepa rate com p ar tme nts dee p to the inf eri or f ib ular
r eti naculum (Fi gs. 5 . 35A an d 5 .3 6 ). Th e FL p asses th ro ug h th e i nf er ior co mp ar tm ent in fer ior t o th e fi bu lar tr och le a o n the
c alcan eu s an d en ters a gr oove on t he an ter oin fer io r asp ect o f t he cu boi d bo ne (Fig . 5. 9C ). It th en cro sses t he sole of th e foo t,
r u nn in g ob li qu ely an d di stall y to r each it s att achm en t to t he 1 st m etat arsa l a nd m ed ial cu ne ifo rm bon es (see Fi g. 5 . 9B ). Wh en a
p er son sta nd s o n on e f oot , the FL h elp s stea dy the leg o n th e f oot .
F i b u lar is B rev i s
T h e f ib ular is br evis (FB) is a f usi fo rm m u scle th at l ies deep t o th e FL and , tr u e to its n am e, th e FB is sh ort er th an its pa rtn er i n
t he lat eral co mp ar tm ent (Fig s. 5 .3 4 an d 5 .3 6A; Tab le 5 .1 0 ). It s b roa d ten don gr oove s th e p oste rio r asp ect o f the la tera l m al leol us
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 80 of 155
a nd ca n be pa lp ated in fe ri or to it. T he n ar row er ten d on of th e FL lies on th at of th e FB a nd d oes no t co nta ct th e later al m all eolu s.
T h e ten d on of t he FB tra verses th e su p eri or com p art men t of th e i nf er ior f ib ul ar r etin acu lu m, passi ng su p eri or to th e f ib ul ar
t ro chl ea o f the cal cane us; it can b e ea sily tra ced to its dist al attach m ent to th e b ase of th e 5 th m eta tarsa l ( Fi g. 5 . 9C ). T he ten do n
o f th e f ibu la ri s ter tiu s, a slip of m uscl e f ro m th e ext enso r di git oru m l on gu s, of ten m er ges wi th th e t end on o f the FB (Fig. 5. 3 6A ).
O ccasion al ly, h ow ever , the f ibu la ri s ter tiu s p asses an ter ior ly to attach d ir ectly to th e p ro xim al ph al anx of th e 5th di git.
N e rv es i n t h e Lat er al Co m p ar t m en t
T h e sup er fi cial fi bul ar nerve , a t erm in al b ran ch o f t he com m on f ib ul ar n erve, is t he n erve of th e later al com p artm en t (Figs.
5 . 3 4A an d 5 . 36A; Ta ble 5 .1 1 ). Af ter su p plyi ng t he FL an d FB , th e su p erf ici al fib u lar n er ve co nti nu es as a cu tan eou s n er ve,
s up pl yin g the ski n on th e dist al par t o f the an ter ior sur fac e of th e leg an d n ear ly all th e d or sum of th e f oot .
B lo od V es sel s of t h e L at er al Co m p ar t m en t
T h e l ater al com par tm en t d oes no t h ave an a rter y c ou rsin g th r ou gh i t. In stead , p erf or atin g b ran ch es a nd a ccom pan yi ng vei ns
s up pl y b loo d to and d r ain b loo d fr om th e com pa rtm en t. Pr oxi ma lly, per fo rati n g br an ches of th e ant eri or tib ial ar ter y p en etr ate the
a nte ri or in ter m uscu lar septu m . In f eri or ly, p erf or atin g b ran ch es o f th e f ibu la r ar tery pe netr ate th e p oste rio r in ter mu scu lar se ptu m ,
a lon g w ith th eir a ccom pan yi ng vei ns (L . ven ae co mi tan tes) ( Tab le 5. 1 2).
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Th e sm al l l ater al com pa rtm en t con tain s th e pr im ar y e verto rs of th e f oo t an d th e su p erf ici al fib u lar n er ve th at su pp lies th em .
Becau se no ar ter y co ur ses wit hi n th e com p ar tme nt, per fo rati ng br an ches fr om t he an ter ior ti bi al an d fib u lar ar ter ies (an d the ir
accom pa nyi ng v ein s) p en etra te th e in ter mu scu lar sep ta to sup pl y (a nd d ra in ) b loo d. E ver sion is u sed to su pp or t/de pr ess th e
me dia l f oot d ur in g th e to e o ff of th e stan ce p h ase a nd to r esist in ad verte nt in ver sion , p rev enti ng i nj u ry.
P. 6 4 6
T h e F i b u l a r i s M u sc l e s a n d E vo lu t io n o f t h e H u m a n Fo o t
Wher eas th e f eet of an th rop oi ds (hi gh er p ri ma tes) ar e in ver ted so tha t th ey wal k on the ou ter b or der of th e f oot, f eet of h um an s
are r elati vely ever ted (p ron ate d) so th at th e so les lie m or e f ul ly o n th e g ro un d . Th is pr on ati on is th e r esu lt, at lea st i n par t, to th e
me dia l m ig r atio n of th e d ista l a ttach me nt of th e fib u lar is l on gu s acro ss th e sole of th e f oot an d th e d evel opm en t of a fib u lar is
tert iu s th at is a ttach ed to th e b ase of th e 5 th m etat arsa l. Th ese fea tur es ar e u n iqu e to the h um an f oo t.
I nj u r y to t h e C o m m o n F ib u la r N e r ve a n d F o o t d r o p
Becau se of its su per fi cial p ositi on , th e com m on f ib u lar is th e n erve m o st of ten i nj ur ed in the lo wer l im b, m ai nl y b ecau se i t w in ds
sub cu tan eou sly aro un d th e f ib ul ar n eck, le avin g it vu ln erab le to di rect tr au ma . Th is ne rve m ay a lso be sever ed du r in g fr actu re of
the fi bu la r neck or se verel y str etch ed w hen the kn ee join t is in ju red o r di slocat ed. S ever an ce o f the com m on f ib ul ar n erve r esul ts
in f laccid p ar alysi s o f a ll m uscl es i n the an ter ior and l ater al com pa rtm en ts of th e l eg (do rsif lexo rs of th e a nkl e a nd eve rto rs of th e
foo t). Th e loss of d ors ifl exion of th e an kl e cau ses foo tdr op , wh ich is f u rth er exa cerb ated b y u n op po sed in vers ion o f the fo ot. T hi s
ha s th e e ffe ct o f m ak in g the li mb to o l on g : Th e toes do n ot clear th e gr ou n d du ri ng th e swi ng p h ase o f wal kin g (Fig.
B5 .1 4A).
Th ere ar e s evera l o th er con di tion s tha t m ay resu lt in a lo wer l im b th at i s to o l on g fu n ction al ly, f or exam p le, p elvi c ti lt (Fi g.
5. 2 6C ) an d spasti c p ar alysis or co ntr acti on of t he sole us. T h ere ar e at le ast th r ee m ea ns of com p ensa tin g fo r thi s p ro bl em:
1 . A wad dl in g gai t, in w h ich th e i nd ivi du al lea ns to the sid e opp osi te th e lon g li mb , h ikin g th e hi p (Fi g. B 5 .1 4B).
2 . A swin g -ou t g ait, i n wh ich the lo ng l im b is swu ng o ut la tera lly (abd u cted ) to all ow th e to es to cl ear th e g r ou nd (Fig . B 5. 1 4C ).
3 . A hi gh -step pin g step pa ge ga it, in wh ich ext ra fl exion is e mp loy ed at t he h ip an d kn ee to r aise th e f oot as hi gh a s n ecessar y
to k eep th e to es f ro m h ittin g th e gr ou nd (Fi g. B 5. 1 4D).
Becau se th e d ro pp ed fo ot m ak es it d iff icu lt to ma ke th e he el s tri ke th e gr ou nd f ir st a s in a n or m al gai t, a stepp ag e g ait is
com m onl y em p loy ed in th e case o f fla ccid p ara lysis. S om etim es an ext ra kick is add ed as th e f ree li mb sw in gs fo rw ar d in an
attem pt to fl ip th e f or efo ot up wa rd j ust bef or e se ttin g th e f oot do wn . I n add iti on , th e b ra kin g actio n n orm al ly pr od uced b y
eccen tri c con tr actio n of th e dor sif lexo rs is also lost in fla ccid pa ral ysis foo tdr op . Th er efo re, the fo ot is n ot lo wer ed to th e g ro un d
in a con tro lle d ma nn er af ter h eel str ike bu t i nst ead slap s t he gr ou n d sud de nl y, pr od u cin g a d isti ncti ve cl op an d gr eatl y i ncr easi ng
the sh ock bot h rece ived b y th e for ef oot an d tra nsm itt ed up t he tib ia to the kn ee. I nd ivi du als wi th a fib u lar n er ve i nj ur y ma y al so
exper ie nce a vari abl e l oss of sen satio n on th e ant ero later al asp ect o f the le g and t he do rsu m o f the fo ot.
Su p e r f i ci a l Fi b ul a r N e r v e E n tr a p m e n t
Ch r on ic a nkl e sp ra in s m ay pr od uce re cur re nt str etch in g of th e su pe rf icia l f ib ul ar n erve , wh ich m ay cau se p ain alon g th e later al
side of th e leg an d th e dor su m of th e ank le a nd f oot . Nu m bn ess a nd p ar esth esia (tickl in g or tin g lin g ) m ay be pr esen t a nd i ncr ease
wit h activi ty.
Av u l si o n o f t he T u b er o s i ty o f th e 5t h M e t a ta r s a l
Vio len t i nve rsi on of th e foo t m ay cau se a vul sion o f th e tu be rosi ty o f the 5 th m etata rsal , th e d istal at tach me nt of f ibu la ri s b revi s.
Th is avu lsion fr actu re is associ ated w ith a sever ely spr ain ed an kl e. In ju r y to th e a ssocia ted su per fi cial fi bu lar ner ve cau ses
in versi on o f t he fo ot becau se of p ara lysis of th e f ib ul ar m us cles i n th e l ater al com pa rtm en t.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 81 of 155
P. 6 4 7
P o st e rio r Co m p a r tm e n t of th e Le g
T h e p oste ri or co mpa rtment (pl an tar flexo r com p artm en t, i s th e l ar gest of th e thr ee leg com p ar tme nts (Fig . 5. 3 4A). T he po ster ior
co mp ar tm en t an d th e ca lf m uscl es w ith in i t a re di vid ed in to sup er fici al an d deep su b com par tm en ts/m uscl e g ro up s b y the
tr ansver se inter muscular sep tum. T he tib ial n er ve a nd p oster io r tib ial an d fi bu lar ve ssels sup pl y b oth p ar ts o f the po ster ior
co mp ar tm en t b ut r un i n th e d eep su bco mp ar tm ent d eep (an ter ior ) to th e tra nsver se in ter mu scu lar sep tu m . Th e l ar ger su p erf icia l
su b com par tm en t i s th e least con fi ned co m par tm en tal ar ea. Th e sm aller deep su b com par tm en t, li ke th e an teri or com p ar tm ent, is
b ou n ded b y th e two le g bon es an d the in ter osseo us m em br an e th at bi nd s th em toge the r plu s the tr an sverse in ter m uscu la r sept um ;
th er ef ore , the d eep su bcom p ar tme nt is qu ite tig h tly con fin ed . Beca use th e n er ve and b lo od vessel s su pp lyi ng th e ent ir e p oster ior
co mp ar tm en t an d th e so le of th e f oot p ass th r ou gh th e dee p sub com pa rtm en t, w hen swel lin g occu r s it lea ds to a com p ar tme nt
syn d ro me th at has ser iou s co ns equ en ces.
I n fer ior ly, the de ep sub com p art men t tap ers as t he m uscl es i t co nta in s b ecom e t end in ou s. Th e tra nsve rse in ter mu scu lar se ptu m
e nd s as r ein for cin g tr an sverse f ibe rs tha t ext end b etw een th e t ip of th e med ia l m al leol us an d th e cal can eus to fo rm t he fl exor
r eti nacu lu m . T he re tin acu lu m is sub di vid ed dee ply , for m in g sep ara te co mp ar tm ent s fo r each te nd on o f the d eep m uscl e g ro up , as
w ell as fo r the tib ia l n er ve a nd p oster io r tib ial ar ter y as th ey b en d ar ou nd th e me dia l m al leol us.
Mu scles of th e poste ri or com p artm en t pr od uce pl an tar fle xion a t the ank le, in ver sio n at the su btal ar an d tr ansverse tar sal jo in ts,
a nd f lexi on of th e toes. P lan tar fl exion is a p ower f ul m ovem en t (fou r ti mes str on ger th an dor sif lexi on ) p ro du ced over a r elat ively
l on g ra ng e (a pp ro xim ately 5 0 fr om n eu tr al) by mu scl es th at pass po ster ior to th e tra nsver se axis of th e a nkl e j oin t. T he
m ov eme nt de velop s th r ust , app li ed pr im ar ily at th e b all of th e foo t, th at is u sed to p ro pel th e b od y f or war d an d u pw ard a nd i s th e
m aj or com p on en t of th e fo rces gen er ated d u ri ng th e pu sh -off (h eel of f an d toe off ) p ar ts o f the stan ce ph ase of wa lkin g an d
r u nn in g (T abl e 5 . 2).
S u p erfi ci al M u s cl e G r ou p in t h e P os t er io r Co m p ar t m en t
T h e su per f icial g ro up o f calf m u scles in clu des th e g astr ocn em iu s, soleu s, an d p lan tar is. Detai ls con cern in g th eir a ttach m ents,
i nn er vati on an d acti on s ar e p r ovid ed in T ab le 5. 1 3. Th e tw o-h ead ed ga stro cnem i us an d soleu s shar e a co mm o n ten do n, th e
ca lcan eal ten do n, wh ich at tach es to th e ca lcan eu s. C olle ctivel y th ese two m uscl es m ake u p th e th r ee-h eade d tri ceps sur ae (L.
su r a, cal f) (Fi g. 5 . 37 ). T hi s p ow erf ul m u scul ar m ass tug s o n th e l ever pr ovi ded b y the calc ane al tub er osity, elevat in g the h eel an d
th u s d ep ressi ng th e fo ref oot, gen er atin g as mu ch a s 9 3% o f the pl an tar fle xion f or ce. Th e lar ge size of th e gast roc nem iu s an d
so leu s m u scles is a h u ma n cha ract eri stic tha t is di re ctly rel ated to ou r u pr ig ht stan ce. T he se m u scles are str on g an d hea vy b ecau se
th ey lif t, p ro pel , an d acceler ate th e w eig h t of th e bo dy wh en w alki ng , r un n in g, j um p in g, o r stan di ng o n th e to es.
T h e cal caneal tend on (L. ten d o ca lcan eu s, Ach il les tend on ) i s th e mo st p ow erf u l (th ic kest a nd str on ge st) ten d on in the b ody.
A pp r oxim atel y 1 5 cm in len g th, it i s a con tin u atio n of th e fla t ap on eu ro sis, f orm ed h al fw ay d ow n th e cal f wh er e th e bel lies of th e
g astr ocn em iu s ter m in ate. T h e ap on eu ro sis r ecei ves f lesh y fib er s of th e sole us di rectl y o n its deep su r face p rox im all y b ut th icken s
a s th e so leu s f ib ers be com e te nd in ou s i nf er ior ly. T he ten do n th us be com es th icke r (dee per ) b ut n ar row er as it desce nd s u n til it
b ecom es essen tial ly rou n d in cr oss-sect ion su p eri or to th e ca lcan eu s. It th en exp an ds as i t in ser ts ce ntr al ly o n th e p oster io r
su r face of th e calcan eal tu b ero sity. I t typ ica lly spi ral s a qu ar ter tu r n (9 0 ) du ri ng i ts d escen t, so th at th e ga stro cnem i us fib er s
a ttach la ter ally an d th e so leal fi ber s attach m ed ial ly. T hi s ar r ang em en t i s th ou gh t to be sig ni fica nt to th e ten d on 's el astic ab ili ty to
a bsor b en er gy (sho ck) an d r ecoi l, r eleasi ng t he en erg y a s p art of th e pr op ul sive fo rce it exer ts. Al tho ug h th ey shar e a co mm o n
te nd on , th e tw o m uscl es of t he tr icep s su ra e ar e capab le of act in g alon e, a nd o ften d o so: Y ou str ol l w ith t he sol eus bu t win
th e lon g ju m p wi th th e g astr ocn em iu s.
A su b cuta neo us calca nea l b u rsa, locat ed betw een th e skin a nd th e calcan eal ten d on , all ows th e ski n to m ove over th e tau t ten d on ,
a nd a d eep bu r sa o f the calca ne al tend on (r etr ocal can eal bu r sa), lo cated b etwee n th e ten d on an d th e ca lcan eu s, all ows th e te nd on
to g lid e over th e bon e.
T o test t he tr icep s su ra e, th e f oot is pl ant arf lexed a gai nst r esistan ce (e.g . , by stan di ng o n th e to es, in wh ich case b ody
w eig h t [g rav ity] pr ovid es resi stan ce). If n or m al, th e calca nea l te nd on an d tr icep s su r ae c an be seen a nd p alp ated .
G ast r oc n em iu s
T h e g astr ocnemi us i s th e m o st su per f icial m u scle in th e poste ri or com p artm en t an d for m s th e pr oxim al , m ost pr om in en t p ar t of
th e calf (Fig . 5 .3 7 ; T ab le 5. 1 3). It is a f usi for m , two -he aded , tw o-jo in t m u scle wi th th e m ed ial h ead sli gh tly lar g er an d exten di ng
m or e di stally th an i ts la tera l p ar tn er. T h e h ead s co me tog eth er at th e i nf eri or m ar gi n of th e p op lit eal fossa , wh er e th ey fo rm t he
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 82 of 155
i n fer ola tera l a nd i nf ero m edi al bou n da rie s of th is fo ssa. B ecau se i ts f ibe rs are m ain ly ver tical , an d lar ge ly o f the w hi te, fa st-twi tch
( type 2 ) var iety , con tra ction s of th e g astr ocn em iu s p rod u ce r ap id m ovem en ts du ri ng r u nn in g an d ju m pi ng (T ab le 5. 1 3). I t is
r ecr u ited in to acti on on ly in ter m itten tly du r in g sym me tri cal stan din g . Th e gastr ocn em iu s cr osse s an d is capa bl e of a ctin g on b oth
t he kn ee a nd th e an kle joi nts; h owev er, i t ca nn ot exer t i ts f ul l p ow er on b oth joi nts at the sam e tim e. I t f un cti on s m ost eff ective ly
w h en th e kn ee is exten ded (a nd i s m axi ma lly activa ted wh en kn ee exten sio n is com bi ned w ith d or sif lexi on , as i n th e sp ri nt star t).
I t is i nca pab le of p ro du cin g pl an tarf lexi on w he n th e kn ee is f u lly fl exed.
S ol eu s
T h e so leus is locat ed deep t o th e ga stro cnem iu s an d is co nsi der ed to b e th e w or kh orse o f p la nta rf lexio n. It is a la rg e
m u scle, fla tter th an th e gastr ocn em iu s, th at is n am ed f or it s r esem bl anc e to a sole t he fl at f ish t hat r eclin es on it s sid e on th e
s ea f loo r. T h e sol eu s h as a con ti nu ou s p r oxim al att achm en t in th e s hap e of an in ver ted U to th e p oster ior aspect s of th e fib u la an d
t ibi a a nd a ten d in ou s ar ch b etwee n the m, the tend inous ar ch of the sole us (L. ar cus ten di neu s
P. 6 4 8
s oleu s) (Fi g. 5 . 38A ). Th e p op lit eal art ery an d tib ial n erv e exi t th e po pli teal fo ssa b y p assi ng th r ou gh th is ar ch, the p opl iteal ar ter y
s im ul tan eou sly bif u rcat in g in to i ts t erm in al b ran ch es, th e a nte ri or an d po steri or ti bia l a rte rie s. Th e so leu s ca n be pa lp ated on e ach
s ide of th e gastr ocn em iu s wh en th e i nd ivi du al is stan di ng o n th e ti ptoe s.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 83 of 155
Ta bl e 5. 13- I. Sup erf ici al M uscles of the Poste rio r Co mpar tment of the L eg
Muscl e a
Di stal
Attachment
Inner vatio n b
Ma in Actio n
Gastro cne mi us
Ti bi al ner ve
( 1)
la tera l co nd yle of f em ur
Med ial h ead : p opl iteal su r face
of ca lcan eu s vi a
cal can eal ten don
(S1 , S 2 )
Sol eu s (2 )
of f em ur , su pe rio r to m edi al
con d yle
le g at kn ee jo in t
of ti bi a
a
b
I nf er ior en d of l ater al
Weak ly a ssists
g astr ocn em iu s in
p lan tar fl exin g an kle
N u mb er s r efer t o th e fi gu re , par t A.
Th e sp in al cor d seg men tal i nn er vatio n is in di cated (e. g. , S1 , S 2 m ean s th at th e n er ves su p pl yin g the se m u scles
ar e d eri ved fr om the fi rst an d secon d sacr al seg men ts of th e sp in al cor d). Da ma ge to on e or mo re of th e l isted sp in al cor d
segm en ts or to th e m oto r n erve r oots ar isin g fr om them resu lt s in par aly sis o f the m uscl es co nce rn ed .
T h e so leu s m ay act with the g astro cne mi us in p lan tar fl exin g th e a nkl e j oin t; it ca nn ot act on th e kne e jo in t a nd ac ts al on e w he n
t he kn ee i s f lexed . Th e fi ber s o f the sol eus slo pe po steri or ly a nd i nf er om edi ally . Whe n th e f oot is pla nte d, i t p ul ls p oste ri orl y o n
t he bo ne s of th e leg . Th is is im po rtan t to stan din g b ecau se th e lin e of gr avi ty p asses an teri or to th e l eg' s b on y axi s. Th e soleu s is
t hu s a n an tig ra vity mu scle (th e p r edo mi na nt pl an tarf lexo r fo r stan di ng an d str oll in g), wh ich con tr acts an tago ni stical ly bu t
c oop era tivel y (al tern ate ly) w ith the do rsi fle xor m u scles of th e le g to ma in tain b ala nce. Co mp osed l arg ely of r ed, fati gu e-r esistan t,
s low -twi tch (typ e 1 ) m u scle fi ber s, it is a str on g b ut re lati vely slow p lan tar fl exor o f the an kle joi nt , capa bl e of su stai ne d
c on tract ion . E lectr om yog ra ph y (E MG) stu d ies sho w t hat d ur ing sym m etri cal stan di ng , th e so leu s i s con ti nu ou sly activ e.
P la n t ari s
T h e p lanta ri s is a sma ll m uscl e w ith a sh or t b elly an d a lon g ten do n (Figs . 5. 3 1 an d 5 .3 4A; Tab le 5. 1 3 ). Th is vestig ial m u scle is
a bsen t in 5 1 0% of p eop le an d is
P. 6 4 9
h i gh ly vari ab le i n size an d fo rm wh en p resen t (mo st co mm o nl y a tap eri ng sl ip ab ou t th e size of th e sm al l fin g er). I t acts w ith t he
g astr ocn em iu s b u t i s in sig n ifi can t as eith er a fl exor o f the kn ee or a pla nta rf lexo r of th e an kl e. It h as b een co nsi der ed to be an
o rg an o f pr op rio cept ion f or th e lar ger p la nta rf lexor s, as it ha s a h igh den sity of m u scle spin d les (recep tor s for p ro pr io cepti on ). Its
l on g, sl en der te nd on i s easi ly mi staken f or a n erve (an d h en ce d ub be d by som e th e fr esh ma n's n erve ). It r un s d ista lly
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 84 of 155
b etw een th e gastr ocn em iu s a nd th e sole us (Fig. 5. 3 4A ) a nd o ccasion al ly su d den ly r up tu res wi th a pai nf ul p op d ur in g acti vitie s su ch
a s r acq uet spo rt s. Becau se of its m in or r ole, the p lan tar is t end on ca n be r emo ved fo r gr af tin g (e. g. , du r in g rec ons tru ctive su rg er y
o f th e ten d on s of th e ha nd ) w ith ou t causi ng d isa bil ity.
Muscl e a
Pop lit eus
Pr ox imal Attachment
Di stal Attachment
I n ne rv ati on b
Ma in Actio n
Tib ial n er ve
We akly fl exes kn ee an d
co nd yle of f em ur an d
l ater al me ni scus
(L4 , L 5, S 1 )
u n lock s it by r otati ng f em ur
5 o n fi xed tib ia; m edi ally
r ota tes ti bi a o f un pl an ted
l im b
Flexor
ha llu cis
I n fer ior t wo th ir ds of
p oster io r sur f ace o f fib u la;
Tib ial n er ve
(S2 , S3 )
Fl exes g r eat t oe a t al l
j oin ts; wea kly p la nta rf lexes
lon g us (4 )
i nf er ior p ar t of
i nte ros seou s m em br an e
Flexor
di git oru m
Base s of d ista l
ph al ang es of late ral
lon g us (5 )
so leal li ne ; b y a br oad
te nd on to f ibu l a
fo ur d ig its
Tib ia lis
Tib ial n er ve
po steri or
( 6)
(L4 , L 5)
f oo t
4 th m etatar sals
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
a
b
Page 85 of 155
N u mb er s r efer t o th e fi gu re , par t A.
Th e sp in al cor d seg men tal i nn er vatio n is in di cated (e. g. , S2 , S 3 m ean s th at th e n er ves su p pl yin g the f lexor
ha llu cis lon g us ar e d eri ved fr om the seco nd an d th ir d sacr al segm en ts of th e sp in al cor d). Dam ag e t o o ne or m or e of th e
liste d spi nal co rd seg m ent s or to th e mo tor n er ve r oo ts ar isi ng f ro m th em r esu lts i n pa ra lysis of th e m u scles con cer ned .
Fa b e l la i n t h e G a st r o cn e m i u s
Cl ose to i ts p ro xim al atta chm en t, th e later al h ead of th e gastr ocn em iu s co nt ain s a sesam oi d bo ne, the fa bel la (L. b ean ), wh ich
art icu lates wi th th e l ater al fem or al con dy le a nd i s vi sibl e i n late ral r ad iog ra ph s o f t he kn ee i n 3 5% of p eop le (Fig . B5 . 15 ).
C a lc a n e a l T e n d in i ti s
In fl am ma tion o f th e cal can eal ten don con stitu tes 9 1 8 % of ru n n in g in ju ri es. Micr oscop ic tear s of co lla gen f ib ers in th e ten do n,
par ticu la rl y ju st sup er ior to i ts att ach men t to the cal cane us, r esu lt in ten d in itis, wh ich cau ses pai n d ur in g wa lkin g, especi all y w hen
wear in g r ig id-so led sh oes. C al can eal ten din it is o ften occu rs du ri n g rep etiti ve a ctivit ies, esp ecia lly in i nd ivid u als wh o take up
ru n ni ng a fter p ro lon g ed in activi ty o r su dd enl y i ncr ease th e i nte nsi ty of t hei r tra in in g, b u t it m ay also r esul t f ro m po or f ootw ear or
tra in in g sur fa ces.
Fig ure 5.37. Supe rf icia l d iss ectio n of p oste ri or asp ect of leg . E xcep t f or th e reti na cul a i n th e an kle r egi on , th e d eep
fa scia has be en r emo ved to re veal th e n er ves an d m u scles. V isib le n erves in clu d e th e tib ial an d com m on f ibu la r ne rves an d
th eir con tr ib ut ion s to th e for m atio n of th e sur al n erve. Th e th r ee h ea ds of th e tr icep s su r ae m u scle atta ch di stall y to th e
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 86 of 155
Fig ure 5.38. D eep d issecti on o f po ster io r asp ect o f ri ght l eg and knee jo int. A. Th e g astr ocn em iu s a nd m ost of th e
sole us are r em oved , leav in g on ly a h or sesh oe-sh ape d section of th e so leu s cl ose t o i ts p ro xim al attach m en ts a nd th e di stal
par t of th e ca lcan eal ten do n in th e sup er fici al pa rt of th e p oster io r com pa rtm en t Th e tr an sver se i nte rm u scul ar sep tum ha s
bee n spl it t o r eveal th e deep mu scles, vessels, a nd n er ves. B . Th e pop li teu s ten do n atta ches in p ar t to th e later al m en iscu s
an d is se par ated f ro m th e p r oxim al en d of th e tib ia by the p opl iteu s b u rsa.
R u p tu r e d C a l c a n e a l T e n d o n
R u ptu r e o f the cal cane al ten don is o ften susta in ed by po or ly co nd iti on ed peo pl e w ith a h istor y of calca nea l te nd in iti s. Th e i nj u ry is
t ypi cally exp eri en ced as a n au di ble sn ap du r in g a f or cefu l pu sh o ff (p lan tar fl exion with the kn ee e xten ded ) f oll owe d im m edi ately by
s ud den calf p ain an d su dd en d or sif lexio n of th e p la nta rf lexed f oot. In a com p letel y r up tu re d tend on , a ga p is p alp ab le, u su all y
1 5 cm pr oxi ma l to th e calcan eal at tach men t.
C al can eal ten don ru pt ur e i s p ro bab ly th e m ost sever e acut e m u scul ar pr ob lem of th e l eg. I n div idu al s w ith th is in ju ry can n ot
p la nta rf lex aga in st r esista nce (can no t r aise th e heel f ro m th e g ro un d or bal ance on the af fected side ), an d passi ve d or sif lexio n
( usu all y l im ited to 2 0 fr om neu tr al) is excessive. Am bu la tion i s p ossib le on ly wh en th e lim b is exter n ally r otated , r oll in g over th e
t ran sver sely pl aced f oot du r in g the stan ce ph ase wi tho ut pu sh o ff . Br ui sin g ap pear s in th e m al leol ar r egi on , an d a l um p u su ally
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 87 of 155
a pp ear s i n the cal f owi ng to sh or ten in g of th e t ric eps sur ae. I n ol der o r n on -ath letic pe opl e, n on -sur g ical re pai rs ar e of ten
a deq u ate, b ut su rg ical in ter ven tio n is usu al ly a dvi sed for tho se w ith a ctive lif estyle s.
Calcan eal Ten d on R eflex
T h e an kl e (je rk) re flex , the cal cane al ten don ref lex, i s a m yotati c r efl ex e lici ted wh il e th e per son 's leg s ar e dan gl in g over t he sid e
o f th e exa mi ni ng ta bl e. Th e calcan eal ten d on is str uck br iskl y w ith a r efl ex h am m er ju st p r oxim al to th e ca lcan eu s. Th e no rm al
r esu lt is pla nta rf lexi on of th e an kle joi nt. Th e cal can eal ten do n re flex tests th e S 1 an d S2 n er ve roo ts. I f t he S1 ner ve ro ot i s
i n ju red o r com pr essed , th e an kl e r efl ex i s vi rtu all y a bsen t.
G a s tr o c ne m iu s St r a i n
Ga stro cnem iu s stra in (ten n is l eg) is a p ai nf ul acu te in ju ry r esul tin g fr om the pa rti al tear in g of th e m ed ial b elly of th e
g astr ocn em iu s a t or nea r its mu scu lote nd in ou s j un cti on , oft en seen i n in di vid ual s o lde r tha n 4 0 year s o f a ge. I t is ca used b y
o ver stret chi ng th e mu scl e b y co nco mi tan t f ul l e xten sion o f the kn ee and d or sif lexi on of th e an kle joi nt. U sua lly, a n ab ru pt on set of
s tabb in g pa in is fo llo wed b y e dem a an d spasm of th e g astr ocn em iu s.
C a l c a n e a l B ur si t is
C al can eal bu r sitis (re tro achi lle s b ur siti s) r esu lts f r om in f lam m atio n of th e b u rsa of th e calcan eal ten d on lo cated b etwe en th e
c alcan eal ten d on an d th e su p eri or p art of th e post eri or su rf ace of th e cal can eus (Fig . B5 . 16 ). C alca nea l b u rsi tis cause s p ain
p oste ri or to th e h eel an d occu rs qu it e co mm on ly du r in g lon g -di stan ce r un n in g, basket bal l, an d ten n is. I t is cau sed b y excessi ve
f r ictio n on th e bu rs a as th e te ndon co nti nu ou sly sli des over i t. In f lam m atio n of th e su b cuta neo us calca nea l b u rsa al so r esu lts fr om
r ep etiti ve m i crot rau m a fr om th e backs of sh oes, u su all y n ew on es.
V e n o u s R e t ur n f r o m th e L e g
A ve no us pl exu s d eep to th e tr icep s su r ae i s i nvo lved in the r etu rn o f blo od f rom th e le g. Wh en a pe rso n is st and in g , th e ven ou s
r etu r n fr om t he leg d ep end s l arg ely on t he m uscu la r activi ty o f the tr icep s su r ae (see Ve no us Dr ai nag e of th e L ow er Li mb ,
e arl ier i n th is ch ap ter ). Co nt racti on o f the calf m u scles pu m ps bl ood su p eri or ly i n th e d eep vei ns. T h e ef fi cien cy o f the cal f p u mp i s
i m pr oved b y th e dee p fasci a th at in vests the m u scles like an el astic stocki ng . No rm al ly, b loo d is p r even ted fr om f lo win g in to th e
s up erf ici al vein s b y th e valve s in the pe rf or atin g vein s. I f th ese va lves are in com p eten t, bl ood i s f or ced in to the su per f icial vei ns
d u ri ng co ntr acti on of t he tr icep s su ra e an d b y h ydr osta tic pr essu re wh en str ain in g or stan din g . As a co nse qu en ce, th e vess els
b ecom e di lated and t ort uo us var icose vein s.
A c c e s so r y S o l e u s
A n accesso ry sol eus is pr esen t i n ap pr oxim at ely 3% of p eop le (Fig. B5 .1 7 ). Th e accessor y mu scle u sua lly ap pear s as a di stal be lly
m ed ial to th e calcan eal ten d on . Cl in ical ly, an a ccessor y so leu s m ay be associ ated w ith p ain and e dem a du r in g pr olo ng ed exer cise.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 88 of 155
P. 6 5 0
P. 6 5 1
P. 6 5 2
P. 6 5 3
D eep M u sc le G r ou p in th e P os t er io r Co m p ar tm en t
Fou r m u scles ma ke u p th e d eep g ro up i n th e p oster io r com pa rtm en t o f th e le g (Fi gs. 5 . 3 4, 5 . 3 8, 5 . 39 an d 5. 4 0): po pl iteu s, f lexor
d ig ito ru m lo ng u s, fl exor h all uci s lo ng u s, an d tib ial is p oster io r. Deta ils con cern in g th e attach m en ts, in ne rvat ion , an d acti on s of
th ese m uscl es a re pr ovi ded i n Tab le 5 .1 3 . Th e pop li teu s acts on th e kne e j oin t, w her eas th e o ther mu scle s p lan tar fle x th e ankl e
a nd f lex th e to es. Ho wever , b ecau se o f the ir sm all er size an d the clo se p ro xim ity of th eir tend on s t o th e axis of th e a nkl e j oin t, th e
n on -tr icep s p lan tar fl exor s co llect ively pr od u ce on l y ab ou t 7 % of th e total f orce of p lan tar fl exio n, a nd i n th is t he fi bu lar is
l on gu s a nd b re vis a re m ost sign if ican t. Wh en th e calca nea l te nd on i s r up tu red , th ese mu scle s can n ot gen er ate the p ower neces sary
to l ift th e b od y's weig h t (i .e. , to stan d on the toes) .
Fig ur e 5. 39. Di ssectio n d emo ns trat ing continuat ion of p lantar fl exo r tendo ns acr o ss ank le j oint. T h e f oot is rai sed as
in th e pu sh-o ff p ha se o f w alk in g. Ob ser ve th e sesam oid b on e actin g as a f oot stool f or th e 1st m etata rsal , gi vin g it
extr a h eig h t an d p ro tectin g th e f lexo r ha llu cis lon g us ten do n.
T h e tw o m u scles of th e post eri or com p artm en t tha t p ass to th e toes ar e cr iss-cr ossed th at i s, th e m u scle attach in g to th e m ed ial
(g r eat) t oe (f lexo r h allu cis lo ng us) ar ises later al ly (f r om th e f ib u la) in th e d eep su bco m par tm en t, an d th e m u scle attach in g to th e
l ater al fo ur to es (f lexo r di git oru m l on gu s) a ri ses m ed iall y (f ro m th e ti bi a) (Fig . 5 . 40 ). T hei r ten do ns cro ss in the sol e o f the fo ot.
P o pl it eu s
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 89 of 155
T h e p op li teus i s a th in , tr ian gu la r mu scle th at for m s th e in fer ior par t o f th e f loo r of th e p op lite al fossa (Fig s. 5 .3 1 , 5 .3 2 , an d
5 . 3 8B ). Pr oxi ma lly, i ts ten d in ou s at tach men t to the la tera l a spect of th e l ater al fem o ral con d yle an d its br oad er atta chm en t t o th e
l ater al m eni scus occu r b etwee n th e f ibr ou s layer a nd th e syno vial m em br an e o f th e j oin t ca psu le of th e k nee. Th e a pex of its fl esh y
b ell y em er g es f ro m th e j oin t ca psu le of th e k nee jo in t. It h as a f lesh y d istal at tach men t to the tib ia th at is co vere d by po pli teal
f asci a r ein fo rced b y a f ib rou s expa nsi on f rom th e sem im em b ran osu s mu scle .
P. 6 5 4
Fig ure 5.40. D issecti on d emo nstra ting conti nua tion of p lantar f lexo r tend ons i n seco nd layer o f sol e of f oo t. Th is
layer of fo ot m u scles in clu de s th e t end on s o f the f lexor h al lu cis l on gu s and f lexo r di gi tor um l on gu s, th e fou r lu m br ica l (L .
lu m br icu s, ear th wor m ) m u scles, a nd th e qu ad rat us pl ant ae.
T h e p op liteu s is i nsi gn if ican t as a fl exor o f the kn ee joi nt per se; b ut d ur in g fl exion at t he kn ee, it assist s in p u lli ng th e late ral
m en iscu s post eri or ly, a m ovem en t o ther w ise p r odu ced p assive ly b y com pr essio n (as i t i s f or th e m ed ial m en iscu s; so me h ave
c laim ed th is is par t of th e r easo n the la tera l m en iscu s is i nj ur ed l ess of ten ). Wh en a per son i s sta nd in g wi th th e kn ee pa rtl y f lexed ,
t he po pl iteu s co ntr acts to assist th e p oster io r cru ciat e l iga me nt (PC L) in p rev enti n g ant eri or di spl acem en t o f t he fem u r on t he
i n clin ed tib ial p late au.
T h e p op li teus b urs a l ies deep to th e pop li teu s ten d on (Fig . 5 .3 8 B). Wh en sta nd in g wi th th e kn ees loc ked in th e fu lly exten d ed
p osi tion , th e pop li teu s acts to ro tate the f emu r l ater ally 5 on t he tib ial p latea us (see T ib ia, earl ier i n th is ch ap ter ),
r el easin g th e kn ee fr om i ts cl ose-p acked or locked p osi tion so th at fl exion can occu r . Whe n th e f oot is off th e gr ou n d and t he kn ee
i s f lexed , th e pop li teus can a id th e m ed ial h am stri ng s (t he sem im uscl es ) in r otati ng t he tib ia m edi ally be nea th th e f em or al
c on dyle s.
F l exo r Ha llu ci s Lo n g u s
T h e f lexo r hall ucis l ong us (FH L) is a p owe rf ul f lexor o f all of th e joi nts of th e gr eat toe. I m me dia tely afte r the tr icep s su r ae h as
d eli ver ed th e th r ust of p lan tar fl exion to t he ba ll of th e f oot (th e p r om in ence of th e sole u nd er lyin g th e h ead s o f th e 1 st a nd 2 n d
m et atar sals), th e FHL d elive rs a f in al th ru st v ia flex ion o f the g reat toe f or th e p re swin g p ha se (to e of f) of th e gai t cycl e (T abl e
5 . 2 ). Whe n ba ref oot, thi s th r ust is del iver ed by th e g r eat t oe; b u t w ith so led sh oes on , it beco m es p ar t of th e th ru st o f
p la nta rf lexio n de livered b y th e for ef oot. Th e ten d on of t he FHL p asses poste ri or to th e d istal en d of th e tib ia an d occu pie s a
s hal low g ro ove on th e post eri or su rf ace of th e ta lu s, wh ich i s con ti nu ou s w ith the gr oo ve o n th e p lan tar su r face of th e talar shel f
( Fi gs. 5 . 39 an d 5. 4 0). Th e te nd on th en cr osses de ep to the ten do n of th e flex or di gi tor um lon gu s in th e sole of th e f oo t. As it
p asses to th e d istal p ha lan x o f the g reat toe , th e FHL t end on r u ns bet ween two sesam oid b o ne s in the ten d ons of th e fle xor
h al lu cis br evis (Fig. 5. 4 0). T h ese b on es pr otect th e ten d on f ro m th e p ressu r e o f the h ead of th e 1st m etata rsal b on e.
T o test the FHL , th e d istal p h alan x o f th e g rea t to e i s fl exed ag ain st resi stan ce; i f no rm al , the ten d on can b e seen an d pa lp ated on
t he pl an tar asp ect of th e g rea t to e as it cro sses th e joi nt s of th e toe.
F l exo r Di g it or u m Lo n g u s
T h e f lexo r d ig ito rum l ong us (FDL) is sm aller tha n th e FHL , even tho ug h it m oves fo ur d ig its (Fi gs. 5 . 3 8A , 5 .3 9 , an d 5. 4 0 ). It
p asses di ago na lly in to th e sol e o f the f oot, su p erf icia l t o th e ten do n of th e FH L. H ow ever, its dir ecti on of p u ll is r eal ig ned b y t he
q u adr atu s pla nta e m u scle, w hi ch is attach ed to th e poste ro later al asp ect o f the FDL ten don as i t d ivid es in to f ou r ten do ns (Fig .
5 . 4 0), w h ich in tur n p ass t o th e di stal ph ala ng es of th e la ter al fou r d igi ts.
T o test the FDL , th e dista l p h alan g es o f the lat era l f ou r toes ar e f lexed a gai nst r esistan ce; if th ey a re actin g n or m ally, the ten do ns
o f th e to es can be seen an d p alp ated .
T ib i ali s Po st er io r
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 90 of 155
T h e ti bi alis p oster io r (TP ), th e d eep est (m ost an ter ior ) m u scle in th e po steri or com p ar tme nt, lies bet ween t he FDL a nd th e FHL in
t he sam e pla ne as the tib ia an d fi bu la wi thi n th e d eep su bco mp ar tm en t (Fig s. 5 .3 8A, 5 . 39 , a nd 5 . 40 ). Dista lly, t he TP atta che s
p r im ar ily to the n avicu la r bon e (in cl ose p r oxim it y to th e h ig h p oin t of th e m ed ial lo ng itu di na l a rch o f the f oot) bu t has
a ttach m ent s to oth er ta rsal an d m etata rsal b on es (Fig s. 5 . 44D an d 5 .6 8A; Tab le 5 .1 3 ).
T h e T P i s tr ad itio na lly descr ib ed as an in ver tor o f the f oot. I n deed , w hen the fo ot is o ff th e gr ou nd , it can a ct syn er gist icall y w ith
t he TA to in ver t the fo ot, th ei r oth erw ise an tag on istic fu n ction s cance lin g each o th er ou t. Ho weve r, th e pr im ar y r ol e of t he TP is to
s up po rt or m ain tai n (fi x) th e me dia l l on gi tud in al ar ch d ur in g wei gh t bear in g ; con seq ue ntl y, th e m u scle con tra cts sta tical ly
t hr ou gh ou t the stan ce ph ase of g ait (Fi g. 5 . 6 9C & E ; T abl e 5 . 2). In so d oin g, it a cts i nd ep end en tly of th e T A beca use, on ce th e
f oo t is fl at on th e g r ou nd af ter h eel str ike, th at m uscl e i s r elaxe d du ri ng t he stan ce ph ase (the d orsi fl exion t ha t occu r s as th e b od y
p asses over t he pl an ted fo ot is p assive ), un le ss b rak in g req ui re s its eccen tr ic co nt racti on . Wh ile stan di ng (e speci ally on o ne f oot),
P. 6 5 5
h ow ever , th e t wo m uscl es m ay coop er ate to d ep ress th e l ater al sid e of th e fo ot a nd p u ll me dia lly on th e leg as n eede d to
c ou nter act late ral l ean in g for b ala nce .
T o test the tib ial is poste ri or, the fo ot is i nv erted agai nst r esistan ce wi th th e f oot in sl ig ht pl an tarf lexi on ; i f no rm al, the ten do n can
b e seen an d p alp ated p oster ior t o th e m edi al m al leo lu s.
N e rv es i n t h e Po st er io r Co m p a rt m e n t
T h e ti bi al n er ve (L4 , L 5, a nd S 1 S3 ) is th e l ar ger o f the two ter m in al br an ch es o f the sciat ic n er ve. I t r un s vert icall y th r ou gh th e
p op li teal fo ssa w ith th e po pli teal ar ter y, pa ssin g betw een th e hea ds of th e g astr ocn em iu s, th e tw o stru ctu re s exi tin g th e f ossa by
p assi ng d eep to th e te nd in ou s a rch o f the sol eus. Th e ti bi al ner ve sup pl ies all m u scles i n th e p oster io r com pa rtm en t of th e le g
( Fi gs. 5 . 34A an d 5 .3 8A; Tab le 5 .1 1 ). At th e a nkl e, th e n er ve l ies betw een th e ten don s of th e FH L and the FDL . Po ster oin fer io r to
t he m edi al ma lleo lu s, th e ti bi al ner ve di vide s in to th e m ed ial an d la tera l p lan tar ner ves. A b ra nch o f th e ti bia l n er ve, th e med ia l
s ur al cut ane ou s n er ve, is usu al ly j oin ed b y th e sur al com m u ni catin g br an ch of t he com m on f ib ul ar ne rve to fo rm t he sura l ner ve.
T h is n er ve sup pl ies the skin of th e l ater al and p oste rio r pa rt of th e i nf er ior th ir d of th e leg an d th e l ater al sid e o f the fo ot.
A r ticu lar b ra nch es of th e ti bi al ner ve sup pl y th e kne e j oin t, an d m edi al calca nea l b r anch es sup p ly th e skin o f the h eel.
A r te ri e s in th e P os t eri or C om p a r tm en t
T h e p os teri or ti bi al a rter y , th e lar ger a nd m or e di rect ter m in al br an ch of th e p op lit eal art ery, p r ovid es t he bl ood su p ply to th e
p oste ri or com p artm en t of th e l eg an d to the fo ot (Fi gs. 5 . 3 4A , 5 .3 8A, an d 5 . 41 ; Tab le 5. 1 2). It beg in s a t th e dist al bor d er of th e
p op li teus as the p opl iteal ar ter y p asses de ep to the ten di no us ar ch of th e soleu s a nd si m ul tan eou sly bif u rcate s in to its ter m in al
b r an ches. Cl ose t o i ts o rig in , th e poste ri or tib ial ar ter y g ives r ise t o i ts l arg est br an ch, the fi bu lar arte ry (see b elo w), w h ich r un s
l ater al an d pa ral lel to it, a lso wit hi n the d eep su bcom p ar tm ent. Du r in g its descen t, th e po steri or ti bia l a rter y is a ccom pan ie d by
t he tib ial n er ve an d vei ns. Th e ar ter y r u ns po ster ior to th e me dia l m al leol us, fr om w hi ch it is separ ate d by the ten d on s of th e
t ibi ali s p oster ior a nd f lexo r di git or um l on gu s. I nf er ior to th e med ia l m al leol us, it r u ns be tween the ten do ns of th e fle xor h allu ci s
l on gu s and f lexo r di gi tor um l on gu s. Deep to th e f lexo r re tin acu lu m an d th e o rig in o f th e ab du cto r hal lu cis, th e po steri or tib ia l
a rte ry di vide s in to m edi al an d later al p lan tar ar ter ies, th e ar teri es o f the sol e o f t he fo ot.
T h e f ib ular ar ter y, th e l ar gest an d mo st i mp or tan t br an ch of th e ti bi al art ery, ari ses i nf eri or to th e d ista l b or de r of th e p op lite us
a nd t he ten di no us ar ch of th e so leu s (Fig s. 5 . 38A an d 5 .4 1 ; T abl e 5 . 12 ). I t d escen ds ob liq u ely tow ard th e fi bu la an d passe s al on g
i ts m ed ial si de, u su all y w ith in th e FH L. Th e f ib ul ar ar ter y g ives mu scu lar b r anch es to the p opl iteu s and o th er m uscl es in bot h th e
p oste ri or an d th e l ater al com par tm en ts o f the leg . I t al so g ive s r ise to t he n utr ien t art ery of th e f ib u la ( Fi g. 5 . 41 ). Dista lly, the
f ib u lar ar ter y g ives ri se to a pe rf or atin g br an ch an d ter m in al later al m all eola r an d calcan eal b ra nch es. T he pe rf or atin g br an ch
p ier ces th e in ter osseo us m em br an e an d p asses to t he do rsu m o f t he fo ot, w he re it an astom oses wi th th e a rcu ate ar tery. Th e
l ater al calca nea l b r anch es sup p ly t he he el, an d th e later al m alle olar br an ch joi ns oth er m al leol ar br an ches to f orm a p er iar ticu lar
a rte ria l a na stom osis of th e ankl e.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 91 of 155
Fig ure 5.41. Arte ri es o f k nee, p oster io r leg , and so le o f fo ot. T h e p op litea l a rte ry bi fu rca tes i nto th e ant eri or an d
po steri or ti bia l a rter ie s; th e l atter g ives ri se t o th e fi bu lar a rter y and t erm in ate s as it ent ers th e f oot, b if ur cati ng i nt o th e
m edi al and l ater al pl an tar ar ter ies.
T h e ci rcumf lex fi bul ar ar tery ar ises fr om th e or igi n of th e an teri or or p oste rio r tib ial ar ter y at th e k nee an d pa sses l ater ally ove r
t he n eck o f the fi bu la to th e an asto m oses a ro un d th e kn ee.
T h e nutr ient a rter y o f the ti bi a, th e l arg est nu tr ien t arte ry in th e bod y, ar ises fr om the or ig in o f t he an ter ior o r po steri or tib ia l
a rte ry. I t p ier ces the tib ia lis po steri or , to wh ich i t su pp li es b ra nch es, an d en ter s th e nu tr ien t f or am en in the p rox im al thi rd o f the
p oste ri or su rf ace o f th e ti bia .
P o s te r io r T i b i a l P u l s e
Th e p oster io r tib ial p ul se can usu all y b e pal pate d betw een th e post eri or su rf ace of th e m ed ial m all eolu s an d the m edi al bo rd er of
the cal cane al ten don (Fi g. B 5 .1 8 ). Beca use th e p oster io r tib ial ar ter y p asses deep t o th e fle xor r etin acu lu m , it is i m por tan t wh en
pal pat in g thi s p ul se to h ave th e p erso n in ver t th e fo ot to r ela x th e r eti na cul um . Fail u re to do so ma y l ead to th e er r on eou s
con clu sion t hat th e p u lse is a bsen t. B oth ar ter ies ar e exa mi ne d sim ul tan eou sly fo r equ ali ty o f for ce. P alp atio n of th e p oster io r
tib ial pu lse s is essen tial f or exa mi ni ng p ati ents wi th occl usi ve p er iph er al ar ter ial di sease. A lth ou gh post eri or tib ial p ul ses a re
abse nt in ap p rox im ately 1 5% o f n or m al you n g peo ple , abse nce of p oster ior tib ial pu lse s is con sid ere d to b e a si gn o f occlu sive
per ip he ral ar ter ial d isease in p eop le old er th an 6 0 ye ars. Fo r exam pl e, in ter m itten t clau di catio n, ch ar acter ized by leg p ain an d
cram p s, de velop s d u ri ng w alki ng a nd d isap pe ars af ter re st. Th ese con di tion s r esu lt fr om i sche mi a o f the le g mu scles cau sed b y
na rr owi n g or occl usi on of th e leg ar ter ies.
P. 6 5 6
P. 6 5 7
T h e B o t to m L i n e
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 92 of 155
T h e p oster io r or p lantar fle xor com p art me nt is sub di vid ed by th e tr an sver se i nte rm u scul ar sep tum in to sup er fici al an d deep
s ub com pa rtm en ts. I n th e su pe rf icia l su b com par tm en t, th e g astr ocn em iu s an d sol eu s m u scles (the tr icep s su ra e) sh ar e a com m on
t end on (t he calca nea l t end on , th e b od y's stro ng est tend on ). T he tr icep s su ra e p ro vid es th e pow er of p lan tar f lexio n th at p r ope ls th e
b od y i n wa lkin g an d pl ays a m aj or r ole in r u nn in g an d ju m pi ng vi a p u sh of f. T he de ep mu scl es au g men t th e acti on th r ou gh f lexi on
o f th e d ig its a nd su p por t of th e l on git ud in al ar ch of th e f oo t. Th e c ont ent s of th e com pa rtm en t a re su pp lied b y t he tib ial n er ve an d
t wo ar teri es, th e (m ed ial ) p oster io r tib ial an d fi bu lar a rte rie s. All th r ee st ru ctu res cou rse w ith in th e con fin ed d eep
s ub com pa rtm en t, w her e swel lin g m ay h ave p rof ou n d con sequ en ces f or th e en tir e p oster ior com par tm en t, th e d ista l l ater al
c om par tm en t, an d th e f oot.
S u r f a c e An a t o m y o f t he L eg
T h e ti bi al t ub er osi ty i s an e asily p alp abl e el evati on on t he an ter ior a spect of th e p r oxim al p art of th e tib ia, ap p rox im ately 5 cm
d ista l t o th e ape x of t he pa tella (Fig . SA 5 .3A). Th e ti bi al tub er osity in di cates th e le vel of th e h ead o f the fi bu la an d th e b if ur cati on
o f th e p op litea l a rter y in to t he an ter ior a nd p oster io r tib ial ar ter ies. T he p atell ar lig ame nt m ay be fel t as it exten ds fr om the
i n fer ior b or de r of th e ap ex of th e p atel la. I t i s m ost easi ly f elt wh en th e kn ee i s exte nd ed. When the kn ee f lexe s to a ri gh t a ng le, a
d ep ressi on m ay be fe lt o n each si de of th e pate llar l ig am ent . Th e j oin t cavity is sup er fic ial in th ese de pr ession s. T he head o f the
f ib ula is sub cu tan eou s a nd m ay be pa lp ated at th e p oster ola ter al aspect of th e kne e, at the leve l o f the ti bia l tu b ero sity. T h e neck
o f the f ib ula can b e p alp ated j ust di stal to th e h ead . Th e tendo n o f the b icep s f emor is m ay be tra ced by pa lpa tin g its di stal
a ttach m ent to th e l ater al sid e of th e he ad of th e f ib ul a. T hi s tend on an d th e n eck of th e f ib ul a g u ide th e e xam in in g fi ng er to th e
c ommo n fi bul ar ner ve (Fig . 5 .3 7 ). Th e ner ve is in dica ted by a lin e alon g th e bice ps fem or is ten don , p oster io r to the h ead of th e
f ib u la, an d ar ou n d the la tera l a spect of th e f ib u lar n eck t o i ts an ter io r aspe ct, ju st d ista l t o th e fi bu lar h ead . T he com m on f ibu la r
n er ve can u sua lly be pa lp ated ju st post eri or to th e f ib ul ar head an d ro lle d agai n st th e f ib u lar n eck w ith the fi ng er tip s.
T h e ante ri or b or d er of the ti bi a i s sh ar p, su b cut ane ou s, an d easil y f oll owed d ista lly by pa lp ation fr om th e tib ial tu ber osi ty to th e
m ed ial m al leol us (Fig . SA 5. 3A C ). It is n ot u su all y p erf ectl y str aig h t. Th e m ed ial su r face of th e shaft of the ti bi a i s al so
s ub cut ane ou s, excep t at its pr oxi ma l e nd . It s in f eri or th ir d is crosse d obl iq uel y b y t he gr eat sap hen ou s vein a s it pa sses p ro xim all y
t o th e m edi al aspect of th e kne e.
T h e ti bi alis anter io r lie s su per f icial ly and i s ea sily pa lpa ble ju st later al to th e a nter io r bo rd er of th e tib ia. A s th e foo t i s in ver ted
a nd d or sif lexed , th e l ar ge tendo n o f t he TA can b e seen and p al pate d as i t r un s dist ally an d sli gh tly m edi ally over t he an ter ior
s ur face of th e an kle joi nt to th e m ed ial sid e o f the f oot (Fig SA 5 .3C ). If th e 1st di gi t i s d orsi fl exed, the tend on o f the E HL can b e
p al pate d ju st l ater al to t he ten do n of th e t ibi ali s an ter ior . T he tend on o f the ext ensor hal lucis br evis m ay a lso be visi ble . As
t he toes ar e d or sif lexed , th e tend o ns of the ED L can b e p al pate d later al to th e exte nso r ha llu cis lon g us an d fol low ed to th e f ou r
l ater al di gi ts. Th e tendo n o f the FT ma y b e p alp ab le later al to th e ten d on s of t he E DL , esp ecial ly w h en th e f oot is do rsi fle xed an d
e vert ed.
T h e shaf t o f the f ib ula is su b cuta neo us on ly in i ts d istal p art , pr oxi ma l to th e later al m all eolu s; thi s p art is th e co mm on site of
f r actu res. T h e med ia l a nd l ater al mall eol i a re sub cu tan eou s a nd p ro mi ne nt. Palp ate th em, no tin g th at th e tip of t he late ral
m al leo lu s exten d s f art her d ista lly an d po steri or ly tha n th e m ed ial m all eolu s.
T h e f ib ular is long us i s su b cuta neo us th ro ug ho ut its cou r se (Fig . SA 5 .3B). Th e te nd on s o f thi s m u scle and the fi bul ar is b r evis
a re pa lp abl e w hen the f oot is evert ed as th ey pa ss ar ou n d the poster ior a spect of th e later al m all eolu s. T hese ten do ns m ay b e
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 93 of 155
f ol low ed an ter ior ly alon g th e later al sid e o f the f oot. T h e ten d on of th e fi bu lar is lon g us ru n s as fa r an teri or ly a s th e cub oid a nd
t hen disa pp ear s b y tu r ni ng i nto th e sole of th e foo t. Th e tendo n o f the FB m ay b e trace d to its a ttach m ent to th e b ase of th e 5 th
m et atar sal.
T h e cal caneal tend on can b e easi ly fol low ed to its attach m en t to th e post eri or pa rt of th e calcan eu s. Th e an kle joi nt is fai rl y
s up erf ici al in th e d ep ressi on o n each si de of th e ca lcan eal ten do n. Th e hea ds of the g astr o cne mius a re easi ly r ecog n izab le in th e
s up eri or p ar t of th e calf o f t he leg (Fig . S A5 .3A & B). T he so leus can be p alp ated d eep to an d at the sid es o f the su per io r par t of
t he calca nea l t end on . T he tri cep s sur ae (soleu s and g astr ocn em iu s to get her ) i s ea sy to p alp ate wh en th e i nd ivi du al is stan di ng o n
t he toes. Th e so leu s can be di stin gu ish ed f ro m th e g astr ocn em iu s d ur in g sq uat tin g (fle xin g the kn ees wh ile stan d in g on toe s)
b ecau se fle xion o f th e kn ee to app ro xim atel y 9 0 m akes the g astro cne mi us fl accid ; p lan tar fl exio n in th is po sitio n is ma in tain ed
b y the sol eus. Th e d eep m u scles of th e p oster io r com par tm en t a re no t ea sily pa lpa ted, bu t t hei r ten don s can b e ob ser ved ju st
p oste ri or to th e m ed ial m all eolu s, esp ecia lly wh en th e foo t i s in ver ted an d th e t oes a re fl exed .
P. 6 5 8
F o ot
T h e cli ni cal im po rta nce of th e foo t i s in d icated b y t he con sidera bl e am ou n t o f tim e p r im ar y car e ph ysicia ns de vote to f oo t
p robl em s. Pod iatr y is th e speci ali zed fi eld th at dea ls w ith t he stu dy an d care of th e feet .
T h e an kle r efer s to th e na rr ow est an d m all eol ar pa rts of th e d ista l l eg, p r oxim al to th e d or su m an d he el o f the f oot, i ncl ud in g th e
a nkl e j oin t. T he fo ot, d istal to th e a nkl e, p rov ide s a pl atfo rm for su p por tin g th e bod y wh en stan d in g and h as an i mp or tan t r ol e in
l ocom ot ion . Th e skeleto n of th e foo t co nsi sts of 7 tar sals, 5 m eta tar sals, an d 1 4 p ha lan ges (Fig . 5. 4 2 ; Ta bl e 5 . 14 ). T he fo ot and i ts
b on es
P. 6 5 9
m ay be con sid er ed in te rm s o f thr ee an atom ica l a nd f un cti on al par ts:
Fig ur e 5. 42. Retinacul a o f a nkle and pa rts of f oo t. Th e disp osi tion o f th e b on es o f the fo ot and t he su per ior and i nf er ior
exten sor an d f ibu la r ret in acul a r ela tive to sur fa ce f eatu re s ar e d em on str ated .
Tab le 5.14-I . Muscl es o f the Foo t: 1st and 2nd La yers of the So le
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
M uscle
Page 94 of 155
D istal Attachment
I nnerva tion a
Ma in Actio n b
1st la yer
Abdu ctor
ha llu cis
1st d igi t
Fl exor
di git oru m
Bot h sid es o f m i dd le
ph ala ng es o f later al
br evis
fou r d ig its
Abdu ctor
di git i m in im i
of 5 th di gi t
calcan eu s
di gito ru m l on gu s
Ab du cts a nd f lexes 1 st
dig it (gr eat toe, hal lu x)
2n d la yer
Qua dr atu s
pl ant ae
Lu m br ical s
Media l a spect of
Fl ex p ro xim al
lon g us
L ater al th re e:
l ater al pl an tar
ph alan g es o f later al
fou r d igi ts (to es)
n er ve ( S2 , S3 )
T h e sp in al cor d segm en tal in n erv ation is i nd ica ted (e. g. , S2 , S 3 m ean s th at th e n er ves su pp lyi ng t he ab du ctor
ha llu cis ar e d eri ved fr om the secon d an d th ir d sacr al segm en ts of th e sp in al cor d). Dam ag e t o o ne or m or e of th e l isted
spi na l co rd seg m en ts or t o th e m otor n er ve r oo ts ar isi ng f ro m th em r esu lts in p ara lysis of th e m u scles con cer ned .
b
De spite in d ivid u al actio ns, th e pr im ar y f u ncti on of th e in tri n sic m u scles of th e so le of th e f oot is to resi st f latt eni ng o r
m ain tain the ar ch of th e foo t.
T h e p ar t/reg io n of th e f oot con tacti n g the fl oor o r gr ou n d is t he sole (L. pl ant a) o r pl ant ar re gio n (L. reg io pl an tar is), an d th e p ar t
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 95 of 155
d ir ected su p eri or ly i s th e dor su m of th e foo t (L. d orsu m p ed is) o r d or sal reg io n o f the fo ot (L. reg io d orsa lis ped is ). T h e sol e o f
t he fo ot un de rl yin g the cal cane us is the h eel or heel r egi on (L. r eg io calcan ea) an d th e so le u n de rly in g the h ead s of th e me dia l
t wo m etatar sal s is th e b all of th e foo t. Th e gr eat toe
P. 6 6 0
( L. h all ux) is also th e 1st toe (L. dig itu s pr im u s); th e l ittl e to e (L. di gi tus m in im us) is also th e 5th toe (L. d ig itu s q u in tus ).
Pr oxi mal
M uscle
At ta chm en t
D istal Attachment
Inner vati on a
Mai n Actio nb
3r d la yer
Bo th sid es of ba se of
Medi al pl ant ar
ha llu cis
br evis
Fl exor
cu boi d an d later al
cu nei fo rm s
p roxi m al ph ala nx of
1 st d ig it
n erve (S2 , S 3)
d ig it
Addu ctor
ha llu cis
Te nd on s o f both hea ds
atta ch to later al sid e
Deep br an ch of
lat eral p lan tar
2 4
Tr an sver se h ead :
of b ase of pr oxi ma l
p hal an x of 1 st di git
n erve (S2 , S 3)
pl an tar li gam en ts of
m etatar sop ha lan ge al joi nts
Fl exor d ig it
Ba se o f 5 th
Ba se o f pr oxim al
Su p erf icia l
m in im i b r evis
m etatar sal
p hal an x of 5 th d ig it
br an ch of l ater al
pl an tar n erv e
(S2 , S 3)
4t h layer
Plan tar
in ter ossei
Ba ses an d m ed ial
sid es o f me tatar sals
(th ree
m uscl es)
3 5
3 rd 5 th di gi ts
Do rs a l
in ter ossei
Ad jace nt sid es o f
m etatar sal s 1 5
(fo ur
m uscl es)
La tera l p la nta r
n erve (S2 , S 3)
A dd u ct d ig its (2 4 ) a nd f lex
m eta tarso ph al ang eal jo in ts
La tera l p la nta r
n erve (S2 , S 3)
A bd u ct d ig its (2 4 ) a nd f lex
m eta tarso ph al ang eal jo in ts
2 nd d ig it; 2n d 4t h:
lat era l si des of
2 nd 4 th di gi ts
T h e sp in al cor d segm en tal in n erv ation is i nd ica ted (e. g. , S2 , S 3 m ean s th at th e n er ves su pp lyi ng t he fl exor
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 96 of 155
ha llu cis br evis ar e d er ived f ro m th e seco nd a nd th ir d sacr al segm en ts of th e sp in al cor d). Dam ag e to o ne or m o re of th e
liste d spi nal co rd seg m ent s or to th e mo tor n er ve r oo ts ar isi ng f ro m th em r esu lts i n pa ra lysis of th e m u scles con cer ned .
b Desp ite in div idu al acti on s, th e p ri m ary fu n ction of th e i ntr in sic m uscl es o f the sol e of t he fo ot i s to r esist fl atten in g or
m ain tain the ar ch of th e foo t.
S kin a n d F a s cia o f th e F o ot
Ma rked va ri ation s occu r in th e thi ckn ess (str en gth ) and t extu re of skin , su bcu tan eo us tissu e (sup er fici al fasci a), an d de ep fasci a i n
r el ation sh ip to w eig ht bea ri ng a nd d istr ib uti on , gr ou n d con tact (gr ip , ab rasi on ), an d th e n eed f or con tai nm en t o r
c om par tm en tali zatio n.
S kin an d S u b cu t an e ou s T is s u e
T h e ski n of th e d or su m of th e foo t is m uch thi nn er a nd l ess sen siti ve t han skin on mo st o f the sol e. Th e sub cu tan eou s
P. 6 6 1
t issu e i s lo ose deep t o th e do rsal ski n; th eref or e, ed em a (G. o ide -m a, a sw elli ng ) i s m ost m ark ed over th is su rf ace, esp ecial ly
a nte ri or to an d ar ou nd th e me dia l m al leol us. Th e ski n over the m ajo r wei gh t-be ari ng a rea s of th e sole t he h eel, l ater al ma rg in ,
a nd b all o f the fo ot is th ick. T he su bcu tan eou s tissu e i n th e sol e i s m or e fib ro us th an in oth er ar eas of th e f oot. Fi br o us sep ta
( hi gh ly devel op ed skin l ig am ents, reti na cul a cu tis; see In tr odu cti on ) d ivid e t hi s ti ssue in to fat -fil led ar eas, m aki ng i t a sh ocka bso rb in g pad , esp ecial ly over th e hee l. Th e skin l ig am ents also an ch or th e skin to th e u n de rly in g deep f ascia (p lan tar
a po neu r osis), i m pr ovin g th e g ri p of th e sole. Th e ski n of th e so le is hai rl ess an d sw eat gla nd s a re nu m er ou s; th e enti re sol e
i s sen sit ive (tickli sh), especi all y th e thi nn er -skin n ed are a u n der lyi ng th e ar ch.
M uscle
P ro xima l Attachment
D ista l Attachme nt
Inner vatio n a
Ma in Actio n
Ext enso r
L on g fl exor
Deep f ib u lar
di git oru m
br evis
ten d on s of f ou r
m ed ial toe s (d igi ts
n er ve (L5 o r
S 1 , or b oth )
l on gu s i n exten di ng t he fo ur
m ed ial toe s at th e m etat ar-
2 5 )
so ph alan g eal an d
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 97 of 155
r eti nacu lu m
Ext enso r
ha llu cis
br evis
b ase of pr oxi ma l
p ha lan x o f gr eat
l on gu s i n exten di ng t he gr eat
to e at th e m eta tar so-
to e (d ig it 1)
p ha lan ge al join t
T h e sp in al cor d segm en tal in n erv ation is i nd ica ted (e. g. , L5 o r S1 me ans th at the n erve su pp lyi ng th e exten sor
di git oru m b r evis is d er ived f ro m eith er th e fif th l um b ar seg men t or f irst sacr al seg men t of th e sp in al cor d). Da ma ge to
on e o r mo re of th e liste d spin al cor d seg m ents or to th e mo tor n er ve r oot s ar isi ng f ro m th em r esul ts i n pa ral ysis of th e
m uscl es con cer n ed.
P. 6 6 2
D eep F asc ia o f t h e F o o t
T h e d eep f ascia is thi n on th e do rsu m of th e fo ot, w her e it i s co nti nu ou s pr oxim al ly with the in f eri or exten sor r eti na cul um ( Fi g.
5 . 4 3A ). Over th e later al an d po ster ior asp ects of th e f oot , th e d eep fa scia is co nt in uo us wi th th e p lanta r fasci a, th e deep f ascia of
t he sol e (Fig . 5 .4 3B & C ). T he pl an tar fa scia ha s a th ick ce ntr al p art an d wea ker m edi al an d later al pa rts. Th e th ick, cent ral p art
f or m s th e stro ng p la nta r ap oneur osi s, lon g itu di nal ly arr an g ed bu n dle s of d en se f ib ro us con ne ctive tissu e i nve stin g th e cen tr al
p la nta r mu scle s. It re semb les th e p alm ar a po neu r osis of th e p alm of th e h an d (C ha pter 6 ) bu t i s to ug h er, d en ser , an d elon g ated .
T h e p lan tar f ascia h old s t he pa rts of th e f oot tog eth er , he lps p rot ect th e sole fr om in ju ry, a nd h elp s su p po rt th e lo ng itu d in al
a rch es of th e f oot.
T h e p lan tar a pon eu r osis ari ses p oster io rl y f ro m th e cal can eus an d fu n ction s like a sup er fici al lig am en t. Distal ly, th e lon gi tu din al
b u nd les of col lag en f ibe rs of th e a pon eu r osis div ide in to fi ve b an ds th at b ecom e con tin u ou s w ith th e fib ro us d igi tal she ath s th at
e ncl ose the fl exor te nd on s th at pa ss to th e t oes. A t th e ant eri or en d of th e so le, i nf er ior to th e hea ds of th e m etat arsa ls, th e
a po neu r osis is rei nf or ced by tr an sverse fi ber s for m in g th e sup er fici al tra ns verse metata rsa l l ig ament.
I n th e mi df oot an d fo ref oot, vert ical in ter mu scu lar se pta exten d d eepl y (su p eri or ly) f ro m th e m ar g in s of th e pl ant ar ap on eur osi s
t owa rd th e 1st an d 5 th m etatar sal s, for m in g th e th r ee co mp ar tm en ts of th e sole (Fig . 5 .4 3 C):
1. T h e med ia l co mp art ment of the sol e i s cove red su p erf icia lly by th in ne r me dia l p lan tar fasci a. It con tai ns th e
P. 6 6 3
a bd uct or h allu ci s, fle xor h all uci s b revi s, th e te nd on o f t he fl exor h all uci s l on gu s, an d th e m ed ial p lan tar n er ve a nd vesse ls.
Fig ure 5.43. Fasci a and co mpa rtme nts of f oo t. A. Th e sk in an d su bcu tan eou s t issu e h ave bee n rem o ved to
dem on str ate th e d eep f ascia of th e l eg an d do rsu m of t he fo ot. B . Th e deep p lan tar fasci a co nsi sts of t he th ick pla nta r
apo ne ur osi s an d th e th in n er m edi al an d later al p lan tar f ascia. Th e a pon eu ro sis con sists of lon g itu di na l b an ds of d ense
fi br ou s con n ective ti ssue. T h in ner par ts o f th e p lan tar f ascia h ave been r em ove d, r eveal in g the p lan tar d ig ital vessel s
an d ner ves. C. Th e b on es a nd m u scles of th e f oo t ar e sur ro un d ed by th e d eep d or sal and p la nta r fasci a. A lar g e cen tr al
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 98 of 155
an d sma ller m ed ial an d la ter al com par tm en ts o f the sol e ar e crea ted by in ter m uscu lar septa th at exten d dee ply fr om the
pl ant ar ap on eur osi s.
2. T h e centr al comp ar tment of the so le is cover ed su per fi cial ly b y t he de nse pl an tar ap on eu rosi s. It con tai ns th e f lexo r
d ig ito ru m b rev is, th e te nd on s o f the fl exor h al lu cis l on gu s a nd f lexo r di git oru m l on gu s p lu s t he m uscl es a ssociate d wit h the
l atter , th e q u adr atu s pla nta e an d lu m br ica ls, an d th e a dd ucto r h allu cis. Th e l ater al pl ant ar ne rve an d vessels ar e a lso loca ted
here.
3. T h e l ater al c omp ar tment o f the sol e i s co vere d sup er fici ally b y th e thi nn er l ater al pla nta r fasci a a nd co nta in s th e a bd uct or
a nd f lexo r di git i m in i mi b revi s.
I n th e for ef oot on ly, a fo ur th co mp ar tm ent , the inter o sseous comp ar tment o f the f oo t, is sur r ou nd ed b y th e p la nta r and dor sal
i n tero sseou s f ascia s. It con tain s the m etatar sal s, th e d or sal an d pla nta r in ter osseou s m u scles, and t he de ep pl ant ar an d
m et atar sal vessels. Wh er eas th e p lan tar i nte rosse i a nd p lan tar m eta tar sal vessels ar e d istin ctl y p lan tar i n po sitio n, t he re ma in in g
s tru ctu res of th e com par tm en t a re loca ted in ter me dia te b etw een th e p la nta r and t he do rsa l a spects of th e f oo t.
A f if th com p art men t, th e do r sal comp ar tment o f the f oo t, lies be tween the d orsa l f ascia of t he fo ot a nd th e tar sal bo nes an d th e
d or sal in ter osseo us fasci a o f the m id fo ot a nd f or efo ot. I t co nta in s th e m u scles (exten sor s h al lu cis b r evis and exten sor d igi tor um
b r evis) an d neu r ovascu lar stru ctu re s of th e dor su m of th e foo t.
P la n t a r Fa sc i i ti s
Str ain in g an d in fl am m ation of th e p lan tar a pon eu r osis, a con ditio n call ed pl an tar fa sciiti s, m ay r esu lt fr om r u nn in g an d h igh im pact aer ob ics, esp ecia lly wh en i na pp ro pr iate fo otw ear is wo rn . Pl ant ar fasci iti s is th e m ost com m on h in d foo t p ro ble m in r u nn er s
(Mi dd leto n an d Ko lod on, 1 99 2 ). I t cau ses pai n on th e pl an tar su rf ace of th e h eel an d on th e me dia l a spect of th e foo t. Th e pai n is
ofte n m ost se vere af ter sitt in g and w h en be gin n in g to wal k i n th e m or n in g, b u t d issip ates aft er 5 1 0 m i nu tes of acti vity, o ften
recu r ri ng ag ai n fol low in g r est. Poi nt ten d ern ess is l ocated a t th e pr oxim al at tach me nt of th e a pon eu r osis to the m edi al tu ber cle of
the cal cane us an d on th e med ia l su r face of th is bo ne. Th e p ain in creas es w ith p assive exten sio n of th e gr eat toe and ma y b e
fu rth er e xacer bate d by dor sif lexi on of t he an kle an d/or weig h t b ear in g. I f a calcan eal sp ur (a bn or m al bon y pr ocess) pr otr u des
fr om th e me dia l t ub er cle, p lan tar f ascii tis i s l ikely to cau se p ain on th e m ed ial si de of th e f oot w hen wal kin g (Fi g. B 5 .1 9 ). Usu all y
a b u rsa dev elop s a t th e end o f the sp ur th at m ay a lso beco m e in f lam ed an d ten de r.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Page 99 of 155
Fig ure 5.44. L ayer s o f p la ntar muscles. A. T he 1 st l ayer con si sts of th e ab du ctor s o f t he lar g e an d sm all to es, an d th e
sho rt fl exor o f the toes . B. T he 2 n d layer co nsi sts o f the lo ng f lexo r ten don s and a ssocia ted m uscl es: f ou r lu m br ical s an d th e
qu ad ra tus pl an tae. C. T he 3 rd l ayer con sis ts of th e fl exor of th e lit tle toe and t he fl exor an d ad du cto r of th e g re at to e. Al so
dem o nstr ated a re th e n eu ro vascu lar str u ctur es tha t co ur se i n a pla ne be tween the 1 st a nd 2 n d layer s. D . Th e 4th layer
con sists of th e d or sal an d pl ant ar in ter osseou s mu scle s.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.45. Arte ri es and muscl e la yers of f oo t. A and B . Th e p oste ri or tib ial ar ter y te rm in ates as it ente rs the f oot by
di vid in g in to t he m edi al an d later al pl an tar ar ter ies. Ob ser ve th e dis tal an astom oses of th ese vessels wi th th e d eep p lan tar
ar tery fr om the d orsa l a rter y of th e f oot an d th e p erf or ati ng b ra nch es to t he ar cua te ar ter y o n th e d or sum of th e f oot (Fig .
5. 4 7 ). Not e th at th e p lan tar ar ter ies en ter an d r un i n th e p lan e betw een th e 1st an d th e 2 n d layer s, w ith th e later al p lan tar
ar tery pa ssin g fr om m ed ial to la tera l. Th e dee p br an ches of th e art ery th en pa ss f rom late ral to m edi al bet ween t he 3 rd an d
th e 4 th la yers.
M u s cle s of th e Fo o t
O f t he 2 0 in di vid ual m u scles of th e f oot , 14 are lo cated on the p lan tar asp ect, 2 a re on th e do rsal asp ect, a nd 4 a re in ter me dia te
i n p ositi on . From the p lan tar asp ect, m u scles of th e so le are ar r ang ed in fou r la yers wi th in fo ur com par tm en ts. Th e mu scl es of th e
f oo t ar e ill ustr ated a nd th ei r attach m en ts, in n erva tion , an d acti on s ar e descr ib ed by com p artm en t an d by layer i n Fig ur es 5 . 4 3C ,
5 . 4 4, a nd 5 . 4 5B an d T abl e 5 . 14 .
Desp ite th eir co mp ar tm ent al and l ayer ed ar ra ng em en t, th e p lan tar m u scles fu n ction p r im ar ily as a g ro up d ur in g th e sup po rt ph ase
o f stan ce, m ain tai ni ng th e ar ches of th e foo t (T abl e 5 . 2). Th ey b asica lly re sist for ces tha t ten d to r edu ce the lo ng itu di na l a rch a s
w eig h t i s r eceived a t th e hee l (p oster io r en d of th e ar ch ) an d is th en tr an sfer re d to the ba ll of th e f oot an d g reat toe (an ter ior e nd
o f th e ar ch ). Th e mu scles b ecom e m ost acti ve i n th e l ater p or tion o f the m ovem en t to st abi lize th e f oot fo r pr op u lsion (pu sh of f), a
t im e w he n fo rces also t en d to fl atten t he fo ot's tra nsve rse ar ch. C on cu rr en tly, t hey ar e a lso abl e to r efi ne fu r t h er th e ef fo rts of th e
l on g m uscl es, pr od u cin g sup in ati on an d pr on ati on in ena bli n g the pl atf orm of th e f oot to ad ju st to u n even g ro un d. Th e m u scles of
t he fo ot are of l ittle im p or tan ce in d ivid u ally b ecau se f in e co ntr ol of th e in di vid ual to es i s n ot im po rta nt to mo st p eop le. R ath er
t han pr od uci ng a ctua l m ov eme nt, they ar e m o st acti ve i n fi xin g th e f oot or i n in crea sin g the p ressu r e ap p lied a gai nst th e g ro un d
b y vari ou s asp ects of th e so le or toe s to m ain tai n bal an ce.
A lth ou g h th e ad du cto r ha llu cis rese mb les a s im ilar mu scle of th e pal m th at add uct s th e t hu m b an d desp ite its n am e, th e
P. 6 6 4
P. 6 6 5
P. 6 6 6
a dd uct or h all uci s is pr ob ab ly m os t acti ve d u ri ng th e pu sh -off p h ase o f stan ce i n pu ll in g the la tera l f ou r m etatar sal s to war d th e
g r eat toe, f ixin g th e tran sver se arch of th e f oot, a nd r esist in g for ces tha t w ou ld sp read t he m etatar sal h ead s as wei gh t and f or ce
a re ap pl ied to th e f or efo ot (T ab le 5. 2 ).
I n T abl e 5 . 14 , n ote th at the:
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
P lan tar i nte rosse i AD du ct (PAD) an d ar ise f r om a sin gl e m eta tarsa l a s u n ipe nn ate m uscl es.
T h ere ar e tw o ne ur ovascu la r pl ane s b etwee n th e m u scle layer s o f the sol e o f the fo ot (Fi gs. 5 . 4 4 an d 5. 4 5B): (1) a su p erf ici al on e
b etw een th e 1st an d th e 2 n d mu scu lar l ayer s, an d (2 ) a dee p on e b etwe en th e 3 r d and t he 4 th m uscu la r layer s. T he tib ial n er ve
d ivi des po ster ior to th e med ia l m al leol us in to th e m ed ial an d lat eral p lan tar n er ves (Fi gs. 5 . 38A an d 5 .4 6 ; T abl e 5 . 1 5). T h ese
n er ves sup pl y th e in tri nsi c m u scles of th e p lan tar a spect of th e foo t. Th e me dia l p lan tar ner ve cou rses wi thi n th e m ed ial
c om par tm en t o f t he sol e b etwe en th e 1 st and t he 2 nd m u scle layer s. I ni tial ly, th e later al pl an tar ar ter y an d n er ve r u n later al ly
b etw een th e mu scle s of th e 1st an d 2 nd l ayer s of p lan tar mu scles (Fig s. 5 .4 4C an d 5. 4 5B). T hei r de ep br an che s th en p ass m ed ial ly
b etw een th e mu scle s of th e 3r d an d 4 th lay ers (Fig. 5. 4 5B ).
T wo cl osely con n ected m uscl es o n th e d or sum of th e f oot ar e th e extenso r di g itor um b r evis (EDB ) an d exte ns or hall ucis
b r evis (E HB) (Fig s. 5 .3 5A & B an d 5 .3 6 A). T h ese th in , b ro ad m uscl es f or m a fle shy m ass o n th e l ater al par t o f th e d or sum of th e
f oo t, an ter ior to th e later al m all eolu s. T he E HB is actu all y p ar t of th e EDB . Its sm all fl esh y b elly m ay be fel t w he n the toe s ar e
e xtended.
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Th e i ntr in sic m uscl es o f the p lan tar su rf ace of th e f oot ar e a rr an ged i n fo ur l ayer s an d d ivid ed in to fo ur fasci al com par tm en ts. A
tou gh p lan tar apo neu r osis over li es th e cent ral com p ar tme nt, passi vely con tri bu tin g to ar ch m ain ten an ce a nd , alo ng w ith fir m ly
bou n d fa t, pr otect in g the vessel s an d n erv es f ro m com pr essi on . Th er e is sim il ari ty t o th e ar ran g em ent of m u scles in th e p al m of
the h an d, b u t th e m u scles of th e foo t g en era lly resp on d as a g r ou p rath er th an in divi du al ly, acti ng to f ix the fo ot or p ush a p or tion
of it ha rd er ag ain st the gr ou n d to ma in tain b al ance . Th e m o vem ents of ab du cti on an d ad du ctio n pr od u ced by th e i nter ossei ar e
towa rd o r awa y f rom the 2 n d dig it. Th e f oot h as tw o in tri nsi c m uscles on it s d orsu m t hat au gm en t the lo ng e xten sor m uscl es. Th e
pla nta r in tri nsi c m u scles fu n ction t hr ou gh ou t the stan ce ph ase of g ait, f ro m h eel stri ke t o to e o ff , resi stin g fo rces th at t end t o
spr ead th e arch es of th e f oot. Th ey a re esp eciall y a ctive in f ixin g th e m ed ial f or efo ot f or th e pr op ul sive pu sh of f. T h e p lan tar
in tri nsi c m u scles are in n erv ated b y th e m ed ial an d la ter al pla nta r ner ves, w h erea s th e dor sal m uscl es a re in n erva ted by th e d eep
fib u lar n er ve.
Fig ure 5.46. Arte ri es o f f o ot: br anching and co mmunicati ng. A. T he ar teri es o f the m id fo ot a nd f or efo ot r esem b le tho se
of th e h an d in t hat (1 ) ar ch es o n th e tw o aspe cts g ive ri se to m etata rsal (m etaca rp al) ar teri es, w hi ch in tu r n gi ve r ise to
di git al arte ri es; (2 ) th e do rsal ar ter ies ar e exh au sted b efo re r each in g the d istal en ds of th e d ig its, so th e pla nta r (pa lm ar)
di git al arte ri es sen d b ran ch es d or sall y to su pp ly th e d istal d or sal aspect s of th e di git s, in clu di ng th e na il bed s; a nd (3 )
per fo ra tin g br an che s exte nd b etwe en th e m eta tarsa ls (m eta car pal s) f orm i ng an asto m oses betw een th e arch es of each si de. B.
Th e p ar en t n eu ro vascu lar str u ctur es gi vin g ri se to p lan tar vesse ls a nd n er ves p ass post eri or to th e m ed ial m all eolu s an d then
di vid e, th eir ter m in al pl an tar br an ch es en ter in g th e so le by passi ng d eep to th e abd u ctor h all uci s an d cou r sin g betw een th e
1st an d th e 2 n d m uscl e l ayer s of th e sole.
I nf e c t io ns o f t he F o o t
Fo ot in fecti on s ar e com mo n, especi all y in season s, cli m ates, an d cu ltu re s w her e sho es ar e less com mo nl y w or n. A n eg lected
pu n ctur e wou n d m ay l ead to an exte nsi ve d eep in f ection , r esu lti ng i n swel lin g, pai n, and f ever . Deep in fe ction s of th e f oot of ten
local ize wi thi n th e co mp ar tm ent s b etwee n the m u scul ar laye rs. A w ell -estab lish ed in fe ction in on e of th e en clo sed fa scial or
mu scu lar sp aces usu al ly req u ire s su rg ical i nci sion a nd d ra in age . Whe n po ssibl e, th e i nci sion is m ad e o n th e m ed ial sid e of th e f oot,
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
p assi ng su p eri or to th e ab d ucto r ha llu cis to allo w visu ali zatio n of cr itica l n eu r ovascu lar st ru ctu res, wh ile avo idi ng p r odu cti on of a
p ai nf ul scar in a wei gh t-be ari ng a rea .
Ta bl e 5. 15. Ner ves o f the Fo ot
Ne rve a
Sap h eno us
( 1)
Or ig in
Fem or al n erve
Co urse
Ar ises in f em or al tri an gle an d
de scend s t hr ou gh thi gh a nd l eg;
Su pe rf icial
C om m on f ib ul ar
fi bu lar (2 )
n er ve
De ep fi bu lar
( 3)
fo ot
Medi al
L ar ger t erm in al
pl ant ar (4 )
Lat era l
pl ant ar (5 )
S m alle r
te rm in al b ran ch
Su ra l (6 )
Ski n of h eel
a nd co mm on
f ib ul ar n erve s
Ca lcan eal
br an che s (7 )
T ib ial an d su ral
n er ves
h eel
Nu m ber s ref er to th e f ig ur e.
C o nt u s io n o f t h e E x te n s o r D ig i to r um B r e v i s
Fu n ction al ly, th e EDB an d E HB m uscl es a re re lati vely un im p or tan t. Cl in ical ly, kn ow in g th e lo catio n of th e b ell y o f the E DB i s
i m por tan t for d isti ng u ish in g it fr om ab n or ma l e dem a. C on tu sion and tear in g of th e m u scle's fi ber s a nd a ssociat ed bl ood vessel s
r esu lt in a h em atom a, p ro du cin g ed em a a nter om ed ial to th e l ater al m alle olu s. Most peo pl e w ho h ave no t see n thi s i nf lam ed m u scle
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
N e u ro v a s cu la r S tr u ct u re s a n d R e la t ion s h ip s in th e F o ot
N er v es o f t h e F oo t
T h e cu tan eou s i nn er vati on of th e foo t i s su pp li ed (Tab le 5 .1 5 ):
Med ial ly by the sap h eno us n erve, wh ich ext end s d ista lly to the h ead of 1 st me tatar sal.
S u per ior ly (do rsu m o f foo t) b y th e sup er fici al (pr im ar ily ) an d de ep fi bu lar n er ves.
I n fer ior ly (sol e of f oot ) b y th e med ia l a nd l ater al pla nta r ne rves; th e co mm on bor d er of th eir d istr ib ut ion e xten ds alon g th e
4 th m eta carp al an d di gi t. (Th is is sim ila r to t he pa tter n of in n erva tion of th e p alm ; see C h apt er 6. )
S a p h en o u s N er ve
T h e sap h eno us n erve is th e la rg est (lon ge st an d m ost wi del y d istr ibu ted ) cu tan eo us br an ch of th e fem or al n erve ; it is th e on ly
b r anch to e xten d beyo nd th e kn ee (Fig . 5 .4 8 B; Ta ble 5 .1 ). I n ad di tion t o su p ply in g the skin and f ascia on the an ter om edi al asp ect
o f the leg , th e saph enou s n er ve p asses an ter ior to th e m ed ial m al leol us to th e d or sum of th e f oot, w h ere it su pp lies ar ticu lar
b r anch es to the an kle jo in t an d con ti nu es to su p ply skin alon g th e med ia l si de of th e f oo t as far ant eri orl y a s th e h ead o f th e 1 st
m eta tar sal (Tab le 5. 1 5) .
M e di al Pl an t ar N er v e
T h e med ia l p lanta r ne rve, the lar g er an d mo re an ter ior o f the tw o t erm in al b ran ch es o f the ti bia l n er ve, ar ises de ep to the fl exor
r eti nacu lu m a nd en ter s t he sole of th e fo ot b y p assi ng d eep to th e a bd ucto r h allu cis (Fig s. 5. 4 4 C an d 5. 4 6B ). I t th en r u ns
a nte rio rl y b etwe en th is m u scle an d th e f lexo r dig ito ru m b re vis, su pp lyi ng b oth w ith m o tor b ran ch es o n th e l ater al side of th e
m ed ial p lan tar ar ter y (Fi g. 5 . 44A an d C ). Af ter sen di ng m o tor b ran ch es to th e fle xor h all uci s b revi s an d 1 st l um b ri cal mu scl e, th e
m ed ial p lan tar n er ve te rm in ates n ear th e b ases of th e m et atar sals by di vid in g in to t hr ee senso ry br an ch es (co mm on pla nta r di git al
n er ves). T hese b ran ch es su p ply th e sk in of th e me dia l t hr ee and a h alf d ig its (in clu di ng th e dor sal skin an d nai l bed s o f thei r di stal
p h alan g es), an d th e ski n of th e so le pr oxim al to th em . C om par ed to th e oth er ter mi na l b r anch of th e ti bi al ner ve, th e m edi al
p lan tar ner ve sup pl ies mo re skin area b ut fe wer m u scles. I ts d istr ib u tion t o b oth sk in an d m uscl es o f the fo ot is co m par ab le to t hat
o f the m edi an n er ve i n th e h an d (Ch ap ter 6 ).
L at er al Pl an t ar N er v e
T h e la ter al p la nt ar nerve , the sm all er an d m or e p oster ior of th e tw o term in al b ran ch es of th e ti bia l n er ve, al so cou rses dee p to
th e ab du ctor h all uci s (Fig . 5 .4 6B) bu t ru n s an ter ol ater ally b etwee n the 1 st a nd 2 n d layer s of pl an tar m uscl es, on the m edi al sid e of
th e late ral p lan tar ar ter y (Fi g. 5 . 44C ). Th e later al p lan tar n er ve te rm in ates as it r each es the la tera l co m par tm en t, di vid in g in to
su p erf icia l a nd d eep b ra nch es (Tab le 5. 1 5 ). Th e su p erf icia l b r an ch di vid es, in tu r n, i nt o tw o pl ant ar di gi tal ne rves (on e co m mo n
a nd o ne pr op er ) th at sup pl y th e skin o f the pl an tar asp ects of th e l ater al on e an d a ha lf di gi ts, th e d or sal skin a nd n ail b eds of
th ei r di stal ph ala ng es, an d skin of th e so le pr oxim al to th em . Th e deep b r anch es of th e l ater al pl an tar n erve cou r se w ith th e
p lan tar arte ria l a rch b etw een th e 3r d an d th e 4 th m u scle layer s. T he su per fi cial an d de ep br an che s su pp ly all m uscl es o f the sol e
n ot su pp lie d by the m edi al pl an tar
P. 6 6 9
n er ve. C om pa red to th e latte r, th e later al p lan tar n er ve su p pli es l ess ski n ar ea b u t m or e in divi du al m u scles. I ts d istr ib uti on to b oth
ski n an d m uscl es o f the fo ot is co m par ab le to t hat of th e ul na r ner ve in th e han d (C h apte r 6). Th e m ed ial an d lat eral p lan tar
n er ves a lso pr ovi de in ne rvat ion to th e pl ant ar asp ects o f all th e j oin ts of th e f oot.
S u ra l N er v e
T h e su ra l n er ve i s f or me d by un io n of th e med ial su r al cuta neo us n erve (fr om the tib ia l n er ve) a nd su r al com m un icat in g br an ch of
th e com m on f ibu la r ne rve, resp ective ly (Fi g. 5 . 48 B ; Ta bl e 5 . 11 ). T he leve l o f ju ncti on o f t hese b ran ch es i s var ia ble ; it m ay be hi gh
(i n th e p op lite al fossa ) or l ow (p roxi m al to h eel ), an d som etim es th e b ra nch es do n ot join an d, th er efo re, no su ral n er ve i s f or med .
I n th ese peo ple , the ski n no rm al ly i nn er vated b y t he su ral n er ve i s su pp li ed by th e m ed ial an d late ral su ra l c uta neo us br an ch es.
T h e su ra l n er ve accom pa ni es th e sma ll saph en ou s v ein an d en ter s th e foo t p oster io r to the lat era l m al leol us to sup p ly t he an kle
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
A r te ri es of t h e F o ot
T h e ar ter ies of the f oo t ar e term in al b ra nch es of th e an ter io r and poste ri or tib ial ar ter ies (Figs. 5. 4 6B a nd 5 . 47 ), r esp ectivel y: th e
d or sal an d pl an tar ar ter ies.
D o rs a l Ar t er y of t h e F o ot
T h e d or sal ar ter y o f the fo ot (L. arte ria d or salis pe dis) o fte n a m aj or sou r ce o f blo od su pp ly to the fo ref oo t (e. g. , d ur in g
e xten ded p er iod s o f st and in g ) is t he di rect con tin u atio n of th e ant eri or tib ial ar ter y (Fi g. 5 . 47A ). Th e d or sal ar ter y b egi ns
m i dw ay b etw een th e m al leo li an d ru n s an ter om edi all y, de ep to the in fe ri or exten sor r eti nacu lu m b etw een th e exten sor h all uci s
l on gu s and t he exten sor d ig itor u m lo ng u s ten d on s on t he do rsu m o f the fo ot. T he d orsa l a rter y passe s to th e f ir st i nte rosse ou s
s pace, wh ere
P. 6 7 0
i t d ivi des in to the 1 st d or sal m etatar sal ar ter y an d a de ep p lantar ar ter y. Th e latte r passe s d eepl y b etwe en th e h ead s o f the fi rst
d or sal in ter osseo us m uscl e to en ter th e sole of th e f oo t, wh er e i t j oin s th e late ral p lan tar ar ter y t o f or m th e d eep p la nt ar ar ch
( Fi g. 5 . 47B ). Th e cou rse an d desti na tion of th e d or sal art ery an d its ma jor co nt in uat ion , th e d eep p lan tar a rter y, ar e com par ab le
t o th e ra dia l a rter y of th e h an d, wh ich co mp lete s a deep arte ria l a rch i n th e p alm (Ch ap ter 6 ).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.47. Arte ri es o f f o ot: over view . A. Ob serve th e a nte rio r tib ial ar ter y b ecom in g th e dor sal ar ter y of t he fo ot (L .
ar teri a d or sali s p edi s) an d th e a rcu ate ar ter y. B. Ob ser ve t he po ster ior ti bia l a rte ry an d its t erm in al b ran ch es, th e med ia l a nd
late ral p lan tar ar ter ies. T h e d eep p lan tar ar ch is fo rm ed b y th e late ral p lan tar ar ter y. N ote the an astom o ses b etwe en th e
do rsal an d th e pla nta r art eri es th r ou gh th e dee p pla nta r art ery an d per f ora tin g br an che s of th e dee p pla nta r ar ch.
T h e l ater al tars al a rter y, a br an ch of th e do rsal ar ter y o f the fo ot, r u ns late ral ly in an a rch ed cou r se b en eath th e exten sor
d ig ito ru m b rev is to su pp ly th is m u scle an d th e u n der lyi ng ta rsal s an d jo in ts (Fi g. 5 . 47A). It an astom oses wi th oth er b ra nch es, su ch
a s th e arcu ate ar ter y.
T h e 1st do rsa l me tatar sal ar tery di vid es i nto b ra nch es tha t su pp ly bo th sid es o f the g reat toe an d th e m ed ial sid e of th e 2 n d
t oe.
T h e ar cuate ar tery r un s l ater all y acr oss th e b ases of th e la ter al fou r m etata rsal s, de ep to the exten sor tend on s, to r each th e
l ater al asp ect o f the fo ref oo t w her e it ma y an asto mo se w ith th e late ral tar sal ar ter y to f or m an ar ter ial lo op . Th e a rcu ate ar tery
g ive s r ise to t he 2nd, 3r d, and 4th do rs al me tatar sal ar teri es. T hese vessel s r un di stally to th e cl efts of th e t oes a nd a re
c on necte d to t he pl an tar ar ch an d to th e p lan tar m eta tarsa l a rte rie s b y p erf or atin g b ran ch es (Fi gs. 5 . 45A & B, 5 . 46A , an d 5. 4 7B ).
Di stall y, each d or sal me tatar sal ar tery d ivid es i nt o tw o do r sal di gi tal a rter ie s f or th e d or sal asp ect o f the sid es of ad joi ni ng to es
( Fi g. 5 . 47A ); h ow ever, the se ar ter ies gen er all y en d p ro xim al to the d istal in ter ph al ang eal jo in t (Fi g. 5 . 46A) an d ar e r ep laced b y o r
r ecei ve r ep len ish m ent fr om dor sal b ran ch es o f the p lan tar d ig ital ar ter ies.
P a lp a t io n o f t he D o r s a l i s P e d i s P u l se
Th e p u lse of th e d or sal art ery of th e f oo t (r efer r ed to clin ica lly as t he d or sali s p ed is p ulse ) is eval uat ed du r in g a p hy sical
exam in atio n of th e per ip he ral vascu la r system . Dor salis pe dis p ul ses m ay be pa lpa ted wi th th e f eet slig h tly dor sif lexed . T he pu lse s
are u sua lly easy to pal pate b ecau se th e do rsal ar ter ies of th e f oot ar e su b cuta ne ou s an d pa ss al on g a l in e f ro m th e ex tenso r
reti na cul um to a p oin t ju st l ater al to the E HL ten d on s (S war tz, 2 0 02 ) (Fi g. B 5 .2 0 ). A di mi ni she d or ab sen t d or salis pe dis pu lse
usu al ly su g gests vascu lar in suf fici en cy r esu ltin g f rom ar teri al di sease. T he fi ve P sig ns o f acute a rter ia l o cclusio n ar e pai n,
pal lor , p are sthesi a, p ara lysis, and p u lsele ssness. Som e he alth y a du lts (an d even ch il dr en) h ave con gen ita lly no n-p alp ab le dor sal is
ped is pu lses; th e var ia tion is u su all y b ilat era l. In the se case s, the d or sal arte ry of th e f oot is re pla ced by an en la rg ed pe rf or atin g
fib u lar ar ter y.
P. 6 7 1
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
A r te ri es of t h e S o le of t h e F o ot
T h e so le o f th e f oot ha s a pr ol ifi c b loo d sup pl y th at is der ive d fr om th e post eri or tib ial ar ter y, w hi ch di vid es d eep to th e f lexo r
r eti na cul um (Fi gs. 5 . 44A , 5 .4 6B, an d 5 . 47B). Th e te rm in al b ran ch es p ass deep t o th e abd u ctor h all uci s as th e m ed ial an d lat era l
p la nta r art eri es, wh ich accom pa ny th e si mi lar ly na med n er ves.
M ed ial P lan t ar A rt er y
T h e med ia l p la nta r ar tery is the sm all er ter m in al br an ch of th e p oster io r tib ial ar ter y. It g ives rise to a deep b r an ch (or
b r an ches) th at su p pl ies m ai nl y m u scles of th e g r eat t oe. T he lar g er sup er fi cial br an ch of th e m edi al pla nta r art ery su pp lies th e ski n
o n th e m ed ial sid e of th e so le and h as di gi tal br an ches th at accom pa ny di gi tal br an che s of th e me dia l p la nta r ner ve, th e m ore
l ater al of w hi ch an astom ose wi th m ed ial pl an tar m etata rsal ar ter ies. Occa sion all y, a super f icia l p lanta r arch is for m ed wh en t he
s up erf ici al br an ch an astom ose s w ith th e later al pl an tar ar ter y or the (d eep) pl an tar ar ch.
L at er al Pl an t ar A rt er y
T h e l ater al pl antar ar ter y, mu ch l arg er th an th e m edi al pla nta r art ery, ari ses w ith a nd acco m pan ies th e n er ve o f the sam e na me
( Fi gs. 5 . 44C , 5 .4 5B, 5 . 4 6B , an d 5 .4 7B). I t r u ns late ral ly an d ant eri orl y, at fi rst dee p to t he ad du ctor h al lu cis a nd th en b etw een th e
f lexo r di gi tor um br evis an d qu ad ratu s pl ant ae (Fig s. 5 . 44C an d 5 .4 5B). Th e l ater al pl ant ar ar tery ar che s m ed iall y acr oss th e f oot
w ith the d eep br an ch of th e later al p lan tar n er ve to f or m th e d eep p lanta r arch, w h ich is com p leted b y u n ion with the d eep
p la nta r art ery, a b ran ch o f the d orsa l a rter y of th e f oot (Fig s. 5 .4 4C, 5 . 4 5, a nd 5 . 47B ). As it cro sses th e foo t, th e d eep p lan tar
a rch g ive s r ise to f ou r p lantar me tatar sal ar teri es; thr ee p erf or ati ng b r anches (Fi gs. 5 . 4 5, 5 . 4 6A , an d 5. 4 7B); and m an y
b r an ches to th e ski n, f ascia , an d mu scle s in the sol e. Th e pla nta r m etatar sal ar ter ies d ivi de n ear th e b ase of th e p ro xim al
p h alan g es to f or m th e p lanta r di gi tal arte ri es , su pp lyin g th e adj acen t d ig its; the m or e m ed ial m etata rsal ar ter ies ar e j oin ed b y
s up erf ici al dig ita l b r anch es of th e m ed ial p lan tar a rter y. T he pl an tar d igi tal ar ter ies t ypic ally pr ovi de m ost of th e b loo d rea chi ng
t he di stal toes, in clu din g th e nai l bed , via p erf or atin g an d do rsa l b ra nch es (Fig. 5 . 4 6A ) an ar r ang em en t th at also o ccur s i n th e
f in g ers.
He m o r r h a g i ng W o u n d s o f t he S o l e o f th e Fo o t
Pu nctu r e w ou nd s o f the sol e o f the fo ot in volvi ng t he de ep pl ant ar ar ch an d its br an ches u sua lly resu lt in sever e b leed in g, t ypic ally
fr om b oth en d s o f t he cu t ar ter y b ecau se of th e ab u nd an t a nast om oses. L ig atu re of th e a rch i s d if ficu lt b ec au se of i ts d ep th an d
the str uct ur es t hat su rr ou n d it.
P. 6 7 2
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Th e d or sal an d pl ant ar ar teri es o f the f oot ar e ter m in al br an ch es of th e an ter ior an d p oster ior tibi al ar teri es, r espect ively. Th e
dor sal ar ter y o f the fo ot sup pl ies all of th e dor su m of th e foo t an d , via th e a rcu ate ar tery, the p rox im al dor sal asp ect of th e to es.
It also con tr ib ute s to fo rm ati on of t he pl an tar (ar ter ial) ar ch via its ter m in al deep p lan tar a rte ry. T he sm all er m edi al an d lar ger
later al p lan tar ar ter ies sup pl y th e pl ant ar asp ect o f the fo ot, th e latte r ru n ni ng i n vascu lar p la nes bet ween t he 1 st an d 2 n d and
the n, a s th e p la nta r arch , th e 3r d an d 4 th laye rs of th e i ntr in sic m uscl es. An asto m oses b etw een th e dor sal an d th e p lan tar a rte rie s
are ab un d an t an d im p or tan t f or th e h eal th of th e fo ot. E xcept f or th e sca rcit y of a su per f icial ar ch , th e ar ter ial p atter n of th e foo t
is si m ilar t o th at of th e han d .
V en o u s Dr ai n ag e o f th e F oo t
A s i n th e r est of th e l owe r lim b , the re ar e b oth su p erf icia l a nd d eep vei ns in th e fo ot. T he dee p vein s ta ke th e for m o f
i n tera nast om osin g p air ed vein s accom pa nyi ng a ll art eri es i nter n al to the d eep fa scia (Fi g. 5 . 4 8A ). Th e sup er fici al vein s a re
s ub cut ane ou s an d u na ccom pan ie d by art eri es (Fig . 5 .4 8B). Unl ike the le g and t hi gh , h owe ver, t he ven ou s d ra in age in t he fo ot is
p r im ar ily to the m ajo r sup er fi cial vein s, b oth f ro m th e d eep acco mp an yin g vei ns an d oth er sm all er sup er fi cial vein s. Pe rf or atin g
v ein s b egi n th e o ne-w ay shu n tin g of b loo d fr om su pe rf icia l to d eep vei ns, a p atter n essen tia l to o per atio n of th e mu scu love no us
p u m p (see V eno us Drai na ge of th e L ow er L im b, i n th is chap ter ), p roxi m al to t he an kle joi nt . Most b lo od is dr ain ed f ro m th e
f oo t th r ou gh th e sup er fici al vein s.
Do rsal d ig ital vei ns con tin ue p ro xim all y as do r sal metatar sal veins, wh ich al so r ecei ve b r anch es fr om p la nt ar di gi tal veins.
T h ese ve in s d rai n to th e d or sal venous ar ch of th e foo t, p rox im al to wh ich a d or sal venous ne two r k co vers th e r em ain d er of
t he do rsu m o f the fo ot. B oth th e ar ch an d the n etwo rk ar e l ocated i n th e su b cuta neo us tissu e. For t he m ain p ar t, su per fi cial vein s
f r om a pl antar veno us netw or k eith er d ra in ar ou n d the m edi al bo rd er of th e foo t to con ver g e w ith th e med ia l p ar t o f the do rsa l
v eno us ar ch an d ne twor k to f or m a med ial mar g inal vein, w hi ch beco m es th e gr eat saph en ou s ve in , or d rai n ar ou nd th e late ral
m ar g in to con ver ge wi th th e l ater al pa rt of th e d or sal ven ou s ar ch an d n etwo rk to fo rm t he late ral mar g inal vein, w hi ch be com es
t he sm all sap he no us vein (Fi g. 5 . 48B ). Per for ati ng ve in s f rom th e g rea t an d sm all sap h eno us vein s the n con tin u ou sly sh u n t b loo d
d eep ly as th ey ascen d to take ad van tage of th e mu scu lov eno us pu m p.
L y m p h a ti c Dr ai n ag e o f t h e F oo t
T h e l ymp h atics of th e f oo t b egi n in su b cuta neo us pl exu ses. Th e coll ectin g vessel s con sist of su pe rf icial an d d eep lym p ha tic vessels
t hat f ollo w th e su pe rf icial vei ns an d m ajo r vascu lar b un d les, r espectivel y. Su pe rf icia l l ym ph atic vessel s ar e m o st n um er ou s i n th e
s ole. T h e m ed ial su per fi cial lym p ha tic v essels, l arg er an d m or e n u m ero us th an th e l ater al on es, dr ai n th e m ed ial sid e o f the
d or su m an d sole of th e foo t (Fi g. 5 . 4). T h ese ve ssels co nv erg e o n th e g re at sa ph en ou s vei n an d accom p any it to th e ver tica l g r ou p
o f sup er fi cial in gu in al lym p h n ode s, loca ted alo ng th e vein 's ter mi na tion , an d th en to th e d eep in g ui na l l ym ph n od es a lon g th e
p r oxim al f em ora l ve in . Th e l ater al su per fi cial lym p ha tic ve ssels dr ain th e late ral sid e of th e d or sum an d sole of th e f oo t. Most of
t hese vessel s p ass p oste rio r to th e la tera l m al leo lu s an d accom p an y th e sma ll sap hen ou s vein to th e p op li teal fo ssa, wh er e th ey
e nte r the p opl iteal l ymp h n od es (Fig . 5 .1 2 ). T he de ep lym ph ati c vesse ls f ro m th e f oot fo llo w the m ain blo od vessel s: f ib ul ar,
a nte ri or an d po ster ior ti bi al; then pop li teal an d fem or al . Th e d eep vess els f r om th e f oo t al so d r ain i nto th e pop li teal lym p h no des.
L ym ph ati c vesse ls f ro m th em f oll ow th e f em or al vessels, ca rr yin g lym p h to the d eep in gu in al ly mp h n od es. Fro m th e d eep in g ui na l
n od es, a ll lym ph fr om th e low er lim b p asses deep t o th e in gu in al li gam en t to t he il iac no des.
L y m p ha d e n o p a t h y
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
I n fecti on s o f t he fo ot ma y sp rea d pr oxim al ly, cau sin g en la rg em ent of p op lite al a nd i ng u in al lym ph no des (lym ph ad en op ath y).
I n fecti on s o n the la tera l si de of th e foo t i ni tial ly p r odu ce enl ar gem en t o f po pli teal lym p h n ode s (p op li teal lymp hade nop athy);
l ater , th e i ng u in al lym ph no des ma y en la rg e. Ing uinal lymp had enop athy with ou t po pli teal lym p ha den op ath y ca n resu lt f rom
i n fecti on of m ed ial sid e of th e f oot, l eg, or th ig h; h oweve r, en la rg em en t of t hese n ode s can a lso re sul t f ro m an in f ection or tu m or
i n th e vu lv a, pe ni s, scro tum , p er in eum , a nd g lu teal r egi on an d f rom ter mi na l p ar ts o f t he u reth r a, an al can al, a nd va gi na.
T he B o t to m L i n e
V en ou s d ra in age of th e foo t p ri m ari ly fol low s a su per fi cial r ou te, dr ai ni ng to th e dor su m of th e foo t an d th en m ed ial ly v ia the
g r eater o r later al ly vi a t he lesser saph en ou s ve in s. Fr om the se vei ns, blo od is sh un ted b y p er for ati ng vei ns to th e d eep vei ns of
t he leg a nd th ig h th at par tici pa te i n th e m u scul oven ou s p u mp . Th e lym ph ati cs car r yin g lym p h fr om th e foo t d r ain to war d an d th en
a lon g th e su p erf ici al vein s d ra in in g the fo ot. L ym ph f r om th e m ed ial f oot fo llo ws the g reat er sap hen ou s vein an d d rai ns d ire ctly to
s up erf ici al in gu in al lym p h no des. Lym ph fr om th e later al f oot fol low s th e lesser sa ph en ou s vei n an d dr ain s in itia lly to the p opl itea l
l ym ph n od es and t hen by deep l ym ph atic ch an nel s to th e d eep i ng u in al no des.
J o in ts of th e Lo w e r L im b
T h e jo in ts o f the lo wer l im b in clu de th e a rti cul atio ns of th e p elvi c g ir dl e lu m bosa cral j oin ts, sacr oi liac jo in ts, an d pu bi c
sym p hy sis, wh i ch are d iscu ssed in C h apt er 3. Th e r em ain in g jo in ts o f the lo wer l im b ar e th e hi p joi nt, knee jo in t, tib io fib u lar jo in ts,
a nkl e j oin t, an d f oot joi nt s (Fig . 5 .5 0 ).
P. 6 7 3
Fig ur e 5. 48. Ve ins o f leg and f oo t. A. Th e d eep vei ns accom p an y th e arte ri es an d th eir b r anch es (L. ve na e com i tan tes);
the y an asto mo se f re qu en tly and h ave n um er ou s va lves. B . T he m ain su p erf icia l ve in s ar e t he gr eat an d sm all sap he no us vein s,
wh ich d ra in in to th e d eep vei ns as the y ascen d th e lim b b y m ean s o f per fo rat in g vein s so th at mu scu lar co m pr ession can
pr op el blo od tow ar d th e h ear t a gai nst th e p u ll of gr avi ty. No te th at th e d ista l g re at sa ph en ou s vei n is accom pa ni ed by th e
saph en ou s n er ve, an d th e sm al l saph en ou s ve in is accom p an ied b y th e sur al ne rve an d its m edia l r oo t (m ed ial su ra l cu tan eo us
ner ve).
P. 6 7 4
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.49. L ymphati c d r ainag e o f fo ot. A. S up er fici al lym ph ati c vesse ls f ro m th e m ed ial f oot dr ain are jo in ed by th ose
fr om th e an ter om edi al leg in dr ain in g to th e su pe rf icia l i ng u in al lym ph n od es via lym ph ati cs th at accom p an y th e g r eater
saph en ou s v ein . B. Su per fi cial lym p ha tic vessels fr om t he late ral f oot joi n th ose fr om th e po stero later al le g, co nver g in g to
vessels accom p an yin g th e le sser sap hen ou s vein an d d ra in in g in to t he po pl iteal ly mp h n od es. Th e pop li teal lym p h no des dr ai n
via lym p hat ics a ccom pan yin g th e fem or al vein to t he de ep in gu in al lym p h n odes.
P. 6 7 5
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.50. Jo ints of lo w er lim b. T he jo in ts ar e tho se o f the p elvic gi rd le conn ectin g th e f ree lo wer l im b to the ver teb ral
colu m n , the kn ee, th e tib iof ib ul ar ar ticu lati on s, an d th e m an y j oin ts of th e f oot .
H ip J o in t
T h e hip j oi nt fo rm s the con n ectio n betw een th e low er li m b and t he pe lvic gi rd le. I t i s a str on g and s tabl e m u lti axial b all an d
s ocket type of syn ovi al joi nt. Th e f em or al hea d is t he ba ll, a nd th e acetab u lu m is the socke t (Fig . 5 .5 1 ). Th e hi p joi nt is desi gn ed
f or sta bi lity over a w ide r an ge of m ovem en t. Ne xt to th e gle no hu m era l (sh ou ld er ) j oin t, it is th e m ost m ovab le of al l j oin ts. Du ri ng
s tan din g , th e en tir e wei gh t o f the u pp er bo dy is tra nsm it ted th rou g h th e h ip b on es t o th e he ads an d ne cks of th e fem u rs.
A r ti cu l ar S u r fac es o f t h e Hi p J oi n t
T h e r ou n d hea d of th e f em ur a rti cul ates with the cu p-l ike acetab ul um of th e h ip b on e (Fi gs. 5 . 5 0, 5 . 5 1 an d 5. 5 2). Th e h ead o f the
f emu r for m s a pp rox im ately tw o th ir d s of a sp her e. E xcep t f or th e pit or f ovea fo r th e l iga me nt of th e f em or al he ad , a ll of th e h ead
i s co vere d with art icu lar car til age , wh ich i s th icke st ove r wei gh t-b eari ng a rea s. Th e a cetab ul um, a h em isph er ical h ol low on the
l ater al asp ect o f the h ip b on e, is for m ed by th e f u sion o f thr ee bo ny pa rts (Fig. 5. 5 ). Th e hea vy, pr om in en t rim of th e a cetab ul um
c on sists o f a se mi lu na r art icu lar p art cove red w ith a rti cul ar car tila ge, t he lunate surf ace of the a cetab ulum. Th e acetab u lar r im
a nd l un ate su rf ace for m ap p rox im ately th ree q ua rter s o f a ci rcl e; th e mi ssin g in fer io r segm en t of th e ci rcle is th e a cetab ular
no tch.
T h e f ib roca rti lag in ou s ac etab ul ar la br um (L. la br um, l ip) atta ches to th e ace tabu la r ri m, in creasi ng t he aceta bu lar a rti cul ar ar ea
b y nea rl y 1 0 %. Th e tra nsverse aceta bul ar lig ame nt, a co nti nu ati on of t he acetab u lar l abr u m, br id ges th e acet abu la r no tch. As a
r esu lt of th e h ei gh t o f the r im an d la br u m, m o re th an h alf of th e fem or al h ead f its w ith in the aceta bu lu m (Fig . 5 .5 2C). In o ther
w or ds, the aceta bu lar l ab ru m en ab les the aceta bu lu m to gr asp th e fem or al h ead b eyon d its equ ato r; th us du r in g di ssection ,
t he fe mo ral h ead m u st b e cu t fr om th e acetab u lar r im t o en ab le di sart icu lati on of th e joi nt. Cen tr all y a de ep no n-a rti cul ar pa rt,
c alled t he aceta bula r fo ssa, i s f orm ed m ai nl y b y th e isch iu m (Fig s. 5 .5 1 an d 5 .5 2C ). Th is fossa is th in w all ed (oft en tr ansl u cent)
a nd co nt in uo us in fer io rly wi th th e a cetab ul ar n otch .
B i p e d a l is m a n d C o ng r u i ty o f th e Ar ti c ul a r S u r f a c e s o f t h e H i p J o in t
Th e a cetab ul um is d ir ected in f eri or ly, la tera lly, and a nte ri orl y i n hu m an s. Th e wei gh t-b eari ng i lia c p or tion o f th e acet abu la r ri m
over lies th e f em or al hea d, w h ich is im po rta nt fo r tr ansf er of w eig h t to th e f em ur in th e e rect (stan di ng /wa lkin g ) p ositi on (Fig s.
5. 5 0A a nd 5 . 52C ). C on sequ en tly, o f the p ositi on s com m on ly assu m ed by h um an s, th e h ip join t is mech an ica lly m ost st abl e w he n a
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
p er son i s b ear in g weig h t, as wh en li fti ng a h eavy ob ject, f or exa mp le. Decr eases in th e deg r ee to w hi ch th e i liu m ov erl ies the
f em or al he ad (de tectab le rad io gr aph ica lly as t he an gl e o f W ibe rg ) m ay in di cate j oin t in stab ili ty. Beca use of th e an teri or d ir ection
t he axis of th e acetab u lu m an d the p oster ior d ir ecti on of th e axis of th e f em or al hea d an d neck as it exten ds later al ly (o wi ng to th e
t or sion a ng le d iscu ssed ear li er in th is ch apte r), th er e i s an ang le of 3 0 40 b etw een th eir a xes (Fig . B 5. 2 1). Co nseq u ent ly,
t he ar ticu lar su r face s of th e he ad an d acetab u lu m ar e n ot fu ll y con g ru en t i n th e er ect (bi ped al) po stur e. T he an ter ior p ar t o f the
f em or al he ad is e xpo sed an d ar ticu lates m ostly wi th th e j oin t capsu le (Fig s. 5 .5 2B, 5 . 5 3A , an d 5. 5 6 ). Non eth el ess, ra rel y i s
< 4 0% o f t he avai lab le art icu lar su r face of th e f em or al he ad in co nta ct w ith th e sur fa ce o f t he aceta bu lu m in any p ositi on . Rel ative
t o o the r joi nts an d in vi ew of th e l ar ge size of th e h ip j oin t, th is is exten sive con tact, co nt rib u tin g con sid era bl y to th e j oin t's gr eat
s tabi lity.
Fig ure 5.51. Hip jo int. Th e hi p joi nt w as d isar ticu la ted by cu ttin g th e l iga me nt of th e h ead o f th e f em ur a nd r etr actin g th e
he ad fr om t he acetab u lu m . Th e tr an sver se a cetab ul ar li gam en t i s r etr acted su pe rio rl y to sh ow th e o btu r ator ca na l, wh ich
tra nsm it s th e o btu r ator n er ve a nd ve ssels passi ng f ro m th e p elvi c cav ity to th e m edi al thi gh .
P. 6 7 6
P. 6 7 7
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.52. Facto rs incr easing sta bi lity of hip jo int. A. Pa ral lel fi ber s l in kin g two d iscs resem b le th ose m aki ng up th e
tu be-l ike fib ro us lay er of th e h ip j oin t capsu le . Whe n on e d isc (the f emu r ) r otat es r elat ive to t he oth er (th e acetab ul um ), th e
fi ber s b ecom e in crea sin gl y ob li qu e a nd d ra w the tw o d iscs tog eth er. S im il arl y, exten sio n of th e hi p joi nt wi nd s (i ncr eases th e
ob liq ui ty o f) the f ibe rs of th e f ib ro us layer , p ul lin g th e h ead a nd n eck of th e f em u r tig htl y i nto th e acetab ul um , i ncr easi ng th e
stab ili ty o f t he jo in t. Flexio n u nw in ds th e f ib ers of th e ca psu le. B . T hi s tr an sver se secti on th r ou gh th e hi p joi nt de mo nst rate s
th e m ed ial an d re cipr oca l p u ll of th e p er iar ticu lar m u scles (m edi al an d later al r otato rs; red di sh b row n ar ro ws) an d in tri nsi c
lig am en ts o f the h ip jo in t (b lack ar ro ws) o n th e f em ur . R elat ive stren g ths ar e i nd icat ed by ar row w id th : An ter io rl y, th e
m uscl es ar e less abu n dan t bu t t he li gam en ts a re ro bu st; post eri or ly, th e m u scles pr ed om in ate. C. In th is cor on al sectio n of h ip
joi nt , the acet abu lar lab ru m an d tr an sverse acet abu la r lig am en t, spa nn in g th e a cetab ul ar n otch (an d in clu d ed in th e pl ane of
sectio n he re), e xten d the aceta bu lar rim so t hat a com pl ete socket is f or m ed. T h us th e acet abu la r com pl ex en g ul fs the h ead of
th e f em ur . Th e epi ph ysis of th e f em or al he ad is ent ire ly w ith in the jo in t cap su le. T he th ick wei gh t-be ari ng b on e of th e i liu m
no rm al ly lies di rectl y su p eri or to th e h ead o f the fe mu r f or ef fici en t tr an sfer o f wei gh t t o th e fem u r (Fig . 5. 3 ). Th e an gle of
Wib erg (se e text ) is u sed rad io gr ap hi cally to det erm in e th e d egr ee to wh ich th e acetab u lu m over h ang s the h ead of th e fem u r.
P. 6 7 8
T h e ar ticu la r sur f aces o f the aceta bu lu m an d f emo ra l h ead a re m ost con gr uen t wh en th e hi p is f lexe d 90 , ab du cted 5 , an d
r ot ated lat era lly 10 (t he po sitio n in w h ich th e a xis of th e ace tabu lu m a nd th e axis of th e f em or al he ad an d neck ar e a lig ne d),
w h ich is th e q u adr u ped p osit ion ! I n ot her w or ds, in assu m in g th e u pr ig h t p ositi on , a rel ativel y sm al l d eg ree of j oin t st abi lity wa s
s acri fice d to m ax im ize wei gh t b ear in g wh en er ect. E ven so, th e h ip j oin t is o ur mo st sta ble jo in t, ow in g also to its com pl ete bal l
a nd so cket con stru ctio n (de pth o f the socke t); th e stren g th of it s cap sul e; a nd th e attach m en ts o f m u scles cr ossin g th e j oin t,
m an y of wh ich are lo cated at som e dist anc e f rom th e cen ter o f mo vem ent (Pal astan g a et al. , 2 0 02 ).
J o in t Cap s u le of t h e H i p J oi n t
T h e h ip j oin ts are en close d with in stro ng ye t lo ose joi nt cap sules, for m ed of an exter nal f ib rou s layer (f ib ro us cap sul e) an d an
i n tern al syn ovia l m em b ra ne (Fig . 5. 5 2C ). P rox im ally , the f ibr ou s l ayer at tach es to th e acetab ul um , j ust p eri ph er al to t he ri m to
w h ich th e lab ru m is atta ched , an d to th e tr an sver se a cetab ul ar lig am en t (Fi gs. 5 . 51 , 5 . 52C , an d 5. 5 3 ). Distall y, th e f ib ro us laye r
a ttach es t o th e fem or al n eck o nl y an ter io rl y at th e i nte rtr och an ter ic l in e an d r oot of th e gr eater t roch an ter (Fig . 5 . 55B).
P oster io rly , the f ibr ou s l ayer cr osses th e n eck pr oxim al to th e i nt ertr och an ter ic crest bu t is no t att ache d to i t (Fig . 5 . 55C ).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Mo st f ib ers of th e f ib ro us laye r take a sp ir al cou rse fr om the h ip b on e to th e i nt ertr och an ter ic lin e, b ut som e deep fib er s p ass
c ircu la rl y ar ou n d the n eck, f orm i ng th e or bi cular zo ne. Th ic k p arts of th e fib r ou s la yer of th e capsu le fo rm the li gam ents o f the
hi p joi nt, wh ich p ass in a spi ra l f ash ion fr om th e pel vis t o th e fem u r. Exte nsi on wi n ds its sp ir ali ng l ig am ent s an d fi ber s mo re
t igh tl y, con str ictin g th e ca psu le an d dr awi ng the fe mo ral h ead ti gh tly in to th e ace tabu lu m (Fig . 5 . 52A). Th e ti gh ten ed f ibr ou s l ayer
i n crease s th e st abi lity of th e joi nt, bu t r estr icts exten sion of th e j oin t to 1 0 2 0 beyo nd th e ver tical p ositi on . Flexio n
i n creasi ng ly u nw in ds th e sp ir alin g l iga me nts an d fib er s. Th is pe rm its con sid era ble f lexio n of th e hi p joi nt wi th in cre asin g m obi lit y.
O f t he th ree in tr in sic lig am en ts of th e joi nt cap sul e b elo w it is th e fi rst on e th at r ein for ces an d stren g the ns th e j oin t:
A n teri or ly and su p eri or ly i s th e stro ng , Y-s hap ed il io femo ra l l ig ament (Big elo w lig am en t), wh ich a ttach es t o th e an teri or
i n fer ior i lia c sp in e an d th e acetab ul ar r im p ro xim all y an d th e in tertr och an ter ic lin e dist ally (Fig . 5. 5 3A & B ). Sai d to be th e
b od y's stro ng est lig am en t, th e i lio fem or al lig am en t sp ecif ical ly pr even ts h yp ere xten sion o f the h ip jo int d ur in g stan d in g by
s crew in g th e f em ora l h ead i nt o th e acetab u lu m via th e m ech an ism descr ib ed ab ove.
A n teri or ly and i nf er ior ly is the p ub o femo r al l ig ament, w hi ch ar ises fr om th e ob tur ato r crest of th e pu bi c b on e a nd p asses
l ater all y an d in f eri or ly t o m er ge wi th th e f ib ro us laye r of th e j oin t capsu le (Fig . 5 .5 3A). T hi s li ga men t bl end s w ith t he m edi al
p ar t o f the il iof em or al lig am en t an d ti gh ten s d ur in g b oth exte nsi on an d ab du ctio n of th e hi p joi nt. T h e p ub of em or al lig am en t
p r even ts o vera bd ucti on o f t he h ip jo in t.
P oster io rly is th e is chi of emo ral li ga ment, wh ich ari ses f ro m th e i schi al par t of th e a cetab ul ar ri m (Fig . 5 .5 3C). T h e w eakest
o f th e th r ee l iga me nts, it sp ir als su per ola ter ally to th e f em or al neck, med ia l to th e base of th e gr eater t roch an ter .
T h e r elat ive size, str en gth s, an d p ositi on s o f the th ree li gam en ts of th e h ip j oin t are sh own in Fig ur e 5. 5 2B. T he li gam en ts a nd
p er iar ticu la r mu scle s (th e m ed ial an d la ter al rot ator s o f t he th ig h) pl ay a vita l r ol e i n m ain tain in g th e stru ctu ra l i nte gr ity of th e
j oin t, a s d em on strat ed in th e abo ve f ig ur e. B oth m u scles an d lig am en ts p ul l the fe mo ral h ead m ed ial ly i nt o th e acetab u lu m, and
t hey ar e r ecip r ocall y b ala nced w h en do in g so. T he m edi al fle xor s, loca ted an ter ior ly, a re few er , weak er, a nd l ess m ech an ical ly
a dva nta ged , wh er eas the an ter ior l ig am ent s ar e st ron g est. C on ver sely, th e lig am en ts ar e weake r po steri or ly w h ere th e m ed ial
r ot ator s ar e abu n dan t, st ron g er, and m o re m echa ni cally ad van tag ed.
I n al l s yno vial jo in ts, syn ovia l m em b ran e lin es all in ter n al s ur face s of th e fi br ou s la yer as wel l a s an y in traca psu lar b on y sur fa ces
n ot li ne d with art icu lar car til age . Th u s in the h ip jo in t, wh er e th e fi br ou s la yer atta ches to th e f em ur d ista nt fr om t he ar ticu lar
c arti lag e co ver in g the fe mo ral h ead , th e syno vial memb r ane o f the hip jo int ref lects pr oxi ma lly alo ng t he fem o ral n eck t o th e
e dg e o f the fe mo ral h ead . L ong itu d in al synovia l f ol ds (r etin acu la) occu r in th e me mb r ane cove rin g th e fem or al n eck (Fig . 5 .5 2C ).
S u bsyn ovi al reti nacular a rter ie s (b ran ch es of th e m ed ial, and a f ew of th e l ater al, ci rcu m fl ex f em or al arte ry) th at su p ply th e
f em or al he ad an d ne ck cou r se w ith in t he syn ovial f old s (Fi g. 5 . 54 ).
T h e l ig ament o f the head o f the f emur (Fig s. 5. 5 1 , 5. 5 2C , a nd 5 . 54 ), p ri ma ri ly a syn ovi al fol d con du ctin g a bl ood vesse l, is
w eak an d of li ttle im po rta nce in st ren g then in g th e hi p joi nt. Its wid e end a ttach es to th e ma rg in s o f t he aceta bu lar n otch an d the
t ran sver se acetab ul ar li gam en t; its n ar r ow en d attach es to t he fo vea for th e lig am en t o f the h ead . Usu ally, the li gam en t con tain s a
s mal l art ery to the h ead of th e fem u r. A fat pa d in th e a cetab ul ar fo ssa f ill s th e par t of th e ace tabu la r fo ssa th at is no t occ up ied b y
t he li gam en t o f th e f em ora l h ead . B oth th e lig am en t an d th e f at-p ad ar e co ver ed wit h syn ovial m em br an e. T he m all eabl e n atu r e o f
t he fa t-pad p er m its i t to ch an ge sh ape to accom m od ate th e var ia tion s i n th e co ng ru it y of th e fem or al h ead an d aceta bu lu m as wel l
a s ch an ges in t he po sitio n of th e lig am en t of th e he ad du r in g joi nt m ovem en ts. A synovi al pr otr usio n b eyon d th e f r ee m ar gi n of
t he jo in t cap su le on to t he po ster ior asp ect of th e f em or al neck fo rm s a b u rsa fo r the ob tu ra tor exter n us ten do n. (Fi g. 5 . 53C )
M ov em en t s of t h e H ip Jo in t
H ip m ove me nts ar e f lexi on exten sion , ab du cti on add u ction , m ed ial l ater al ro tatio n, and ci rcu m du cti on (Fig . 5 .5 5 ).
Mo vem ent s of th e tru n k a t th e hi p joi nts ar e al so im por tan t, su ch as th ose occu rr in g wh en a p erso n lif ts t he tr un k f r om th e sup in e
p osi tion du ri ng si t-u ps or keep s th e pel vis level w hen o ne f oot is off th e gr ou n d.
P. 6 7 9
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.53. L ig aments o f pe lvis and hip jo int. A. Weig h t tr an sfer f r om th e v erte br al colu m n to th e p elvi c g ir dle is a
fu n ction of th e sacr oi liac li gam en ts. Wei gh t t ran sf er at the h ip jo in t i s acco mp li shed p r im ari ly by the d ispo siti on of th e bo nes,
wi th th e l iga me nts lim i tin g the r an ge of m ovem en t a nd a dd in g stab ilit y. B. Th e str on g, tri an gu lar i lio fem or al li gam en t attach es
at its a pex to th e r im o f the aceta bu lu m in f eri or to th e a nter io r in fer io r ili ac sp in e a nd a t it s b ase t o th e an teri or
in ter tro cha nter ic lin e of th e f em u r. T he p ub of emo ra l l ig am ent, a th icke ned p ar t o f the fi br ou s l ayer o f t he jo in t cap su le,
exten ds fr om the su per io r ram u s o f the p ub is to t he in ter tro cha nte ri c li ne of th e fem u r, p assin g d eep to th e i lio fem or al
lig am en t. C. T he isch io fem or al lig am en t, al so a th icken ed p ar t of th e fi br ou s la yer , passe s su per ol ater ally f rom the isch iu m
over th e ne ck of th e fem u r. Th e j oin t capsu le do es n ot atta ch to the p oster ior a spect of th e fem u r. T h us the syn ovi al
m emb r ane is ab le to p r otr ud e f r om th e j oin t capsu l e, fo rm in g th e o btu r ator ext ern u s b ur sa to faci lita te m ove men t of th e
ten do n of th e o btu r ator ext ern u s (sh ow n in p ar t B ) o ver th e b on e.
P. 6 8 0
Fig ure 5.54. B loo d sup pl y of head a nd ne ck o f femur . Br an ch es o f the m edi al an d later al cir cu mf lex fem o ral ar ter ies,
br an che s of th e dee p arte ry of th e t hi gh , an d th e ar ter y to th e fem or al h ead (a br an ch of th e obt ur ator a rte ry) sup pl y th e
he ad an d ne ck of th e fem u r. In th e adu lt, the m edi al cir cum f lex fem or al ar ter y is th e m ost im p or tan t sou r ce o f bl ood to th e
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
T h e d egr ee of f lexio n an d exten sion po ssibl e a t th e h i p joi nt dep en ds on th e po sitio n of th e kn ee. If th e k nee is fl exed, rel axin g
t he h am stri ng s, th e t hi gh can be active ly f lexe d un til i t al mo st r each es the an ter ior a bd om in al wal l, an d can reach it via fu rth er
p assi ve f lexi on . Not al l th is m ovem en t o ccur s at th e hi p joi nt; som e resu lt s f rom fle xion o f the ver teb ral co lu mn . Du ri ng ext ensi on
o f th e h ip j oin t, th e f ib ro us laye r of th e j oin t capsu le , especi all y th e ili ofem o ral li ga men t, i s tau t; th eref or e, th e h ip c an u sual ly be
e xten ded o nl y sl ightly b eyon d th e ver tica l e xcept by m ovem en t o f th e b on y p elvi s (f lexio n of lu m ba r ver tebr ae).
Fr om t he an atom ic al posi tion , th e ran g e o f abd uc tion o f the h ip jo in t i s u su ally som ew ha t g rea ter th an f or ad du ctio n. A bo ut 6 0
o f abd u ction is p ossi ble w hen the th ig h is exten ded , an d m or e w he n it is f lexe d. L ater al ro tatio n is mu ch m or e po wer fu l tha n
m ed ial r otat ion . Th e m ain m u scles pr od uci ng m ov eme nts of th e hi p joi nt ar e l isted in Fi gu r e 5 . 55B . Note th at:
B lo od S u p p ly o f t h e Hi p J o in t
A r teri es su p plyi n g the h ip jo in t i ncl ud e (Fi g. 5 . 54 ) the fo llo win g :
T h e m ed ial an d lat eral ci rcu m fle x f em ora l a rter ie s, wh ich a re usu al ly br an ches of th e deep a rter y of th e th ig h bu t occasi on ally
a ri se as br an ch es o f the fe mo ral ar ter y.
T h e ar ter y to the he ad of the femur , wh ich is a b ran ch o f the ob tu rat or ar ter y of va ri abl e si ze; i t tr aver ses t he li gam en t o f
t he h ead.
T h e m ai n bl ood su pp ly of th e h i p join t is fr om th e reti na cul ar ar ter ies ari sin g as b r anch es of th e ci rcu m fl ex f em or al arte ri es.
R eti na cul ar ar ter ies a ri sin g fr om th e me dia l ci rcu m fl ex f em or al art ery ar e m ost ab un d ant , br in gi ng m or e bl ood to th e h ead and
n eck of th e fem u r beca use th ey a re ab le t o p ass ben eath the u na ttach ed po steri or b or der o f the jo in t cap su le. R etin acu la r art eri es
a ri sin g fr om th e later al cir cu mf lex fe mo ral m u st p en etr ate t he th ick i lio fem or al li gam en t an d are sm all er an d few er .
N e rv e S u p p ly o f t h e H ip J o in t
H il ton 's l aw states th at t he n erve s su pp lyi ng th e mu scle s exten d in g di rectl y a cross an d actin g at a gi ven jo in t al so i nn er vate th e
j oin t. A rt icu lar r am i ari se f ro m th e i ntr am u scul ar r am i o f the m u scul ar br an ch es an d d ir ectly fr om n am ed n er ves. A kn owl edg e of
t he n erve su pp ly of th e m u scles an d the ir r elati on shi p to the jo in ts can allo w on e to d edu ce th e n er ve su pp ly
P. 6 8 1
P. 6 8 2
o f m any jo in ts. Possi bl e d edu cti on s r ega rd in g th e h ip jo in t a nd i ts m u scul ar r elati on shi ps in clu de (Fig . 5. 5 5 ):
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.55. Rela tions of hip j oint and muscles pr o ducing mo vements of jo int. A. Sag itt al section of th e h ip j oin t
sho wi ng th e mu scle s, vessels, and n er ves rel ated to it. Th e m u scles ar e col or cod ed to in d icate th eir f un ctio n(s). Ap plyi n g
Hi lton 's law , it is p ossi bl e to d edu ce the in n erva tion of th e h ip j oin t b y kno win g w hi ch m uscl es d ir ectly cro ss an d act on th e
joi nt an d th eir n er ve su p ply . B. T he r elati ve p osi tion s of th e m u scles pr od uci ng m ove me nts of th e h ip j oin t an d the d ir ection
of th e m ov eme nt ar e d em on stra ted.
Fl exor s i nn er vated b y th e fem or al n erve p ass a nter io r to the h ip jo in t; th e an teri or asp ect of th e h ip j oin t is i nn er vated b y t he
f em or al ne rve (di rect ly a nd vi a a rti cul ar r am i o f the mus cul ar br an ch es to th e p ecti neu s and r ectu s f em or is).
L ater al r otato rs pa ss in f eri or an d po ster ior to th e hi p joi nt; th e i nf eri or asp ect of th e j oin t is i nn er vated b y th e ob tur ato r
n er ve (dir ectl y an d via ar ticu la r ram i of th e m uscu lar br an ch to the ob tu rat or exter n us), and t he po ster ior asp ect is
i n ner vated b y the n erve to th e q u adr atu s f em or is.
A dd u ctor s i nn er vated b y th e sup er ior g lu teal n er ve p ass su p eri or to th e h ip j oin t; th e su per io r aspect o f the jo in t is
i n ner vated b y the su per io r glu tea l n er ve.
P ain p er ceived a s com in g f ro m th e h ip j oin t ma y b e m isl ead in g becau se pai n can b e r ef err ed f ro m th e ver teb ra l co lu mn .
Fr a ct u r e s o f th e Fe m o r a l N ec k ( H i p F r a c tu r e s )
Fr actu r es o f the n eck o f t he fem u r (u nf or tu nat ely ref er red to as fr actu re d hi ps, i mp lyi ng t hat th e h ip b on e is b r oken ) ar e
un com m on i n m ost con tact sp or ts b ecau se the p art icip an ts ar e usu al ly yo un g an d th e f em or al ne ck is str on g in p eop le <4 0 year s
of ag e. Wh en th ey d o occu r in th is ag e g ro up , th ese fr actu res u sual ly resu lt fr om hi gh -en erg y im pacts (e. g. , d ur in g r ace-car
accid en ts, skiin g , tr am pol in e, an d eq uest ria n even ts) w h en th e l owe r lim b is exten d ed an d the fo rce of th e im pact is tr ansm i tted to
the h ip jo in t, even i f app li ed at som e d istan ce fr om t he joi nt . For exam p le, i f t he fo ot is f ir m ly b r aced ag ain st t he car f loo r wit h
the kn ee locked , or i f the kn ee is b r aced ag ain st t he da shb oar d du r in g a h ea d-on colli sion , th e for ce of th e i mp act m ay b e
tra nsm itt ed sup er ior ly an d pr od uce a fem or al n eck f ra ctur e. T he se f ract ur es a re esp ecial ly co mm o n in i nd ivid u als >6 0 yea rs,
especi all y in wom en b ecau se the ir fe mo ra l n ecks are m or e o ften weak an d br itt le a s a re sul t of o steop or osis (Fig. B5 .2 2 ).
Fr actu r es o f the fe mo ral n eck are of ten in tr acap su lar , an d rea lig n men t of th e n eck fr ag men ts req u ir es i nte rn al skelet al fixa tion .
Fe mo ral n eck fr actu res ar e a mo ng th e m ost t rou b lesom e an d pr ob lem ati c of a ll fr actu res (Sa lter , 1 99 9 ).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fr actu r es of th e fem oral n eck o ften di sru pt th e b loo d su pp ly t o th e he ad of th e f em u r. Most of th e blo od to th e h ead a nd n eck of
t he fe mu r is su pp lied b y the m edi al cir cum f lex fem or al ar ter y (Fig . 5 .5 4 ). Th e reti na cul ar ar ter ies ari sin g fr om th is ar ter y ar e ofte n
t or n wh en th e fem or al n eck i s fr actu r ed or th e hi p joi nt is di slocat ed. Fol low in g som e fem or al n eck f ra ctur es, th e art ery to the
l ig am ent of th e fem or al h ead m ay be th e on ly r em ain in g sou rce of b loo d to the p rox im al fr agm en t. T hi s ar ter y i s f req u ent ly
i n adeq u ate for m ai nta in in g th e f em ora l h ead ; co nse qu en tly, th e fr ag men t m ay u n der go ase pti c vascu la r necr osi s.
S u r g ic a l Hi p R e p l a ce m e nt
A lth ou g h th e h ip j oin t i s str on g an d stab le, i t i s su bj ect to seve re tra um ati c i nj ur y and d eg ene rati ve d isea se. Osteo arth r itis of th e
h i p join t, ch ar acter ize d by pai n, e dem a, l im itat ion o f mo tion , an d er osi on of ar ticu l ar car tila ge, i s a com m on cau se of di sab ili ty
( Fi g. B 5 .2 3 ). Dur in g h ip re pla cem ent , a m eta l p r osth esis anch or ed to th e p er son 's f em u r by bo ne cem en t r epl aces the f emo ra l
h ea d and n eck. A p last ic so cket c eme nted to th e hi p bo ne r epl aces th e acetab u lu m.
N e c r o si s o f th e F e m o r a l H e a d i n C h i ld r e n
I n ch il dr en, tra um ati c d islo catio ns of th e h ip j oin t di sru pt th e a rter y to t he h ead of th e fem u r. Fr actu res th at resu lt in se par atio n
o f th e su pe rio r fem o ral ep ip hysi s (th e gr ow th pl ate betw een th e fem or al h ead an d n eck) a re also li kely to resu lt in a n in ad equ ate
b lo od su pp ly to the fe mo ral h ead an d in post -tra um ati c ava scul ar n ecro sis o f the h ead . As a r esu lt, i nco ng r ui ty o f t he jo in t
s ur face s d evelo ps, an d g ro wth a t th e epi ph ysis is r eta rd ed. S u ch con di tion s, m ost com m on i n chi ld ren 3 9 y ears of ag e, p ro du ce
h i p pai n th at m ay ra di ate t o th e kne e (S alter , 1 9 99 ).
D i s lo ca t i o n o f th e Hi p J o i nt
C on g en ital di sloca tion of th e h ip j oin t i s co mm on , o ccur ri ng i n ap pr oxi ma tely 1. 5 p er 1 00 0 l ive bi rth s; i t i s b ila tera l i n
a pp ro xim atel y h alf th e cases. Gir ls ar e af fect ed at least eig ht tim es m or e of ten th an b oys (Sa lter , 1 99 9 ). Dislo catio n occu rs wh en
t he fe mo ral h ead i s n ot pr op erl y l ocated i n th e ace tabu lu m . In ab il ity to a bd uct th e t hi gh i s ch ar acter istic of con g eni tal di sloca tion .
I n ad di tio n, th e aff ected l im b app ear s (a nd f u ncti on s as if ) sh or ter b ecau se th e disl ocate d fem or al h ead is mo re su per io r tha n on
t he n orm al si de, r esu lti ng i n a p osi tive Tr en del enb u rg si gn (h ip ap p ears to dr op o n on e si de du r in g wal kin g). A pp r oxim ate ly 2 5 % of
a ll cases of ar th rit is o f the h ip in a du lts ar e th e di rect re sul t of r esid u al def ects fr om co ng en ital d islo cation of th e h ip .
A cqu ir ed d islo catio n of th e h ip j oin t is un com m on b ecau se t hi s ar ticu la tion i s so str on g an d stab le. N evert hel ess, d isloca tion ma y
o ccu r du ri ng a n au tom ob ile acci den t w h en th e h ip i s f lexed , ad du cted , an d m edi ally r otated , th e u su al po sitio n of th e low er li mb
w h en a per son i s r id in g in a car . Poste rio r di sloca tion s a re m ost com mo n. A hea d-on coll ision tha t cau ses th e kn ee to stri ke th e
d ash bo ar d ma y d islo cate the h ip wh en t he fem o ral h ead i s fo rce d ou t of th e acetab u lu m (Fig . B5 . 24A) . Th e j oin t capsu le r up tu res
i n fer ior ly an d po steri or ly, al low in g th e f em ora l h ea d to p ass thr ou g h th e tea r in th e capsu le an d over t he po ster ior m ar gi n of th e
a cetab ul um on to the lat era l su r face of th e ili um , sh or tenin g an d me dia lly ro tatin g th e a ff ected li mb (Fi g. B 5 .2 4B). B ecau se o f the
c lose rel atio nsh ip o f th e scia tic ner ve to the h ip jo in t (Fig . 5 .5 6A), i t m ay be in ju r ed (str etch ed an d/or co m pr essed ) d ur in g
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
p oste ri or di sloca tion s o r fr actu r e di slocat ion s o f the h ip jo in t. Th is kin d of i nj ur y m ay r esul t i n pa ral ysis of th e h am str in gs and
m u scles di stal to th e kn ee sup pl ied b y th e sciati c n er ve. Se nso ry cha ng es m ay al so o ccur i n th e ski n over t he po ster olate ral
a spects of th e leg an d ove r mu ch o f t he fo ot becau se of in ju r y to sen sor y b r anch es of th e sci atic n erve.
A n teri or d islo catio n of th e h ip j oin t resu lt s fr om a vi olen t in ju ry th at for ces the h ip in to exten sio n, a bd uct ion , an d lat eral r otat ion
( e.g ., catch in g a ski ti p wh en sn ow skii ng ). I n th ese ca ses, th e f em or al hea d is i nf er ior to th e acetab u lu m. Of ten , th e a cetab ul ar
m ar g in f ract ur es, p ro du cin g a f r actu re d islo catio n of th e hi p joi nt. Wh en t he fem o ral h ead d islo cates, i t u su ally car ri es th e
a cetab ul ar b on e f rag m en t an d aceta bu lar lab ru m w ith i t.
P. 6 8 3
P. 6 8 4
T he B o t to m L i n e
T h e h ip j oin t is o ur st ron g est a nd m ost stab le joi nt . Its stab ili ty r esu lts fr om (1 ) t he m echa ni cal stre ng th of i ts b all an d (d eep)
s ocket con stru ctio n, allo wi ng ext ensi ve a rti cul ar su rf ace c ont act; (2 ) its stro ng j oin t capsu le; an d (3 ) its m an y su rr ou n di ng
m u scles. How ever , it re ma in s vu ln er abl e, esp ecial ly i n old er ag e, b ecau se o f the an g le o f th e f em ora l n eck (in clin ati on ) an d clo se
a ssocia tion o f th e b loo d sup pl y o f t he fem o ral h ead to th e neck. Th us fr actu r es r esu lt i n avascu la r ne cros is o f the fe mo ral h ead .
Ma jor m ove men ts ar e f lexio n an d exten sio n, p ossi bl e ove r a w id e r an ge; m edi al an d later al r otati on w ith ab du cti on ar e p ar t o f
e very step o f n or m al, bip ed al wal kin g.
K n e e J o in t
T h e knee jo int i s ou r l arg est an d mo st su pe rf icia l j oin t. I t i s p ri ma ril y a h in ge typ e of sy no vial jo in t, all owi ng f lexi on an d
e xten sion ; h ow ever , th e h in ge m ovem en ts are com b in ed wi th gl id in g an d rol lin g an d wi th r otati on ab ou t a ver tica l a xis. A lth ou gh
th e kn ee j oin t is w ell con str uct ed, i ts f un cti on is com m on ly im pai re d wh en it is hyp er exten de d (e.g . , in b od y con tact sp ort s, such
a s ice h ockey).
T wo f emor oti b ial ar ticulati ons (later al an d med ia l) b etw een th e l ater al an d the m ed ial fem o ral an d tib ia l co nd yles.
On e in ter med ia te f emor o pa tella r arti culati on b etw een th e pate lla an d th e f em ur .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.56. B ones o f knee joi nt. A Th e bon es ar ticu lati ng a t th e knee jo in t ar e sho wn . Th e hi p bo ne an d pr oxi ma l f em u r
ar e in clu d ed to dem o nstr ate th e Q-an g le, d eter m in ed du r in g ph ysical exa mi na tion to i nd icat e al ig nm en t o f th e f em ur an d ti bia
an d to evalu ate valg u s or varu s stress at th e kn ee. B . Th e bo nes an d bo ny fea tur es of th e p oster io r asp ect o f t he kn ee j oin t
an d kne e ar e sho wn .
J o in t Cap s u le of t h e K n ee Jo in t
T h e jo int caps ul e o f the knee jo int i s typ ical in con sistin g of a n exter na l f ib ro us laye r (fib r ou s cap sul e) a nd a n in ter nal
P. 6 8 5
s yno vial m em br an e th at li nes all in ter n al sur fa ces o f the ar ticu lar ca vity no t co vere d with art icu lar car til age . Th e f ib ro us laye r ha s
a f ew th icken ed pa rts th at m ake u p in tr in sic l ig ame nts bu t, f or th e ma in p art , it is th i n an d is a ctua lly in com pl ete in som e ar eas.
T h e f ib rou s layer a ttach es to th e fem u r su per ior ly, ju st p ro xim al to the ar ticu la r ma rg in s o f the con dy les. Po ster ior ly, th e fib r ou s
l ayer en clo ses th e con dyl es a nd th e in terc ond yla r fossa (Fig . 5 .5 7B). T h e f ib rou s layer h as an op en in g po ster ior to th e later al tib ial
c on dyle to all ow th e t end on o f the p opl iteu s t o p ass ou t of th e joi nt cap su le t o a ttach to th e ti bi a. I nf eri orly, th e fib r ous la yer
a ttach es t o th e m arg in o f the su per io r art icu lar su rf ace (tib ial p latea u) of th e t ibi a, excep t w h ere th e t end on o f the p opl iteu s
c rosse s th e b on e (Fi gs. 5 . 5 7A & B an d 5. 5 8A ). Th e qu ad ri ceps ten do n, p atel la, a nd p atel lar l iga me nt re pla ce th e fib r ou s la yer
a nte ri orl y th at i s, th e f ib ro us layer is co nti nu ou s wit h the la tera l a nd m ed ial m ar gi ns of th ese stru ctu re s, an d ther e is n o
s epar ate fi br ou s l ayer in the r egi on of th ese str uctu r es (Fig s. 5 . 57 A an d 5 .5 8A).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.57. Jo int ca ps ul e o f knee. T he exter n al aspect (f ibr ou s l ayer ) o f the jo in t cap su le is r ela tivel y th in i n som e pla ces
an d thi cken ed in o the rs to for m r ein fo rci ng i ntr in sic (cap sul ar) li gam en ts. A. Mod if icati on s of th e an teri or asp ect and si des of
th e f ibr ou s layer i ncl ud e the pa tell ar re tin acu la, w hi ch atta ch to the sid es o f th e q ua dr icep s ten d on , pa tella , an d pat ellar
lig am en t, an d in corpo rat ion o f the il ioti bi al tract (la tera lly) an d th e m ed ial col later al li gam en t (m ed ial ly). B . Th e ha mst rin g
an d gast rocn em iu s mu scles an d th e p oster io r in ter mu scu lar sep tu m h ave been cut an d re mo ved to expo se th e ad du ctor
m agn u s, late ral in ter m usc ul ar sept um , an d th e flo or of th e pop li teal fo ssa. Po steri or m od if icatio ns of th e fib r ou s la yer in clu de
th e ob li qu e a nd a rcu ate po pli teal li gam en ts an d a p erf or atio n in fe ri or to th e ar cu ate pop li teal lig am en t t o a llow p assag e of th e
po pli teu s ten d on .
T h e ext ensi ve syn ovi al m em br an e li ne s al l su r face s b ou nd in g th e ar ticu la r cavity (th e sp ace con tain in g syn ovi al flu id ) n ot cove red
b y arti cu lar car til age (Fig . 5 .5 8A & B ). Th u s it atta ches to th e p eri ph er y o f the ar ticu lar carti lag e co ver in g the fe mo ral an d ti bia l
c on dyle s; th e p oste rio r su rf ace o f the p atell a; a nd th e edg es of th e m en isci, the fi br ocar til ag in ou s d iscs b etw een th e t ibi al an d the
f em or al ar ticu lar su r faces. It lin es the in ter n al sur fa ce of t he fi br ou s l ayer la tera lly an d me dia lly, bu t cen tr all y i t b ecom es
s epar ated f r om th e f ib ro us laye r. Fr om th e po steri or asp ect of th e j oin t, th e syno vial m em br an e r ef lects an teri or ly i nt o th e
i n terco nd ylar reg ion , co veri ng t he cru cia te l ig am ents an d th e i nf r ap atell ar fa t-p ad , so tha t th ey are excl ud ed fr om the ar ticu lar
c avity. T h is cr eate s a me dia n inf rap ate llar s yno vial f old , a ver tical f old o f sy no vial m em bran e th at ap pr oach es the p oster ior
a spect of th e pate lla, occu pyi ng al l bu t th e m ost a nte rio r pa rt of th e i nt erco nd ylar reg ion . T hu s it a lm ost sub di vid es th e ar ticu lar
c avity in to ri gh t a nd l eft fem or oti bi al art icu lar cavi ties; in de ed, th is is ho w art hr osco pic su rg eon s co nsi der t he ar ticu lar
P. 6 8 6
P. 6 8 7
c avity. Fat -fil led la ter al and m edi al alar f ol ds cover the in n er su rf ace o f fat-p ad s th at occu py th e sp ace on eac h sid e of t he
p atel lar l ig am ent in ter n al to th e fi br ou s l ayer .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.58. L ayer s o f j oint cap sule, ar ticul ar cavity, and a rti cul ar sur face s of k nee jo int. A. Th e attach m en ts o f the
fi br ou s la yer an d syn ovia l m em b ran e to the tib ia ar e sh ow n . Note th at, a lth ou gh th ey ar e ad ja cent on e ach sid e, th ey par t
com pa ny cen tra lly to accom m od ate i n terco nd ylar and i nf r apa tella r stru ctu re s th at are in tr acap sul ar (in sid e the fi br ou s l ayer )
bu t extra -art icu lar (excl ud ed f ro m th e ar ticu la r cavity by syn ovi al mem b ra ne). B. T he jo in t cap su le was in cised tr an sver sely,
th e p atell a w as sawn t hr ou gh , an d th en th e kne e w as f lexed , op en in g th e ar ticu la r cavity. Th e i nf ra pate llar fol d of syn ovia l
m emb r ane en clo ses th e cru ciat e li ga men ts, ex clu din g th em f ro m th e j oin t cavity. All in ter n al sur fa ces n ot cover ed w ith or
m ade of ar ticu la r cart ilag e (blu e, o r gr ay in th e case o f the m en isci) ar e li ne d wit h syno vial m em br an e (mo stly pu rp le, bu t
tra nsp ar en t an d col or less w h ere it is cover in g n on -arti cul ar su rf aces of th e f em ur ).
S u per io r to t he pa tell a, th e kn ee joi nt cavi ty ext end s d eep to th e vastu s in ter m edi us as the su pr ap atell ar bu r sa (Fi gs. 5 . 57A an d
5 . 5 9A ). Th e syno vial m em br an e o f th e jo in t ca psu le is con tin uo us wi th th e syn ovi al lin in g of t hi s b ur sa. T hi s la rg e b u rsa u sua lly
e xten ds app r oxim atel y 5 cm su per ior t o th e pa tella ; h ow ever, it may exten d h alf wa y u p th e an ter io r aspe ct of th e fem u r. Mu scle
s lip s d eep to th e va stus in ter me diu s for m th e art icu lar m u scle of th e kn ee, w h ich atta ches to th e syn ovi al m emb r ane an d r etra cts
t he bu r sa d u ri ng ext ensi on o f t he kn ee (Fi gs. 5 . 16 and 5 . 5 7A ).
E xt r aca p su l ar L ig am e n t s of th e Kn ee J o in t
T h e j oin t ca psu le is stre ng th ene d by five extr acap su lar o r capsu la r (in tri nsi c) l iga me nts: pa tella r lig am en t, fi bu la r coll ater al
l ig am ent , tib ial col later al li gam en t, o bli qu e pop li teal lig am en t, an d ar cua te p op lit eal lig am en t (Fig . 5 .5 7A & B ). Th ey ar e
s om etim es calle d exter nal l iga me nts to di ff eren ti ate t hem fr om i nter n al lig am en ts, su ch as the cr uci ate lig am en ts.
T h e p atel lar li gam en t, th e di stal par t of th e q u adr icep s te nd on , is a st ron g , th ick f ib ro us ba nd p assin g f ro m th e ap ex and a dj oin in g
m ar g in s of th e pa tella to th e ti bi al tub er osity (Fig . 5 .5 7A). T he p atell ar li gam en t i s th e an teri or li gam en t of th e kn ee joi nt .
L ater al ly, it r eceives th e m ed ial an d la tera l p atel lar r etin acu la, apo neu r oti c exp an sion s o f the vastu s me dia lis an d later al is a nd
o ver lyin g d eep fa scia. T he r etin acu la ma ke u p th e j oin t capsu le of th e kn ee o n each si de of th e p atel la (Fi gs. 5 . 5 7A an d 5 . 58A) an d
p la y an i m por tan t ro le i n m ain tai ni ng al ig nm en t of th e p atell a r el ative to th e p atell ar ar ticu lar sur fa ce of t he fem u r. Th e o bl iqu e
p la ceme nt of th e fem u r an d/or lin e o f pu ll of th e qu ad ri ceps fem or is m uscl e r ela tive to the axi s of th e pat ellar tend on and t ibi a,
a ssessed cli ni call y as th e Q- an g le, f avor s l ater al di spla cem ent of th e pate lla (Fig . 5. 5 6 ).
T h e co llate ral l iga men ts of th e kn ee ar e ta ut wh en th e kne e i s fu ll y ex tend ed , con tr ibu ti ng to stab il ity wh ile stan d in g (Fi g. 5 . 5 9).
A s f lexi on p ro ceeds, the y b ecom e i ncr easi ng ly slack, per m itti ng an d li m itin g (ser vin g as check li gam en ts for ) r ota tion a t th e kne e.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
T h e f ib ular co lla tera l l ig ament ( FC L ; la tera l co lla tera l l ig am ent), a co rd -like extr acap su lar l iga me nt, i s str on g . It exten ds
i n fer ior ly fr om t he late ral ep ico nd yle of th e f em ur to t he late ral su rf ace of th e f ib ul ar h ead (Fig . 5 .5 9A & B ). Th e ten don of th e
p op li teus pa sses d eep to th e FC L, separ ati ng i t f ro m th e l ater al me ni scus. T h e ten d on of t he bi ceps fem o ris is spl it in to t wo pa rts
b y thi s l iga men t (Fig. 5. 5 9A ). Th e tib ial co llate ral li ga ment (T CL ; m ed ial co llate ral l iga me nt) is a str on g , fla t, in tr in sic
( capsu lar ) ban d th at exten ds fr om t he m edi al epi con dyl e of th e fem u r to th e m ed ial con d yle and t he su per ior par t o f the m ed ial
s ur face of th e tib ia (Fig. 5. 5 9C & D ). At its m idp oi nt, the d eep fi ber s o f the TC L ar e fir m ly attach ed to th e m ed ial m en iscu s. Th e
T C L, w eaker th an the FCL , is m or e o ften d am ag ed. A s a r esu lt, th e T C L and med ial m en iscu s a re com m on ly tor n du r in g con tact
s por ts such a s f ootb all an d ice h ockey.
T h e o bl iq ue p op li teal lig ame nt is a r ecu rr en t e xpan sio n of th e tend on o f the sem im em b ran osu s tha t r ein fo rces th e j oin t capsu le
p oste ri orl y as it spa ns th e i ntr acon d ylar f ossa (Fig. 5. 5 7B ). T he lig am en t a ri ses p oster ior to t he m edi al tib ial con dy le a nd p asses
s up ero late ral ly towa rd th e later al fe mo ral co nd yle, b len d in g wi th th e cen tr al par t of th e p oster io r aspe ct of t he joi nt cap su le.
T h e ar cuate po p litea l l ig ament also str eng th en s th e j oin t capsu le p oster ola tera lly. I t ari ses f ro m th e p oster io r aspe ct o f t he
f ib u lar h ead , pa sses su pe rom ed ial ly over th e ten don of th e p op liteu s, a nd sp re ads over th e po steri or su rf ace of th e kn ee jo in t. Its
d evel op men t app ear s t o b e i nv ersel y r ela ted to the p resen ce an d size of a fab ell a i n th e p ro xim al attach m en t o f the la tera l h ead o f
g astr ocn em iu s (se e cli ni cal cor rel atio n [bl ue ] b ox Fab ell a i n th e Gastr ocn em iu s, in thi s ch ap ter ). Bot h stru ctu r es ar e
t ho ug h t to con tr ib ute to po ster olate ral sta bil ity of th e kn ee.
G e n u V a lg u m a n d G e n u V a r u m
Th e f em ur is p lace d dia gon al ly with in the th ig h, w h ere as th e tib ia is a lm ost verti cal wi thi n th e l eg, cr eati ng a n an gl e at th e kn ee
betw een th e lon g axes of th e bon es (Fig. B5 .2 5A). T h e an g le betw een th e two b on es, re fer red t o cl in ical ly a s th e Q- ang le , i s
assessed b y d ra win g a lin e fr om th e AS IS to th e m id d le o f th e p atell a a nd ex trap ol atin g a secon d (ver tical ) li ne pa ssin g th rou g h
the m id dl e of th e pa tella an d tib ial tu b ero sity (Fi g. 5 . 5 6). T h e Q-an g le is ty pica lly gr eate r in ad ul t f em ales, owi ng to th ei r wid er
pel ves. Wh en n or ma l, th e a ng le of th e f em u r with in the th ig h pl aces the m id dle of th e kne e j oin t d ir ectl y in f eri or to th e h ead o f
the fe mu r w hen stan di ng , cen ter in g the we igh t-b ear in g lin e in th e in terco nd yla r reg io n of th e kn ee (Fig . B5 . 25A).
A med ia l a ng ul atio n of th e leg in r el ation to t he th ig h, i n wh ich the fe mu r is ab no rm al ly ve rti cal an d the Q-an gl e i s sm all , is a
def or mi ty ca lled g enu va rum (bow leg ) t hat cau ses un eq ual w eig ht b eari ng : Th e l in e of w eig h t b ear in g fal ls m ed ial to th e cente r of
the kn ee (Fi g. B 5 .2 5B). E xcess pr essu re is pl aced on th e m edi al aspect of th e kne e j oin t, w hi ch resu l ts in arthr o sis (destr uction
of kn ee ca rti lag es), an d th e f ib ul ar col later al li gam en t i s o verstr essed (Fi g. B .2 5D). A later al an gu la tion o f the le g (lar ge Q-an gl e,
>1 7 ) in r ela tion t o th e th igh (exag ger atio n of th e knee an gl e) i s cal led g enu val gum (kn ock-kn ee) (Fi g. B 5. 2 5C). B ecau se of
the exag g erat ed kne e ang le in g enu valg um , th e wei gh t-b eari ng l in e f all s l ater al to t he cen ter of th e kne e. C ons equ en tly, th e tib ial
coll ater al lig am en t i s over str etch ed, and t her e is e xcess str ess on th e l ater al m eni scus an d car tila ges of th e l ater al fem or al an d
tib ial con dy les. T he pa tella , no rm al ly pu lle d later all y b y t he ten do n of th e va stu s la tera lis, i s p ul led even far th er lat era lly wh en th e
leg is exten d ed in th e pr esen ce o f gen u val gu m so th at its a rti cul atio n wi th th e f em ur i s ab n or ma l. C hi ld ren co m mo nl y ap pe ar
bow leg ge d for 1 2 ye ars af ter star tin g to wa lk, an d kn ock-kn ees are fr eq ue ntl y o bser ved in chi ldr en 2 4 yea rs of ag e.
Per sisten ce o f th ese ab n or ma l kn ee an gl es i n late ch ild h ood u su ally m ean s co ng en ital d efo rm iti es exi st th at m ay r eq ui re
cor recti on . An y irr eg ul ar ity o f a j oin t even tua lly lea ds to w ear a nd tea r (ar thr osi s) of th e ar ticu lar car ti lag es.
P a te l l a r D i s l o c a ti o n
When the p atell a i s d islo cated , it nea rl y al ways di sloca tes l ater all y. Patel lar d isl ocatio n is m ore com m on i n wo me n, p r esum ab ly
beca use of th eir g r eater Q-an g le wh ich , in a dd itio n to rep r esen tin g the ob li qu e p lace me nt of th e f em u r rel ative to th e ti bi a,
rep re sent s th e a ng le of p ul l o f the q uad r icep s r elati ve t o th e axis of th e p atel la an d tib ia (the ter m Q- an g le was actu all y coi ne d in
ref er ence to th e an g le of pu ll o f t he qu ad ri ceps). Th e te nd en cy to war d lat eral d islo catio n is no rm al ly co un ter b alan ced b y th e
me dia l, m or e h or izo nta l p u ll of th e p ow erf u l v astu s m edi ali s. In a dd itio n, the m or e a nter io r pr oj ection of th e l ater al fem or al
con dyl e an d d eepe r slop e f or th e lar ger later al pa tella r face t p ro vid e a m echa ni cal dete rr en t to la tera l d isl ocati on . An i mb ala nce of
the la tera l p u ll an d the m ech an ism s r esisti ng i t r esu lt in ab n orm al tr acki ng o f t he pa tella w ith in th e pate llar gr oove an d ch ron ic
pate llar pai n, e ven if actu al d islo catio n do es n ot occu r.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.59. Col later al li ga ments o f knee j oint. A. T he fi bu lar colla ter al lig am ent is sh own . Pu r pl e l atex w as in jected i nt o
th e ar ticu la r cavity to dem o nstr ate th e ex tensi ve a nd co mp lex syn ovia l m em b ra ne su rr ou nd in g it. Th e ar ticu l ar cavity /syno vial
m emb r ane exte nd s su pe ri orl y d eep to th e q u adr icep s, f or mi ng th e sup r apa tella r bu r sa. B. Th e a ttach me nt sites of th e FC L
(gr een ) a nd r elat ed m uscl es (r ed, pr oxim al ; b lu e, d istal ) on t he late ral asp ect of th e b on es o f th e kn ee reg io n ar e in d icated .
Th e t end on o f the b icep s f emo ri s b if ur cates, i ts si te o f attach m en t em b raci ng t he in fer io r attach m en t o f the FCL . C. T he ba nd like p art of th e tib ial col later al li gam en t (i sola ted h ere fr om the fi br ou s l ayer of t he joi n t cap su le, of w h ich it is a p ar t)
attach es to the m edi al epi con dyl e (al m ost i n li ne wi th th e a dd ucto r m agn u s ten d on ); cr osses th e in ser tio n of th e
sem im em br an osu s m u scle; an d passes de ep to the p es an ser in u s, the com b in ed atta chm en t si tes o f th e ten d in ou s d istal
attach m en t o f the gr aci lis, se mi ten din osu s, an d sar tor iu s m u scles. D. T he atta chm en t sites of th e T CL a nd r ela ted m uscl es o n
th e m ed ial asp ect o f the b on es o f t he kn ee r eg ion a re in di cated .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
P a te l l o f e m o r a l S y nd r o m e
P ain d eep to th e pate lla of ten r esul ts f ro m excessi ve r u nn in g , espe ciall y d ow nh il l; h en ce, th is type of p ain is o ften calle d
r u nn er 's k nee. Th e pai n resu lt s f rom rep eti tive mi cro tra um a cau sed by ab no rm al tr ackin g of th e pat ella r elati ve to th e
p atel lar su r face of th e fem u r, a con d itio n kn own as th e pa tello fe mor al syndr o me. Th is syn dr om e m ay also r esu lt fr om a di rect
b lo w to t he pa tell a an d f rom oste oar thri tis of the p atel lo femo ra l co mp ar tment (d ege ner ati ve w ear an d tear of ar ticu lar
c arti lag es). I n som e ca ses, str en gth en in g of th e va stus m edi ali s cor r ects p atel lof em ora l d ysf un ctio n. T h is m u scle ten ds to pr even t
l ater al di sloca tion o f th e p atell a r esu lti ng f ro m th e Q-a ng le beca use th e va stus m edi alis atta ches to an d pu ll s on the m edi al bo rd er
o f th e p atell a. H ence , weak ness of th e vastu s m ed iali s p red isp oses th e i nd ivid u al to the p atell ofe mo ral d ysfu n ction and patel lar
d isl ocati on.
P. 6 8 8
P. 6 8 9
P. 6 9 0
I n t r a-A rt ic u la r Li g am en t s o f t h e Kn ee J oi n t
T h e in tr a-ar ticu la r lig am en ts w ith in th e kne e jo in t co nsi st o f the cr uci ate lig am en ts an d m en isci. T h e p op litea l t end on i s al so i nt raa rti cul ar du r in g pa rt of its cou rse .
T h e cr uci ate lig am en ts (L. cr ux, a cr oss) crisscr oss wi thi n th e j oin t capsu le of th e joi nt bu t ou tsid e th e syno vial cavi ty (Fi gs. 5 . 60
a nd 5 . 61 ). T he cr uci ate lig am en ts ar e locat ed in th e cente r of th e j oin t and c ross each o th er ob liq ue ly, li ke t he lette r X. Du ri ng
m ed ial r otati on o f the tib ia on th e fem u r, the cr uci ate lig am en ts w in d aro un d each oth er; th us th e a mo un t of m edi al rot atio n
p ossi ble is lim i ted to abo ut 1 0 . B ecau se they b ecom e u n wo un d du r in g late ral r otati on , n ear ly 6 0 of l ater al ro tatio n is pos sibl e
w h en th e kn ee is flex ed >9 0 , the m ovem en t b ein g u lti ma tely lim ite d by th e T CL . Th e chi asm (p oin t of cro ssin g) of th e cr u ciate
l ig am ents ser ves a s th e p ivo t f or r otato ry m ovem en ts a t th e knee . Beca use of th eir o bl iqu e or ien tati on , in eve ry pos itio n on e
cr u ciate li gam en t, or par ts o f on e o r bo th lig am en ts, is ten se. I t is th e cr u ciate li gam en ts t hat m ain tai n con tact wi th th e f em or al
a nd ti bi al arti cul ar su rf aces du r in g flex ion o f the kn ee.
T h e anter io r cr uci ate lig ament (AC L), the we aker of th e two cr uci ate lig am en ts, ar ises fr om th e ant eri or in ter con dyl ar ar ea of
th e tib ia, j ust p oster ior t o th e attach m en t o f t he m edi al me ni scus (Fig. 5. 6 0A ). Th e AC L h as a r elati vely po or bl ood su p pl y. It
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
e xten ds sup er ior ly, p os ter io rl y, an d later al ly t o a ttach to th e p os te rio r pa rt of th e m ed ial si de of th e l ater al con dyl e o f t he fem u r
( Fi g. 5 . 60C ). It li mi ts p oster io r ro lli ng (tu r ni ng a nd t rave lin g) of th e fem or al con dyl es o n th e ti bi al pla teau d ur in g f lexio n,
c on verti ng i t to sp in (tu r ni ng i n pl ace). I t a lso pr even ts p oster io r di spla cem ent of th e fem u r on th e tib ia an d hyp er exten sion of th e
k nee jo in t. Wh en th e j oin t is f lexe d at a r igh t an gle , th e ti bia can n ot be pu ll ed an teri or ly (like pu ll in g ou t a d raw er ) b ecau se i t is
h el d by th e A CL .
T h e p os teri or cr uciate lig ame nt (PC L), the str on ger o f th e tw o cr u ciate li gam en ts, ar ise s fr om the p oster ior i nt erco nd ylar area
o f th e ti bia (Fig . 5 .6 0A & D ). T he PC L pas ses su pe rio rl y an d an ter ior ly on t he m edi al side of th e AC L to attach to t he an ter ior p ar t
o f th e la ter al sur face of th e m edi al con dyle of th e fem u r (Fig . 5. 6 0B & C ). Th e PC L lim its an ter ior r ol lin g of th e fem u r on th e tib ial
p la teau d ur in g exten sio n, con vert in g it t o sp in . I t al so p r even ts an ter io r disp la ceme nt of th e fem u r on th e tib ia or po ster ior
d isp lace men t of th e t ibi a o n th e f em ur a nd h elp s p r even t h yp erf lexi on of th e kne e j oin t. I n th e w eig ht-b ear in g fl exed kn ee, th e PC L
i s th e ma in stab il izin g f actor f or th e fem u r (e.g . , wh en w alki ng d ow nh il l).
T h e meni sci o f the kne e jo int a re cre scent ic p lat es ( wa fer s ) of fi br ocar til age on th e ar ticu lar su r face of th e tib ia tha t
d eep en th e sur fa ce an d p lay a r ol e in sho ck ab sor pt ion (Fig . 5 . 61 ). T he m eni sci (G. men is ko s, cr escen t) ar e thi cker at th eir
e xter nal m ar gi ns an d tap er to thi n , un atta ched e dg es i n th e i nter io r of th e j oin t. Wed g e sh ap ed in tr an sver se sect ion , th e m en isci
a re fi rm ly atta ched a t th eir end s to th e in terc on dyla r are a o f the tib ia (Fig . 5. 6 0A). T hei r exter n al ma rg in s att ach to th e j oin t
c apsu le of th e knee . Th e co r onar y li ga ments a re po rti on s of t he joi n t cap su le e xten din g b etwe en th e m ar gi ns of th e men isci an d
m o st of t he per ip h ery of th e tib ial con dyl es (Fi g. 5 . 60B ). A slen der fib ro us ba nd , th e tr ansver se lig ament of the k nee j oin s the
a nte ri or ed ges of th e m en isci (Fig . 5 .6 1A), t ethe rin g th em to ea ch oth er d ur in g kn ee m o vem ents.
T h e med ia l me ni scus i s C sh ap ed, br oad er p oster ior ly th an an ter ior ly. I ts a nte ri or en d (ho rn ) is a ttach ed to the an ter ior
i n terco nd ylar area of t he tib ia, a nte rio r to th e att achm en t of th e A CL (Fi g. 5 . 60A ). Its po ster ior en d is attach ed to th e post eri or
i n terco nd ylar area , an ter ior to th e attach m ent of th e PC L. T he m ed ial m eni scus fi rm ly ad he res to the d eep su rf ace o f th e T CL (Fig s.
5 . 5 9C a nd 5 . 6 1). B ecau se of its wid esp rea d attach m en ts l ater ally to th e ti bi al i n terco nd ylar are a an d m ed iall y to th e TC L, th e
m ed ial m en iscu s i s l ess m ob ile on t he tib ial p latea u th an is th e l ater al men i scus.
T h e l ater al meniscus is n ear ly cir cul ar , sm aller , an d m or e f re ely mo vab le t han the m edi al m eni scus. Th e te nd on o f the po pl iteu s
h as two p ar ts p ro xim all y. On e p art atta che s to th e l ater al epi con dyl e of t he fem u r an d pa sses b etw een th e l ater al m eni scus an d
i n fer ior p ar t o f the la tera l ep ico nd ylar sur fa ce of
P. 6 9 1
P. 6 9 2
P. 6 9 3
P. 6 9 4
t he fe mu r (on the ten do n' s m ed ial asp ect) a nd th e FCL th at over li es it s la tera l a spect (Fig s. 5. 5 9A a nd 5 . 60B & D). Th e o the r,
m o re m edi al par t o f th e p op litea l t end on a ttach es to th e post eri or li mb o f the la tera l m en iscu s. A str on g ten di no us slip , th e
p o ster ior me niscof emo ra l l ig ament, jo in s th e later al m en iscu s to th e P CL a nd th e me dia l f em or al con dyl e (Fig s. 5 . 60 D an d
5 . 6 1B ).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.60. Cr uci ate lig aments of knee jo int. A. Su pe rio r asp ect o f the su per io r art icu lar su rf ace of th e ti bi a (ti bi al
pl ateau ) sh ow in g th e m ed ial an d la tera l co nd yles (ar ticu lar su r face s) an d th e i nt erco nd ylar e mi ne nce bet ween them . T he sit es
of atta chm en t of th e cr uci ate lig am en ts ar e colo red g re en; th ose of th e m ed ial m en iscu s, pu r pl e; an d th ose of th e l ater al
m eni scus, ora ng e. B . Th e q u adr icep s tend on h as be en sever ed an d th e p atel la (with in the ten do n an d its con tin u atio n, th e
pat ella r lig am en t) h as been ref lected i nf er ior ly. T h e kn ee is f lexe d to dem on str ate the cr uci ate lig am en ts. C. In the se la ter al
an d me dia l vi ews, the fe mu r h as been se ction ed l on gitu d in all y an d th e n ear hal f ha s b een r em oved w ith th e pr oxim al p art of
th e cor r espo nd in g cr uci ate l ig am ent . Th e l ater al view d em on stra tes h ow th e po steri or cr uci ate lig am en t r esists an ter ior
di spla cem ent of th e fem u r on th e tib ial p lateau . T he m edi al view d em on stra tes h ow th e an teri or cr uci ate lig am en t r esists
po steri or d isp lacem en t o f the f emu r o n the ti bia l p lat eau . D. B oth h ea ds of th e g astr ocn em iu s ar e r ef lected su p eri or ly, an d th e
bi ceps fem or is is ref lecte d in fer ior ly. Th e ar ti cul ar cavit y h as b een i nf lat ed wit h pu r ple la tex to d em on stra te i ts co nti nu ity wi th
th e var io us bu r sae a nd th e re flect ion s a nd at tach me nts of th e co m ple x syn ovi al mem b ra ne.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.61. Meni sci o f knee joi nt. A. T h e q ua dr icep s ten d on i s cu t, an d th e p atel la and p atel lar l ig am ent ar e r ef lected
in fer io rly an d an ter ior ly. T h e m en isci, the ir atta chm en ts t o th e in ter con dyla r ar ea o f the tib ia , an d the tib ial at tach men ts of
th e cr uci ate lig am en ts ar e sho wn . B . Th e b an d-l ike tib ial col later al li gam en t is a ttach ed to th e m ed ial m en iscu s. Th e co rd -li ke
fi bu lar co lla tera l l ig am ent is sepa rat ed fr om th e later al m en iscu s. Th e post eri or m en iscof em or al lig am en t att ache s th e l ater al
m eni scus to th e m ed ial fe mo ral co nd yle. C and D . Th e n u m ber s o n th e MR I stud y ref er to th e str u ctur es lab eled i n th e
cor resp on di ng a na tom ical cor on al secti on . (Par t C cou rt esy o f Dr . W. K uch ar czyk, C h air o f Me dica l I m agi ng , Un iver sit y of
Tor on to, an d Cl in ical Dir ector of T ri -Ho spit al Ma gn etic Re son an ce C en tre, Tor on to, On tar io , C ana da. )
M ov em en t s of t h e K n ee J o in t
Fl exion an d exten sion a re th e m ai n kn ee m ove men ts; som e r ota tion occu rs wh en th e knee is fl exed . When the kn ee is f u lly
e xten ded w ith th e fo ot o n th e g ro un d , th e kn ee passi vely locks b ecau se o f m ed ial r otat ion o f the f emo ra l co nd yles on th e
t ibi al pl ateau . T hi s p ositi on m akes th e l ower l im b a soli d colu m n an d m ore ad ap ted fo r wei gh t b ear in g. When the kn ee i s
l ocked , th e t hi gh an d le g mu scle s can r ela x b ri efl y w ith ou t m aki ng t he kn ee j oin t too un stab le. To un lo ck th e kn ee, th e
p op li teus con tr acts, r otati ng t he fem u r la tera lly ab ou t 5 on the tib ial p late au so tha t f lexi on of th e kne e can occu r. T he m ain
m o vem ent s of th e kne e j oin t, th e m u scles pr od u cin g the m, a nd r ele van t d etail s ar e pr ovid ed in Tab le 5. 1 6 .
Ta bl e 5. 16. M oveme nts of the Knee Jo int and the Muscl es P ro duci ng Them
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
P ossi bl e
Ext ensi on
Pr imar y
Qu ad ric eps fem or is
Seco nd ar y
We akly: ten sor
o f fasci a l ata
Factor s Li miting
(Check ing)
M oveme nt
C omments
A nt eri or ed ge of
l ater al me ni scus
A bi lity of
q u adr icep s to
p ro du ce exten sion
i s m ost eff ective
ti bi al an d patel lar
su r faces of f em ora l
w he n hi p joi nt is
ext end ed ; f lexio n
d im in ish es its
ef fi cien cy
Flexio n
12 0 (h ip
exten de d);
H am stri ng s
(sem ite ndin osus,
Gr acil is,
sa rto ri us,
N or ma lly, r ol e o f
g astr oc-n em iu s is
14 0 (h ip
fl exed);
h am str in gs is also a
f actor m or e kn ee
m in im al , bu t in
p re sence of a
16 0
pass ively
sh or t h ead o f bice ps
f lexi on is po ssib le
w he n hi p joi nt is
su p raco nd ylar
f ra ctur e, i t r otate s
f lexed ; ca nn ot fu ll y
f lex kn ee w he n hi p is
(f lexes) di stal
f ra gm en t o f fem u r
ex tend ed
Medi al
10 w ith
Gr acil is,
Wh en ext end ed
ro tatio n
kn ee f lexed ;
5 wi th
sa rto ri us
l oose du r in g fl exion
w ith ou t r ot ation ,
kn ee is bear in g
w eig ht , actio n of
kn ee
exten de d
b ecom e tau t at li mi ts
o f rot atio n
p op lite us later al ly
r otat es f em ur ;
exte nd ed
w he n no t b ear in g
w eig ht , po pli teu s
m ed ial ly r ota tes
p atel la
Lat era l
ro tatio n
30
C ol later al li gam en ts
b ecom e tau t;
A t en d of r ota tion ,
w ith n o op pos itio n,
te nso r of fa scia
l ata can assi st in
w ou nd a ro un d
p oster io r cru cia te
m ai nta in in g
p osit ion
l ig ame nt
M ov em en t s of th e M en is ci
A lth ou g h th e r oll in g m ovem en t o f t he fem o ral con d yles du r in g flex ion a nd ext ensi on i s li mi ted (con ver ted to sp in ) b y th e cr u ciate
l ig am ent s, som e
P. 6 9 5
r ol lin g d oes occu r, an d th e poi nt of co nta ct b etwe en th e f em ur a nd th e tib ia mo ves p oste rio rl y w ith f lexi on an d r etu rn s a nter io rl y
w ith exten sion . Fu rth er m ore , du r in g ro tatio n of th e kn ee, on e f em ora l co nd yle m oves an teri or ly on th e co rr esp on din g ti bia l co nd yle
w h ile th e o the r fem or al con dy le m o ves p oster io rly , ro tatin g ab ou t th e chi asm o f t he cru ci ate l ig am ent s. Th e m en isci m u st b e a ble
t o m ig r ate on th e t ibi al pl ateau a s th e p oi nts of con tact b etwee n fem u r an d tib ia cha ng e.
B lo od S u p p ly o f t h e Kn ee J oi n t
T h e ar ter ies su pp lyin g th e kn ee jo in t ar e the 1 0 vessel s th at for m th e per iar ti cul ar gen icu la r an astom ose s ar ou n d the kn ee: t he
g en icu lar b r an ches of th e f em or al, p op lit eal, a nd an ter io r an d post eri or r ecur r ent b ran ch es o f the an ter ior t ibi al recu r re nt an d
c ircu m fl ex f ib ul ar ar ter ies (Fi gs. 5 . 6 2 an d 5. 6 3B ). T he m id dle g eni cul ar br an ch es o f the p opl iteal ar ter y p en etr ate the fi br ou s l ayer
o f th e j oin t ca psu le an d sup pl y th e cru cia te l iga me nts, syno vial m em br an e, an d pe ri ph era l m ar g in s of th e m eni sci.
I n n e rv at io n of th e Kn ee J o in t
R ef lecti ng H ilt on 's l aw, th e ne rves su pp lyin g th e m u scles cr ossin g (acti ng o n) th e kn ee joi nt also su pp ly th e j oin t ( Fi g. 5 . 63D );
t hu s a rti cul ar b ran ches f ro m th e f em or al (the b ran ch es t o th e vasti), tib ial, and co m mo n fi bu lar n er ves sup pl y it s an ter ior ,
p oste ri or, and l ater al asp ects, r especti vely. In ad di tio n, h ow ever, th e o btu r ator an d sap h eno us (cu tan eou s) n er ves su p ply ar ticu lar
b r an ches to its me dia l a spect.
B u rs ae ar ou n d t h e K n ee Jo in t
T h ere ar e a t le ast 1 2 b u rsae ar ou nd t he kn ee j oin t beca use m ost tend on s r u n pa ral lel to th e b on es a nd p u ll len gt hw ise acro ss th e
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
j oin t du r in g kne e m ovem en ts. T he sub cutaneous pr ep atel lar an d i nf r ap atell ar bur sae ar e l ocated a t th e con vex su r face of th e
j oin t, a llo win g th e sk in to be ab le to mo ve f re ely du ri ng m o vem ents of th e knee (Fig s. 5 .5 8B an d 5. 5 9A ). Th e m ain b ur sae of th e
k nee ar e i llu str ated an d d escri bed i n Ta ble 5 .1 7 .
Fig ure 5.62. Arte ri al a nastomo ses aro und knee. I n ad di tion to p r ovid in g coll ater al cir cul atio n, t he ge ni cul ar ar ter ies o f the
gen icu la r an astom osi s su pp ly bl ood to th e stru ctu re s su rr ou n din g th e joi nt as w ell as to th e j oin t i tself (e. g ., i ts j oin t or
ar ticu lar cap su le). C om p are th ese view s w ith th e ant eri or view i n Fig ur e 5 . 6 3B .
Fo ur b u rsae com m u ni cate with the syn ovia l ca vity of th e kn ee jo in t: su pr ap atel lar b ur sa, p op lite us bu r sa (d eep to th e d ista l
q u adr ice ps), an ser in e b u rsa (d eep to th e ten d in ou s d istal atta chm en ts of th e sar tor iu s, g ra cili s, an d semi ten di no sus), a nd
g astr ocn em iu s b u rsa (Fig s. 5. 5 9A a nd 5 . 6 0D ). T he lar ge sup ra pa tella r bur sa (Fi gs. 5 . 5 7A an d 5 .5 9 A) is especi all y i mp or tan t
b ecau se an in f ection in it m ay spr ead to th e kn ee joi nt cavi ty. Al th ou gh i t d evelo ps sepa rate ly f r om th e k nee jo in t, th e b u rsa
b ecom es con tin u ou s w ith i t.
Kn e e J o i n t I n ju r i e s
Kn ee joi nt in ju r ies a re com m on b ecau se t he kn ee i s a low -pl aced , m obi le, w eig h t-bear in g jo in t, ser vin g as a f ul cru m b etw een tw o
lon g leve rs (thi gh and l eg). Its stab ilit y d epen d s al m ost e nti rel y o n its associa ted li gam en ts and su r ro un d in g mu scle s. Th e kn ee
joi nt is essen tial f or ever yda y act iviti es su ch as stan di ng , w alkin g , an d clim b in g stair s. I t i s al so a m ain join t fo r spor ts tha t
in volve r un n in g, j um p in g, ki ckin g, and ch an g in g di recti on s. To p erf or m th ese a ctivi ties, th e kne e jo in t m u st b e mo bi le; h ow ever ,
thi s m ob ili ty m ak es it su scept ibl e to i nj ur ies. T h e m ost com m on kn ee in ju ri es i n con tact spo rts ar e li ga men t spr ain s, w hi ch occu r
wh en th e f oo t is fi xed in t he gr ou n d (Fig. B 5 .2 6A). I f a for ce is a pp lied a gai nst th e kn ee wh en th e fo ot ca nn ot m ove, l iga me nt
in ju ri es ar e likel y to o ccur . Th e tib ial an d fi bu lar colla ter al lig am en ts (T CL an d FC L) are tig h tly stre tched wh en th e l eg is exten ded ,
no rm al ly p r even tin g di sru pti on o f the sid es o f the kn ee joi nt.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.63. Jo ints and neuro vascular s tructur es o f leg and f oo t. A. Th e t ibi of ibu la r art icu lati on s in clu d e th e syno vial
tib iof ib ul ar jo in t an d th e tibi of ibu la r syn desm osi s; th e latter i s m ad e u p of th e in ter osseou s mem b ra ne of th e leg an d th e
an teri or an d p oster ior t ibi of ibu la r lig am en ts. Th e ob liq ue d ire ction o f th e f ibe rs of th e i nte ross eou s m em br an e, p ri ma ril y
exten di ng i nf er olat era lly fr om th e tib ia, a llo ws sl ig ht u pw ard m o vem ent of th e fib u la bu t r esist s d own w ard p u ll on i t. B. T h e
ar teri al sup pl y o f the jo in ts o f the leg a nd f oot is dem o nstr ated . Per ia rti cul ar an astom ose s su rr ou n d the kn ee an d ankl e. C. Of
th e n in e m u scles atta ched to th e fib u la, a ll excep t on e exer t a do wn wa rd p ul l on th e f ib ul a. D . Th e ner ve sup pl y o f the leg a nd
fo ot i s d em on stra ted. S tar tin g wi th th e k nee an d pr og re ssin g dist ally in t he li mb , cu tan eou s n er ves b ecom e in cre asin gl y
in volv ed in p ro vid in g in ner vati on to jo in ts, taki ng o ver com p letel y in the d istal fo ot an d toes.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
B ursa e
Su pr ap atel lar
L ocati ons
Be tween fem u r an d ten don of qu ad ri ceps
fe mo ri s
Comm ents
H eld in posi tion by art icu lar is gen u m u scles;
com m u ni cates fr eely wi th (su per io r exten sion of)
syn ovi al cavity of kn ee joi nt
An ser in e
con dy le o f tib ia
la tera l m en iscu s
Gastro cne mi us
Su bcu tan eo us
prep atell ar
Su bcu tan eo us
in fr ap atell ar
De ep in fr ap atell ar
su rf ace of tib ia
T h e f ir m atta chm en t o f the TC L to th e m ed ial m en iscu s i s of co nsi der ab le clin ica l si gn if ican ce becau se tear in g of th is lig am en t
f r equ en tly resu lt s in con com itan t tear in g of th e m ed ial m en iscu s. Th e in ju ry is fr equ en tly cau sed by a bl ow to the la tera l si de of
t he exten d ed kne e o r excessive lat era l tw isti ng o f the fl exed kn ee tha t d isr up ts the TC L an d con com it ant ly te ars an d/o r deta che s
t he m edi al me ni scus fr om t he jo in t cap su le (Fi g. B 5 .2 6A). T hi s in j ur y i s com m on in ath let es w ho tw ist the ir fl exed kn ees wh ile
r u nn in g (e. g ., i n ba sketba ll, th e var iou s f or m s of f oot bal l, an d vol leyb all ). Th e A C L, w hi ch ser ves a s a pi vot for r ota tor y
m o vem ent s of th e kne e an d is tau t d u ri ng f lexi on , m ay al so tear su bseq u en t to th e r u ptu r e o f t he TC L , crea tin g an u nh ap py
t ri ad of kn ee in ju ri es. Hyp er exten sion an d severe f orce d ir ected an ter ior ly ag ain st th e fem u r wi th th e kn ee sem if lexed (e. g ., a
c ross-b od y b lo ck in foo tba ll) ma y tea r the A CL . AC L r up tu res ar e al so com mo n kn ee i nj ur ie s in skiin g accid en ts. T hi s in ju r y cau ses
t he fr ee tibia to slid e a nter io rl y u n der th e fix ed fem u r, kno wn as the a nte ri or d ra w er sig n (Fig . B5 . 2 6B ). Th e AC L m ay te ar aw ay
f r om th e fem u r or tib ia ; h ow ever, tear s com m on ly occu r in t he m idp or tio n of th e l ig am ent .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
A lth ou g h stro ng , PC L r up tu res m ay o ccur wh en a pl ayer la nd s o n th e ti bia l t ub ero sity wi th th e kn ee fl exed (e. g. , wh en k no cked to
t he fl oor i n ba sketba ll). P CL r u ptu r es u su ally occu r in con ju ncti on w ith ti bi al or fi bu la r lig am en t tea rs. T he se i nj ur ies can al so occu r
i n h ead -on col lisi on s w hen seat b elt s ar e n ot w orn and the pr oxi m al end o f the tib ia str ikes th e d ash boa rd . PC L ru p tur es all ow th e
f r ee ti bi a to sli de po ster ior ly un d er th e f ixed f em ur , kn ow n as t he p oster io r dr aw er s ig n (Fig . B5 . 26C ).
Men isca l t ear s u sua lly in volv e th e med ia l m en iscu s. T he lat eral m en iscu s d oes n ot u su all y tea r beca use of it s m ob ili ty. Pai n on
l ater al ro tatio n of th e tib ia on th e f em ur in dica tes i nj ur y of th e l ater al me ni scus (Fig. B5 .2 7A), w h erea s p ain o n m edi al ro tatio n of
t he tib ia on th e fem u r in di cates in ju ry of th e med ia l m en iscu s (Fi g. B 5. 2 7B). Most m en iscal tear s o ccur in con ju n ction wit h TC L or
A C L tear s. Per ip her al m en iscal tear s can of ten b e r ep air ed or m ay he al on th eir o wn b ecau se o f th e g ene ro us bl ood su pp ly to thi s
a rea . Meni scal tear s th at do n ot he al or can n ot b e rep air ed ar e usu all y r em oved (e. g ., b y arth r oscop ic sur g ery). Kn ee joi nts fr om
w h ich th e men is ci h ave be en re mo ved su ff er no l oss o f mo bi lity; h oweve r, th e kn ee m ay be less stab le an d the tib ial p late aus
o fte n un d erg o in fla mm at ory r eactio ns.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
A r th r o s c o p y o f t h e K n e e J o i nt
Ar thr osco py is an en do scop ic ex am in ation tha t al low s vi sua liza tion o f the in ter io r of th e kn ee joi nt cavi ty w ith m in im al d isr up tio n
o f tissu e (Fi g. B 5 .2 8 ). Th e arth r oscop e a nd o ne (or m or e) add iti on al can ul a(e) a re in ser ted th ro ug h tin y in cisio ns, k no wn as
p or tal s. Th e se con d can ul a i s fo r pa ssage of sp ecial ized to ols (e. g. , m an ipu la tive pr ob es o r fo rcep s) o r equ ip m en t f or tr im m in g,
s hap in g, or r em ovin g da ma ged ti ssue . Th is tech ni qu e a llo ws rem ova l o f tor n m en isci, l oose bo di es in the jo in t (su ch as bo ne
c hi ps), an d d b ri dem en t (the exci sion o f devi tali zed ar ticu lar ca rti lag in ou s m ater ia l) i n ad van ced cases of ar thr iti s. Li gam en t
r ep air o r rep la ceme nt m ay a lso be pe rf or med u sin g an arth r oscop e. A lth ou gh g en er al ane sthe sia is u su all y p ref er abl e, kn ee
a rth r oscop y ca n be pe rf or me d usi ng l ocal or r eg ion al an esth esia. Du r in g arth r oscop y, th e arti cul ar cavi ty o f the kn ee m u st be
t rea ted essen tial ly as tw o sepa rate (m edi al an d later al ) f emo ro tib ial ar ticu lat ion s o win g to th e i m posi tion of th e syn ovi al fol d
a ro un d th e cr u ciate li gam en ts. For f u rth er in f or ma tion se e S oam es (19 9 5).
A s p ir a ti o n o f th e K ne e J o i n t
Fr actu r es of th e di stal en d of th e f em ur o r lacer ati on s of t he an ter ior th ig h m ay in volve th e su p rap atel lar b u rsa an d res ul t in
i n fecti on of th e kne e j oin t. Wh en th e k nee jo in t i s in f ected an d in fl am ed, t he am ou n t of syn ov ial fl ui d ma y in cr ease. J oi nt
e ff usio ns , the escap e of fl ui d fr om b loo d or ly mp h atic vessels, r esu lts in i ncr eased a mo un ts of fl ui d in th e joi nt cavit y. Beca use
t he su pr apa tell ar bu r sa co mm u n icates fr eel y w ith th e syno vial cavi ty o f the kn ee j oin t, f u lln ess o f th e th ig h in t he re gio n of th e
s up ra pate llar b u rsa m ay i n dica te i ncr eased syn ov ial fl ui d. T hi s b u rsa can b e a spir ated t o r em ove th e f lu id f or exam in ati on . Dir ect
a spi rati on o f the kn ee j oin t is u su all y p erf or m ed wi th th e p atie nt sitti ng o n a tabl e w ith th e kn ee f lexed . Th e joi nt is ap pr oach ed
l ater all y, u sin g thr ee bo ny po in ts as la nd m arks fo r ne edl e in ser tio n: th e an ter ol ater al tib ial (Gerd y) tub er cle, th e later al ep icon d yle
o f th e f em ur , an d th e ap ex of th e p atel la. I n ad di tion t o b ein g th e r ou te fo r aspi rat ion o f sero us an d san gu in eou s (blo od y) f lu id,
t hi s tr ian g ul ar ar ea a lso len ds itse lf to dr ug in jectio n fo r tre atin g pa tho log y o f th e kn ee joi nt.
B u r s i ti s i n th e Kn e e R e g i o n
P rep atel lar b u rsi tis i s cau sed b y f ri ctio n betw een th e skin a nd th e pate lla; h owe ver, t he bu r sa m ay also b e i nj ur ed b y co mp r essive
f or ces r esu lti ng f ro m a di rect bl ow or f ro m fa lli ng o n th e f lexed kn ee (An d erso n et a l. , 2 00 0 ). If th e in fl am mat ion i s ch ro ni c, th e
b u rsa b ecom es d iste nd ed wi th fl ui d an d for m s a swe lli ng an ter io r to the kn ee. T hi s con d itio n h as b een cal led h ou sem aid 's
k nee (Fig . B5 . 2 9); ho weve r, o the r peo ple w ho wo rk on th ei r kne es w ith ou t kn ee pa ds, su ch as h ard wo od fl oor a nd r u g in stall ers,
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
A br asi on s or p en etr atin g wo un d s m ay resu lt in sup ra pate llar b u rsi tis, an in fecti on cau sed b y b acter ia en teri n g the bu r sa f r om th e
t or n skin . Th e in fecti on m ay spr ead to th e ca vity of th e kn ee jo in t, cau sin g loca lized r ed ne ss an d en lar ge d pop li teal an d in gu in al
l ym ph n od es.
P o p l i te a l C y st s
P op litea l cy sts (B aker cysts) ar e ab n or ma l f lu id -fil led sacs of syn ovi al me mb r ane in t he re gio n of th e pop li teal fo ssa. A po pl iteal
c yst is alm o st al ways a com pl icati on of ch r on ic kn ee jo in t ef fu sio n (Sla by et a l. , 19 9 4 ). Th e cyst m ay be a her n iati on of th e
g astr ocn em iu s o r sem im em br an osu s b ur sa th rou g h th e f ib rou s layer o f th e jo in t ca psu le in to the p opl itea l f ossa, co m mu n icati ng
w ith the syn ovia l ca vity of th e kn ee jo in t b y a n arr ow sta lk (Fi g. B 5. 3 0 ). Syn ovi al flu id m ay also esca pe fr om th e kn ee j oin t
( syno vial ef fu sion ) or a bu rsa ar ou n d the kn ee a nd co llect in the po pl iteal f ossa. H er e it f orm s a n ew syn ovi al-li ne d sac, or
p op li teal cyst. Po pli teal cysts ar e com m on i n ch ild re n bu t seld om cau se sym ptom s. I n ad u lts, p opl itea l cyst s can b e lar ge,
e xten din g as fa r as th e m idca lf, and m ay in ter fer e wit h kne e m ovem en ts.
K n e e Re p l a ce m e nt
I f a per son 's kne e is di seased , r esul tin g fr om o steoa rth r itis, f or exa mp le, an ar tif icia l kn ee joi nt m ay be in sert ed (total kn ee
r ep lacem en t art hr op lasty) (Fig . B5 . 31 ). T he ar tif icial kn ee joi nt con sists of p lasti c an d m etal com p on en ts th at ar e cem en ted to th e
f em or al an d tib ial b on e en ds af ter r emo val of th e d ef ective ar eas. T he com b in ation of m etal an d pl astic m im ics the sm ooth n ess o f
c arti lag e o n car tila ge an d pr od uce s g ood r esu lts i n low -de ma nd p eop le wh o h ave a r elati vely sed enta ry lif e. I n hi gh d em an d p eop le w h o a re activ e in spor ts, th e bo ne ce men t ju nct ion s m ay br eak do wn , an d th e a rti fici al kn ee co mp on en ts m ay
l oose n; ho weve r, i mp r ovem en ts i n bi oen gi nee rin g an d su rg ical tech n iq ue h ave pr ovid ed b etter r esu lts. For m or e in for m atio n see
S oam es (1 99 5 ).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
P. 6 9 6
P. 6 9 7
P. 6 9 8
P. 6 9 9
P. 7 0 0
P. 7 0 1
T he B o t to m L i n e
T h e kn ee is a h in ge jo in t w ith a w ide r ang e of m otio n (pr im ar il y f lexio n an d exten sio n, w ith r ota tion in crea sin gly po ssib le wit h
f lexi on ). It is ou r m ost vul ne rab le joi nt ow in g to its in con gr uo us ar ticu lar su r face s an d th e m ech an ical d isad van tag e r esu ltin g f ro m
b ear in g th e b od y's weig h t p lu s m om en tu m w hi le servi ng a s a fu lcr u m bet ween t wo lon g le vers. Com p en satio n is attem pt ed by
s evera l f eatu r es, in clu di n g (1) stro ng i nt ri nsi c, extr acap sul ar, a nd i nt raca psu lar l ig am ents; (2 ) sp lin ti ng b y m an y sur ro un d in g
t end on s (i ncl ud in g th e i lio tib ial tr act); and (3 ) me ni sci t hat fi ll th e sp atia l v oid , pr ovi di ng m ob ile ar ticu la r sur fa ces. Of pa rti cul ar
c lin ical im p or tan ce a re (1) col later al li gam en ts tha t ar e tau t d ur in g (an d li mi t) ext ensi on an d ar e r el axed du r in g fl exion , al low in g
r ot ation for w h ich th ey serve as che ck li gam en ts; (2) cr uci ate l ig am ent s th at ma in tain t he joi nt d ur in g fl exio n, p r ovid in g th e p ivot
f or r ota tion ; a nd (3 ) the m edi al m eni scus th at i s at tach ed to the tib ia l co llat era l l iga me nt an d is fr equ en tly in ju re d beca use of th is
a ttachm ent .
T ib iof ib u la r J o in ts
T h e ti bia an d fi bu la ar e co nn ected by two jo in ts: th e sup er ior ti bi ofi bu lar j oin t an d the tib io fib u lar syn d esmo sis (in fer ior
ti bi ofi bu la r) joi nt. In ad di tio n, a n in ter osseou s m em b ra ne jo in s th e sh af ts o f the tw o b on es (Fi g. 5 . 63A ). Th e fib er s of th e
i nte ro sseou s m em br an e and a ll lig am en ts o f bot h tib iof ib ul ar ar ticu lati on s r u n in fer io rly fr om the tib ia to th e f ib ul a. Th u s th e
m em b ran e an d lig am en ts str on gl y r esist th e d ow nw ar d pu ll p laced o n th e f ibu la b y ei gh t o f th e n in e m u scles atta ched to i t (Fig .
5 . 63 C ). H oweve r, th ey all ow sli gh t u p war d m ovem en t o f the f ibu la th at occu rs wh en th e wid e (post eri or) en d of th e t roch le a o f the
ta lu s i s we dg ed bet ween t he m all eoli d ur in g do rsi fle xion a t th e an kle. Move men t at the su per io r tib iof ib ul ar joi n t is im p ossib le
w ith ou t mo vem ent at th e i nf eri or ti bio fi bu lar syn d esm osis.
T h e an ter ior tib ial vessel s p ass th r ou gh a h iatu s a t th e sup er ior en d of t he in ter osseou s me mb ra ne (Fig . 5 .6 3A & B ). At th e in f eri or
e nd o f t he m em br an e i s a sma ller hi atu s th ro ug h w hi ch th e p erf or atin g b ra nch o f the f ibu la r art ery pa sses.
S u p eri or T ib io fi bu lar J o in t
T h e sup er ior ti bi of ib ular jo int is a p lan e type of syn ovi al joi nt bet ween the fl at f acet on th e fi bu lar h ead a nd a sim il ar ar ticu lar
f acet loca ted po ster olate ral ly on th e l ater al tib ial con d yle (Fi gs. 5 . 6 1B & D an d 5 .6 3 A). A te nse joi n t cap su le su r ro un d s th e j oin t
a nd at tach es to th e mar g in s of th e ar ticu lar su r faces of th e fib u la and tibi a. T he jo in t cap su le is str en gth en ed b y an ter io r an d
p oster io r tib iof ib ul ar li gam en ts, w hi ch pa ss su per om ed ial ly fr om th e fib u lar h ead to th e l ater al tib ial con d yle (Fi g. 5 . 6 1B ). Th e joi nt
i s cr ossed p oster io rly b y th e tend on o f th e p op liteu s. A p ou ch of syn ovi al mem b ra ne fr om the kn ee j oin t, th e po pli teu s b ur sa (Tab le
5 . 17 ), p asses bet ween t he ten do n of th e p op lit eus an d th e la ter al con dyle of th e tib ia. A bo ut 2 0% of t he tim e, th e bu r sa al so
co mm u n icates wi th th e syn ov ial cavit y of th e tib iof ib ul ar jo in t, en abl in g tra nsm i gr atio n of in fl am m ator y p ro cesses betw een th e two
j oints.
M o v em e n t
S lig h t m ove men t of th e j oin t occu rs du r in g dor sif lexi on of t he fo ot a s a re sul t of w ed gin g of t he tr och lea of th e ta lu s b etwee n th e
m al leol i (see A rti cul ar Su r face s of th e An kle Join t, l ater i n th is ch ap ter ).
B lo od S u p pl y
T h e ar ter ies of th e su p eri or tib io fib u lar j oin t a re fr om the in fe rio r late ral g en icu lar an d an ter ior tibi al re cur re nt ar teri es (Fi gs.
5 . 62 A an d 5 .6 3 B).
N er v e S u p p ly
T h e n er ves o f t he tib iof ib ul ar jo in t a re fr om th e com m on f ibu la r ne rve an d th e n er ve to th e pop li teu s (Fig . 5 .6 3D).
T ib i ofi bu lar S y n d es m o s is
T h e tib io f ib ul ar synd esmosi s i s a com p ou nd f ib rou s joi nt. It is t he fi br ou s u n ion o f the ti bia an d fi bu la b y m ean s o f the
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
i n tero sseou s m em b ran e (un iti ng t he sh afts) an d th e an ter io r, i nter osse ou s an d po ster ior ti bi ofi bu lar lig am ent s (th e l atter m aki ng
u p th e infe rio r tib io fi bul ar jo int, u ni tin g th e d istal en ds of th e bon es). T h e in teg r ity of th e i nf eri or ti bio fib u lar j oin t is e ssenti al
f or th e stab ili ty o f t he an kle joi nt b ecau se i t keep s t he lat eral m al leol us fi rm ly ag ain st th e late ral su rf ace of th e t alu s.
A r ti cu l ar S u r fac es an d Li ga m en t s
T h e r ou gh , tr ian g ul ar ar ticu lar a rea on the m edi al sur f ace o f the in fe ri or en d of th e f ib ul a a rti cul ates with a f acet on th e in fer ior
e nd o f the tib ia (Fig . 5. 6 3A). T he str on g deep i nter osseo us ti bi of ib ul ar li ga ment, con tin u ou s su pe rio rl y w ith th e in ter osseou s
m em b ra ne, for m s th e pr in cip al con nect ion b etw een th e ti bi a a nd th e fib u la. T he jo in t i s al so st ren g then ed a nter io rl y an d
p oste ri orl y b y th e stro ng e xter nal ante rior an d p oste rio r inf er ior ti bi of ib ular li g aments. T he di stal dee p con tin ua tion of th e
p oste ri or in fe rio r tib iof ib ul ar li gam en t, th e infe ri or
P. 702
t ransver se (tib io fi bul ar ) l ig ament, f orm s a st ron g con n ectio n be tween the d istal en ds of th e t ibi a (m ed ial m all eol us) an d the
f ib u la (later al m all eolu s). I t co nta cts th e talu s a nd f or ms th e p oster io r wal l o f a sq u are socke t (w ith th r ee d eep w alls an d a
s hal low o r op en an ter ior w all ), the mal leo lar mo rti se, f or th e t roch le a o f the tal us. T h e la tera l a nd m ed ial w alls of th e mo rti se
a re fo rm ed b y th e resp ecti ve m al leol i (Fi g. 5 . 64 ).
M ov e m en t
S li gh t m ov eme nt of th e joi nt occu rs to accom m od ate wed gi ng o f the wi de po rti on o f the tr och lea of th e t alu s b etwe en th e m al leol i
d u ri ng d or sif lexio n of th e foo t.
B lo od S u p p ly
T h e ar ter ies ar e f ro m th e p er for ati ng b ra nch o f th e f ibu la r ar tery an d fr om m ed ial m al leol ar br an ch es o f the an ter ior a nd p oster io r
t ibi al ar teri es (Fig . 5 . 63B ).
N e rv e S u p p ly
T h e n er ves to th e synd esm osi s ar e f ro m th e d eep f ib ul ar, tib ial, a nd sa ph en ou s n er ves (Fig . 5 .6 3D ).
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Th e ti bi ofi bu lar joi nts in clu de a sup er ior syn ov ial joi n t an d th e ti bi ofi bu la r synd esm osis, con sistin g of a n in ter osseou s mem b ra ne
an d an in fe rio r tib iof ib ul ar jo in t w ith a nter io r, i nt ero sseou s, an d po steri or ti bio fi bu lar l ig am ents. Tog eth er th ey ma ke u p a
com pen sato ry system t hat al low s a slig h t u pw ar d m ovem en t o f the fi bu la ow in g to for ced tr an sver se exp an sion of th e m al leol ar
mo rti se (d eep sq ua re socket) du r in g m axim al d orsi fl exion of th e an kle . All f ib ro us tib iof ib ul ar con n ection s ru n d own w ard f ro m tib ia
to f ib u la, al low in g th is sl ig ht u pw ard m ov eme nt wh il e str on g ly r esist in g the d own w ard p u ll app li ed to the fi bu la b y th e con tract ion
of eig h t of th e ni ne m u scles attach ed to it.
Fig ure 5.64. Rad io gr ap h o f a nk le joi nt of a 14- year -o ld b oy. T he tr och lea of th e bod y o f th e tal us fi ts i nto th e mo rti se
fo rm ed b y th e med ia l a nd l ater al ma lleo li. E p ip hysi al (gr ow th) pl ates are evi den t a t th is ag e.
A n k le Jo in t
T h e ank le j oint (talo cr ural ar ticul atio n) is a h in g e-typ e syn ovi al joi nt. It is l ocated betw een th e dist al end s o f the tib ia an d th e
f ib u la and t he su per ior par t o f the tal us. Th e an kl e j oin t ca n be fe lt b etw een th e tend on s o n th e a nter io r sur f ace o f the an kle as a
s lig ht de pr essio n, a pp ro xim ately 1 cm pr oxim al to th e t ip of th e med ial m al leol us.
A r ti cu l ar S u r fac es o f t h e An kl e J o in t
T h e d istal en d s of th e tib ia an d fib u la (alon g w ith th e in fer ior tran sver se par t o f th e p oster ior tibi of ibu la r lig am en t) (Fig s. 5 . 63A
a nd 5 . 6 5B ) f or m a ma lleo lar m or tise in to wh ich t he pu ll ey-sh ape d tro chl ea o f the tal us fi ts (Fig . 5 .6 4 ). Th e tro chl ea (L. p u lley) is
t he ro un d ed su per ior arti cul ar su rf ace of th e ta lu s (T abl e 5 . 18A ). Th e m ed ial su rf ace of th e l ater al m alle olu s a rti cul ates with the
l ater al su rf ace o f the tal us. Th e ti bi a ar tic ul ates w ith the tal us in tw o pla ces:
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
1. I ts in fer ior sur fac e f orm s th e r oof o f the m all eola r mo rti se, tr an sfer ri ng t he bo dy' s we igh t to the tal us.
2. I ts me dia l m al leol us ar ticu late s w ith th e med ia l su r face of th e talu s.
T h e m al leol i g r ip th e ta lu s ti gh tly as i t r ocks in th e mo rti se d u ri ng m ove men ts of th e j oin t. T he g ri p of th e m all eol i o n th e tr och lea
i s str on g est d u rin g d or sifl exio n of th e f oot (as wh en d igg in g in o ne 's h eel s w hen descen d in g a st eep slop e or d ur in g tu g-of w ar ) b ecau se t hi s m ovem en t for ces the wi der , an ter ior par t o f th e tr och lea p oster ior ly bet ween t he m alle oli , spr ead in g th e ti bia
a nd f ib ul a sl ig htl y ap ar t. T hi s sp read in g is lim i ted esp ecial ly b y t he str on g in tero sseou s ti bi ofi bu la r lig am en t as wel l as th e an teri or
a nd p oster io r tib iof ib ul ar li gam en ts tha t u n ite the tib ia an d fi bu la (Fig s. 5. 6 3A a nd 5 . 65 ). T h e in ter osseo us li gam en t i s d eep ly
p la ced betw een t he ne arl y co ng ru en t sur fa ces of th e tib ia an d fib u la; alth ou g h dem on str ated i n th e i nset fo r Figu r e 5 . 6 3A , th e
l ig am ent can a ctua lly be ob ser ved on ly by ru p tur in g it or i n a cr oss sectio n.
T h e an kl e jo in t i s r elat ively u nsta ble d ur in g p lan tar fle xion b ecau se the tr och lea is na rr ow er po steri or ly and , th er efo re, l ies
r el ativel y l oosel y w ith in th e mo rti se. I t is du r in g pl an tarf lexi on th at m ost in ju rie s of th e an kle occu r (usu al ly as a r esul t o f s ud den ,
u n exp ected and t her ef or e in ad eq uat ely resi sted i nve rsi on of th e foo t).
J o in t Cap s u le of t h e A n kl e J o in t
T h e j oin t ca psu le is thi n an ter ior ly an d po steri or ly b u t i s su pp or ted on e ach sid e b y stro ng co llat eral l iga me nts (Fig s. 5. 6 5 an d
5 . 6 6; th in ar eas of th e ca psu le ha ve b een r em oved i n Fig ur e. 5 .6 5 , le avin g on ly the r ein fo rced p ar ts th e l iga me nts a nd a
s yno vial fo ld ). Its fi br ou s l ayer is attach ed su p eri or ly to th e bo rd ers of th e arti cul ar su rf aces of th e ti bi a an d th e ma lleo li an d
i n fer ior ly to the tal us. Th e syn ovi al m emb r ane is lo ose a nd l in es th e fib r ou s la yer of th e capsu le. Th e syn ovi al cavit y of ten ext end s
s up eri or ly betw een th e tib ia and the fi bu la as far a s th e i nt ero sseou s ti bi ofi bu lar l ig am ent .
P. 7 0 3
Fig ure 5.65. D issecti on o f ankle jo int and j oints of inver sio n and eve rsi on. A and B . Th e foo t h as bee n in vert ed (no te
wed ge u nd er f oot) to dem on str ate th e ar ticu la r ar eas a nd th e later al li gam en ts tha t b ecom e tau t d ur in g in ver sion of th e f oot.
L ig a m en t s o f t h e An k le J o in t
T h e an kl e jo in t i s r ein fo rced l ater all y b y th e later al li ga ment of the ankle , a co m pou n d stru ctu r e con si stin g of th ree com p letel y
s epar ate li gam en ts (Fi g. 5 . 65A & B):
1. Anter io r talo fi bul ar li gam ent, a f lat , weak b and t hat exten d s an ter om ed ial ly f ro m th e l ater al m alle olu s to th e neck of th e
t alu s,
2. P oster io r tal of ib ul ar li ga ment, a t hi ck, fai rl y str on g b and t hat r un s h or izo nt ally m edi all y an d sli gh tly po ster ior ly fr om th e
m al leo lar f ossa to the lat eral tu b ercl e o f the tal us.
3. C alcaneo fi bul ar lig ame nt, a r ou n d cor d tha t p asses post ero in fer ior ly fr om t he tip o f the lat era l m al leol us to th e la ter al
s ur face of th e calcan eu s.
T h e j oin t ca psu le is rei nf or ced m edi all y b y th e lar ge, stro ng med i al l ig ament o f the ank le ( del toi d lig ament) th at a ttach es
p r oxim al ly to th e m edi al ma lleo lu s (Fig . 5 .6 6 ). Th e me dia l l ig am ent fa ns ou t f r om th e m al leo lu s, attach in g d istal ly t o th e talu s,
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
c alcan eu s, an d n avicu lar vi a f ou r ad jacen t an d con tin uo us pa rts: th e ti bi onavi cul ar p ar t, the tib io cal caneal pa rt, a nd th e
a nteri or a nd p os teri or ti bi otal ar p arts . Th e m ed ial li ga men t stab ili zes th e an kle joi nt du r in g ever sion a nd p re vent s su bl uxa tion
( par tial d islo catio n) of th e joi nt.
P. 7 0 4
Ta bl e 5. 18. J oi nts of Fo ot
J oi nt
Typ e
Ar ticulati ng
Jo int
Surf aces
Cap sule
L ig aments
M ovements
Bl oo d
Nerve
Supp ly
Supp ly
Su bt alar
(talo calcan eal ,
Pla ne
syn ovial
Inf eri or
su rf ace o f
Fi br ou s
layer o f
I nv ersi on an d
p oster io r of
Po ster ior
ti bia l a nd
Pla nta r
asp ect:
joi nt
bo dy of
talu s
joi nt
capsu le is
f oot
f ibu la r
ar ter ies
m edi al
or
attach ed to
ma rg in s of
late ral
pl antar
ar ticu lar
fa cet)
arti cul ar
sur fa ces
ne rve;
Dorsa l
b on es t oge ther
asp ect:
dee p
ar ticu late s
wi th
fi bular
ne rve
su per ior
su rf ace
(po ster ior
tala r
ar ticu lar
su rf ace) o f
calca neu s
Syn ovi al
Hea d of
Join t
P lan tar
Gli di ng an d
A nte rio r
joi nt ;
talo na vicu lar
talu s
ar ticu late s
capsu le
in com pl etely
r otat ory
m ove men t s
ti bia l
ar ter y vi a
pa rt is bal l
an d socket
wi th
calca neu s
encl oses
joi nt
su p por ts hea d of
ta lu s
p ossib le
la ter al
tar sal
typ e
an d
n avicu lar
ar ter y, a
b ran ch o f
bo nes
d or sal
ar ter y o f
Pla ne
An ter ior
Fi br ou s
Dor sal
I nv ersi on an d
syn ovial
joi nt (s)
en d of
calca neu s
capsu le
encl oses
eve rsi on of
f oot;
ar ticu late s
wi th
joi nt
ci rcu m du ctio n
po ster ior
su rf ace o f
l iga me nt s
su p por t joi nt
cuboi d
cap su le
An ter ior
Co mm on
Dor sal an d
L ittl e
n avicu lar
ar ticu late s
capsu le
encl oses
p lan tar
cu n eon avicu la r
m ove men t
o ccur s
f oot
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
wi th ba ses
of
joi nts
l iga me nt s
An ter ior
tar sal
Sep ara te
joi nt
bo nes
ar ticu late
capsu les
encl ose
m edi al
an d
wi th ba ses
of
each jo in t
b on es t oge ther
late ral
pl antar
m etatar sal
bo nes
Gli di ng o r
sl idi ng
Deep
fi bu lar ;
m etatar sal
bo nes
ne rves;
su ral
ne rve
Pla ne
Ba ses of
Sep ara te
L ittl e
L ater al
Digi tal
syn ovial
joi nt
m etatar sal
bo nes
joi nt
capsu les
an d i nter osseo us
ta rso met atar sal
i nd ivi du al
m ove men t
m etata rsal
ar ter y (a
ne rves
ar ticu late
wi th each
encl ose
each jo in t
l iga me nts bi nd
b on es t oge ther
o ccur s
b ran ch o f
d or sal
other
ar ter y o f
f oot)
Co nd ylo id
Hea ds of
C ol later al
Fle xion ,
syn ovial
joi nt
m etatar sal
bo nes
l iga me nt s
su p por t capsu le
ar ticu late
wi th ba ses
o n each si de;
p lan tar l ig am ent
of p ro xim al
ph al ang es
an d
ci rcu m du ctio n
Hi ng e
syn ovial
Hea d of
on e
C ol later al an d
p lan tar l ig am ent s
Fle xion a nd
ext ensi on
joi nt
ph al anx
ar ticu late s
wi th ba se
Dig ital
b ran ch es
of p lan tar
ar ch
of on e
di stal to it
P. 7 0 5
Fig ure 5.66. Ankle and tar sal joi nts. A. Th e f lexo r ten do ns, w h ich d escen d the po ster olat era l as pect of th e a nkl e r eg ion
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
an d ent er th e f oot, are sh own as i s th eir r ela tion sh ip to th e m ed ial m all eol us an d talar shel f. E xcep t f or th e par t t eth eri ng th e
fl exor h all uci s lo ng u s ten d on , th e f lexor reti na cul um has b een r emo ved. B. T hi s d issecti on o f t he an kle an d tar sal joi nts
dem o nstr ates th e f ou r pa rts of th e m ed ial (d elto id) li gam en t o f th e an kle .
P. 7 0 6
M ov em en t s of t h e A n kl e J o in t
T h e m ai n mo vem en ts o f t he an kle joi nt ar e d or sif lexi on an d pl an tar flex ion o f the fo ot, w hi ch occu r ar oun d a tr an sver se ax is
p assi ng th r ou gh th e talu s (Tab le 5. 1 8A). B ecau se th e na rr ow en d of th e tro chl ea o f the tal us lie s lo osely b etwee n the m all eoli
w h en th e f oot is pl an tarf lexe d, so me wo bb le (sm all am ou n ts of a bd uct ion , ad du ctio n, i n versi on , an d ever sion ) i s p ossib le in
t hi s u nst abl e p osit ion .
D or sif lexi on of t he an kle is p r odu ced b y th e m uscl es i n the an ter ior com par tm en t o f the leg (T ab le 5 . 1 0). Do rsif lexi on i s
u su all y l im ited b y th e pa ssive resi stan ce o f t he tr icep s su ra e to str etch in g an d by ten sion i n th e m ed ial an d la tera l l ig am ents .
P lan tar fl exion of th e an kle is pr od u ced by th e m u scles in th e poste ri or com p artm en t of th e l eg (Tab le 5 .1 3 ). In toe dan cin g b y
b al let dan cer s, fo r exam pl e, th e d or su m of th e foo t i s in l in e w ith t he an ter ior su r face of th e leg .
B lo od S u p p ly o f t h e An k le Jo in t
T h e ar ter ies ar e d eri ved f rom ma lleo lar b ra nch es of th e f ib ul ar an d an ter ior a nd p oster io r tib ial ar ter ies (Fi g. 5 . 63B ).
N e rv e S u p p ly o f t h e An k le Jo in t
T h e n er ves a re der ive d fr om th e tib ial n erve an d th e d eep f ibu la r ne rve, a d ivisi on o f t he com m on f ib ul ar n erve (Fig . 5 .6 3D).
An k l e I nj u r i e s
Th e a nkl e i s th e m o st f req u ent ly i nj ur ed m aj or jo in t in the b ody . An kle spr ain s (tor n fib er s o f lig am ent s) ar e mo st co mm on . A
spr ain ed an kle is n earl y a lwa ys an i nv ersi on in ju r y, in vol vin g twi stin g of th e w eig h t-bea rin g p lan tar fl exed fo ot. T he p erso n step s
on an u n even su r face an d th e f oot is for cib ly in ver ted. Late ral li gam en t spr ain s occu r in sp or ts in wh ich r u nn in g an d ju m pi ng ar e
com m on, par ticu la rl y b asketb all (7 0 80 % of p layer s h ave h ad at least on e sp r ain ed an kle). Th e l ater al lig am en t i s in ju r ed
beca use it is mu ch w eaker th an t he m edi al lig am en t an d is th e l iga me nt th at r esi sts in ver sio n at the tal ocru r al joi nt . Th e a nte rio r
talo fib u lar li ga men t p ar t of t he late ral li ga men t i s m ost vu ln erab le an d m ost com mo nl y to rn d u ri ng a nkl e sp ra in s, eith er
par tia lly or com p letel y, r esul tin g in i nst abi lity of th e ankl e j oin t (Fi g. B 5 .3 2 ). Th e calcan eo fib u lar li ga men t ma y al so be tor n. In
sever e sp ra in s, the la tera l m al leo lu s of th e fib u la ma y b e f ra ctur ed . Sh ear in g in ju r ies fr actu re th e l ater al ma lleo lu s at or su pe ri or
to t he an kle joi nt . Avu lsi on fr actu r es b re ak th e m alleo lu s i nf er ior to th e a nkl e j oin t; a f ra gm en t o f bon e is pu lle d off b y th e
attach ed li gam en t(s).
A Pott fr actur ed islo catio n o f the ankl e oc cur s w he n th e f oot is for cib ly ever ted (Fig . B5 . 33 ). T hi s acti on p ul ls on th e
extr eme ly st ron g m ed ial li gam en t, of ten te ari ng o ff th e med ia l m al leol us. Th e ta lu s th en m oves lat era lly, sh ear in g of f th e la ter al
ma lleo lu s or , m or e com mo nl y, br eaki ng t he fi bu la su per io r to t he tib iof ib ul ar syn de smo sis. I f the tib ia is car rie d an teri or ly, th e
post eri or m ar gin of th e d istal en d of th e tib ia is also sh eare d off b y t he talu s, p ro du cin g a tri ma lleo lar f ract ur e. I n ap pl yin g
thi s ter m to th is in ju ry , the en tir e dist al e nd o f the tib ia is err on eo usl y con sid er ed to be a m al leol us.
T i b i a l N e r v e E n tr a p m e nt
Th e ti bi al ner ve leave s th e p oste rio r com p artm en t of th e l eg by pa ssin g deep t o th e fl exor r etin acu lu m in the in ter val be tween the
me dia l m al leol us an d th e cal can eu s (Fig . 5 .4 6B). E n tra pm en t a nd co mp re ssion o f the tib ia l n er ve (t arsa l tu n n el sy nd ro me) occu r s
wh en th er e i s ed em a an d ti gh tn ess i n th e an kle in vol vin g th e syn ovi al she ath s of th e ten don s of m uscl es i n th e p oster io r
com par tm en t o f the leg . T he ar ea i nv olved i s f ro m th e m ed ial m all eolu s to t he calca neu s, an d th e hee l p ain resu lts fr om
com pr essio n of th e t ibi al ne rve by th e f lexo r ret in acul um .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
P. 7 0 7
T he B o t to m L i n e
T h e an kl e (tal ocr ur al) jo in t i s com p osed of a su per io r m ort ise, f or med b y the we igh t-b ear in g in fer io r sur fa ce o f t he tib ia an d th e
t wo m alle oli , wh ich r ecei ve th e tro chl ea o f th e tal us. Th e j oin t is m ai nta in ed m edi ally b y a stro ng , m ed ial (de ltoi d) lig am en t, an d a
m u ch w eaker l ater al lig am en t. Th e later al li gam en t ( speci fica lly its an teri or tal ofi bu la r lig am en t com p on en t) i s th e m o st f req u entl y
i n ju red l iga me nt of th e bod y. I nj ur y occu rs pr im ar ily by in ad ver tent in ver sion of th e p lan tar fl exed , wei gh t-b eari n g foo t). Ab ou t
7 0 o f d or sif lexi on an d pl an tar fle xion i s p ossib le at the jo in t, in a dd itio n to wh ich sm al l am ou nts of w obb le occu r in t he less
s tabl e p lan tar fl exed p ositi on .
F o ot Jo in t s
T h e m an y j oin ts of th e f oot in vol ve th e tar sals, m eta tarsa ls, an d p hal an ges (Tab le 5 .1 8 ). Th e im po rta nt in ter tar sal joi nts ar e th e
su b talar (taloca lcan eal ) jo in t an d th e tran sver se tar sal join t (calca neo cub oid and t alon avi cul ar jo in ts). In ver sion an d eversi on o f
th e fo ot a re th e m ai n m ovem en ts i nvo lvin g th ese joi nts. T h e o ther in terta rsa l j oin ts (e.g . , in ter cun eif or m jo in ts) an d th e
ta rso me tatar sal an d in term et atar sal joi nts ar e r ela tivel y sm all an d ar e s o ti gh tly jo in ed by lig am en ts t hat on ly slig h t m ove me nt
o ccur s b etw een th em . I n the f oot, f lexi on an d exte nsi on occu r s in the fo re foo t at th e m eta tar soph al ang eal an d in ter ph al an geal
j oin ts (Tab le 5. 1 9 ) I nve rsio n is au gm en ted b y f lexio n of th e toes (especi all y th e g r eat and 2 n d toes), and e versi on b y th ei r
e xten sion (esp ecia lly of th e later al toes). All b on es o f the fo ot pr oxim al to th e m et atar soph al an geal j oin ts are u ni ted by d orsa l a nd
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
p la nta r lig am en ts. Th e bon es of th e m eta tar soph al an geal an d in ter ph al an geal j oin ts are u ni ted by la tera l a nd m ed ial col later al
l ig am ent s.
T h e sub tala r joi nt occu r s w he re th e tal us r ests o n an d art icu lates wi th th e ca lcan eu s. Th e a na tom ical su bta lar j oin t i s a sin gl e
s yno vial jo in t b etwe en th e sl igh tl y con cave p oster ior ca lcan eal ar ticu lar sur fa ce of th e talu s and the con vex po steri or ar ticu la r
f acet of th e calcan eu s (T abl e 5 . 1 8). T h e j oin t ca psu le is weak bu t is sup po rted b y med ia l, la tera l, p oster ior , an d in ter osseo us
t aloca lcan eal li gam en ts (Fi g. 5 . 65 ). T he inter o sseous talo calca neal lig ament lie s w ith in th e tarsa l si nu s, w hi ch sep ara tes th e
s ub tala r an d taloca lcan eon avi cul ar jo in ts an d is esp ecial ly st ron g . Ort ho paed ic sur g eon s u se the ter m su bta lar j oin t f or th e
c om pou n d fu n ction al jo in t co nsi stin g of th e ana tom ical su bta lar j oin t plu s the tal ocal caneal pa rt of the ta lo calcaneo navicul ar
j oi nt. Th e tw o sepa rate el eme nts of th e c lin ical su bta lar j oin t strad d le t he talo calca nea l i nte ro sseou s li ga men t. S tr uctu r ally , the
a na tom ical d efi ni tion i s l ogi cal beca use th e a nat om ical su bta lar j oin t i s a di scre te j oin t, h avin g it s ow n jo in t cap su le an d arti cul ar
c avity. Fu n ction al ly, h ow ever, the cli ni cal def in iti on is log ica l b ecau se the tw o p ar ts o f t he com p ou nd j oin t f u ncti on as a un it; it is
i m possi bl e f or th em to f un ctio n in de pen d entl y. Th e sub tal ar jo in t (b y ei the r def in iti on ) is wh er e th e m ajor ity of i nver sio n an d
e versi on o ccur s, ar ou nd a n axis th at is o bli qu e.
T h e tr ansver se ta rsa l j oint is a co mp ou n d joi nt fo rm ed b y tw o sepa rate jo in ts al ig ned tran sver sely: th e ta lona vi cular
P. 708
P. 709
p ar t o f the tal ocal caneo na vicular j oint an d th e cal caneo cub o id jo int. A t th is joi nt, the m id foo t a nd f or efo ot r ota te a s a un it
o n th e h in d foo t ar ou n d a l on gi tud in al (AP ) axi s, au gm en tin g th e i nv ersi on an d ever sio n m ovem en ts o ccur ri ng a t th e clin ica l
s ub tala r joi nt. Tr ans ection acro ss th e tran sver se tar sal join t is a sta nd ar d me tho d for sur gi cal am pu tati on of th e foo t.
Tab le 5.19. Mo vements o f the J oints of the For efo ot and the M uscles Pro d ucing Them
Mo vement
Muscl es a
Fl exio n (A)
Ext ensi on (B )
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Ab du ctio n (C)
Ad du ctio n (D)
Fl exio n (fi g. A )
Ext ensi on (f ig . B)
a Muscl es
Fig ure 5.67. Pla nt ar lig ame nts . A and B. Deep disse ction o f the sol e o f the r igh t foo t sh ow in g th e at tach me nts of th e
lig am en ts a nd th e long ten do ns of th e lon g ever tor a nd i nver tor mu scles. Th e m ai n lig am en ts f ro m th is view ar e the pl an tar
calcan eo na vicu lar an d th e lon g an d sho rt pl an tar li gam en ts.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
M ajo r L ig am en t s of th e F o ot
T h e m aj or li gam en ts of th e p lan tar a spect of th e f oo t (Fig . 5 .6 7 ) ar e the :
P lantar ca lcaneo navicula r lig ament (spr ing l ig ament), w hi ch exten d s acr oss an d fil ls a w edg e-sh ape d gap b etw een th e
t alar sh el f a nd t he in fer io r m arg in o f the p oster ior a rti cul ar
P. 7 1 0
s ur face of th e na vicu lar (Fig . 5 . 67A & B ). T he spr in g li gam en t sup po rts th e h ead o f the tal us an d pl ays i mp or tan t r ol es i n th e
t ran sf er of w eigh t fr om t he talu s an d in m ain tai ni ng th e lon g itu di nal ar ch o f the fo ot, o f w h ich it is th e key ston e
( sup eri or mo st e lem en t).
L o ng pl antar li ga ment, wh ich p asses fr om the pl an tar su rf ace of th e ca lcan eu s to th e g ro ove on th e cub oid . S om e o f its
f ib er s exten d to th e b ases of th e m et atar sals, th er eb y f orm i ng a tu nn el f or th e te nd on o f t he fi bu laris lon g us (Fig . 5. 6 7 A).
T h e l on g pla nta r lig am en t i s im p or tan t i n ma in tain in g th e l on gi tud in al ar ch of th e foo t.
P lantar ca lcaneo cubo id li ga ment (sho rt p lantar li g ament), wh ic h is l ocate d on a pl ane b etwee n th e p lan tar
c alcan eon avi cul ar an d th e l on g pla nta r lig am en ts (Fig . 5 . 67B). It exten ds fr om t he an ter ior a spect of th e i nf er ior su r face of
t he calca neu s to the in fe rio r su rf ace o f the cu bo id. It is also in vol ved in m ai nta in in g the lo ng itu d in al arch o f th e f oot.
A r ch es of th e F oo t
I f th e f eet wer e m o re ri gi d stru ctu re s, each im p act wit h the gro un d wo ul d gen er ate extr em ely lar ge fo rces of sh or t d u rati on
( sho cks) th at wou ld b e pr op aga ted th rou g h th e ske letal system . B ecau se t he fo ot is co mp osed o f nu m er ou s b on es co nn ected b y
l ig am ent s, it ha s con sid er abl e f lexi bil ity th at a llow s i t to d efo rm with each g ro un d con tact, ther eb y ab sor bi ng m u ch of th e sho ck.
Fu r the rm or e, th e t arsa l a nd m eta tarsa l b on es are ar ra ng ed in l on gi tud in al an d tr an sverse ar che s p assivel y su pp or ted an d acti vely
r estr ain ed b y f lexi bl e ten d on s th at add t o th e wei gh t-b eari n g capab il itie s an d r esili ency of th e foo t. Th u s m u ch sm all er fo rces of
l on ger du ra tion a re tr ans mi tted th ro ug h th e sk eletal syste m.
T h e ar ch es d istr ib ut e w eig ht over the pe dal p latf or m (fo ot), act in g no t on ly as sho ck ab sor be rs bu t also as spr in gb oar ds fo r
p r ope lli ng i t d ur in g walkin g , ru n ni ng , an d ju m pi ng . T he re sili ent ar che s ad d to th e f oot' s ab ili ty to ad ap t to ch an ges in su r face
c on tou r. T he w eig ht of th e b od y i s tr an sm itted to th e talu s f ro m th e t ibi a. Th en i t i s tr an sm itted p oster io rly to th e ca lcan eu s an d
a nte ri orl y to th e b al l o f the fo ot (th e sesa mo ids of th e 1st m etatar sal an d th e h ead o f the 2 n d met atar sal), a nd th at
w eig h t/pr essu re is sha red l ater all y w ith th e hea ds of th e 3 r d 5 th m etat arsa ls a s n ecessar y f or b ala nce an d com fo rt (Fig. 5. 6 8).
B etw een th ese wei gh t-be ari ng p oi nts ar e th e rel ative ly e lasti c ar ch es of th e fo ot, w hi ch beco m e sli gh tly fl atten ed b y b od y w eig ht
d u ri ng sta nd in g. Th ey n or m all y r esu me th eir cur vatu re (r ecoil ) w hen bod y w eig h t i s r em oved .
T h e l ong itud inal ar ch of the fo ot is co mp osed o f me dia l a nd l ater al par ts (Fig. 5 . 6 9). Fu n ction al ly, b oth p ar ts act as a u n it wit h
t he tr an sverse ar ch of th e foo t, spr ead in g th e w eig ht in all di rect ion s. Th e med ial lo ngi tudi na l a rch is h ig h er an d m ore im p or tan t
t han the la tera l l on gi tud in al ar ch (Fig . 5. 6 9A & D ). Th e me dia l l on gi tud in al ar ch is com po sed of th e ca lcan eu s, tal us, n avi cul ar,
t hr ee cun eif or m s, an d thr ee m etatar sals . Th e ta lar h ead i s th e keyston e o f the m ed ial lon g itu di na l a rch . Th e tib ial is a nter io r,
a ttach in g to th e 1 st m eta tar sal and med ial cu n eif or m, h el ps stren g the n th e m ed ial lo ng itu di na l a rch . T he fi bu lar is lon g us ten do n,
p assi ng f ro m lat eral to m ed ial, also h elp s su pp or t th is ar ch (Fig . 5. 6 9A). T he lat eral l on gitu d in al ar ch is mu ch f latte r tha n th e
m ed ial p ar t of t he ar ch an d rest s on the gr ou n d du r in g stan di ng (Fig . 5 .6 9B & D ). I t i s m ad e u p of th e calcan eu s, cu bo id, and
l ater al two m etat arsa ls.
Fig ure 5.68. Weig ht-b ea ri ng a rea s o f f o ot. B ody we igh t is divi ded a pp ro xim atel y eq u ally be tween the h in df oot (calca neu s)
an d the f ore foo t (h ead s o f the m etatar sal s). Th e f or efo ot ha s f ive poi nts of co nta ct w ith th e gr ou nd : a la rg e m ed ial on e th at
in clu des th e tw o sesam oid b on es associa ted wi th th e h ead o f the 1 st m eta tar sal and t he h eads of th e later al fo ur m et atar sals.
Th e 1 st m etatar sal su pp or ts th e ma jor sh ar e o f th e lo ad, wit h the la tera l f or efo ot pr ovid in g b alan ce.
T h e tr ansver se a rch of the f oo t r u ns fr om si de to sid e (Fig . 5 . 69C ). It is for m ed b y th e cu b oid , cu ne ifo rm s, an d b ases o f th e
m et atar sals. T he m ed ial an d later al p art s of th e lon g itu di nal ar ch ser ve as p ill ar s f or th e tr an sver se a rch . Th e ten do ns of th e
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
f ib u lar is l on gu s a nd ti bi ali s p oster ior , cr ossin g u nd er th e sole of th e f oo t li ke a sti rr up (Fi g. 5 . 69C ), h elp m ain tai n th e cu r vatu re of
t he tr an sverse ar ch. Th e i nte gr ity of th e b on y a rch es of th e f oot is ma in tain ed b y b oth p assive f actor s an d d yna mi c su p por ts (Fi g.
5 . 6 9E ).
P assive fa ctor s in vo lved in for m in g an d ma in tain in g th e a rch es of th e f oot in clu de
T h e sh ap e o f the u ni ted bo ne s (b oth ar ch es, bu t espe ciall y th e tra nsve rse ar ch).
Fo ur su ccessi ve l ayer s of f ib ro us tissu e t hat b owstr in g th e lon gi tud in al ar ch (su per fi cial to d eep):
1. P lan tar a pon eu ro sis.
2. L on g p lan tar l iga men t.
3. P lan tar ca lcan eocu bo id (sh or t p lan tar ) l ig am ent .
4. P lan tar ca lcan eon avi cul ar (spr in g ) li gam en t.
P. 7 1 1
Fig ure 5.69. Arches of f oo t. A and B . Th e m ed ial l on git ud in al ar ch is hi gh er th an th e later al lo ng itu di na l a rch , w hi ch m ay
con tact the g rou n d wh en sta nd in g er ect. C. T he tr an sverse ar ch is dem on str ated a t th e level of th e cun eif or m s, re ceivin g
stir ru p -like su pp or t f ro m a ma jor i nver tor (tib iali s p oster ior ) and e vert or (fi bu lar is lon g us). D. T he com p on ent s of th e m edi al
(dar k gr ay) a nd l ater al (lig h t g ray ) lo ng itu d in al arch es are in d icated . Th e calca neu s (med iu m g ra y) is com m on to b oth . Th e
m edi al arch i s p ri m ari ly weig h t b ear in g, w h erea s th e later al ar ch pr ovi des ba lan ce. E . Th e a ctive (red l in es) a nd p assive
(gr ay) sup po rts of th e lon gi tu din al ar ch es ar e rep re sent ed. T he re ar e f ou r layer s of pa ssive sup po rt (1 4).
P. 7 1 2
Dyn am ic su pp ort s in vol ved in m ai nt ain in g th e ar ch es o f the fo ot in clu de
A ctive (r efl exive) br acin g acti on o f in tri nsi c m u scles of fo ot (l on gi tud in al ar ch).
O f t hese fa ctor s, th e p lan tar l ig am ents an d th e p lan tar a pon eu r osis bea r the g rea test str ess an d are m ost im po rta nt in m ai nta in in g
t he ar che s of th e foo t.
T h e B o t to m L i n e
Fu n ctio nal ly, th er e a re th ree com p ou nd j oin ts in th e f oo t: (1 ) th e clin ica l su b tala r joi nt be tween the tal us an d the cal cane us,
wh er e in ver sio n an d ever sion o ccur a bo ut an ob li qu e a xis; (2) th e tr an sver se ta rsal j oin t, w her e the m id foo t an d f or efoo t r ota te as
a u n it on th e h in d foo t a rou n d a lon gi tu din al axi s, au gm en tin g in ver sion and e versi on ; an d (3 ) th e re mai n in g joi nts of th e f oo t,
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
w h ich al low th e ped al pl atf orm (foo t) to f or m dyn am ic lo ng itu di na l a nd tr an sver se a rch es. T he ar che s p ro vide th e r esi lien ce
n ecessa ry fo r wal kin g, r u nn in g , an d ju m pin g , an d are m ain tai ne d by fou r l ayer s of p assive , fib r ou s su pp or t p lu s th e dyn am ic
s up po rt pr ovi ded b y th e in tri ns ic m u scles of th e f oot an d th e l on g fib u lar , tib ial , an d fl exor ten d on s.
H a l l ux V a l g u s
Hal lux valg us i s a foo t d efo rm i ty cau sed b y p re ssur e f r om f ootw ear an d d egen er ati ve j oin t d isea se; i t is ch ara cter ized b y la ter al
d evi ation of th e g re at to e (Fi g. B 5. 3 4 ). Th e L in val gu s i nd ica tes l ater al d eviati on . In som e p eop le, th e pa in fu l d evi ation is so
l ar ge th at th e gr eat toe over lap s t he 2 nd to e (Fig . B 5. 3 4A ), an d th ere is a decr ease in th e me dia l l on gi tud in al ar ch . Su ch de viati on
o ccu rs especi all y in fem al es, an d its fr equ en cy i ncr ease s wi th ag e. T hese in d ivid ua ls ca nn ot m ove th eir 1 st d ig it awa y f rom th eir
2 n d di gi t b ecau se t he sesam oi ds un d er th e h ead of t he 1 st m etat arsa l a re usu al ly disp lace d and lie in th e space b etwee n the h ead s
o f th e 1 st a nd 2 n d m etatar sals (Fig . B5 . 34B ). Th e 1 st m etatar sal sh ift s m edi all y an d th e sesam oid s sh if t l ater all y. Ofte n the
s ur ro un d in g tissu es sw ell an d th e r esu lta nt pr essu re an d fr icti on ag ain st th e sh oe cau se a su bcu tan eou s bu rsa to fo rm ; wh en
t end er an d in f lam ed , the b ur sa is ca lled a b union (Fig. B5 .3 4 A). Of ten h ar d cor ns (i nf lam ed a rea s of th ick skin ) also fo rm o ver
t he pr oxi m al in terp h alan g eal joi nts, especi all y th e littl e to e.
H am m er Toe
Ham mer toe is a f oot d efor m ity in w h ich th e p r oxim al p hal an x i s p erm an en tly an d ma rked ly do rsi fle xed (hy per exten d ed) at t he
m et atar soph al an geal j oin t and t he m idd le ph al an x str on gl y p lan tar fl exed at th e p ro xim al in ter ph ala ng eal jo in t. Th e di stal ph ala nx
o f th e d ig it i s o ften a lso hy per exten de d. T hi s g ives th e d ig it (u su all y th e 2n d ) a ha mm er -li ke ap p ear ance (Fig . B5 . 35A ). Th is
d ef or mi ty o f on e or mo re toes m ay r esu lt fr om w eakn ess of th e l um b rica l a nd i nt ero sseou s m u scles, w hi ch fl ex th e
m et atar soph al an geal j oin ts and e xten d the in ter ph al ang eal j oin ts. A cal losit y or c allu s, h ar d thi cken in g of th e ke rati n la yer of th e
s kin , oft en de velop s w h ere th e d or sal sur f ace o f the toe r epea tedl y r u bs on th e sh oe .
C l a w T o es
C law to es are ch ara cter ized b y h ype rext ensi on of th e m etatar sop ha lan ge al joi nts an d fl exion of th e d istal in ter p hal an gea l j oin ts
( Fi g. B 5 .3 5B). Usu al ly, th e later al fo ur t oes are in vol ved. Cal losi ties deve lop o n the d or sal sur fa ces of th e toes bec ause of p re ssur e
o f th e sh oe. T h ey m ay also f orm on th e pla nta r sur fa ces o f the m etata rsal h ead s an d th e t oe tips be cau se th ey bea r extra w eig ht
w h en claw t oes a re pr esen t.
P e s P l a n us ( F la t f e e t )
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
T h e f lat ap pear an ce of th e f oot be for e age 3 is n orm al an d r esu lts f r om th e thi ck su bcu tan eo us fat -pad i n th e so le. A s ch ild r en get
o ld er, the fa t is lo st, an d a n or m al m edi al lon gi tu din al ar ch b ecom es v isib le (Fi g. B 5 .3 5C) . Fl atf eet ca n eith er b e f lexi bl e (f lat,
l ackin g a m edi al arch , w he n wei gh t b ear in g bu t no rm al in app ear an ce w he n no t b ear in g wei gh t [Fi g. B 5 .3 5D]) or r ig id (f lat even
w h en n ot bear in g w eigh t). T h e m or e co m mo n fl exib le fla tfeet r esul t f ro m lo ose or de gen er ated in tr in sic lig am en ts (i nad eq ua te
p assi ve ar ch su pp or t). Flex ibl e f latf oot is com m on i n chi ld ho od bu t usu al ly r eso lves with age as the li gam en ts gr ow an d m atu re.
T h e co nd iti on occa sion all y p er sists i nt o a du lth ood and m ay or m ay n ot b e symp tom at ic.
R ig id f latf eet wit h a h ist ory th at goe s b ack to ch il dh ood a re lik ely to resu lt fr om a b on e d efo rm ity (su ch as a f usi on o f a dj acen t
t arsa l b on es). A cqu ir ed fl atf eet ( f all en ar ches ) ar e likel y to b e seco nd ar y to d ysfu n ction of th e ti bi alis po ster ior (d yn am ic
a rch su p po rt) ow in g to t rau m a, d ege ner ati on wi th ag e, or d en er vatio n. I n th e a bsen ce of n or ma l p assive or d yn am ic sup po rt, t he
p la nta r calcan eo navi cu lar li gam en t fai ls t o su p por t the h ead of th e talu s. C on seq uen tly , the tal ar h ead d ispl aces in fer om ed iall y an d
b ecom es pr om in en t (Fi g. B 5 .3 5D, r ed ar r ow). As a r esu lt, som e fl atten in g of th e med ia l p ar t o f the lo ng itu di na l a rch o ccur s, al on g
w ith later al de viati on of th e fo ref oot. Fl atfe et a re com m on in old er pe opl e, p arti cu lar ly i f th ey u n der take m uch un accu stom ed
s tan din g or g ai n wei gh t r ap id ly, ad di ng st ress on th e mu scle s an d in cr easin g th e st rai n on th e lig am en ts su p por tin g th e a rch es.
C l u b f o o t ( T a li p e s)
C lubf oo t r ef ers to a f oo t th at is t wist ed ou t o f p osi tion . Of th e sever al types, a ll ar e co ng en ital (p resen t at b ir th ). Ta lip es
e qu in ovar u s, th e co mm on type (2 p er 1 00 0 l ive bir th s), in vol ves t he su btal ar jo in t; b oys are af fecte d twic e as of ten as gi rls. Th e
f oo t is in ver ted , the an kle is pl an tarf lexe d, an d th e for ef oot is add u cted (tu rn ed tow ar d th e m id lin e in an abn or m al ma nn er ) (Fig .
B 5 .3 6 ). Th e foo t a ssum es the p ositi on of a h or se's ho of, h en ce the p ref ix e qu in o (L. e qu in us , ho rse). I n h alf o f tho se
a ff ected , bo th fee t ar e ma lfo rm ed . A per son w ith an u nco rr ected cl ub fo ot ca nn ot pu t th e h eel an d sole fl at and mu st bear the
w eig h t o n the la tera l su r face of th e for ef oot. Co nseq u ent ly, w alkin g is pa in fu l. T he m ain abn or m alit y is sh or tness an d tig h tness of
t he m uscl es, ten do ns, lig am en ts, an d joi nt cap sul es o n th e m ed ial sid e and p oste rio r asp ect o f the fo ot an d ankl e.
P. 7 1 3
P. 7 1 4
S u r f a c e An a t o m y o f t he A n k le a n d F o o t
T h e su r face an atom y of th e b on es o f th e f oot was pr esen ted ea rl ier in thi s ch ap ter (see Su rf ace An atom y of th e B on es o f the
Fo ot ).
I f th e f oot is activ ely in verte d, th e tendo n o f t he tib ial is po ster io r ma y b e p alp ated a s it p asses p oster io r an d di stal to the
m ed ial m al leol us, t hen sup er ior to th e talar sh el f, to r each i ts att achm en t to the tu ber osi ty o f the n avicu lar . H ence th e t ibi ali s
p oste ri or ten do n is the g ui de to the n avicu la r. T he ten do n of th e tib iali s p oster io r also in di cates th e sit e f or p alp atin g th e p oster io r
t ibi al pu lse (h alf way be tween the m edi al ma lleo lu s an d th e calcan eal ten d on ).
T h e tal ar shelf ( L. su sten tacu lu m tal i), ap pr oxi m ately 2 cm d ista l to th e tip of th e me dia l m al leo lu s, is b est fel t b y p alp ati ng i t
f r om b elow w h ere it is som ewh at ob scur ed b y th e tendo n o f the fl exo r di gi tor um lo ngus, wh ich cr osses it (Fi g. S A5 . 4B ). On th e
l ater al sid e, wh en t he fo ot is i nve rted , th e l ater al m arg in o f the anter io r surf ace of the c alcaneus is un cove red an d p alp ab le.
T h is i nd ica tes th e site of th e ca lcan eocu bo id jo in t. Wh en th e f oot is pl an tar flex ed, th e head o f the talus is expo sed. P alp ate it
d or sal to wh er e th e an teri or su rf ace of th e ca lcan eu s is fe lt. T he calca neal tendo n at th e p oster io r asp ect o f the an kle is easil y
p al pate d and t race d to i ts a ttach me nt to th e cal can eal tub er osity . In th e dep r ession on each si de of th e ten don , th e an kle join t is
s up erf ici al. Wh en th e joi nt is over fi lled w ith f lu id , th ese d ep ressi on s m ay be ob lit erat ed.
T h e ten d on s i n the an kle r egi on can b e ide nti fie d satisf actor il y on ly wh en t hei r m uscl es ar e actin g. Th e te nd on s o f the fi bu la ris
l on gu s and b r evis ma y b e f oll owe d dist ally, post eri or an d in fe rio r to th e la tera l m al leo lu s, an d the n an teri or ly alon g th e l ater al
a spect of th e foo t (Fig . S A5 .4C ). Th e fi bula ri s lo ngus tend on ca n be pa lp ated as far a s th e cub oid , an d th en it di sap pear s as i t
t ur n s in to th e so le. T he f ib ul ar is b r evis tendo n can easil y b e tr aced to i ts att achm en t to the do rsa l su r face of th e tub er osity on
t he ba se o f the 5 th m etatar sal . Th is tub er osity is loca ted at the m id dl e o f t he late ral b or der o f the f oot. Wi th toe s acti vely
e xten ded , th e sm al l f lesh y bel ly of th e ex tensor d ig ito rum br evis m ay be seen an d p alp ated an ter io r to t he late ral m al leol us. I ts
p osi tion sho ul d be ob serve d and p al pated so th at it m ay n ot be m istak en su bseq ue ntl y f or an a bn or m al edem a.
T h e meta tar sop hala ng eal jo int o f the g r eat to e l ies di stal to the kn uck le f or m ed by th e h ead o f the 1 st m etat arsa l (Fi g.
S A5 . 4A). Gou t, a m etab oli c d isor der , co mm on ly cau ses e dem a an d ten der n ess of t hi s jo in t, as doe s ost eoar th rit is (d eg ene rati ve
j oin t di sease). S ever e p ain i n th e 1 st me tatar sop ha lan gea l j oin t is c alled p od ag ra (fr om G. p ou s + G. a gr a, a seizu r e). Ofte n th e
1 st m etatar sop h alan ge al joi nt is the f irst on e aff ected b y ar th ri tis.
T h e ten d on s on the an ter ior a spect of th e an kle (fr om m ed ial to late ral sid e) are easi ly pal pat ed wh en th e foo t is d orsi fl exed.
T h e l arg e t endo n of the tib ial is a nteri or l eaves the cove r of th e su p eri or exten sor t end on (Fi g. S A5 . 4A ), fr om w h ich le vel
t he ten do n is in vested b y a con tin u ou s syn ovi al shea th; th e te nd on m ay be tr aced to its attach m en t to th e 1st cu nei fo rm a nd
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
T h e tend on of the e xtenso r ha lluci s lo ngus, o bvi ou s w hen the g reat toe is do rsi fle xed ag ain st r esist ance , ma y b e f oll ow ed
t o i ts at tach me nt to the b ase o f the d istal p ha lan x o f the gr eat toe .
T h e tend ons of the extenso r di gi tor um lo ngus m ay b e fol low ed easi ly t o th ei r attach m en ts to th e later al fo ur t oes (Fi g.
S A5 . 4C).
T h e tend on of the f ib ular is ter tius ma y al so b e trace d to i ts a ttach me nt to th e b ase of th e 5 th m etat arsa l. Th is m uscl e i s of
m i no r im po rta nce an d m ay b e a bsen t.
T h e tr an sver se ta rsal j oin t i s i nd icate d by a l in e f ro m th e p oster io r aspe ct of t he tu ber osi ty of t he n avicu lar t o a p oin t h al fw ay
b etw een th e later al m all eolu s a nd t he tu ber osi ty of t he 5 th m etatar sal (Ta ble 5 .1 8 ).
P. 7 1 5
P. 7 1 6
P. 7 1 7
M e d ic a l I m a g i n g o f t h e L o w e r L im b
R a d iogr aph y
P e lv i c G ir d l e a n d H i p J o in t
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.70. Rad io gr ap hs o f no rm al hi p joi nt. A. On the f emu r , ob serv e th e hea d, n eck, g re ater tr och an ter ,
in ter tro cha nter ic cre st (I C), and sh af t. On th e hi p bon e, o bser ve the lu n ate sur fa ce o f the aceta bu lu m , th e p oster ior rim of th e
acetab u lu m (PR ), th e a nter io r sup er ior i lia c sp in e (A SI S), th e isch ial sp in e, an d th e sacr oi liac jo in t. Seve ral d if fer en t li ne s an d
cur vatu r es a re use d in th e d etect ion o f hi p abn or m ali ties (disl ocati on s, fr actu r es or slip ped e pip h yses). Th e Ko hl er lin e (A) is
no rm al ly tan gen tia l to th e pel vic i nl et a nd t he ob tur ato r fo ram en . Th e acetab u lar f ossa sho ul d lie la tera l to th is li ne. A f ossa
th at cr osses th e l in e su gg ests an acet abu la r fr actu re wi th in wa rd d isp lacem en t. T he Sh en ton l in e (B ) a nd th e ili ofe mo ral l in e
(C) sh ou ld ap pea r in a no rm al A P r ad iog ra ph a s sm oot h, co nti nu ou s lin es tha t ar e bil ater all y sym m etr ical . Th e S h ent on li ne is
a r ad iog r aph ic in di catio n of th e a ng le of in cli na tion . B . In thi s vi ew the lef t t hi gh w as a bd uct ed. Ob ser ve th e acetab u lar f ossa,
an teri or in f eri or il iac spi ne (AI IS ), h ead of th e fem u r (H), n eck of th e f em u r (N), g rea ter tr och an ter (G), lesser tro chan ter (L ),
in ter tro cha nter ic cre st (I C), and sh af t o f fem u r (S).
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.71. Knee jo int. A and B . T he or ien tati on d raw in g de pict s th e st ru ctu res visi ble in the AP r adi og rap h of t he ri gh t
kn ee j oin t.
I n th e later al pr oj ectio n of an a rth r ogr am of th e kn ee joi nt sh own in Fig ur e 5. 7 2, the kn ee is sl igh tl y f lexed . A con tr ast m ed iu m
w as in jected t hr ou gh the jo in t cap su le to sh ow t he joi nt cavi ty a nd th e exten t o f the syn ovia l m em b ra ne. T h e ar ticu la r car tilag e on
t he fe mo ral co nd yle is rad io lu cent an d th e f ib rou s layer o f th e jo in t ca psu le, l in ed wi th syn ovia l m em b ran e, i s d isti nct. T h e l arg e
s up ra pate llar b u rsa is con tin u ou s w ith th e joi nt cavity . Alt ho ug h MRI h as lar ge ly r ep laced a rth r ogr ap hy , it is so me tim es u sef ul f or
d etect in g loose ar ticu la r bod ies if th e MR I is in con clu sive.
A n k l e J o i nt a n d F o o t
T h e m ost com m on r ad iog ra ph ic view s of th e an kle joi nt an d fo ot a re lat eral an d A P. A lat eral r ad iog ra ph i s take n wi th th e l ater al
m al leo lu s p laced ag ai nst th e X -ra y d etector (Fi g. 5 . 73A ). In Fi gu re 5 .7 3 , th e a rti cul atio n of th e co nve x su rf ace of th e tr och le a of
t he tal us (T) wit h the m all eoli o f the tib ia an d fi bu la is app ar en t, an d sha dow s o f the m all eoli ar e visib le. T h e n eck (N) and h ead
( H) o f th e tal us, the d isc-sh aped n avi cul ar (Na ), an d th e tal on avicu la r joi nt can b e se en. Th e cal can eu s (C a) a nd cu b oid (C )
a rti cul ate at t he calca neo cub oi d joi nt. Th e ta rsal sin u s (T S), t he spa ce b etwe en th e cal can eu s an d tal us, co nta in s th e in tero sseou s
t aloca lcan eal li gam en t.
Fig ure 5.72. Arthr og r am o f knee joi nt . Co ntr ast m edi um was in jected i nt o th e syn ovial cavi ty. T he kn ee i s sli gh tly fl exed .
Th e l ar ge sup r apa tella r bu r sa co mm u ni cates wi th th e kn ee joi nt cavi ty.
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.73. Rad io gr ap hs o f l ow er l eg, a nkle, and f oo t. A. Th e left f oot is s how n in a n eu tr al posi tion . B . Th e lef t f oot, in
slig h t p lan tar fl exion , i s sh ow n. C. Th e l eft an kle is s how n . C, cub oid ; C a, c alcan eu s; H , h ead of tal us; L , later al m all eolu s; M,
m edi al ma lleo lu s; N , neck of ta lu s; Na , n avicu lar ; T , tal us; TS , tar sal sin us (tu nn el ). (Par t C C ou rtesy of Dr . P. B obe chko an d
Dr . E . B ecker, Dep ar tm en t of Med ical I m agi ng , Un iver sity of T or on to, To ro nto , On tar io, C an ad a.)
I n th e dor sop lan tar p r oject ion , th e p ati ent is sup in e wit h the kn ee fle xed, a nd th e pl ant ar su rf ace o f the f oot is pla ced on th e X-r ay
d etect or (Fig . 5. 7 3B). T he cen tra l X -r ay b eam i s cen ter ed on the ba se o f the 3 rd m eta tarsa l. T hi s vie w d em on str ates the p hal an ges
a nd i nt erp ha lan ge al joi nts. H ow ever , beca use th e t oes a re in sl ig ht fl exion , th e in terp h alan g eal joi nt s of th e 2n d 5t h toes ar e
n ot cle ar. T h e sesa mo id s on t he pl an tar su rf ace of th e h ead o f the 1 st m etat arsa l a re evid en t, as is t he ar ticu lati on of t he ba se o f
t he 1 st m etat arsa l w ith t he m edi al cun eif or m an d th e b ase of th e 2 n d m etatar sal . Th e b ases of th e 2 n d 5 th m eta tar sals over lap ,
s o th e in ter met atar sal joi nts ar e ea sy to see. Th e ta rsal b on es o verl ap som ew ha t b ecau se o f the n or ma l cur vatu re of th e foo t.
C on seq u entl y, al l th e tar sal joi nts do n ot sho w clear ly. Onl y an ter ior par ts o f th e tal us an d calca neu s are visi bl e b ecau se o f the
o ver lap of th e m alle oli.
A n A P r ad iog ra ph i s take n wi th th e p er son in t he su pin e po sitio n wi th th e f oot do rsi fl exed to a r ig h t an g le and t he gr eat toe
p oi nte d slig ht ly m ed ial ly (Fi g. 5 . 7 3C ). T o vi sua lize all th e bo nes an d joi nt s of th e an kle and f oo t, oth er p ro jectio ns ar e r eq ui red .
A r t e r i o g r a p hy
V isu ali zati on of ar ter ies by X-r ay im ag in g afte r in jecti on of a r adi opa qu e co nt rast m edi um is a h elp fu l wa y of stu d yin g selecte d
a rte rie s to de term i ne th e exi sten ce o f abn or m ali ties such a s p op litea l a neu r ysm (cir cu m scrib ed d ila tion o f the p opl itea l a rter y). I n
a p op li teal ar teri og r am (Fi g. 5 . 74 ), th e rad io paq u e m ater ia l i s in je cted in to th e f em ora l a rte ry an d spr ead s th ro ug h th e pop li teal
a rte ry an d its br an ches, the tib ial an d f ibu la r ar teri es.
C o m p ut e d T o m o g r a p hy
C T u ses X -ra ys th at pa ss th ro ug h th e lim b at var iou s a ng les; h owev er, th e im ag es ar e crea ted by com p ute r reco nstr u ction s of th e
d ata . CT scan s can b e set to di spl ay so ft tissu es o r bo ne. Hyp od ense ar eas on C T scan s su gg est strai ns (swe lli ng ), an d h yper de nse
a rea s su gg est hem at om as. C T of th e kn ee (ar thr oto mo gr ap hy) pr ovi des a rel iab le assessm en t of t he cru cia te l ig am ents, me ni sci,
p atel lar ca rti lag e, an d loc alize s of o steoch on dr al d efects an d loo se b od ies.
M a g ne t i c R e s o n a n ce I m a g i ng
MR I pr od u ces i ma ges of exq ui site res olu tio n of li mb s w ith ou t the u se o f rad iat ion . MRI sca nn in g r equ ir es the in di vid ua l t o ke ep the
l im bs m otio nl ess f or 5 1 0 m in . MRI s sh ow m u ch m or e d etai l i n th e so ft tissu es th an do ra dio gr ap hs or C Ts (Fig s. 5. 7 5 , 5. 7 6,
5 . 7 7 an d 5. 7 8 ).
H i p J o i nt
I n Fig u re 5. 7 5 , ob serve th at the jo in t cap su le of th e j oin t is th ick n ear th e ilio fem or al li gam en t an d thi n po ster ior to th e p soa s
b u rsa an d ten do n. In secti on s at th is level , th e f em ora l sh eat h, w h ich en clo ses th e fem or al ar tery , vein , lym p h n ode , lym ph ati c
v essels, a nd f at, p ro tru d es in to th e su b cuta ne ou s tissu e. T h e lo ose con ne ctive tissu e n ear ly su rr ou nd s i t ex cept po ster ior ly wh er e,
b etw een th e ili opso as a nd th e pecti ne us, i t i s att ache d to the cap sul e o f the h ip jo in t. Th e fem or al ar ter y is sep ara ted fr om t he h ip
j oin t by th e i lio psoa s m u scle a nd /or te nd on . In the in ter val be tween the il iop soas, t he pe ctin eus, and the fe mo ral n er ve, th e
f em or al vein l ies bet ween t he ili op soas an d its f ascia .
Knee
MR Is ar e ex trem el y h elp fu l fo r dete rm in in g if th er e a re in ju ri es t o th e me ni sci, col late ral li gam en ts, a nd cr u ciate lig am en ts (Fi g.
5 . 7 6). I t is th e pr oced u re of ch oice fo r assessi ng i nte rn al der an g eme nts of th e k nee .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.74. Po pl iteal ar ter io gr am. T he p opl iteal ar ter y b eg in s at th e si te o f the ad du ctor h ia tus (wh er e i t m ay be
com pr essed ) an d th en l ies successi vely on th e di stal end o f th e f em ur , jo in t cap su le of th e kn ee joi nt , an d pop li teu s m us cle
(no t vi sib le) bef or e d ivid in g in to th e an ter io r an d post eri or tib ia l ar ter ies at the in f eri or an gl e o f the p opl iteu s f ossa. Her e i t i s
sub ject to en tra pm en t a s it p asses b en eath th e ten di no us ar ch of th e so leu s m u scle. (C ou r tesy o f Dr . K . Sn id er ma n, A ssoci ate
Pr ofes sor of Med ical Im ag in g , Un iver sity of To ro nto , To ron to , Onta ri o, C an ada )
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.75. Sectio nal and ra di og ra phic anato my o f g lute al r eg io n and p ro xim al a nt eri or thig h at level o f hi p joi nt.
A and B . A descr ip tive dr aw in g an d tra nsver se (axia l MR I) stu dy of an an ato m ical sectio n of th e thi gh a re sh own . C. T he
or ien tati on d raw in g sh ows th e l evel of th e sect ion .
Fig ure 5.76. Sectio nal anatomy of knee jo int. A and B . Th e ori en tatio n dr aw in g dep icts th e str u ctur es visib le in th e
cor on al MR I of th e kn ee j oin t. (C ou rt esy o f Dr . W. K uch ar czyk, P rof essor a nd C h air o f Me dica l I m agi ng , Un ive rsit y of T or on to,
an d Cl in ical Dir ector o f Tr i-Ho spi tal Ma gn etic R eson an ce C en tre , Tor on to, Onta ri o, C an ada. )
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
Fig ure 5.77. Tr ansver se MRIs of lo w er li mb, f ro m b elo w . A. Secti on s at th e m i d-th ig h leve l (A) an d mi d-l eg level (B ) ar e
sho wn .
Fig ure 5.78. Sectio nal anatomy of ankl e r eg io n. A and B. T h e or ie nta tion d r awi ng d epi cts t he str uctu r es vi sibl e i n th e MR I
of th e a nkl e. (C ou rtesy of Dr . W. Ku ch ar czyk, Pr of essor an d C ha ir of Med ical I ma gi ng , Un iver sity of T oro nt o, an d C lin ical
Di re ctor of T ri -Hosp ita l Mag n etic Reso na nce C ent re, T or on to, On tar io , Ca nad a. )
T hi g h, L e g , a n d A n k le
MR Is ar e h el pf ul fo r id en tify in g the sof t ti ssue (su ch as mu scle ) an d osseo us an d n eur ova scul ar an atom y of th e th ig h an d leg (Fi g.
5 . 7 7). I n th e coro na l MR I sh own in Fig ur e 5. 7 8, the tib ia r ests o n th e tal u s an d th e ta lu s r ests o n th e ca lcan eu s. Betw een th e
c alcan eu s an d th e skin , sever al en capsu la ted cush i on s of f at a re evid en t. I t is also cl ear ly se en th at th e late ral m all eol us desce nd s
m u ch f art her i nf er ior ly th an th e m ed ial m all eolu s. I n th e a nat om ical cor on al sectio n, the in ter osseo us ba nd b etw een th e ta lu s an d
c alcan eu s sep ar ates the su bta lar j oin t f r om th e taloca lcan eon avi cul ar jo in t. Bo th th e an ato m ical sectio n an d th e MR I dem on str ate
t he tal ar sh elf acti ng as a pu lle y f or th e f lexo r ha llu cis lon g us an d gi vin g attach m en t to th e calcan eot ibi al ban d of th e m edi al
l ig ament .
P. 7 1 8
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
P. 7 1 9
P. 7 2 0
P. 7 2 1
P. 7 2 2
P. 7 2 3
P. 7 2 4
F o o tn o te
1 B ecau se of i ts a nter io r po sitio n, t he ten sor o f t he fa scia lata is oft en stu di ed wit h th e an ter ior thi gh m u scles fo r con ven ien ce (i .e. ,
w h en th e ca dave r is su p in e); h ow ever , it is actu ally pa rt of th e g lu teal g ro up , an d wi ll be in clu d ed wi th th at g r ou p in th is boo k.
R e f e r e n ce s a n d S u g g e st e d Re a d in g s
A n der son MK , Hal l SJ, Mar tin M: Sp or ts I nj ur y Ma na gem en t, 2 nd ed. B alti m ore , Li pp in cott Will iam s & Wil kin s, 2 00 0 .
C la y JH , Pou n ds DM: Basi c C li ni cal Me ssage Th er apy : I nteg r atin g An ato my an d Tr eatm en t. B alti mo re, Lip p in cott Will iam s &
Wi lkin s, 2 0 03 .
Fr ick H, L eon h ard t H, S tar ck D: H um an An atom y 1: Gen era l A na tom y, Sp ecia l A n atom y: Lim b s, Tr u nk Wall , Hea d and Neck.
S tu ttga rt, T h iem e, 1 9 91 .
Gr oss A: Orth op edi c su r ger y a du lt. I n Gro ss A , Gro ss P, L an ge r B (eds): Su r ger y: A C om p lete Gui de for Patie nts an d Th eir
Fam il ies. T or on to, H ar per & C olli ns , 19 8 9 .
H am ill J, K n utz en KM: Bi om echa ni cal Basi s o f H u ma n Movem en t. Ba ltim or e, L ip pi nco tt Wi lli am s & Wilki ns, 19 9 5.
Je nki ns DB: H ol lin sh ead' s Fu nct ion al An ato my of th e Lim b s an d B ack, 8 th ed . Ph ila del ph ia, S au nd er s, 2 00 2 .
K eeg an JJ, Gar r ett FD: T h e seg m ent al dist rib u tion of th e cu tan eou s ner ves in th e lim bs of m an . An at R ec 1 0 2:4 0 9 , 19 4 8 .
L evan d owski R , Dif ior i JP: T hi gh i nj ur ie s. In B ir re r RB (ed ): S po rts Medi cin e f or th e Pri ma ry Ca re Ph ysici an, 2n d ed . Bo ca
R ato n, FL , C RC P ress, 19 9 4.
Mar kh ede G, St ene r G: Fun cti on af ter r em oval of var io us h ip an d th igh mu scle s fo r extirp atio n of tu m ors. Acta Ort ho p Scan d
5 2 :3 73 , 1 9 81 .
Mi dd leton JA, K olo do n EL . Pl an tar fa sciiti s: H eel pai n in a thl etes. J Ath T r ain 2 7 :70 , 1 9 92 .
Mo ore K L, P ersau d T VN: Th e De velop in g Hu m an . C lin ical ly Orie nte d Em b ryo log y, 7 th ed ., P hi lad elp hi a, Sa un d ers, 2 0 0 3.
P alasta ng a N, Fiel d D, Soa mes R : A nat om y an d H um an Mo vem ent, 4th ed. , Oxf ord , UK , B utte rw or th-H ein em an n, 20 0 2 .
R ose J, Gam bl e JG: Hu m an Wal kin g , 2 n d ed. , B alti mo re, Lip pi nco tt Wi lli am s & Wilk in s, 19 9 4 .
S alte r RB : Or th ope dic su rg er y p edi atr ic. I n Gross A, Gr oss P, L an ger B (ed s): S u rg ery: A C om ple te Gu id e f or Pa tien ts a nd T he ir
Fam il ies. T or on to, H ar per & C olli ns , 19 8 9 .
S alte r RB : T extb ook of D isor der s and I n ju ri es o f t he Muscu lo skeleta l S ystem, 3 rd e d. B alti mo re , Li pp in cott Will iam s & Wil kin s,
1 9 9 9.
S lab y FJ, McC u ne SK , S um m er s R W: Gr oss A na tom y i n th e P racti ce o f Me dici ne . Bal tim or e, L ea & Feb ige r, 1 9 94 .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15
S oam es RW: Ar th ro scopy of th e kne e. In Will iam s P H, B an ni ster LH , Be rr y MM, C oll in s P , Dyso n M, Dusse k JE , Ferg u son MWJ
(e ds): Gr ay's An ato my , 38 th e d. N ew Yor k, C h ur ch ill L ivin g ston e, 1 99 5 .
S od erb er g GL: Kin esi olo gy: Ap pli catio n to Path ol ogi cal Motio n. B alti m ore : Wil lia ms & Wi lki ns, 1 9 8 6.
S war tz MH: Textb ook of Ph ysica l D ia gn osi s, 4t h ed. P hi lad elp hi a, S aun d ers, 20 0 2 .
Wi lli am s PH , Ba nn ist er LH , Ber r y MM, C oll in s P, Dyso n M, Dussek JE , Ferg u son MWJ: Gr ay's An ato my, 38 th ed . Ne w Yor k,
C h ur ch ill L ivin g ston e, 1 99 5 .
mk:@MSITStore:D:\NIA_FILE\CAMPUS\EBOOK\ANATOMI\ATLAS\Clinically%20...
08-May-15